DIGITALDIVERT CONTROLSYSTEM DD-23 - K-Patents4 2.3.1Overview Red indicator lights (alarms) Yellow...

50
PROCESS INSTRUMENTS DIGITAL DIVERT CONTROL SYSTEM DD-23 INSTRUCTION MANUAL IM-EN-DD23 Rev. 1.43

Transcript of DIGITALDIVERT CONTROLSYSTEM DD-23 - K-Patents4 2.3.1Overview Red indicator lights (alarms) Yellow...

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

DIGITAL DIVERTCONTROL SYSTEMDD-23

INSTRUCTIONMANUAL

IM-EN-DD23 Rev 143

INSTRUCTION MANUALFOR DD-23

WARNING

The process medium may be hot or otherwise hazardous Precautions when

removing the sensor from the process line

Make sure that the process line is not under pressure Open a vent valve to the

atmosphere For a retractorisolation valve the line pressure should be within

specifications

For a prism wash system close a hand valve for the wash medium and disable the

wash valve Loosen the clamp or flange bolts cautiously be prepared to tighten again

Be out of the way of any possible splash and ensure the possibility of escape

Use shields and protective clothing adequate for the process medium Do not rely on

avoidance of contact with the process medium After removal of the sensor it may be

necessary to mount a blind flange for security reasons

DocumentRevision No 143 Effective May 15 2016

This product manual is delivered to the end-user with a K-Patents product Information in this manual

is subject to change without notice The latest manual version is always available in the Downloads

section at httpwwwkpatentscom You can also contact manualskpatentscom

K-PATENTS OY K-PATENTS OY K-PATENTS INC

Postal address Street address 1804 Centre Point CirclePO Box 77 Elannontie 5 Suite 106FI-01511 Vantaa Finland FI-01510 Vantaa Finland Naperville IL 60563Tel + 358 207 291 570 Tel +1-630-955 1545Fax +358 207 291 577 Fax +1-630-955 1585infokpatentscom infokpatents-usacomhttpwwwkpatentscom httpwwwkpatentscom

Table of contents

1 Introduction 1

11 Warranty 1

12 Disposal 1

2 The Divert Control System DD-23 3

21 Overview 3

22 Divert Control Unit 3

23 Operator panel 3

231 Overview 4

232 Green indicator lights System ok 5

233 Yellow indicator lights Warnings 5

234 Red indicator lights Alarms 5

235 White pushbuttons Testing and resetting 5

236 Header wash key Enabling ring header wash 6

237 Emergency divert button Manual divert 6

238 External emergency divert button 6

24 Prism wash 6

25 Indicating transmitters 6

3 Mounting 7

31 Mounting prism wash 7

32 Wiring 8

321 Relays 8

33 Switch inputs 10

331 External Divert switchpush button - input J8 10

332 External divert reset button - input J9 10

333 Header wash key - input J10 10

34 Remote ethernet connection 12

4 Startup 13

41 Divert system pre-startup checklist 13

42 Divert control unit DD-23 startup 14

5 Configuration 15

51 Calibration lock 15

52 Divert decision rules 16

53 Refractometer concentration measurement 17

54 Refractometer activation for divert control 18

55 Signal difference alarm 18

56 Low alarms 19

561 Solids warning 19

562 Solids alarm 19

57 Refractometer malfunction alarm 19

58 Prism wash 19

6 Regular maintenance and troubleshooting 21

61 Information flow 21

62 Malfunctions 21

63 Diagnostic tools 23

64 Troubleshooting 23

641 A question mark () on the refractometer display 23

642 A refractometer refuses to come on-line 23

643 No lights come up in the Divert Control Unit 24

644 All lights are blinking 24

65 Ethernet strain relief for transmitters 24

7 Divert control logics 27

71 Safety decision logic 27

72 Divert decision logic 28

73 In operation logic 29

74 Malfunction logic 30

75 Resettable alarm logic 31

76 Refractometer difference logic 32

77 Wash arbitration logic 33

78 Wash check logic 34

8 Remote control interface 35

81 Divert Control Unit IP address 35

82 The remote interface 35

821 Main page 35

822 Instrument pages 36

823 Diagnostics page 36

824 Log page 37

825 Parameters page 38

83 Data logging 38

9 DD-23 specifications 39

91 Divert Control Unit specifications 39

92 Divert control unit spare parts 40

A Index 41

1

1 Introduction

The K-Patents Digital Black Liquor Divert Control SystemDD-23 provides a divert sig-

nal preventingblack liquorwithdangerously lowsolids to reach theblack liquor burn-

ers The system is built strictly according to the principles of Recommended Good

Practice Safe Firing of Black Liquor in Black Liquor Recovery Boilers (BLRBAC April

2015 the document is available at

httpblrbacorgsitesdefaultfilesSafe20Firing20of20Black20Liquor20-20April202015pdf)

The system consists of the following parts Two K-Patents Process refractometers

PR-23-SD (A amp B) are installed in series in the main black liquor line Each refrac-

tometer is complete with a sensor an Indicating transmitter and interconnecting ca-

bles Each refractometer provides also two 4ndash20 mA output signal not used by the

divert control system These can be used to give solids output or temperature out-

put signals The sensors are also equipped with a steam wash nozzles although the

self-cleaning sensor design may eliminate the need for prism wash altogether

11 Warranty

K-Patents warrants that all products made by K-Patents shall be free of defects in ma-

terial and workmanship K-Patents agrees to either replace or repair free of charge

any such product or part thereof which shall be returned to the nearest authorized

K-Patents repair facility within two (2) years from the date of delivery

Before returning a defective product for service or replacement please contact K-Pa-

tents or your nearest K-Patents representative (see httpwwwkpatentscom for

contact information) For the health and safety of personnel handling your return

clean the instrument especially the parts that have been in contact with the process

liquid before packing it Ship the cleaned instrument to the address given to you

12 Disposal

When disposing of an obsolete instrument or any parts of an instrument please ob-

serve the local and national requirements for the disposal of electrical and electronic

equipment The aluminium or stainless steel sensor housing can be recycled with

other metallic waste of the same type

2

Figure 11 Complete Digital Black Liquor Divert Control System DD-23

3

2 The Divert Control System DD-23

21 Overview

The Divert control system DD-23 includes

minus A Divert Control Unit

minus Two PR-23-SD refractometer sensors

minus Two isolation valves SDI for the sensors above to allow removal of the refractome-

ters from a pipe with full 983405low and pressure The isolation valve includes a prism

wash nozzle and two check valves (one for prismwash one for stuf983405ing box 983405lush)

minus A roofed mounting plate to mount the two Indicating transmitters and the Divert

Control Unit together

minus Wiring to connect the Indicating transmitters with the Divert Control Unit

minus Two steam valves with steam traps for prismwash (pneumatic + solenoid valves)

minus Two hand valves (one for prism wash one for stuf983405ing box 983405lush)

minus A remote operator panel facility accessible with a web browser over Ethernet

BLRBAC (The Black Liquor Recovery Boiler Advisory Committee) recommends a

spare refractometer sensor to be maintained in stock on-site

The system can also be used with two PR-21-S process refractometers if installation

of or upgrade to PR-23-SD sensors is unfeasible Both sensor require their own indi-

cating transmitters and the required interconnecting cables between the sensor and

transmitter but otherwise the installation is similar to the PR-23-SD based one

22 Divert Control Unit

The Divert Control Unit is contained in an enclosure with the same dimensions as the

refractometer transmitter enclosure The control unit includes

minus An operator with system state indicators and pushbuttons

minus Relay outputs for connecting to the control system

minus Contact inputs for external control

minus Ethernet interface for remote operator panel

23 Operator panel

The operator panel has a clear layout and the operator can see all information at one

glance The divert decision is controlled from the operator panel which provides dou-

bled security since information is shown both as LED indication in the Divert control

unit and as a diagnostic messages in the Indicating transmitters The same informa-

tion is also available through the remote operator panel

4

231 Overview

Red indicatorlights (alarms)

Yellow indicatorlights (warnings)

Green indicatorlights (all well)

White push-buttons

Red push-button

Figure 21 DD-23 operator panel

The three top rows on the operator panel consist of indicator lights The green A IN

OPERATION and B IN OPERATION lights are also push buttons used to include the refrac-

tometers in theDivert system Below the lights there are push buttons and theHEADER

WASH key key used to operate the system

The indicator lights on the operator panel are arranged like traf983405ic lights top row is

red for alarm middle row is yellow for warning and bottom row is green for system

ok When the system is running normally only the row of green lights should be lit

The white LIGHT TEST button is used to check that all the LEDs behind the indicator

lights are working It also veri983405ies the data processing system in the control unit The

other two white push buttons ALARM RESET and DIVERT RESET can be used to reset

the system back to normal after all problems have been 983410ixed The HEADER WASH key

enables the use of ring header washing with water when set to ON

The big red EMERGENCY DIVERT push button is used to manually initiate divert in an

emergency situation An external push button can also be connected to a switch input

in the control unit as External Emergency divert button see Section 238

5

232 Green indicator lights System ok

Each refractometer has a green operating light ndash A IN OPERATION and B IN OPERATION ndash

to let the operator know when he can rely on the refractometer measurement A re-

fractometer will only in983405luence the divert decision and activate warnings and alarms

when it is in divert operation ie when its green operating light is lit

When DIVERT is effective the system may be reset to normal operation only when

SAFE SOLIDS is lit

233 Yellow indicator lights Warnings

The SOLIDS WARNING light indicates a black liquor concentration of below warning

limit (by default at 60) This warning can be activated by either refractometer

The AampB DIFFERENCE light is lit when the refractometer readings differ by at least 2

This warning will only be initiated if both refractometers are operating

If the yellow MALFUNCTION light is switched on some part of the system ndash a refrac-

tometer an indicating transmitter or the control unit ndash is malfunctioning A list over

malfunctions and critical malfunctions is given in Section 62 If a critical malfunction

occurs in a sensor or transmitter the malfunctioning refractometer will be automat-

ically removed from divert operation (its operating light will also be switched off)

Check the reason for the malfunction and correct the problem (see Section 64) be-

fore returning the refractometer back to divert operation

234 Red indicator lights Alarms

The black liquor SOLIDS ALARM is lit when the concentration reading goes below alarm

limit (by default below 58) This alarm can be activated by either refractometer

depending on the operation rule setting

The DIVERT light will be switched on when the SOLIDS ALARM is activated The DIVERT

light indicates divert status of the divert relay The relay is inactive in the divert posi-

tion because then a power failure will give a divert decision signal to the system

The OVERRIDE light is lit to indicate that no automatic divert will happen as long as

the system is in the header wash state (see Section 236)

235 White pushbuttons Testing and resetting

The LIGHT TEST button switches all 12 lights on The ALARM RESET button resets the

alarm lights

6

236 Header wash key Enabling ring header wash

The header wash key function is a 3-level procedure which can be used when ring

header washing with water is needed When the HEADER WASH key is switched to ON

position and information fromblack liquor guns switch inputs connected in series tell

that guns are out from recovery boiler then a ring header wash can be done without

activating Divert

Pushing the EMERGENCY DIVERT button will always initiate divert regardless of the

header wash functionality

237 Emergency divert button Manual divert

The EMERGENCY DIVERT push-button is used to manually initiate divert in an emer-

gency situation

238 External emergency divert button

An external (remote) push button can also be connected to an input inside the Control

unit see Figure 33

External emergency divert button must be normally closed (NC) Opening the circuit

will initiate divert

24 Prism wash

The wash parameters for the sensors are set through each transmitter (Section 24)

The transmitters contain a relay for prismwash To follow the BLRBAC recommenda-

tion not to wash both prisms at the same time the Divert Control Unit implements an

interlock which prevents the instrument from washing both sensors simultaneously

25 Indicating transmitters

Mechanically the Indicating transmitters shipped with a DD-23 are the same than

PR-23 Indicating transmitter DTR The transmitter will only allow single sensor con-

nection and a special DD-23 transmitter software is used for the Divert system When

Divert software is 201 or newer Indicating transmitter software version has to be

412 or newer

For more information on the basic functions of an indicating transmitter please see

the PR-23 manual chapters 3 and 10

7

3 Mounting

For mounting of the process refractometers and the isolation valves consult the sep-

arate process refractometer PR-23 instruction manual

Figure 31 Mounting the Divert control system

31 Mounting prism wash

K-Patents recommends to use a steam trap instead of a preconditioning valve to re-

move condensate from the steam line

8

32 Wiring

For wiring for complete system see Figure 32 which shows the connections to the

Indicating transmitters and to steam washing Figure 33 has information of all con-

nections to the Divert control unit

Figure 32 Transmitter wiring cables and connections

321 Relays

Relay 1 NORMALDIVERT information

Relay 2 NORMALDIVERT information

Relay 3 SOLIDS WARNING when one of the refractometers goes lower than the

solids warning limit typically 60 or higher See Section 561

Relay 4 SOLIDS ALARMwhen one of the refractometers goes lower than the solids

alarm limit typically 58 or higher See Section 562

Relay 5 Refractometer signal differencewarning when the refractometer readings

have more than 2 difference in concentration See Section 55

Relay 6 Horn relay connection to the audible alarm See Section 75

Relay 7 Header wash key information See Section 333

Relay 8 Refractometer A malfunction information See Sections 62 and 74

Relay 9 Refractometer B malfunction information See Sections 62 and 74

Relay 10 Information on if refractometer A is active in the Divert Control System or

dropped off

Relay 11 Information on if refractomter B is active in the Divert Control System or

dropped off

9

Figure 33 Divert control unit internal wiring

10

33 Switch inputs

331 External Divert switchpush button - input J8

An external divert switch can be connected to the DD-23 Divert Control Unit input J8

If the external divert switch is not used a jumper has to be connected across J8 The

unit is delivered with this jumper connected

332 External divert reset button - input J9

If youwant to use external Divert reset button it can be connectedmax 200m(600 ft)

from the DD-23 Divert control unit Use normal instrument cable 2x05 (AWG 20) and

connect cable to DD-23 motherboard input J9

You must make sure both refractometers A and B are working OK before starting to

use the remote divert button (the remote interface can be used to check on the refrac-

tometers see Chapter 8)

The external reset button connection is normally open (NO)

333 Header wash key - input J10

Black liquor is injected to the recovery boiler through liquor guns Occassionally the

header ring needs washing and during that procedure the divert system has to be by-

passed and the liquor guns have to be removed from the furnace The Digital Divert

Control System DD-23 allows for a safe override of divert logic during header ring

wash

The override ismounted by connecting the gunmicro switches in series to the Header

washoverride key switch input J10 see Figure 35

TheHeaderwash keymaybe usedwithout the external switch information if a jumper

(dotted line in Figure 35) is placed to swith input J10 If the input is left open the key

does not have any effect

11

DD-23Operator panel

OVERRIDEHEADER WASH

HEADERWASHKEY

MICROSWITCHon each liquor gun oron liquor gun door

Recoveryboiler

Figure 34 Header wash key functionality

Guns out microswitches

HEADERWASHKEY

SWITCH INPUTJ10

Figure 35 Header wash key connections

12

34 Remote ethernet connection

The ethernet connection for the Divert user interface DI and data logging purposes is

an 8-pin M12 connector at the bottom of the Divert Unit The ethernet cable PR-8430

to DI can be connected while the unit is powered without opening the case Ethernet

converter cable PR-8663 is used when a computer or other device with RJ45 connec-

tor is connected with the DD-23

The remoteethernet connection

Figure 36 Ethernet connection

13

4 Startup

41 Divert system pre-startup checklist

1 SDI Isolation valves mounted correctly

a Vertical pipe MTG453

b Horizontal pipe MTG471

2 DD-23 control unit installed DIM243 Figure 91 on page 39

3 Pressure reducing valve solenoid valve steam trap installed and connected to the

prism wash nozzle on each sensor

a Steam pipes for black liquor MTG470

b Nozzle MTG482

4 9ndash15 bar (130ndash220 psi) steam connected to the solenoid valve on each sensor

5 Instrumentation air 4ndash6 bar (60ndash90 psi) connect to the solenoid valve on each

sensor

6 Power supply (230110Vac24Vdc) connected SYS358Figure 31 on page 7 and

WRG366 Figure 31 on page 7

a Transmitter A

b Transmitter B

c Divert control unit

d Solenoid valve A

e Solenoid valve B

7 Cables connected SYS358Figure 31 on page 7 WRG366 Figure 31 on page 7

a Transmitter A to sensor A

b Transmitter B to sensor B

c Transmitter A to solenoid valve A

d Transmitter B to solenoid valve B

e Relay information from the Divert control unit to your control system or the

Divert valve

f Transmitter A mA output to your control system

g Transmitter B mA output to your control system

h Ethernet to your control system (optional)

14

42 Divert control unit DD-23 startup

For the refractometer startup consult Chapter 5 in the separate Process refractometer

PR-23 manual

1 Check the wiring and supply voltage

Before the power is switched on the divert output relay rsquonormal operationrsquo is in

divert position

2 Connect the mains power to start the system

There are no power switches in the instruments They are always On when the

mains power is connected

3 While the Control unit is powering up the DIVERT and SOLIDS ALARM lights are both

blinking When the unit is fully functional it is in the divert mode the DIVERT light

is on and the SOLIDS ALARM light is blinking

4 Press the LIGHT TEST button on the Divert control unit All 12 lights should switch

on

5 Reset the solids alarm by pressing the ALARM RESET button

The indicator stops blinking and should stay on

6 Each indicating transmitter should now state refractometer letter either a or b in

the upper left corner of the transmitter display If therersquos a question mark instead

of a letter on either of the transmitters see Chapter 6

If the process pipe is full the message for each refractometer should be NORMAL

OPERATION if process pipe is still empty message will be NO SAMPLE

Now activate refractometer A into the Divert by pushing the button A IN OPERATION

on the Divert control unit panel The button lights up and on the transmitter dis-

play the refractometer letter changes to capital A Then activate refractometer B

similarly by pushing the button B IN OPERATION

If the green IN OPERATION light blinks the refractometer in question is perform-

ing wash The refractometer will automatically come into operation after it has

983405inished washing

7 Now the Divert control system DD-23 is set for normal monitoring operation

8 When black liquor is in the line check that the prism wash is working for each

refractometer First press soft keyMENU on the transmitter keyboard then choose

3 SYSTEM STATUS to get to the system status display Now press soft key WASH to

initiate manual wash follow the optical image and check that it changes during

the steam wash If wash was successful wait until message is NORMAL OPERATION

and then proceed with startup If wash doesnrsquot seem to work see Chapter 6

9 If the three green lights on the third row are all on and all conditions for safe boiler

operation are satis983405ied turn off diversion by pressing the DIVERT RESET button All

warning lights are now turned off and only the 3 green lights are on

15

5 Configuration

The K-Patents Divert control system is shipped fully calibrated by the manufacturer

This chapter contains instructions on how to make 983405ine adjustments of the system

51 Calibration lock

Parameter changes are possible only when the calibration lock is open The calibra-

tion lock can be closed by a switch inside the control unit cover (see Figure 51) When

the lock is open a red led is illuminated next to the lock switch For safety reasons

keep the calibration lock open only during parameter changes done through the web

interface (see Chapter 8)

CALIBRATIONLOCK

CALIBRATIONLOCK

Figure 51 Location of the calibration lock

16

52 Divert decision rules

Two refractometers in operation

BLRBAC states the following For the solids measurements two refractometers in se-

ries must be used When both refractometers are in service the requirement for an au-

tomatic black liquor diversion can be satis983410ied by either of the following options

1 If either refractometer reads dissolved solids content 58 (default) or below

an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

2 When both refractometers read dissolved solids content 58 (default) or be-

low an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

Either option is satisfactory

The rules are listed in decreasing order of security Only rule 1 satis983405ies the high safety

requirements set by BLRBAC August 1982 On the other hand the probability of false

trips decreases with decreasing safety It means that if false trips are too frequent the

rule 2 may be preferred at the cost of safety The rule 2 has later been accepted by

BLRBAC

The divert decision rule is selected by the rule switch inside the divert control unit

cover (Figure 51) The state of the switch is indicated by a yellow indicator LED for

rule 2 and a green one for rule 1

Rule switch Rule

1-of-2 Rule 1

2-of-2 Rule 2

Table 51 Divert decision rule selection

The logical description of the safety decision logics is given Tables 53 and 52 below

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert divert

over 58 divert safe

Table 52 Two instruments in operation rule 1-of-2

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert unsafe

over 58 unsafe safe

Table 53 Two instruments in operation rule 2-of-2

17

Only one refractometer in operation

When only one instrument is in operation the divert action takes place if this instru-

ment reads 58 or below The rule selection has no in983405luence on the divert decision

in this case

A or B

under 58 unsafe

over 58 safe

Table 54 Operation logic when only one instrument operating

No refractometer in operation

If both instruments are out of operation (due to malfunction or maintenance) then

according to BLRBAC divert action must take place

Emergency divert

In all cases the systemmay be set to DIVERT by pressing the EMERGENCY DIVERT button

(or an external emergency divert button see Section 238)

53 Refractometer concentration measurement

For refractometer calibration consult also Chapter 6 in the separate Process refrac-

tometer PR-23 Instruction manual

The CONC displays of the two indicating transmitters have to show the same value

within 05 If there is a difference this can be eliminated by adjusting the bias for

one of the refractomers comparison with sample determination can decide which

one should be corrected

In the PR-23 refractometer system bias is the parameter F00 the third parameter in

the 983405ield adjustment parameter list To change it 983405irst press the MENU soft key then

5 CALIBRATION then 1 CHEMICALamp FIELD PARAMETERS and then 2 FIELD CALIBRATIONPARA-

METERS Choose 3 F00 (BIAS) to change the bias (see Section 625 in the PR-23manual)

If the Indicating transmitter A displays 682 and B displays 688 the difference can

be eliminated by lowering B by 06 This is done by setting the 983405ield calibration

parameter F00 to -06 in Indicating transmitter B

Due to its digital measurement principle the readings of the K-Patents Process refrac-

tometer do not drift by time Frequent recalibrations based on of983405linemoisture analy-

sis must be avoided as they will introduce random 983405luctuations to the refractometer

readings

18

54 Refractometer activation for divert control

When a refractometer is activated for Divert control the upper left corner of the trans-

mitter display shows alternatively A a B b or If the corner is blank the instrument

is not suitable for divert operation

Transmitter A in

Divert operation

Transmitter B not

in Divert operation

Ethernet connection failure

Figure 52 Indicating transmitters (STR) activated to Divert control

The decision to display A (a) or alternatively B (b) depends on the IP address settings

in the transmitter The IP address of instrument A is 17216232 and that of instru-

ment B is 17216233 These addresses have been set in the factory and should not be

changed (See Chapter 8 for information on system IP address and connecting to the

DD-23 system)

If a question mark appears on the transmitter display the reason is usually that the

Ethernet cable between the transmitter and the Control unit is not properly connected

or theDivert control unit is not powered on Reconnect (or replace cable if necessary)

to 983405ix

The refractometer program version has to be 300 or higher to have divert system

functionality Divert version 201 or higher requires DTR software version 412 or

higher Also the refractometer has to have the correct software parameters to be used

in a divert control system In order to convert a stand-alone refractometer into one

used on the Divert control system please contact K-Patents The easiest way to check

if a refractometer is con983405igured for DD-23 use is to look at the main display If the

aAbB letter is present (see Figure 52) the instrument may be used in the Divert

control system

If a DD-23 activated transmitter is used in another type of application the divert func-

tion has to be deactivated by K-Patents

55 Signal difference alarm

According to BLRBAC if a difference of 2 in solids (absolute value) or greater exists

between refractometer readings an alarm shall be activated

The alarm limit of 2 is the maximum difference The limit can be changed into a

smaller number through the remote interface see Chapter 8

19

56 Low alarms

561 Solids warning

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (60 by de-

fault) thewarning is activated The limit canbe changed through the remote interface

see Section 825

Minimum low warning level is 60 according to BLRBAC

562 Solids alarm

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (58 by de-

fault) the alarm is activated The limit can be changed through the remote interface

see Chapter 8

Minimum low alarm level is 58 according to BLRBAC

57 Refractometer malfunction alarm

The built-in intelligent diagnostics of a K-Patents Process refractometer provide a

tight control of the operation A full test cycle is completedwith an interval of less than

one second For details consult the Process refractometer PR-23 instruction manual

Not all malfunctions cause the instrument to be removed from the Divert control sys-

tem However all malfunction alarms need to be checked see Section 62 for more

information

58 Prism wash

Even though the sensors are equipped with a steam wash facility it is not necessarily

needed For K-Patents Process Refractometer the need of prism wash is reduced and

even in some cases eliminated

However an automatic regular prism wash provides an ef983405icient check that the re-

fractometer reacts A steam wash of 3 seconds every half hour should be suf983405icient

Only one instrument is washing at a time and during the wash the system acts in the

single-instrument mode

To change wash times or relay con983405igurations consult the PR-23 process refractome-

ter system manual sections 613 Con983410iguring relays and 631 Setting prism wash

parameters

20

The recommended wash pressures and times are given in the table below

Wash parameters for Safe-Drivetrade Isolation valve nozzle SDI

Minimum above

process pressure

Maximum above

process pressure

Wash

time

Reco-

very

Interval

Steam (SN) 5 bar (70 psi) 8 bar (115 psi) 3ndash5 s 20ndash30 s 20ndash30 min

Do not exceed the recommended wash times because some process media may burn

to the prism surface if steamed for longer time In case of coating shorten the wash

interval

It should be noted that if wash check is enabled on the instrument it can cause the

instrument to be taken out of divert use if during the set wash tolerance time nowash

cycles have been noted as successful This can cause a divert if both instruments fail

wash checks in sequence

21

6 Regular maintenance and troubleshooting

As theDivert control system is apuredigital system no specialmaintenance is needed

The LIGHT TEST button on the operator panel (Figure 21) sends a signal to the micro-

processor and the microprocessor switches all 12 LED lights on as long as the button

is pressed This way not only the lights but also the processing system is checked

To assist the identi983405ication of a faulty component the information 983405low is given in Sec-

tion 61 Also the logic diagrams of Chapter 7 may be of help

61 Information flow

The divert control unit is connected to the refractometers through an Ethernet con-

nection The Control system asks for the measurement data from the instruments

several times each second Based on the data received the divert operation decisions

are made

Each refractometer performs its measurement functions independently The instru-

ments also have their own internal diagnostics which are used in the divert decision

logic as well (see Section 62)

As the Divert Control System requests information several times a second all commu-

nication problems are found immediately In case one of the refractometers does not

respond to the control unit the non-responding instrument is dropped from opera-

tion and the malfunction alarm is set

An important information when troubleshooting communication problems is the let-

ter on the upper left corner of each refractometer (see Figure 52) If the instrument

has not received any data requests from theDivert Control Unit during the last second

the letter turns into a question mark () If the letter is aAbB then the communica-

tion link between the Divert control unit and the instrument is fully functional

62 Malfunctions

If the Divert Control Unit cannot communicate with a refractometer or if the inter-

nal diagnostics of a refractometer indicate a measurement problem the Malfunction

indicator (see Figure 21) is illuminated and the corresponding relay 8 or 9 (see Fig-

ure 33) is activated

The diagnostic message of the refractometer can be seen on the transmitter screen

(see Figure 51) Some of these messages eg PRISM WASH are only informative and

do not indicate a measurement problem Table 61 below summarizes all diagnostic

messages and their effect on the Divert control system operation

22

If themalfunction is severe enough tomake themeasurement result unreliable

the refractometer cannot be used in making the divert decision In that case the

instrument is dropped from the Divert Control System and cannot be taken on-line

manually until the problem is 983405ixed

Formore information on possible causes of each error see the PR-23 instructionman-

ual Chapter 8

Message Instrument will be

dropped from the

Divert Control System

EXTERNAL HOLD

EXTERNAL WASH STOP

HIGH SENSOR HUMIDITY

HIGH SENSOR TEMP

HIGH TRANSMITTER TEMP

LOW IMAGE QUALITY X

LOW TEMP WASH STOP

LOW TRANSMITTER VOLT

NO OPTICAL IMAGE X

NO SAMPLE X

NO SAMPLEWASH STOP

NO SENSOR X

NO SIGNAL X

NORMAL OPERATION

OUTSIDE LIGHT ERROR X

OUTSIDE LIGHT TO PRISM X

PRECONDITIONING

PRISM COATED X

PRISMWASH

PRISMWASH FAILURE X

PRISMWASH WARNING

RECOVERING

SHORT-CIRCUIT X

STARTING UP X

TEMP MEASUREMENT FAULT X

Table 61 Diagnostic messages and their effect on Divert operation

23

63 Diagnostic tools

In order to make troubleshooting easier there are several built-in diagnostic tools

An event log is built in the system A short log showing last 6 events can be accessed

from the transmitter main display by pressing the soft key DD23 A more complete

event log can be found in the web-based remote interface (see Section 824)

Figure 61 Transmitter log page for instrument A

The remote interface also provides a diagnostic page which gives full information on

the system state (concentrations relay state switch state indicator state) see Sec-

tion 823

64 Troubleshooting

641 A question mark () on the refractometer display

Cause The refractometer does not receive information request packets from the Di-

vert Control Unit This may be caused by a faulty cable faulty parameters or equip-

ment malfunction either in the refractometer or in the Divert Control Unit

Action If the instrument has never been functional or if it is possible someone has

changed the instrument parameters there may be a con983405iguration problem with the

IP addresses The IP address in the refractometer should be set as given in Section 54

If possible cross-check the addresses from the diagnostic web page

Aphysical problemcanbe ruledout by looking at a small LEDclose to the transmitterrsquos

Ethernet connector If the LED is green the cable is ok Oneway to isolate the problem

is to swap the cables between the refractometers A standard Ethernet cable can be

used as a troubleshooting aid (either straight-through or cross-over)

642 A refractometer refuses to come on-line

Cause Either there is no communication to the refractometer or there is a malfunc-

tionon the refractometer It is alsopossible the transmitter is not con983405igured forDivert

use

24

Action Check that there is aAbB on the refractometer display If there is a question

mark () instead see above

Check that there is a soft key DD23 on the refractometer main display (see Figure 62

below) If the soft key is not present in the main display the instrument is not con983405ig-

ured for Divert use If this is the case please contact K-Patents

In other cases check the diagnostic message on the refractometer screen (see Sec-

tion 62)

Figure 62 Transmitter main display instrument in Divert use

643 No lights come up in the Divert Control Unit

Cause There is no power on the instrument or there is a hardware fault

Action Check that the instrument receives power In normal operation several relays

have their associated LEDs lit If there are any LEDs lit in the Divert Control Unit the

unit receives power

644 All lights are blinking

Cause There is an unrecoverable hardware fault in the Divert Control Unit

Action Please contact K-Patents

65 Ethernet strain relief for transmitters

When transmitter door is opened the ethernet cable connecting the transmitter to

the Divert Unit may come off This can be 983405ixed bymounting a strain relief plate in the

transmitter

25

1 First screw on the strain relief plate

2 Fasten the ethernet cable to the relief plate with cable ties

3 Cut the ends of the cable ties

1

2

3

Figure 63 Mounting the strain relief

26

27

7 Divert control logics

A logical description of the system is provided to complement the operational descrip-

tion given in the previous chapters

71 Safety decision logic

The core of the Divert control system is the safety decision logic which makes the

ultimate decision whether the black liquor can be safely fed to the burner or not

The logic is described in the 983405low diagram in Figure 71 The factors affecting the de-

cision are the number of instruments in operation (none one or two) and their mea-

surement results Also the selected divert rule is taken into account when two instru-

ments are in operation For a description of different rules see Section 52

As a result of this logic the system is either in SAFE SOLIDS or UNSAFE SOLIDS state

When the system is in the SAFE SOLIDS state the SAFE SOLIDS light is illuminated

no

no no

no

yes

UNSAFE SOLIDSSAFE SOLIDS

NO INSTRU-MENTS

Rule 2-of-2

2 instrumentsavailable

1 instrumentavailable

Both ge 58

Either ge 58CONC ge58

yes

yesyes

yes

no

Rule 1-of-2yes

no

DIVERT

Figure 71 Safe solids decision logic

One instrument available maymean that only one instrument is in operation or that

both instruments are in operation but one of them is washing when queried

28

72 Divert decision logic

After the system has evaluated the solid contents to be either safe or unsafe (see Sec-

tion 71) it decides whether the the system should be in the DIVERT state This deci-

sion is made according to the 983405low diagram in Figure 72

Thedefault state of the system is theDIVERTstate It canbe changed to theNODIVERT

state only by manually pressing the DIVERT RESET push-button when the solid content

is suf983405icient (SAFE SOLIDS) If the solid content drops to UNSAFE the system drops

into the DIVERT state

The only exception to this is when the HEADERWASH is active In that case the solid

content checking is skipped The system may then be switched between the DIVERT

and NO DIVERT states by using the EMERGENCY DIVERT and DIVERT RESET push buttons

in the operator panel (or the equivalent external emergency divert and divert reset

buttons)

The system will drop to the DIVERT state in all cases when the EMERGENCY DIVERT

button (or its external counterpart) is pressed

NO DIVERT DIVERT

HEADER WASH active

Divert fromsafe solids logic

EMERGENCYDIVERTpressed

DIVERT RESET pressed

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

no

yes

Figure 72 The divert decision logics

29

73 In operation logic

IN OPERATIONbutton pressed

yes

yes

yes

yes

no

no

wash done

no

no

no

Onlyinstrument

Washing

IN OPER pressed

Critical malfunction

WAIT(LIGHT BLINKING)

IN OPERATION(LIGHT ON RELAYS

10 11 ACTIVE)

Criticalmalfunction

NOT IN OPERATION(LIGHT OFF)

yes

Figure 73 Operation logic

Whether an instrument is in op-

eration depends on the opera-

torrsquos commands and the instru-

mentrsquos diagnostics The decision

is carried out as outlined in Fig-

ure 73

An instrument can be in one of

three different states IN OPER-

ATION NOT IN OPERATION and

WAITWhen the instrument is IN

OPERATION it is used in decid-

ing whether the solid content is

in the safe level (see Section 71)

When the instrument is NOT IN

OPERATION or WAIT states it is

not used

The WAIT state occurs when the

operator has requested the in-

strument to come into operation

by pressing the button but the

instrument is in the wash cycle

and will come into operation af-

ter the wash cycle is completed

The actual state can be seen from

the INOPERATION light If the light

is on the instrument is IN OPER-

ATION If the light is off the in-

strument is NOT IN OPERATION

and if the light is blinking it is in

the WAIT state

The default state of an instru-

ment is to be NOT IN OPERA-

TION It can be taken into op-

eration by pressing the IN OP-

ERATION button unless there is

a critical malfunction (see Sec-

tion 62)

An instrument automatically drops

into NOT IN OPERATION if there is a critical malfunction It may also be dropped by

the IN OPERATION button unless it is the only instrument used

30

74 Malfunction logic

Timeout frominstrument

Malfunction ininstrument

no

yes

yes

yes

no

no

Critical malfunc-tion in instr

NO MALFUNCTION

Remove instr from Divert use

MALFUNCTION

Figure 74 Malfunction logic (repeated for each sensor)

The MALFUNCTION light is illumi-

nated when the internal diagnos-

tics of either of the two instru-

ments indicates a malfunction or

there is a communication timeout

to either of the instruments (Fig-

ure 74)

It should be noted that not all mal-

functions are critical malfunctions

which drop the instrument from

operation (see Section 73) For a

complete list of possible malfunc-

tions see Section 62

TheMALFUNCTION light re983405lects the

decision taken by this logic How-

ever as the MALFUNCTION light is

one of the resettable alarms it

may be blinking even when the

malfunction itself is cleared if the

ALARM RESET button has not been

pressed (see Section 75)

31

75 Resettable alarm logic

UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM

(Blinking Relay 6 active)

ALARM(Light on Relay 6 inactive)

Alarm source active

ALARM RESETpressed

Alarm source active

yes

no

no

no

yes

yes

NO ALARM(Light off Relay 6 inactive)

Figure 75 The resettable alarm logic

In order to identify new alarms there

is a resettable alarm logic in the Di-

vert control unit There are four pos-

sible alarm sources SOLIDS ALARM

SOLIDSWARNINGAampBDIFFERENCE

and MALFUNCTION All of these fol-

low the same alarm reset rules (see

Figure 75)

Whenanew (unacknowledged) alarm

activates the corresponding light starts

blinking in the operator panel and re-

lay 6 is activated When the ALARM RE-

SET button is pressed relay 6 is inacti-

vated

The state of the alarm indicator in the

operator panel depends on whether

the cause for the alarm is still present

If the cause has cleared (eg solids

content has risen above the warn-

ing limit) the light goes off when

the ALARM RESET is pressed If the

cause has not cleared the light will be

steadily illuminated

A non-illuminated light means there

is no alarm A steadily illuminated

alarm light means there is a problem

which persists but the problem has

been acknowledged by pressing the

ALARM RESET A blinking light means

the problem has not been acknowl-

edged but givesno informationwhether

the problem is still there or not

32

76 Refractometer difference logic

If there are two refractometers in operation (taken into operation not washing) the

Control unit monitors the difference in reading between the two instruments (983405ig-

ure 76) If the difference ismore than 2 a refractometer differencewarning is given

with the corresponding front panel indicator and relay

The divert decision logic (section 72) is not affected by the refractometer difference

but a signi983405icant difference between the two instruments indicates one of the instru-

ments is not measuring reliably In this case the instruments and wash systems have

to be checked immediately Ignoring to do this may result in an erroneous divert de-

cision

no REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

|A-B| gt 2

2 instruments available

yes

no

no

yes

REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

Figure 76 Refractometer difference logic

33

77 Wash arbitration logic

The Divert Control Unit takes care that if there are two instruments in operation they

wonrsquotwash at the same time (as thatwould trip the system) This is doneby the simple

logic described in Figure 77

Each instrument control their ownwash cycle Before the start washing they request

a wash permission from the Divert Control Unit If the other instrument is already

washing the unit does not grant this permission until the wash cycle is completed

noWAIT

WASH

IDLE

The otherinstrumentwashing

yes

wash interval elapsed

wash done

the other instrument done washing

Figure 77 Wash arbitration logic

34

78 Wash check logic

Wash check

Wash tolerancetime gt 0

no

yes

yes

off

yes

on

no

Prism washsuccesful

Drop fromDivert use

Malfunction

Succesful washwithin tolerance

time

Prism wash failurePrism wash

warning

no

Normal operation

One w

ash

cyc

le

Figure 78 Wash check logic

By default the wash tolerance time is 0

35

8 Remote control interface

The remote interface is based on a web server inside the Divert Control Unit It con-

sists of several web pages easily accessible through the links on the navigation bar in

the left (see Figure 81)

The remote interface is optimized for the Firefox browser version 20 or newer al-

though it may work with other browsers Firefox is free and exists for Windows Mac

OS X and Linux it can be downloaded through httpwwwmozillacom

81 Divert Control Unit IP address

The Divert Control Unit can be reached through two different IP addresses In non-

networked applications (only a DD-23 and a single computer) the IP address is

1692542323 This IP address is factory set and cannot be changed If the Divert

Control Unit is to be connected to a network the network settings can be changed

through the parameter page of the remote interface (see Section 825)

82 The remote interface

821 Main page

The remote indicator main page gives a quick overview over system status

Figure 81 DD-23 Remote control main page

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

INSTRUCTION MANUALFOR DD-23

WARNING

The process medium may be hot or otherwise hazardous Precautions when

removing the sensor from the process line

Make sure that the process line is not under pressure Open a vent valve to the

atmosphere For a retractorisolation valve the line pressure should be within

specifications

For a prism wash system close a hand valve for the wash medium and disable the

wash valve Loosen the clamp or flange bolts cautiously be prepared to tighten again

Be out of the way of any possible splash and ensure the possibility of escape

Use shields and protective clothing adequate for the process medium Do not rely on

avoidance of contact with the process medium After removal of the sensor it may be

necessary to mount a blind flange for security reasons

DocumentRevision No 143 Effective May 15 2016

This product manual is delivered to the end-user with a K-Patents product Information in this manual

is subject to change without notice The latest manual version is always available in the Downloads

section at httpwwwkpatentscom You can also contact manualskpatentscom

K-PATENTS OY K-PATENTS OY K-PATENTS INC

Postal address Street address 1804 Centre Point CirclePO Box 77 Elannontie 5 Suite 106FI-01511 Vantaa Finland FI-01510 Vantaa Finland Naperville IL 60563Tel + 358 207 291 570 Tel +1-630-955 1545Fax +358 207 291 577 Fax +1-630-955 1585infokpatentscom infokpatents-usacomhttpwwwkpatentscom httpwwwkpatentscom

Table of contents

1 Introduction 1

11 Warranty 1

12 Disposal 1

2 The Divert Control System DD-23 3

21 Overview 3

22 Divert Control Unit 3

23 Operator panel 3

231 Overview 4

232 Green indicator lights System ok 5

233 Yellow indicator lights Warnings 5

234 Red indicator lights Alarms 5

235 White pushbuttons Testing and resetting 5

236 Header wash key Enabling ring header wash 6

237 Emergency divert button Manual divert 6

238 External emergency divert button 6

24 Prism wash 6

25 Indicating transmitters 6

3 Mounting 7

31 Mounting prism wash 7

32 Wiring 8

321 Relays 8

33 Switch inputs 10

331 External Divert switchpush button - input J8 10

332 External divert reset button - input J9 10

333 Header wash key - input J10 10

34 Remote ethernet connection 12

4 Startup 13

41 Divert system pre-startup checklist 13

42 Divert control unit DD-23 startup 14

5 Configuration 15

51 Calibration lock 15

52 Divert decision rules 16

53 Refractometer concentration measurement 17

54 Refractometer activation for divert control 18

55 Signal difference alarm 18

56 Low alarms 19

561 Solids warning 19

562 Solids alarm 19

57 Refractometer malfunction alarm 19

58 Prism wash 19

6 Regular maintenance and troubleshooting 21

61 Information flow 21

62 Malfunctions 21

63 Diagnostic tools 23

64 Troubleshooting 23

641 A question mark () on the refractometer display 23

642 A refractometer refuses to come on-line 23

643 No lights come up in the Divert Control Unit 24

644 All lights are blinking 24

65 Ethernet strain relief for transmitters 24

7 Divert control logics 27

71 Safety decision logic 27

72 Divert decision logic 28

73 In operation logic 29

74 Malfunction logic 30

75 Resettable alarm logic 31

76 Refractometer difference logic 32

77 Wash arbitration logic 33

78 Wash check logic 34

8 Remote control interface 35

81 Divert Control Unit IP address 35

82 The remote interface 35

821 Main page 35

822 Instrument pages 36

823 Diagnostics page 36

824 Log page 37

825 Parameters page 38

83 Data logging 38

9 DD-23 specifications 39

91 Divert Control Unit specifications 39

92 Divert control unit spare parts 40

A Index 41

1

1 Introduction

The K-Patents Digital Black Liquor Divert Control SystemDD-23 provides a divert sig-

nal preventingblack liquorwithdangerously lowsolids to reach theblack liquor burn-

ers The system is built strictly according to the principles of Recommended Good

Practice Safe Firing of Black Liquor in Black Liquor Recovery Boilers (BLRBAC April

2015 the document is available at

httpblrbacorgsitesdefaultfilesSafe20Firing20of20Black20Liquor20-20April202015pdf)

The system consists of the following parts Two K-Patents Process refractometers

PR-23-SD (A amp B) are installed in series in the main black liquor line Each refrac-

tometer is complete with a sensor an Indicating transmitter and interconnecting ca-

bles Each refractometer provides also two 4ndash20 mA output signal not used by the

divert control system These can be used to give solids output or temperature out-

put signals The sensors are also equipped with a steam wash nozzles although the

self-cleaning sensor design may eliminate the need for prism wash altogether

11 Warranty

K-Patents warrants that all products made by K-Patents shall be free of defects in ma-

terial and workmanship K-Patents agrees to either replace or repair free of charge

any such product or part thereof which shall be returned to the nearest authorized

K-Patents repair facility within two (2) years from the date of delivery

Before returning a defective product for service or replacement please contact K-Pa-

tents or your nearest K-Patents representative (see httpwwwkpatentscom for

contact information) For the health and safety of personnel handling your return

clean the instrument especially the parts that have been in contact with the process

liquid before packing it Ship the cleaned instrument to the address given to you

12 Disposal

When disposing of an obsolete instrument or any parts of an instrument please ob-

serve the local and national requirements for the disposal of electrical and electronic

equipment The aluminium or stainless steel sensor housing can be recycled with

other metallic waste of the same type

2

Figure 11 Complete Digital Black Liquor Divert Control System DD-23

3

2 The Divert Control System DD-23

21 Overview

The Divert control system DD-23 includes

minus A Divert Control Unit

minus Two PR-23-SD refractometer sensors

minus Two isolation valves SDI for the sensors above to allow removal of the refractome-

ters from a pipe with full 983405low and pressure The isolation valve includes a prism

wash nozzle and two check valves (one for prismwash one for stuf983405ing box 983405lush)

minus A roofed mounting plate to mount the two Indicating transmitters and the Divert

Control Unit together

minus Wiring to connect the Indicating transmitters with the Divert Control Unit

minus Two steam valves with steam traps for prismwash (pneumatic + solenoid valves)

minus Two hand valves (one for prism wash one for stuf983405ing box 983405lush)

minus A remote operator panel facility accessible with a web browser over Ethernet

BLRBAC (The Black Liquor Recovery Boiler Advisory Committee) recommends a

spare refractometer sensor to be maintained in stock on-site

The system can also be used with two PR-21-S process refractometers if installation

of or upgrade to PR-23-SD sensors is unfeasible Both sensor require their own indi-

cating transmitters and the required interconnecting cables between the sensor and

transmitter but otherwise the installation is similar to the PR-23-SD based one

22 Divert Control Unit

The Divert Control Unit is contained in an enclosure with the same dimensions as the

refractometer transmitter enclosure The control unit includes

minus An operator with system state indicators and pushbuttons

minus Relay outputs for connecting to the control system

minus Contact inputs for external control

minus Ethernet interface for remote operator panel

23 Operator panel

The operator panel has a clear layout and the operator can see all information at one

glance The divert decision is controlled from the operator panel which provides dou-

bled security since information is shown both as LED indication in the Divert control

unit and as a diagnostic messages in the Indicating transmitters The same informa-

tion is also available through the remote operator panel

4

231 Overview

Red indicatorlights (alarms)

Yellow indicatorlights (warnings)

Green indicatorlights (all well)

White push-buttons

Red push-button

Figure 21 DD-23 operator panel

The three top rows on the operator panel consist of indicator lights The green A IN

OPERATION and B IN OPERATION lights are also push buttons used to include the refrac-

tometers in theDivert system Below the lights there are push buttons and theHEADER

WASH key key used to operate the system

The indicator lights on the operator panel are arranged like traf983405ic lights top row is

red for alarm middle row is yellow for warning and bottom row is green for system

ok When the system is running normally only the row of green lights should be lit

The white LIGHT TEST button is used to check that all the LEDs behind the indicator

lights are working It also veri983405ies the data processing system in the control unit The

other two white push buttons ALARM RESET and DIVERT RESET can be used to reset

the system back to normal after all problems have been 983410ixed The HEADER WASH key

enables the use of ring header washing with water when set to ON

The big red EMERGENCY DIVERT push button is used to manually initiate divert in an

emergency situation An external push button can also be connected to a switch input

in the control unit as External Emergency divert button see Section 238

5

232 Green indicator lights System ok

Each refractometer has a green operating light ndash A IN OPERATION and B IN OPERATION ndash

to let the operator know when he can rely on the refractometer measurement A re-

fractometer will only in983405luence the divert decision and activate warnings and alarms

when it is in divert operation ie when its green operating light is lit

When DIVERT is effective the system may be reset to normal operation only when

SAFE SOLIDS is lit

233 Yellow indicator lights Warnings

The SOLIDS WARNING light indicates a black liquor concentration of below warning

limit (by default at 60) This warning can be activated by either refractometer

The AampB DIFFERENCE light is lit when the refractometer readings differ by at least 2

This warning will only be initiated if both refractometers are operating

If the yellow MALFUNCTION light is switched on some part of the system ndash a refrac-

tometer an indicating transmitter or the control unit ndash is malfunctioning A list over

malfunctions and critical malfunctions is given in Section 62 If a critical malfunction

occurs in a sensor or transmitter the malfunctioning refractometer will be automat-

ically removed from divert operation (its operating light will also be switched off)

Check the reason for the malfunction and correct the problem (see Section 64) be-

fore returning the refractometer back to divert operation

234 Red indicator lights Alarms

The black liquor SOLIDS ALARM is lit when the concentration reading goes below alarm

limit (by default below 58) This alarm can be activated by either refractometer

depending on the operation rule setting

The DIVERT light will be switched on when the SOLIDS ALARM is activated The DIVERT

light indicates divert status of the divert relay The relay is inactive in the divert posi-

tion because then a power failure will give a divert decision signal to the system

The OVERRIDE light is lit to indicate that no automatic divert will happen as long as

the system is in the header wash state (see Section 236)

235 White pushbuttons Testing and resetting

The LIGHT TEST button switches all 12 lights on The ALARM RESET button resets the

alarm lights

6

236 Header wash key Enabling ring header wash

The header wash key function is a 3-level procedure which can be used when ring

header washing with water is needed When the HEADER WASH key is switched to ON

position and information fromblack liquor guns switch inputs connected in series tell

that guns are out from recovery boiler then a ring header wash can be done without

activating Divert

Pushing the EMERGENCY DIVERT button will always initiate divert regardless of the

header wash functionality

237 Emergency divert button Manual divert

The EMERGENCY DIVERT push-button is used to manually initiate divert in an emer-

gency situation

238 External emergency divert button

An external (remote) push button can also be connected to an input inside the Control

unit see Figure 33

External emergency divert button must be normally closed (NC) Opening the circuit

will initiate divert

24 Prism wash

The wash parameters for the sensors are set through each transmitter (Section 24)

The transmitters contain a relay for prismwash To follow the BLRBAC recommenda-

tion not to wash both prisms at the same time the Divert Control Unit implements an

interlock which prevents the instrument from washing both sensors simultaneously

25 Indicating transmitters

Mechanically the Indicating transmitters shipped with a DD-23 are the same than

PR-23 Indicating transmitter DTR The transmitter will only allow single sensor con-

nection and a special DD-23 transmitter software is used for the Divert system When

Divert software is 201 or newer Indicating transmitter software version has to be

412 or newer

For more information on the basic functions of an indicating transmitter please see

the PR-23 manual chapters 3 and 10

7

3 Mounting

For mounting of the process refractometers and the isolation valves consult the sep-

arate process refractometer PR-23 instruction manual

Figure 31 Mounting the Divert control system

31 Mounting prism wash

K-Patents recommends to use a steam trap instead of a preconditioning valve to re-

move condensate from the steam line

8

32 Wiring

For wiring for complete system see Figure 32 which shows the connections to the

Indicating transmitters and to steam washing Figure 33 has information of all con-

nections to the Divert control unit

Figure 32 Transmitter wiring cables and connections

321 Relays

Relay 1 NORMALDIVERT information

Relay 2 NORMALDIVERT information

Relay 3 SOLIDS WARNING when one of the refractometers goes lower than the

solids warning limit typically 60 or higher See Section 561

Relay 4 SOLIDS ALARMwhen one of the refractometers goes lower than the solids

alarm limit typically 58 or higher See Section 562

Relay 5 Refractometer signal differencewarning when the refractometer readings

have more than 2 difference in concentration See Section 55

Relay 6 Horn relay connection to the audible alarm See Section 75

Relay 7 Header wash key information See Section 333

Relay 8 Refractometer A malfunction information See Sections 62 and 74

Relay 9 Refractometer B malfunction information See Sections 62 and 74

Relay 10 Information on if refractometer A is active in the Divert Control System or

dropped off

Relay 11 Information on if refractomter B is active in the Divert Control System or

dropped off

9

Figure 33 Divert control unit internal wiring

10

33 Switch inputs

331 External Divert switchpush button - input J8

An external divert switch can be connected to the DD-23 Divert Control Unit input J8

If the external divert switch is not used a jumper has to be connected across J8 The

unit is delivered with this jumper connected

332 External divert reset button - input J9

If youwant to use external Divert reset button it can be connectedmax 200m(600 ft)

from the DD-23 Divert control unit Use normal instrument cable 2x05 (AWG 20) and

connect cable to DD-23 motherboard input J9

You must make sure both refractometers A and B are working OK before starting to

use the remote divert button (the remote interface can be used to check on the refrac-

tometers see Chapter 8)

The external reset button connection is normally open (NO)

333 Header wash key - input J10

Black liquor is injected to the recovery boiler through liquor guns Occassionally the

header ring needs washing and during that procedure the divert system has to be by-

passed and the liquor guns have to be removed from the furnace The Digital Divert

Control System DD-23 allows for a safe override of divert logic during header ring

wash

The override ismounted by connecting the gunmicro switches in series to the Header

washoverride key switch input J10 see Figure 35

TheHeaderwash keymaybe usedwithout the external switch information if a jumper

(dotted line in Figure 35) is placed to swith input J10 If the input is left open the key

does not have any effect

11

DD-23Operator panel

OVERRIDEHEADER WASH

HEADERWASHKEY

MICROSWITCHon each liquor gun oron liquor gun door

Recoveryboiler

Figure 34 Header wash key functionality

Guns out microswitches

HEADERWASHKEY

SWITCH INPUTJ10

Figure 35 Header wash key connections

12

34 Remote ethernet connection

The ethernet connection for the Divert user interface DI and data logging purposes is

an 8-pin M12 connector at the bottom of the Divert Unit The ethernet cable PR-8430

to DI can be connected while the unit is powered without opening the case Ethernet

converter cable PR-8663 is used when a computer or other device with RJ45 connec-

tor is connected with the DD-23

The remoteethernet connection

Figure 36 Ethernet connection

13

4 Startup

41 Divert system pre-startup checklist

1 SDI Isolation valves mounted correctly

a Vertical pipe MTG453

b Horizontal pipe MTG471

2 DD-23 control unit installed DIM243 Figure 91 on page 39

3 Pressure reducing valve solenoid valve steam trap installed and connected to the

prism wash nozzle on each sensor

a Steam pipes for black liquor MTG470

b Nozzle MTG482

4 9ndash15 bar (130ndash220 psi) steam connected to the solenoid valve on each sensor

5 Instrumentation air 4ndash6 bar (60ndash90 psi) connect to the solenoid valve on each

sensor

6 Power supply (230110Vac24Vdc) connected SYS358Figure 31 on page 7 and

WRG366 Figure 31 on page 7

a Transmitter A

b Transmitter B

c Divert control unit

d Solenoid valve A

e Solenoid valve B

7 Cables connected SYS358Figure 31 on page 7 WRG366 Figure 31 on page 7

a Transmitter A to sensor A

b Transmitter B to sensor B

c Transmitter A to solenoid valve A

d Transmitter B to solenoid valve B

e Relay information from the Divert control unit to your control system or the

Divert valve

f Transmitter A mA output to your control system

g Transmitter B mA output to your control system

h Ethernet to your control system (optional)

14

42 Divert control unit DD-23 startup

For the refractometer startup consult Chapter 5 in the separate Process refractometer

PR-23 manual

1 Check the wiring and supply voltage

Before the power is switched on the divert output relay rsquonormal operationrsquo is in

divert position

2 Connect the mains power to start the system

There are no power switches in the instruments They are always On when the

mains power is connected

3 While the Control unit is powering up the DIVERT and SOLIDS ALARM lights are both

blinking When the unit is fully functional it is in the divert mode the DIVERT light

is on and the SOLIDS ALARM light is blinking

4 Press the LIGHT TEST button on the Divert control unit All 12 lights should switch

on

5 Reset the solids alarm by pressing the ALARM RESET button

The indicator stops blinking and should stay on

6 Each indicating transmitter should now state refractometer letter either a or b in

the upper left corner of the transmitter display If therersquos a question mark instead

of a letter on either of the transmitters see Chapter 6

If the process pipe is full the message for each refractometer should be NORMAL

OPERATION if process pipe is still empty message will be NO SAMPLE

Now activate refractometer A into the Divert by pushing the button A IN OPERATION

on the Divert control unit panel The button lights up and on the transmitter dis-

play the refractometer letter changes to capital A Then activate refractometer B

similarly by pushing the button B IN OPERATION

If the green IN OPERATION light blinks the refractometer in question is perform-

ing wash The refractometer will automatically come into operation after it has

983405inished washing

7 Now the Divert control system DD-23 is set for normal monitoring operation

8 When black liquor is in the line check that the prism wash is working for each

refractometer First press soft keyMENU on the transmitter keyboard then choose

3 SYSTEM STATUS to get to the system status display Now press soft key WASH to

initiate manual wash follow the optical image and check that it changes during

the steam wash If wash was successful wait until message is NORMAL OPERATION

and then proceed with startup If wash doesnrsquot seem to work see Chapter 6

9 If the three green lights on the third row are all on and all conditions for safe boiler

operation are satis983405ied turn off diversion by pressing the DIVERT RESET button All

warning lights are now turned off and only the 3 green lights are on

15

5 Configuration

The K-Patents Divert control system is shipped fully calibrated by the manufacturer

This chapter contains instructions on how to make 983405ine adjustments of the system

51 Calibration lock

Parameter changes are possible only when the calibration lock is open The calibra-

tion lock can be closed by a switch inside the control unit cover (see Figure 51) When

the lock is open a red led is illuminated next to the lock switch For safety reasons

keep the calibration lock open only during parameter changes done through the web

interface (see Chapter 8)

CALIBRATIONLOCK

CALIBRATIONLOCK

Figure 51 Location of the calibration lock

16

52 Divert decision rules

Two refractometers in operation

BLRBAC states the following For the solids measurements two refractometers in se-

ries must be used When both refractometers are in service the requirement for an au-

tomatic black liquor diversion can be satis983410ied by either of the following options

1 If either refractometer reads dissolved solids content 58 (default) or below

an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

2 When both refractometers read dissolved solids content 58 (default) or be-

low an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

Either option is satisfactory

The rules are listed in decreasing order of security Only rule 1 satis983405ies the high safety

requirements set by BLRBAC August 1982 On the other hand the probability of false

trips decreases with decreasing safety It means that if false trips are too frequent the

rule 2 may be preferred at the cost of safety The rule 2 has later been accepted by

BLRBAC

The divert decision rule is selected by the rule switch inside the divert control unit

cover (Figure 51) The state of the switch is indicated by a yellow indicator LED for

rule 2 and a green one for rule 1

Rule switch Rule

1-of-2 Rule 1

2-of-2 Rule 2

Table 51 Divert decision rule selection

The logical description of the safety decision logics is given Tables 53 and 52 below

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert divert

over 58 divert safe

Table 52 Two instruments in operation rule 1-of-2

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert unsafe

over 58 unsafe safe

Table 53 Two instruments in operation rule 2-of-2

17

Only one refractometer in operation

When only one instrument is in operation the divert action takes place if this instru-

ment reads 58 or below The rule selection has no in983405luence on the divert decision

in this case

A or B

under 58 unsafe

over 58 safe

Table 54 Operation logic when only one instrument operating

No refractometer in operation

If both instruments are out of operation (due to malfunction or maintenance) then

according to BLRBAC divert action must take place

Emergency divert

In all cases the systemmay be set to DIVERT by pressing the EMERGENCY DIVERT button

(or an external emergency divert button see Section 238)

53 Refractometer concentration measurement

For refractometer calibration consult also Chapter 6 in the separate Process refrac-

tometer PR-23 Instruction manual

The CONC displays of the two indicating transmitters have to show the same value

within 05 If there is a difference this can be eliminated by adjusting the bias for

one of the refractomers comparison with sample determination can decide which

one should be corrected

In the PR-23 refractometer system bias is the parameter F00 the third parameter in

the 983405ield adjustment parameter list To change it 983405irst press the MENU soft key then

5 CALIBRATION then 1 CHEMICALamp FIELD PARAMETERS and then 2 FIELD CALIBRATIONPARA-

METERS Choose 3 F00 (BIAS) to change the bias (see Section 625 in the PR-23manual)

If the Indicating transmitter A displays 682 and B displays 688 the difference can

be eliminated by lowering B by 06 This is done by setting the 983405ield calibration

parameter F00 to -06 in Indicating transmitter B

Due to its digital measurement principle the readings of the K-Patents Process refrac-

tometer do not drift by time Frequent recalibrations based on of983405linemoisture analy-

sis must be avoided as they will introduce random 983405luctuations to the refractometer

readings

18

54 Refractometer activation for divert control

When a refractometer is activated for Divert control the upper left corner of the trans-

mitter display shows alternatively A a B b or If the corner is blank the instrument

is not suitable for divert operation

Transmitter A in

Divert operation

Transmitter B not

in Divert operation

Ethernet connection failure

Figure 52 Indicating transmitters (STR) activated to Divert control

The decision to display A (a) or alternatively B (b) depends on the IP address settings

in the transmitter The IP address of instrument A is 17216232 and that of instru-

ment B is 17216233 These addresses have been set in the factory and should not be

changed (See Chapter 8 for information on system IP address and connecting to the

DD-23 system)

If a question mark appears on the transmitter display the reason is usually that the

Ethernet cable between the transmitter and the Control unit is not properly connected

or theDivert control unit is not powered on Reconnect (or replace cable if necessary)

to 983405ix

The refractometer program version has to be 300 or higher to have divert system

functionality Divert version 201 or higher requires DTR software version 412 or

higher Also the refractometer has to have the correct software parameters to be used

in a divert control system In order to convert a stand-alone refractometer into one

used on the Divert control system please contact K-Patents The easiest way to check

if a refractometer is con983405igured for DD-23 use is to look at the main display If the

aAbB letter is present (see Figure 52) the instrument may be used in the Divert

control system

If a DD-23 activated transmitter is used in another type of application the divert func-

tion has to be deactivated by K-Patents

55 Signal difference alarm

According to BLRBAC if a difference of 2 in solids (absolute value) or greater exists

between refractometer readings an alarm shall be activated

The alarm limit of 2 is the maximum difference The limit can be changed into a

smaller number through the remote interface see Chapter 8

19

56 Low alarms

561 Solids warning

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (60 by de-

fault) thewarning is activated The limit canbe changed through the remote interface

see Section 825

Minimum low warning level is 60 according to BLRBAC

562 Solids alarm

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (58 by de-

fault) the alarm is activated The limit can be changed through the remote interface

see Chapter 8

Minimum low alarm level is 58 according to BLRBAC

57 Refractometer malfunction alarm

The built-in intelligent diagnostics of a K-Patents Process refractometer provide a

tight control of the operation A full test cycle is completedwith an interval of less than

one second For details consult the Process refractometer PR-23 instruction manual

Not all malfunctions cause the instrument to be removed from the Divert control sys-

tem However all malfunction alarms need to be checked see Section 62 for more

information

58 Prism wash

Even though the sensors are equipped with a steam wash facility it is not necessarily

needed For K-Patents Process Refractometer the need of prism wash is reduced and

even in some cases eliminated

However an automatic regular prism wash provides an ef983405icient check that the re-

fractometer reacts A steam wash of 3 seconds every half hour should be suf983405icient

Only one instrument is washing at a time and during the wash the system acts in the

single-instrument mode

To change wash times or relay con983405igurations consult the PR-23 process refractome-

ter system manual sections 613 Con983410iguring relays and 631 Setting prism wash

parameters

20

The recommended wash pressures and times are given in the table below

Wash parameters for Safe-Drivetrade Isolation valve nozzle SDI

Minimum above

process pressure

Maximum above

process pressure

Wash

time

Reco-

very

Interval

Steam (SN) 5 bar (70 psi) 8 bar (115 psi) 3ndash5 s 20ndash30 s 20ndash30 min

Do not exceed the recommended wash times because some process media may burn

to the prism surface if steamed for longer time In case of coating shorten the wash

interval

It should be noted that if wash check is enabled on the instrument it can cause the

instrument to be taken out of divert use if during the set wash tolerance time nowash

cycles have been noted as successful This can cause a divert if both instruments fail

wash checks in sequence

21

6 Regular maintenance and troubleshooting

As theDivert control system is apuredigital system no specialmaintenance is needed

The LIGHT TEST button on the operator panel (Figure 21) sends a signal to the micro-

processor and the microprocessor switches all 12 LED lights on as long as the button

is pressed This way not only the lights but also the processing system is checked

To assist the identi983405ication of a faulty component the information 983405low is given in Sec-

tion 61 Also the logic diagrams of Chapter 7 may be of help

61 Information flow

The divert control unit is connected to the refractometers through an Ethernet con-

nection The Control system asks for the measurement data from the instruments

several times each second Based on the data received the divert operation decisions

are made

Each refractometer performs its measurement functions independently The instru-

ments also have their own internal diagnostics which are used in the divert decision

logic as well (see Section 62)

As the Divert Control System requests information several times a second all commu-

nication problems are found immediately In case one of the refractometers does not

respond to the control unit the non-responding instrument is dropped from opera-

tion and the malfunction alarm is set

An important information when troubleshooting communication problems is the let-

ter on the upper left corner of each refractometer (see Figure 52) If the instrument

has not received any data requests from theDivert Control Unit during the last second

the letter turns into a question mark () If the letter is aAbB then the communica-

tion link between the Divert control unit and the instrument is fully functional

62 Malfunctions

If the Divert Control Unit cannot communicate with a refractometer or if the inter-

nal diagnostics of a refractometer indicate a measurement problem the Malfunction

indicator (see Figure 21) is illuminated and the corresponding relay 8 or 9 (see Fig-

ure 33) is activated

The diagnostic message of the refractometer can be seen on the transmitter screen

(see Figure 51) Some of these messages eg PRISM WASH are only informative and

do not indicate a measurement problem Table 61 below summarizes all diagnostic

messages and their effect on the Divert control system operation

22

If themalfunction is severe enough tomake themeasurement result unreliable

the refractometer cannot be used in making the divert decision In that case the

instrument is dropped from the Divert Control System and cannot be taken on-line

manually until the problem is 983405ixed

Formore information on possible causes of each error see the PR-23 instructionman-

ual Chapter 8

Message Instrument will be

dropped from the

Divert Control System

EXTERNAL HOLD

EXTERNAL WASH STOP

HIGH SENSOR HUMIDITY

HIGH SENSOR TEMP

HIGH TRANSMITTER TEMP

LOW IMAGE QUALITY X

LOW TEMP WASH STOP

LOW TRANSMITTER VOLT

NO OPTICAL IMAGE X

NO SAMPLE X

NO SAMPLEWASH STOP

NO SENSOR X

NO SIGNAL X

NORMAL OPERATION

OUTSIDE LIGHT ERROR X

OUTSIDE LIGHT TO PRISM X

PRECONDITIONING

PRISM COATED X

PRISMWASH

PRISMWASH FAILURE X

PRISMWASH WARNING

RECOVERING

SHORT-CIRCUIT X

STARTING UP X

TEMP MEASUREMENT FAULT X

Table 61 Diagnostic messages and their effect on Divert operation

23

63 Diagnostic tools

In order to make troubleshooting easier there are several built-in diagnostic tools

An event log is built in the system A short log showing last 6 events can be accessed

from the transmitter main display by pressing the soft key DD23 A more complete

event log can be found in the web-based remote interface (see Section 824)

Figure 61 Transmitter log page for instrument A

The remote interface also provides a diagnostic page which gives full information on

the system state (concentrations relay state switch state indicator state) see Sec-

tion 823

64 Troubleshooting

641 A question mark () on the refractometer display

Cause The refractometer does not receive information request packets from the Di-

vert Control Unit This may be caused by a faulty cable faulty parameters or equip-

ment malfunction either in the refractometer or in the Divert Control Unit

Action If the instrument has never been functional or if it is possible someone has

changed the instrument parameters there may be a con983405iguration problem with the

IP addresses The IP address in the refractometer should be set as given in Section 54

If possible cross-check the addresses from the diagnostic web page

Aphysical problemcanbe ruledout by looking at a small LEDclose to the transmitterrsquos

Ethernet connector If the LED is green the cable is ok Oneway to isolate the problem

is to swap the cables between the refractometers A standard Ethernet cable can be

used as a troubleshooting aid (either straight-through or cross-over)

642 A refractometer refuses to come on-line

Cause Either there is no communication to the refractometer or there is a malfunc-

tionon the refractometer It is alsopossible the transmitter is not con983405igured forDivert

use

24

Action Check that there is aAbB on the refractometer display If there is a question

mark () instead see above

Check that there is a soft key DD23 on the refractometer main display (see Figure 62

below) If the soft key is not present in the main display the instrument is not con983405ig-

ured for Divert use If this is the case please contact K-Patents

In other cases check the diagnostic message on the refractometer screen (see Sec-

tion 62)

Figure 62 Transmitter main display instrument in Divert use

643 No lights come up in the Divert Control Unit

Cause There is no power on the instrument or there is a hardware fault

Action Check that the instrument receives power In normal operation several relays

have their associated LEDs lit If there are any LEDs lit in the Divert Control Unit the

unit receives power

644 All lights are blinking

Cause There is an unrecoverable hardware fault in the Divert Control Unit

Action Please contact K-Patents

65 Ethernet strain relief for transmitters

When transmitter door is opened the ethernet cable connecting the transmitter to

the Divert Unit may come off This can be 983405ixed bymounting a strain relief plate in the

transmitter

25

1 First screw on the strain relief plate

2 Fasten the ethernet cable to the relief plate with cable ties

3 Cut the ends of the cable ties

1

2

3

Figure 63 Mounting the strain relief

26

27

7 Divert control logics

A logical description of the system is provided to complement the operational descrip-

tion given in the previous chapters

71 Safety decision logic

The core of the Divert control system is the safety decision logic which makes the

ultimate decision whether the black liquor can be safely fed to the burner or not

The logic is described in the 983405low diagram in Figure 71 The factors affecting the de-

cision are the number of instruments in operation (none one or two) and their mea-

surement results Also the selected divert rule is taken into account when two instru-

ments are in operation For a description of different rules see Section 52

As a result of this logic the system is either in SAFE SOLIDS or UNSAFE SOLIDS state

When the system is in the SAFE SOLIDS state the SAFE SOLIDS light is illuminated

no

no no

no

yes

UNSAFE SOLIDSSAFE SOLIDS

NO INSTRU-MENTS

Rule 2-of-2

2 instrumentsavailable

1 instrumentavailable

Both ge 58

Either ge 58CONC ge58

yes

yesyes

yes

no

Rule 1-of-2yes

no

DIVERT

Figure 71 Safe solids decision logic

One instrument available maymean that only one instrument is in operation or that

both instruments are in operation but one of them is washing when queried

28

72 Divert decision logic

After the system has evaluated the solid contents to be either safe or unsafe (see Sec-

tion 71) it decides whether the the system should be in the DIVERT state This deci-

sion is made according to the 983405low diagram in Figure 72

Thedefault state of the system is theDIVERTstate It canbe changed to theNODIVERT

state only by manually pressing the DIVERT RESET push-button when the solid content

is suf983405icient (SAFE SOLIDS) If the solid content drops to UNSAFE the system drops

into the DIVERT state

The only exception to this is when the HEADERWASH is active In that case the solid

content checking is skipped The system may then be switched between the DIVERT

and NO DIVERT states by using the EMERGENCY DIVERT and DIVERT RESET push buttons

in the operator panel (or the equivalent external emergency divert and divert reset

buttons)

The system will drop to the DIVERT state in all cases when the EMERGENCY DIVERT

button (or its external counterpart) is pressed

NO DIVERT DIVERT

HEADER WASH active

Divert fromsafe solids logic

EMERGENCYDIVERTpressed

DIVERT RESET pressed

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

no

yes

Figure 72 The divert decision logics

29

73 In operation logic

IN OPERATIONbutton pressed

yes

yes

yes

yes

no

no

wash done

no

no

no

Onlyinstrument

Washing

IN OPER pressed

Critical malfunction

WAIT(LIGHT BLINKING)

IN OPERATION(LIGHT ON RELAYS

10 11 ACTIVE)

Criticalmalfunction

NOT IN OPERATION(LIGHT OFF)

yes

Figure 73 Operation logic

Whether an instrument is in op-

eration depends on the opera-

torrsquos commands and the instru-

mentrsquos diagnostics The decision

is carried out as outlined in Fig-

ure 73

An instrument can be in one of

three different states IN OPER-

ATION NOT IN OPERATION and

WAITWhen the instrument is IN

OPERATION it is used in decid-

ing whether the solid content is

in the safe level (see Section 71)

When the instrument is NOT IN

OPERATION or WAIT states it is

not used

The WAIT state occurs when the

operator has requested the in-

strument to come into operation

by pressing the button but the

instrument is in the wash cycle

and will come into operation af-

ter the wash cycle is completed

The actual state can be seen from

the INOPERATION light If the light

is on the instrument is IN OPER-

ATION If the light is off the in-

strument is NOT IN OPERATION

and if the light is blinking it is in

the WAIT state

The default state of an instru-

ment is to be NOT IN OPERA-

TION It can be taken into op-

eration by pressing the IN OP-

ERATION button unless there is

a critical malfunction (see Sec-

tion 62)

An instrument automatically drops

into NOT IN OPERATION if there is a critical malfunction It may also be dropped by

the IN OPERATION button unless it is the only instrument used

30

74 Malfunction logic

Timeout frominstrument

Malfunction ininstrument

no

yes

yes

yes

no

no

Critical malfunc-tion in instr

NO MALFUNCTION

Remove instr from Divert use

MALFUNCTION

Figure 74 Malfunction logic (repeated for each sensor)

The MALFUNCTION light is illumi-

nated when the internal diagnos-

tics of either of the two instru-

ments indicates a malfunction or

there is a communication timeout

to either of the instruments (Fig-

ure 74)

It should be noted that not all mal-

functions are critical malfunctions

which drop the instrument from

operation (see Section 73) For a

complete list of possible malfunc-

tions see Section 62

TheMALFUNCTION light re983405lects the

decision taken by this logic How-

ever as the MALFUNCTION light is

one of the resettable alarms it

may be blinking even when the

malfunction itself is cleared if the

ALARM RESET button has not been

pressed (see Section 75)

31

75 Resettable alarm logic

UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM

(Blinking Relay 6 active)

ALARM(Light on Relay 6 inactive)

Alarm source active

ALARM RESETpressed

Alarm source active

yes

no

no

no

yes

yes

NO ALARM(Light off Relay 6 inactive)

Figure 75 The resettable alarm logic

In order to identify new alarms there

is a resettable alarm logic in the Di-

vert control unit There are four pos-

sible alarm sources SOLIDS ALARM

SOLIDSWARNINGAampBDIFFERENCE

and MALFUNCTION All of these fol-

low the same alarm reset rules (see

Figure 75)

Whenanew (unacknowledged) alarm

activates the corresponding light starts

blinking in the operator panel and re-

lay 6 is activated When the ALARM RE-

SET button is pressed relay 6 is inacti-

vated

The state of the alarm indicator in the

operator panel depends on whether

the cause for the alarm is still present

If the cause has cleared (eg solids

content has risen above the warn-

ing limit) the light goes off when

the ALARM RESET is pressed If the

cause has not cleared the light will be

steadily illuminated

A non-illuminated light means there

is no alarm A steadily illuminated

alarm light means there is a problem

which persists but the problem has

been acknowledged by pressing the

ALARM RESET A blinking light means

the problem has not been acknowl-

edged but givesno informationwhether

the problem is still there or not

32

76 Refractometer difference logic

If there are two refractometers in operation (taken into operation not washing) the

Control unit monitors the difference in reading between the two instruments (983405ig-

ure 76) If the difference ismore than 2 a refractometer differencewarning is given

with the corresponding front panel indicator and relay

The divert decision logic (section 72) is not affected by the refractometer difference

but a signi983405icant difference between the two instruments indicates one of the instru-

ments is not measuring reliably In this case the instruments and wash systems have

to be checked immediately Ignoring to do this may result in an erroneous divert de-

cision

no REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

|A-B| gt 2

2 instruments available

yes

no

no

yes

REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

Figure 76 Refractometer difference logic

33

77 Wash arbitration logic

The Divert Control Unit takes care that if there are two instruments in operation they

wonrsquotwash at the same time (as thatwould trip the system) This is doneby the simple

logic described in Figure 77

Each instrument control their ownwash cycle Before the start washing they request

a wash permission from the Divert Control Unit If the other instrument is already

washing the unit does not grant this permission until the wash cycle is completed

noWAIT

WASH

IDLE

The otherinstrumentwashing

yes

wash interval elapsed

wash done

the other instrument done washing

Figure 77 Wash arbitration logic

34

78 Wash check logic

Wash check

Wash tolerancetime gt 0

no

yes

yes

off

yes

on

no

Prism washsuccesful

Drop fromDivert use

Malfunction

Succesful washwithin tolerance

time

Prism wash failurePrism wash

warning

no

Normal operation

One w

ash

cyc

le

Figure 78 Wash check logic

By default the wash tolerance time is 0

35

8 Remote control interface

The remote interface is based on a web server inside the Divert Control Unit It con-

sists of several web pages easily accessible through the links on the navigation bar in

the left (see Figure 81)

The remote interface is optimized for the Firefox browser version 20 or newer al-

though it may work with other browsers Firefox is free and exists for Windows Mac

OS X and Linux it can be downloaded through httpwwwmozillacom

81 Divert Control Unit IP address

The Divert Control Unit can be reached through two different IP addresses In non-

networked applications (only a DD-23 and a single computer) the IP address is

1692542323 This IP address is factory set and cannot be changed If the Divert

Control Unit is to be connected to a network the network settings can be changed

through the parameter page of the remote interface (see Section 825)

82 The remote interface

821 Main page

The remote indicator main page gives a quick overview over system status

Figure 81 DD-23 Remote control main page

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

Table of contents

1 Introduction 1

11 Warranty 1

12 Disposal 1

2 The Divert Control System DD-23 3

21 Overview 3

22 Divert Control Unit 3

23 Operator panel 3

231 Overview 4

232 Green indicator lights System ok 5

233 Yellow indicator lights Warnings 5

234 Red indicator lights Alarms 5

235 White pushbuttons Testing and resetting 5

236 Header wash key Enabling ring header wash 6

237 Emergency divert button Manual divert 6

238 External emergency divert button 6

24 Prism wash 6

25 Indicating transmitters 6

3 Mounting 7

31 Mounting prism wash 7

32 Wiring 8

321 Relays 8

33 Switch inputs 10

331 External Divert switchpush button - input J8 10

332 External divert reset button - input J9 10

333 Header wash key - input J10 10

34 Remote ethernet connection 12

4 Startup 13

41 Divert system pre-startup checklist 13

42 Divert control unit DD-23 startup 14

5 Configuration 15

51 Calibration lock 15

52 Divert decision rules 16

53 Refractometer concentration measurement 17

54 Refractometer activation for divert control 18

55 Signal difference alarm 18

56 Low alarms 19

561 Solids warning 19

562 Solids alarm 19

57 Refractometer malfunction alarm 19

58 Prism wash 19

6 Regular maintenance and troubleshooting 21

61 Information flow 21

62 Malfunctions 21

63 Diagnostic tools 23

64 Troubleshooting 23

641 A question mark () on the refractometer display 23

642 A refractometer refuses to come on-line 23

643 No lights come up in the Divert Control Unit 24

644 All lights are blinking 24

65 Ethernet strain relief for transmitters 24

7 Divert control logics 27

71 Safety decision logic 27

72 Divert decision logic 28

73 In operation logic 29

74 Malfunction logic 30

75 Resettable alarm logic 31

76 Refractometer difference logic 32

77 Wash arbitration logic 33

78 Wash check logic 34

8 Remote control interface 35

81 Divert Control Unit IP address 35

82 The remote interface 35

821 Main page 35

822 Instrument pages 36

823 Diagnostics page 36

824 Log page 37

825 Parameters page 38

83 Data logging 38

9 DD-23 specifications 39

91 Divert Control Unit specifications 39

92 Divert control unit spare parts 40

A Index 41

1

1 Introduction

The K-Patents Digital Black Liquor Divert Control SystemDD-23 provides a divert sig-

nal preventingblack liquorwithdangerously lowsolids to reach theblack liquor burn-

ers The system is built strictly according to the principles of Recommended Good

Practice Safe Firing of Black Liquor in Black Liquor Recovery Boilers (BLRBAC April

2015 the document is available at

httpblrbacorgsitesdefaultfilesSafe20Firing20of20Black20Liquor20-20April202015pdf)

The system consists of the following parts Two K-Patents Process refractometers

PR-23-SD (A amp B) are installed in series in the main black liquor line Each refrac-

tometer is complete with a sensor an Indicating transmitter and interconnecting ca-

bles Each refractometer provides also two 4ndash20 mA output signal not used by the

divert control system These can be used to give solids output or temperature out-

put signals The sensors are also equipped with a steam wash nozzles although the

self-cleaning sensor design may eliminate the need for prism wash altogether

11 Warranty

K-Patents warrants that all products made by K-Patents shall be free of defects in ma-

terial and workmanship K-Patents agrees to either replace or repair free of charge

any such product or part thereof which shall be returned to the nearest authorized

K-Patents repair facility within two (2) years from the date of delivery

Before returning a defective product for service or replacement please contact K-Pa-

tents or your nearest K-Patents representative (see httpwwwkpatentscom for

contact information) For the health and safety of personnel handling your return

clean the instrument especially the parts that have been in contact with the process

liquid before packing it Ship the cleaned instrument to the address given to you

12 Disposal

When disposing of an obsolete instrument or any parts of an instrument please ob-

serve the local and national requirements for the disposal of electrical and electronic

equipment The aluminium or stainless steel sensor housing can be recycled with

other metallic waste of the same type

2

Figure 11 Complete Digital Black Liquor Divert Control System DD-23

3

2 The Divert Control System DD-23

21 Overview

The Divert control system DD-23 includes

minus A Divert Control Unit

minus Two PR-23-SD refractometer sensors

minus Two isolation valves SDI for the sensors above to allow removal of the refractome-

ters from a pipe with full 983405low and pressure The isolation valve includes a prism

wash nozzle and two check valves (one for prismwash one for stuf983405ing box 983405lush)

minus A roofed mounting plate to mount the two Indicating transmitters and the Divert

Control Unit together

minus Wiring to connect the Indicating transmitters with the Divert Control Unit

minus Two steam valves with steam traps for prismwash (pneumatic + solenoid valves)

minus Two hand valves (one for prism wash one for stuf983405ing box 983405lush)

minus A remote operator panel facility accessible with a web browser over Ethernet

BLRBAC (The Black Liquor Recovery Boiler Advisory Committee) recommends a

spare refractometer sensor to be maintained in stock on-site

The system can also be used with two PR-21-S process refractometers if installation

of or upgrade to PR-23-SD sensors is unfeasible Both sensor require their own indi-

cating transmitters and the required interconnecting cables between the sensor and

transmitter but otherwise the installation is similar to the PR-23-SD based one

22 Divert Control Unit

The Divert Control Unit is contained in an enclosure with the same dimensions as the

refractometer transmitter enclosure The control unit includes

minus An operator with system state indicators and pushbuttons

minus Relay outputs for connecting to the control system

minus Contact inputs for external control

minus Ethernet interface for remote operator panel

23 Operator panel

The operator panel has a clear layout and the operator can see all information at one

glance The divert decision is controlled from the operator panel which provides dou-

bled security since information is shown both as LED indication in the Divert control

unit and as a diagnostic messages in the Indicating transmitters The same informa-

tion is also available through the remote operator panel

4

231 Overview

Red indicatorlights (alarms)

Yellow indicatorlights (warnings)

Green indicatorlights (all well)

White push-buttons

Red push-button

Figure 21 DD-23 operator panel

The three top rows on the operator panel consist of indicator lights The green A IN

OPERATION and B IN OPERATION lights are also push buttons used to include the refrac-

tometers in theDivert system Below the lights there are push buttons and theHEADER

WASH key key used to operate the system

The indicator lights on the operator panel are arranged like traf983405ic lights top row is

red for alarm middle row is yellow for warning and bottom row is green for system

ok When the system is running normally only the row of green lights should be lit

The white LIGHT TEST button is used to check that all the LEDs behind the indicator

lights are working It also veri983405ies the data processing system in the control unit The

other two white push buttons ALARM RESET and DIVERT RESET can be used to reset

the system back to normal after all problems have been 983410ixed The HEADER WASH key

enables the use of ring header washing with water when set to ON

The big red EMERGENCY DIVERT push button is used to manually initiate divert in an

emergency situation An external push button can also be connected to a switch input

in the control unit as External Emergency divert button see Section 238

5

232 Green indicator lights System ok

Each refractometer has a green operating light ndash A IN OPERATION and B IN OPERATION ndash

to let the operator know when he can rely on the refractometer measurement A re-

fractometer will only in983405luence the divert decision and activate warnings and alarms

when it is in divert operation ie when its green operating light is lit

When DIVERT is effective the system may be reset to normal operation only when

SAFE SOLIDS is lit

233 Yellow indicator lights Warnings

The SOLIDS WARNING light indicates a black liquor concentration of below warning

limit (by default at 60) This warning can be activated by either refractometer

The AampB DIFFERENCE light is lit when the refractometer readings differ by at least 2

This warning will only be initiated if both refractometers are operating

If the yellow MALFUNCTION light is switched on some part of the system ndash a refrac-

tometer an indicating transmitter or the control unit ndash is malfunctioning A list over

malfunctions and critical malfunctions is given in Section 62 If a critical malfunction

occurs in a sensor or transmitter the malfunctioning refractometer will be automat-

ically removed from divert operation (its operating light will also be switched off)

Check the reason for the malfunction and correct the problem (see Section 64) be-

fore returning the refractometer back to divert operation

234 Red indicator lights Alarms

The black liquor SOLIDS ALARM is lit when the concentration reading goes below alarm

limit (by default below 58) This alarm can be activated by either refractometer

depending on the operation rule setting

The DIVERT light will be switched on when the SOLIDS ALARM is activated The DIVERT

light indicates divert status of the divert relay The relay is inactive in the divert posi-

tion because then a power failure will give a divert decision signal to the system

The OVERRIDE light is lit to indicate that no automatic divert will happen as long as

the system is in the header wash state (see Section 236)

235 White pushbuttons Testing and resetting

The LIGHT TEST button switches all 12 lights on The ALARM RESET button resets the

alarm lights

6

236 Header wash key Enabling ring header wash

The header wash key function is a 3-level procedure which can be used when ring

header washing with water is needed When the HEADER WASH key is switched to ON

position and information fromblack liquor guns switch inputs connected in series tell

that guns are out from recovery boiler then a ring header wash can be done without

activating Divert

Pushing the EMERGENCY DIVERT button will always initiate divert regardless of the

header wash functionality

237 Emergency divert button Manual divert

The EMERGENCY DIVERT push-button is used to manually initiate divert in an emer-

gency situation

238 External emergency divert button

An external (remote) push button can also be connected to an input inside the Control

unit see Figure 33

External emergency divert button must be normally closed (NC) Opening the circuit

will initiate divert

24 Prism wash

The wash parameters for the sensors are set through each transmitter (Section 24)

The transmitters contain a relay for prismwash To follow the BLRBAC recommenda-

tion not to wash both prisms at the same time the Divert Control Unit implements an

interlock which prevents the instrument from washing both sensors simultaneously

25 Indicating transmitters

Mechanically the Indicating transmitters shipped with a DD-23 are the same than

PR-23 Indicating transmitter DTR The transmitter will only allow single sensor con-

nection and a special DD-23 transmitter software is used for the Divert system When

Divert software is 201 or newer Indicating transmitter software version has to be

412 or newer

For more information on the basic functions of an indicating transmitter please see

the PR-23 manual chapters 3 and 10

7

3 Mounting

For mounting of the process refractometers and the isolation valves consult the sep-

arate process refractometer PR-23 instruction manual

Figure 31 Mounting the Divert control system

31 Mounting prism wash

K-Patents recommends to use a steam trap instead of a preconditioning valve to re-

move condensate from the steam line

8

32 Wiring

For wiring for complete system see Figure 32 which shows the connections to the

Indicating transmitters and to steam washing Figure 33 has information of all con-

nections to the Divert control unit

Figure 32 Transmitter wiring cables and connections

321 Relays

Relay 1 NORMALDIVERT information

Relay 2 NORMALDIVERT information

Relay 3 SOLIDS WARNING when one of the refractometers goes lower than the

solids warning limit typically 60 or higher See Section 561

Relay 4 SOLIDS ALARMwhen one of the refractometers goes lower than the solids

alarm limit typically 58 or higher See Section 562

Relay 5 Refractometer signal differencewarning when the refractometer readings

have more than 2 difference in concentration See Section 55

Relay 6 Horn relay connection to the audible alarm See Section 75

Relay 7 Header wash key information See Section 333

Relay 8 Refractometer A malfunction information See Sections 62 and 74

Relay 9 Refractometer B malfunction information See Sections 62 and 74

Relay 10 Information on if refractometer A is active in the Divert Control System or

dropped off

Relay 11 Information on if refractomter B is active in the Divert Control System or

dropped off

9

Figure 33 Divert control unit internal wiring

10

33 Switch inputs

331 External Divert switchpush button - input J8

An external divert switch can be connected to the DD-23 Divert Control Unit input J8

If the external divert switch is not used a jumper has to be connected across J8 The

unit is delivered with this jumper connected

332 External divert reset button - input J9

If youwant to use external Divert reset button it can be connectedmax 200m(600 ft)

from the DD-23 Divert control unit Use normal instrument cable 2x05 (AWG 20) and

connect cable to DD-23 motherboard input J9

You must make sure both refractometers A and B are working OK before starting to

use the remote divert button (the remote interface can be used to check on the refrac-

tometers see Chapter 8)

The external reset button connection is normally open (NO)

333 Header wash key - input J10

Black liquor is injected to the recovery boiler through liquor guns Occassionally the

header ring needs washing and during that procedure the divert system has to be by-

passed and the liquor guns have to be removed from the furnace The Digital Divert

Control System DD-23 allows for a safe override of divert logic during header ring

wash

The override ismounted by connecting the gunmicro switches in series to the Header

washoverride key switch input J10 see Figure 35

TheHeaderwash keymaybe usedwithout the external switch information if a jumper

(dotted line in Figure 35) is placed to swith input J10 If the input is left open the key

does not have any effect

11

DD-23Operator panel

OVERRIDEHEADER WASH

HEADERWASHKEY

MICROSWITCHon each liquor gun oron liquor gun door

Recoveryboiler

Figure 34 Header wash key functionality

Guns out microswitches

HEADERWASHKEY

SWITCH INPUTJ10

Figure 35 Header wash key connections

12

34 Remote ethernet connection

The ethernet connection for the Divert user interface DI and data logging purposes is

an 8-pin M12 connector at the bottom of the Divert Unit The ethernet cable PR-8430

to DI can be connected while the unit is powered without opening the case Ethernet

converter cable PR-8663 is used when a computer or other device with RJ45 connec-

tor is connected with the DD-23

The remoteethernet connection

Figure 36 Ethernet connection

13

4 Startup

41 Divert system pre-startup checklist

1 SDI Isolation valves mounted correctly

a Vertical pipe MTG453

b Horizontal pipe MTG471

2 DD-23 control unit installed DIM243 Figure 91 on page 39

3 Pressure reducing valve solenoid valve steam trap installed and connected to the

prism wash nozzle on each sensor

a Steam pipes for black liquor MTG470

b Nozzle MTG482

4 9ndash15 bar (130ndash220 psi) steam connected to the solenoid valve on each sensor

5 Instrumentation air 4ndash6 bar (60ndash90 psi) connect to the solenoid valve on each

sensor

6 Power supply (230110Vac24Vdc) connected SYS358Figure 31 on page 7 and

WRG366 Figure 31 on page 7

a Transmitter A

b Transmitter B

c Divert control unit

d Solenoid valve A

e Solenoid valve B

7 Cables connected SYS358Figure 31 on page 7 WRG366 Figure 31 on page 7

a Transmitter A to sensor A

b Transmitter B to sensor B

c Transmitter A to solenoid valve A

d Transmitter B to solenoid valve B

e Relay information from the Divert control unit to your control system or the

Divert valve

f Transmitter A mA output to your control system

g Transmitter B mA output to your control system

h Ethernet to your control system (optional)

14

42 Divert control unit DD-23 startup

For the refractometer startup consult Chapter 5 in the separate Process refractometer

PR-23 manual

1 Check the wiring and supply voltage

Before the power is switched on the divert output relay rsquonormal operationrsquo is in

divert position

2 Connect the mains power to start the system

There are no power switches in the instruments They are always On when the

mains power is connected

3 While the Control unit is powering up the DIVERT and SOLIDS ALARM lights are both

blinking When the unit is fully functional it is in the divert mode the DIVERT light

is on and the SOLIDS ALARM light is blinking

4 Press the LIGHT TEST button on the Divert control unit All 12 lights should switch

on

5 Reset the solids alarm by pressing the ALARM RESET button

The indicator stops blinking and should stay on

6 Each indicating transmitter should now state refractometer letter either a or b in

the upper left corner of the transmitter display If therersquos a question mark instead

of a letter on either of the transmitters see Chapter 6

If the process pipe is full the message for each refractometer should be NORMAL

OPERATION if process pipe is still empty message will be NO SAMPLE

Now activate refractometer A into the Divert by pushing the button A IN OPERATION

on the Divert control unit panel The button lights up and on the transmitter dis-

play the refractometer letter changes to capital A Then activate refractometer B

similarly by pushing the button B IN OPERATION

If the green IN OPERATION light blinks the refractometer in question is perform-

ing wash The refractometer will automatically come into operation after it has

983405inished washing

7 Now the Divert control system DD-23 is set for normal monitoring operation

8 When black liquor is in the line check that the prism wash is working for each

refractometer First press soft keyMENU on the transmitter keyboard then choose

3 SYSTEM STATUS to get to the system status display Now press soft key WASH to

initiate manual wash follow the optical image and check that it changes during

the steam wash If wash was successful wait until message is NORMAL OPERATION

and then proceed with startup If wash doesnrsquot seem to work see Chapter 6

9 If the three green lights on the third row are all on and all conditions for safe boiler

operation are satis983405ied turn off diversion by pressing the DIVERT RESET button All

warning lights are now turned off and only the 3 green lights are on

15

5 Configuration

The K-Patents Divert control system is shipped fully calibrated by the manufacturer

This chapter contains instructions on how to make 983405ine adjustments of the system

51 Calibration lock

Parameter changes are possible only when the calibration lock is open The calibra-

tion lock can be closed by a switch inside the control unit cover (see Figure 51) When

the lock is open a red led is illuminated next to the lock switch For safety reasons

keep the calibration lock open only during parameter changes done through the web

interface (see Chapter 8)

CALIBRATIONLOCK

CALIBRATIONLOCK

Figure 51 Location of the calibration lock

16

52 Divert decision rules

Two refractometers in operation

BLRBAC states the following For the solids measurements two refractometers in se-

ries must be used When both refractometers are in service the requirement for an au-

tomatic black liquor diversion can be satis983410ied by either of the following options

1 If either refractometer reads dissolved solids content 58 (default) or below

an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

2 When both refractometers read dissolved solids content 58 (default) or be-

low an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

Either option is satisfactory

The rules are listed in decreasing order of security Only rule 1 satis983405ies the high safety

requirements set by BLRBAC August 1982 On the other hand the probability of false

trips decreases with decreasing safety It means that if false trips are too frequent the

rule 2 may be preferred at the cost of safety The rule 2 has later been accepted by

BLRBAC

The divert decision rule is selected by the rule switch inside the divert control unit

cover (Figure 51) The state of the switch is indicated by a yellow indicator LED for

rule 2 and a green one for rule 1

Rule switch Rule

1-of-2 Rule 1

2-of-2 Rule 2

Table 51 Divert decision rule selection

The logical description of the safety decision logics is given Tables 53 and 52 below

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert divert

over 58 divert safe

Table 52 Two instruments in operation rule 1-of-2

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert unsafe

over 58 unsafe safe

Table 53 Two instruments in operation rule 2-of-2

17

Only one refractometer in operation

When only one instrument is in operation the divert action takes place if this instru-

ment reads 58 or below The rule selection has no in983405luence on the divert decision

in this case

A or B

under 58 unsafe

over 58 safe

Table 54 Operation logic when only one instrument operating

No refractometer in operation

If both instruments are out of operation (due to malfunction or maintenance) then

according to BLRBAC divert action must take place

Emergency divert

In all cases the systemmay be set to DIVERT by pressing the EMERGENCY DIVERT button

(or an external emergency divert button see Section 238)

53 Refractometer concentration measurement

For refractometer calibration consult also Chapter 6 in the separate Process refrac-

tometer PR-23 Instruction manual

The CONC displays of the two indicating transmitters have to show the same value

within 05 If there is a difference this can be eliminated by adjusting the bias for

one of the refractomers comparison with sample determination can decide which

one should be corrected

In the PR-23 refractometer system bias is the parameter F00 the third parameter in

the 983405ield adjustment parameter list To change it 983405irst press the MENU soft key then

5 CALIBRATION then 1 CHEMICALamp FIELD PARAMETERS and then 2 FIELD CALIBRATIONPARA-

METERS Choose 3 F00 (BIAS) to change the bias (see Section 625 in the PR-23manual)

If the Indicating transmitter A displays 682 and B displays 688 the difference can

be eliminated by lowering B by 06 This is done by setting the 983405ield calibration

parameter F00 to -06 in Indicating transmitter B

Due to its digital measurement principle the readings of the K-Patents Process refrac-

tometer do not drift by time Frequent recalibrations based on of983405linemoisture analy-

sis must be avoided as they will introduce random 983405luctuations to the refractometer

readings

18

54 Refractometer activation for divert control

When a refractometer is activated for Divert control the upper left corner of the trans-

mitter display shows alternatively A a B b or If the corner is blank the instrument

is not suitable for divert operation

Transmitter A in

Divert operation

Transmitter B not

in Divert operation

Ethernet connection failure

Figure 52 Indicating transmitters (STR) activated to Divert control

The decision to display A (a) or alternatively B (b) depends on the IP address settings

in the transmitter The IP address of instrument A is 17216232 and that of instru-

ment B is 17216233 These addresses have been set in the factory and should not be

changed (See Chapter 8 for information on system IP address and connecting to the

DD-23 system)

If a question mark appears on the transmitter display the reason is usually that the

Ethernet cable between the transmitter and the Control unit is not properly connected

or theDivert control unit is not powered on Reconnect (or replace cable if necessary)

to 983405ix

The refractometer program version has to be 300 or higher to have divert system

functionality Divert version 201 or higher requires DTR software version 412 or

higher Also the refractometer has to have the correct software parameters to be used

in a divert control system In order to convert a stand-alone refractometer into one

used on the Divert control system please contact K-Patents The easiest way to check

if a refractometer is con983405igured for DD-23 use is to look at the main display If the

aAbB letter is present (see Figure 52) the instrument may be used in the Divert

control system

If a DD-23 activated transmitter is used in another type of application the divert func-

tion has to be deactivated by K-Patents

55 Signal difference alarm

According to BLRBAC if a difference of 2 in solids (absolute value) or greater exists

between refractometer readings an alarm shall be activated

The alarm limit of 2 is the maximum difference The limit can be changed into a

smaller number through the remote interface see Chapter 8

19

56 Low alarms

561 Solids warning

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (60 by de-

fault) thewarning is activated The limit canbe changed through the remote interface

see Section 825

Minimum low warning level is 60 according to BLRBAC

562 Solids alarm

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (58 by de-

fault) the alarm is activated The limit can be changed through the remote interface

see Chapter 8

Minimum low alarm level is 58 according to BLRBAC

57 Refractometer malfunction alarm

The built-in intelligent diagnostics of a K-Patents Process refractometer provide a

tight control of the operation A full test cycle is completedwith an interval of less than

one second For details consult the Process refractometer PR-23 instruction manual

Not all malfunctions cause the instrument to be removed from the Divert control sys-

tem However all malfunction alarms need to be checked see Section 62 for more

information

58 Prism wash

Even though the sensors are equipped with a steam wash facility it is not necessarily

needed For K-Patents Process Refractometer the need of prism wash is reduced and

even in some cases eliminated

However an automatic regular prism wash provides an ef983405icient check that the re-

fractometer reacts A steam wash of 3 seconds every half hour should be suf983405icient

Only one instrument is washing at a time and during the wash the system acts in the

single-instrument mode

To change wash times or relay con983405igurations consult the PR-23 process refractome-

ter system manual sections 613 Con983410iguring relays and 631 Setting prism wash

parameters

20

The recommended wash pressures and times are given in the table below

Wash parameters for Safe-Drivetrade Isolation valve nozzle SDI

Minimum above

process pressure

Maximum above

process pressure

Wash

time

Reco-

very

Interval

Steam (SN) 5 bar (70 psi) 8 bar (115 psi) 3ndash5 s 20ndash30 s 20ndash30 min

Do not exceed the recommended wash times because some process media may burn

to the prism surface if steamed for longer time In case of coating shorten the wash

interval

It should be noted that if wash check is enabled on the instrument it can cause the

instrument to be taken out of divert use if during the set wash tolerance time nowash

cycles have been noted as successful This can cause a divert if both instruments fail

wash checks in sequence

21

6 Regular maintenance and troubleshooting

As theDivert control system is apuredigital system no specialmaintenance is needed

The LIGHT TEST button on the operator panel (Figure 21) sends a signal to the micro-

processor and the microprocessor switches all 12 LED lights on as long as the button

is pressed This way not only the lights but also the processing system is checked

To assist the identi983405ication of a faulty component the information 983405low is given in Sec-

tion 61 Also the logic diagrams of Chapter 7 may be of help

61 Information flow

The divert control unit is connected to the refractometers through an Ethernet con-

nection The Control system asks for the measurement data from the instruments

several times each second Based on the data received the divert operation decisions

are made

Each refractometer performs its measurement functions independently The instru-

ments also have their own internal diagnostics which are used in the divert decision

logic as well (see Section 62)

As the Divert Control System requests information several times a second all commu-

nication problems are found immediately In case one of the refractometers does not

respond to the control unit the non-responding instrument is dropped from opera-

tion and the malfunction alarm is set

An important information when troubleshooting communication problems is the let-

ter on the upper left corner of each refractometer (see Figure 52) If the instrument

has not received any data requests from theDivert Control Unit during the last second

the letter turns into a question mark () If the letter is aAbB then the communica-

tion link between the Divert control unit and the instrument is fully functional

62 Malfunctions

If the Divert Control Unit cannot communicate with a refractometer or if the inter-

nal diagnostics of a refractometer indicate a measurement problem the Malfunction

indicator (see Figure 21) is illuminated and the corresponding relay 8 or 9 (see Fig-

ure 33) is activated

The diagnostic message of the refractometer can be seen on the transmitter screen

(see Figure 51) Some of these messages eg PRISM WASH are only informative and

do not indicate a measurement problem Table 61 below summarizes all diagnostic

messages and their effect on the Divert control system operation

22

If themalfunction is severe enough tomake themeasurement result unreliable

the refractometer cannot be used in making the divert decision In that case the

instrument is dropped from the Divert Control System and cannot be taken on-line

manually until the problem is 983405ixed

Formore information on possible causes of each error see the PR-23 instructionman-

ual Chapter 8

Message Instrument will be

dropped from the

Divert Control System

EXTERNAL HOLD

EXTERNAL WASH STOP

HIGH SENSOR HUMIDITY

HIGH SENSOR TEMP

HIGH TRANSMITTER TEMP

LOW IMAGE QUALITY X

LOW TEMP WASH STOP

LOW TRANSMITTER VOLT

NO OPTICAL IMAGE X

NO SAMPLE X

NO SAMPLEWASH STOP

NO SENSOR X

NO SIGNAL X

NORMAL OPERATION

OUTSIDE LIGHT ERROR X

OUTSIDE LIGHT TO PRISM X

PRECONDITIONING

PRISM COATED X

PRISMWASH

PRISMWASH FAILURE X

PRISMWASH WARNING

RECOVERING

SHORT-CIRCUIT X

STARTING UP X

TEMP MEASUREMENT FAULT X

Table 61 Diagnostic messages and their effect on Divert operation

23

63 Diagnostic tools

In order to make troubleshooting easier there are several built-in diagnostic tools

An event log is built in the system A short log showing last 6 events can be accessed

from the transmitter main display by pressing the soft key DD23 A more complete

event log can be found in the web-based remote interface (see Section 824)

Figure 61 Transmitter log page for instrument A

The remote interface also provides a diagnostic page which gives full information on

the system state (concentrations relay state switch state indicator state) see Sec-

tion 823

64 Troubleshooting

641 A question mark () on the refractometer display

Cause The refractometer does not receive information request packets from the Di-

vert Control Unit This may be caused by a faulty cable faulty parameters or equip-

ment malfunction either in the refractometer or in the Divert Control Unit

Action If the instrument has never been functional or if it is possible someone has

changed the instrument parameters there may be a con983405iguration problem with the

IP addresses The IP address in the refractometer should be set as given in Section 54

If possible cross-check the addresses from the diagnostic web page

Aphysical problemcanbe ruledout by looking at a small LEDclose to the transmitterrsquos

Ethernet connector If the LED is green the cable is ok Oneway to isolate the problem

is to swap the cables between the refractometers A standard Ethernet cable can be

used as a troubleshooting aid (either straight-through or cross-over)

642 A refractometer refuses to come on-line

Cause Either there is no communication to the refractometer or there is a malfunc-

tionon the refractometer It is alsopossible the transmitter is not con983405igured forDivert

use

24

Action Check that there is aAbB on the refractometer display If there is a question

mark () instead see above

Check that there is a soft key DD23 on the refractometer main display (see Figure 62

below) If the soft key is not present in the main display the instrument is not con983405ig-

ured for Divert use If this is the case please contact K-Patents

In other cases check the diagnostic message on the refractometer screen (see Sec-

tion 62)

Figure 62 Transmitter main display instrument in Divert use

643 No lights come up in the Divert Control Unit

Cause There is no power on the instrument or there is a hardware fault

Action Check that the instrument receives power In normal operation several relays

have their associated LEDs lit If there are any LEDs lit in the Divert Control Unit the

unit receives power

644 All lights are blinking

Cause There is an unrecoverable hardware fault in the Divert Control Unit

Action Please contact K-Patents

65 Ethernet strain relief for transmitters

When transmitter door is opened the ethernet cable connecting the transmitter to

the Divert Unit may come off This can be 983405ixed bymounting a strain relief plate in the

transmitter

25

1 First screw on the strain relief plate

2 Fasten the ethernet cable to the relief plate with cable ties

3 Cut the ends of the cable ties

1

2

3

Figure 63 Mounting the strain relief

26

27

7 Divert control logics

A logical description of the system is provided to complement the operational descrip-

tion given in the previous chapters

71 Safety decision logic

The core of the Divert control system is the safety decision logic which makes the

ultimate decision whether the black liquor can be safely fed to the burner or not

The logic is described in the 983405low diagram in Figure 71 The factors affecting the de-

cision are the number of instruments in operation (none one or two) and their mea-

surement results Also the selected divert rule is taken into account when two instru-

ments are in operation For a description of different rules see Section 52

As a result of this logic the system is either in SAFE SOLIDS or UNSAFE SOLIDS state

When the system is in the SAFE SOLIDS state the SAFE SOLIDS light is illuminated

no

no no

no

yes

UNSAFE SOLIDSSAFE SOLIDS

NO INSTRU-MENTS

Rule 2-of-2

2 instrumentsavailable

1 instrumentavailable

Both ge 58

Either ge 58CONC ge58

yes

yesyes

yes

no

Rule 1-of-2yes

no

DIVERT

Figure 71 Safe solids decision logic

One instrument available maymean that only one instrument is in operation or that

both instruments are in operation but one of them is washing when queried

28

72 Divert decision logic

After the system has evaluated the solid contents to be either safe or unsafe (see Sec-

tion 71) it decides whether the the system should be in the DIVERT state This deci-

sion is made according to the 983405low diagram in Figure 72

Thedefault state of the system is theDIVERTstate It canbe changed to theNODIVERT

state only by manually pressing the DIVERT RESET push-button when the solid content

is suf983405icient (SAFE SOLIDS) If the solid content drops to UNSAFE the system drops

into the DIVERT state

The only exception to this is when the HEADERWASH is active In that case the solid

content checking is skipped The system may then be switched between the DIVERT

and NO DIVERT states by using the EMERGENCY DIVERT and DIVERT RESET push buttons

in the operator panel (or the equivalent external emergency divert and divert reset

buttons)

The system will drop to the DIVERT state in all cases when the EMERGENCY DIVERT

button (or its external counterpart) is pressed

NO DIVERT DIVERT

HEADER WASH active

Divert fromsafe solids logic

EMERGENCYDIVERTpressed

DIVERT RESET pressed

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

no

yes

Figure 72 The divert decision logics

29

73 In operation logic

IN OPERATIONbutton pressed

yes

yes

yes

yes

no

no

wash done

no

no

no

Onlyinstrument

Washing

IN OPER pressed

Critical malfunction

WAIT(LIGHT BLINKING)

IN OPERATION(LIGHT ON RELAYS

10 11 ACTIVE)

Criticalmalfunction

NOT IN OPERATION(LIGHT OFF)

yes

Figure 73 Operation logic

Whether an instrument is in op-

eration depends on the opera-

torrsquos commands and the instru-

mentrsquos diagnostics The decision

is carried out as outlined in Fig-

ure 73

An instrument can be in one of

three different states IN OPER-

ATION NOT IN OPERATION and

WAITWhen the instrument is IN

OPERATION it is used in decid-

ing whether the solid content is

in the safe level (see Section 71)

When the instrument is NOT IN

OPERATION or WAIT states it is

not used

The WAIT state occurs when the

operator has requested the in-

strument to come into operation

by pressing the button but the

instrument is in the wash cycle

and will come into operation af-

ter the wash cycle is completed

The actual state can be seen from

the INOPERATION light If the light

is on the instrument is IN OPER-

ATION If the light is off the in-

strument is NOT IN OPERATION

and if the light is blinking it is in

the WAIT state

The default state of an instru-

ment is to be NOT IN OPERA-

TION It can be taken into op-

eration by pressing the IN OP-

ERATION button unless there is

a critical malfunction (see Sec-

tion 62)

An instrument automatically drops

into NOT IN OPERATION if there is a critical malfunction It may also be dropped by

the IN OPERATION button unless it is the only instrument used

30

74 Malfunction logic

Timeout frominstrument

Malfunction ininstrument

no

yes

yes

yes

no

no

Critical malfunc-tion in instr

NO MALFUNCTION

Remove instr from Divert use

MALFUNCTION

Figure 74 Malfunction logic (repeated for each sensor)

The MALFUNCTION light is illumi-

nated when the internal diagnos-

tics of either of the two instru-

ments indicates a malfunction or

there is a communication timeout

to either of the instruments (Fig-

ure 74)

It should be noted that not all mal-

functions are critical malfunctions

which drop the instrument from

operation (see Section 73) For a

complete list of possible malfunc-

tions see Section 62

TheMALFUNCTION light re983405lects the

decision taken by this logic How-

ever as the MALFUNCTION light is

one of the resettable alarms it

may be blinking even when the

malfunction itself is cleared if the

ALARM RESET button has not been

pressed (see Section 75)

31

75 Resettable alarm logic

UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM

(Blinking Relay 6 active)

ALARM(Light on Relay 6 inactive)

Alarm source active

ALARM RESETpressed

Alarm source active

yes

no

no

no

yes

yes

NO ALARM(Light off Relay 6 inactive)

Figure 75 The resettable alarm logic

In order to identify new alarms there

is a resettable alarm logic in the Di-

vert control unit There are four pos-

sible alarm sources SOLIDS ALARM

SOLIDSWARNINGAampBDIFFERENCE

and MALFUNCTION All of these fol-

low the same alarm reset rules (see

Figure 75)

Whenanew (unacknowledged) alarm

activates the corresponding light starts

blinking in the operator panel and re-

lay 6 is activated When the ALARM RE-

SET button is pressed relay 6 is inacti-

vated

The state of the alarm indicator in the

operator panel depends on whether

the cause for the alarm is still present

If the cause has cleared (eg solids

content has risen above the warn-

ing limit) the light goes off when

the ALARM RESET is pressed If the

cause has not cleared the light will be

steadily illuminated

A non-illuminated light means there

is no alarm A steadily illuminated

alarm light means there is a problem

which persists but the problem has

been acknowledged by pressing the

ALARM RESET A blinking light means

the problem has not been acknowl-

edged but givesno informationwhether

the problem is still there or not

32

76 Refractometer difference logic

If there are two refractometers in operation (taken into operation not washing) the

Control unit monitors the difference in reading between the two instruments (983405ig-

ure 76) If the difference ismore than 2 a refractometer differencewarning is given

with the corresponding front panel indicator and relay

The divert decision logic (section 72) is not affected by the refractometer difference

but a signi983405icant difference between the two instruments indicates one of the instru-

ments is not measuring reliably In this case the instruments and wash systems have

to be checked immediately Ignoring to do this may result in an erroneous divert de-

cision

no REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

|A-B| gt 2

2 instruments available

yes

no

no

yes

REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

Figure 76 Refractometer difference logic

33

77 Wash arbitration logic

The Divert Control Unit takes care that if there are two instruments in operation they

wonrsquotwash at the same time (as thatwould trip the system) This is doneby the simple

logic described in Figure 77

Each instrument control their ownwash cycle Before the start washing they request

a wash permission from the Divert Control Unit If the other instrument is already

washing the unit does not grant this permission until the wash cycle is completed

noWAIT

WASH

IDLE

The otherinstrumentwashing

yes

wash interval elapsed

wash done

the other instrument done washing

Figure 77 Wash arbitration logic

34

78 Wash check logic

Wash check

Wash tolerancetime gt 0

no

yes

yes

off

yes

on

no

Prism washsuccesful

Drop fromDivert use

Malfunction

Succesful washwithin tolerance

time

Prism wash failurePrism wash

warning

no

Normal operation

One w

ash

cyc

le

Figure 78 Wash check logic

By default the wash tolerance time is 0

35

8 Remote control interface

The remote interface is based on a web server inside the Divert Control Unit It con-

sists of several web pages easily accessible through the links on the navigation bar in

the left (see Figure 81)

The remote interface is optimized for the Firefox browser version 20 or newer al-

though it may work with other browsers Firefox is free and exists for Windows Mac

OS X and Linux it can be downloaded through httpwwwmozillacom

81 Divert Control Unit IP address

The Divert Control Unit can be reached through two different IP addresses In non-

networked applications (only a DD-23 and a single computer) the IP address is

1692542323 This IP address is factory set and cannot be changed If the Divert

Control Unit is to be connected to a network the network settings can be changed

through the parameter page of the remote interface (see Section 825)

82 The remote interface

821 Main page

The remote indicator main page gives a quick overview over system status

Figure 81 DD-23 Remote control main page

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

6 Regular maintenance and troubleshooting 21

61 Information flow 21

62 Malfunctions 21

63 Diagnostic tools 23

64 Troubleshooting 23

641 A question mark () on the refractometer display 23

642 A refractometer refuses to come on-line 23

643 No lights come up in the Divert Control Unit 24

644 All lights are blinking 24

65 Ethernet strain relief for transmitters 24

7 Divert control logics 27

71 Safety decision logic 27

72 Divert decision logic 28

73 In operation logic 29

74 Malfunction logic 30

75 Resettable alarm logic 31

76 Refractometer difference logic 32

77 Wash arbitration logic 33

78 Wash check logic 34

8 Remote control interface 35

81 Divert Control Unit IP address 35

82 The remote interface 35

821 Main page 35

822 Instrument pages 36

823 Diagnostics page 36

824 Log page 37

825 Parameters page 38

83 Data logging 38

9 DD-23 specifications 39

91 Divert Control Unit specifications 39

92 Divert control unit spare parts 40

A Index 41

1

1 Introduction

The K-Patents Digital Black Liquor Divert Control SystemDD-23 provides a divert sig-

nal preventingblack liquorwithdangerously lowsolids to reach theblack liquor burn-

ers The system is built strictly according to the principles of Recommended Good

Practice Safe Firing of Black Liquor in Black Liquor Recovery Boilers (BLRBAC April

2015 the document is available at

httpblrbacorgsitesdefaultfilesSafe20Firing20of20Black20Liquor20-20April202015pdf)

The system consists of the following parts Two K-Patents Process refractometers

PR-23-SD (A amp B) are installed in series in the main black liquor line Each refrac-

tometer is complete with a sensor an Indicating transmitter and interconnecting ca-

bles Each refractometer provides also two 4ndash20 mA output signal not used by the

divert control system These can be used to give solids output or temperature out-

put signals The sensors are also equipped with a steam wash nozzles although the

self-cleaning sensor design may eliminate the need for prism wash altogether

11 Warranty

K-Patents warrants that all products made by K-Patents shall be free of defects in ma-

terial and workmanship K-Patents agrees to either replace or repair free of charge

any such product or part thereof which shall be returned to the nearest authorized

K-Patents repair facility within two (2) years from the date of delivery

Before returning a defective product for service or replacement please contact K-Pa-

tents or your nearest K-Patents representative (see httpwwwkpatentscom for

contact information) For the health and safety of personnel handling your return

clean the instrument especially the parts that have been in contact with the process

liquid before packing it Ship the cleaned instrument to the address given to you

12 Disposal

When disposing of an obsolete instrument or any parts of an instrument please ob-

serve the local and national requirements for the disposal of electrical and electronic

equipment The aluminium or stainless steel sensor housing can be recycled with

other metallic waste of the same type

2

Figure 11 Complete Digital Black Liquor Divert Control System DD-23

3

2 The Divert Control System DD-23

21 Overview

The Divert control system DD-23 includes

minus A Divert Control Unit

minus Two PR-23-SD refractometer sensors

minus Two isolation valves SDI for the sensors above to allow removal of the refractome-

ters from a pipe with full 983405low and pressure The isolation valve includes a prism

wash nozzle and two check valves (one for prismwash one for stuf983405ing box 983405lush)

minus A roofed mounting plate to mount the two Indicating transmitters and the Divert

Control Unit together

minus Wiring to connect the Indicating transmitters with the Divert Control Unit

minus Two steam valves with steam traps for prismwash (pneumatic + solenoid valves)

minus Two hand valves (one for prism wash one for stuf983405ing box 983405lush)

minus A remote operator panel facility accessible with a web browser over Ethernet

BLRBAC (The Black Liquor Recovery Boiler Advisory Committee) recommends a

spare refractometer sensor to be maintained in stock on-site

The system can also be used with two PR-21-S process refractometers if installation

of or upgrade to PR-23-SD sensors is unfeasible Both sensor require their own indi-

cating transmitters and the required interconnecting cables between the sensor and

transmitter but otherwise the installation is similar to the PR-23-SD based one

22 Divert Control Unit

The Divert Control Unit is contained in an enclosure with the same dimensions as the

refractometer transmitter enclosure The control unit includes

minus An operator with system state indicators and pushbuttons

minus Relay outputs for connecting to the control system

minus Contact inputs for external control

minus Ethernet interface for remote operator panel

23 Operator panel

The operator panel has a clear layout and the operator can see all information at one

glance The divert decision is controlled from the operator panel which provides dou-

bled security since information is shown both as LED indication in the Divert control

unit and as a diagnostic messages in the Indicating transmitters The same informa-

tion is also available through the remote operator panel

4

231 Overview

Red indicatorlights (alarms)

Yellow indicatorlights (warnings)

Green indicatorlights (all well)

White push-buttons

Red push-button

Figure 21 DD-23 operator panel

The three top rows on the operator panel consist of indicator lights The green A IN

OPERATION and B IN OPERATION lights are also push buttons used to include the refrac-

tometers in theDivert system Below the lights there are push buttons and theHEADER

WASH key key used to operate the system

The indicator lights on the operator panel are arranged like traf983405ic lights top row is

red for alarm middle row is yellow for warning and bottom row is green for system

ok When the system is running normally only the row of green lights should be lit

The white LIGHT TEST button is used to check that all the LEDs behind the indicator

lights are working It also veri983405ies the data processing system in the control unit The

other two white push buttons ALARM RESET and DIVERT RESET can be used to reset

the system back to normal after all problems have been 983410ixed The HEADER WASH key

enables the use of ring header washing with water when set to ON

The big red EMERGENCY DIVERT push button is used to manually initiate divert in an

emergency situation An external push button can also be connected to a switch input

in the control unit as External Emergency divert button see Section 238

5

232 Green indicator lights System ok

Each refractometer has a green operating light ndash A IN OPERATION and B IN OPERATION ndash

to let the operator know when he can rely on the refractometer measurement A re-

fractometer will only in983405luence the divert decision and activate warnings and alarms

when it is in divert operation ie when its green operating light is lit

When DIVERT is effective the system may be reset to normal operation only when

SAFE SOLIDS is lit

233 Yellow indicator lights Warnings

The SOLIDS WARNING light indicates a black liquor concentration of below warning

limit (by default at 60) This warning can be activated by either refractometer

The AampB DIFFERENCE light is lit when the refractometer readings differ by at least 2

This warning will only be initiated if both refractometers are operating

If the yellow MALFUNCTION light is switched on some part of the system ndash a refrac-

tometer an indicating transmitter or the control unit ndash is malfunctioning A list over

malfunctions and critical malfunctions is given in Section 62 If a critical malfunction

occurs in a sensor or transmitter the malfunctioning refractometer will be automat-

ically removed from divert operation (its operating light will also be switched off)

Check the reason for the malfunction and correct the problem (see Section 64) be-

fore returning the refractometer back to divert operation

234 Red indicator lights Alarms

The black liquor SOLIDS ALARM is lit when the concentration reading goes below alarm

limit (by default below 58) This alarm can be activated by either refractometer

depending on the operation rule setting

The DIVERT light will be switched on when the SOLIDS ALARM is activated The DIVERT

light indicates divert status of the divert relay The relay is inactive in the divert posi-

tion because then a power failure will give a divert decision signal to the system

The OVERRIDE light is lit to indicate that no automatic divert will happen as long as

the system is in the header wash state (see Section 236)

235 White pushbuttons Testing and resetting

The LIGHT TEST button switches all 12 lights on The ALARM RESET button resets the

alarm lights

6

236 Header wash key Enabling ring header wash

The header wash key function is a 3-level procedure which can be used when ring

header washing with water is needed When the HEADER WASH key is switched to ON

position and information fromblack liquor guns switch inputs connected in series tell

that guns are out from recovery boiler then a ring header wash can be done without

activating Divert

Pushing the EMERGENCY DIVERT button will always initiate divert regardless of the

header wash functionality

237 Emergency divert button Manual divert

The EMERGENCY DIVERT push-button is used to manually initiate divert in an emer-

gency situation

238 External emergency divert button

An external (remote) push button can also be connected to an input inside the Control

unit see Figure 33

External emergency divert button must be normally closed (NC) Opening the circuit

will initiate divert

24 Prism wash

The wash parameters for the sensors are set through each transmitter (Section 24)

The transmitters contain a relay for prismwash To follow the BLRBAC recommenda-

tion not to wash both prisms at the same time the Divert Control Unit implements an

interlock which prevents the instrument from washing both sensors simultaneously

25 Indicating transmitters

Mechanically the Indicating transmitters shipped with a DD-23 are the same than

PR-23 Indicating transmitter DTR The transmitter will only allow single sensor con-

nection and a special DD-23 transmitter software is used for the Divert system When

Divert software is 201 or newer Indicating transmitter software version has to be

412 or newer

For more information on the basic functions of an indicating transmitter please see

the PR-23 manual chapters 3 and 10

7

3 Mounting

For mounting of the process refractometers and the isolation valves consult the sep-

arate process refractometer PR-23 instruction manual

Figure 31 Mounting the Divert control system

31 Mounting prism wash

K-Patents recommends to use a steam trap instead of a preconditioning valve to re-

move condensate from the steam line

8

32 Wiring

For wiring for complete system see Figure 32 which shows the connections to the

Indicating transmitters and to steam washing Figure 33 has information of all con-

nections to the Divert control unit

Figure 32 Transmitter wiring cables and connections

321 Relays

Relay 1 NORMALDIVERT information

Relay 2 NORMALDIVERT information

Relay 3 SOLIDS WARNING when one of the refractometers goes lower than the

solids warning limit typically 60 or higher See Section 561

Relay 4 SOLIDS ALARMwhen one of the refractometers goes lower than the solids

alarm limit typically 58 or higher See Section 562

Relay 5 Refractometer signal differencewarning when the refractometer readings

have more than 2 difference in concentration See Section 55

Relay 6 Horn relay connection to the audible alarm See Section 75

Relay 7 Header wash key information See Section 333

Relay 8 Refractometer A malfunction information See Sections 62 and 74

Relay 9 Refractometer B malfunction information See Sections 62 and 74

Relay 10 Information on if refractometer A is active in the Divert Control System or

dropped off

Relay 11 Information on if refractomter B is active in the Divert Control System or

dropped off

9

Figure 33 Divert control unit internal wiring

10

33 Switch inputs

331 External Divert switchpush button - input J8

An external divert switch can be connected to the DD-23 Divert Control Unit input J8

If the external divert switch is not used a jumper has to be connected across J8 The

unit is delivered with this jumper connected

332 External divert reset button - input J9

If youwant to use external Divert reset button it can be connectedmax 200m(600 ft)

from the DD-23 Divert control unit Use normal instrument cable 2x05 (AWG 20) and

connect cable to DD-23 motherboard input J9

You must make sure both refractometers A and B are working OK before starting to

use the remote divert button (the remote interface can be used to check on the refrac-

tometers see Chapter 8)

The external reset button connection is normally open (NO)

333 Header wash key - input J10

Black liquor is injected to the recovery boiler through liquor guns Occassionally the

header ring needs washing and during that procedure the divert system has to be by-

passed and the liquor guns have to be removed from the furnace The Digital Divert

Control System DD-23 allows for a safe override of divert logic during header ring

wash

The override ismounted by connecting the gunmicro switches in series to the Header

washoverride key switch input J10 see Figure 35

TheHeaderwash keymaybe usedwithout the external switch information if a jumper

(dotted line in Figure 35) is placed to swith input J10 If the input is left open the key

does not have any effect

11

DD-23Operator panel

OVERRIDEHEADER WASH

HEADERWASHKEY

MICROSWITCHon each liquor gun oron liquor gun door

Recoveryboiler

Figure 34 Header wash key functionality

Guns out microswitches

HEADERWASHKEY

SWITCH INPUTJ10

Figure 35 Header wash key connections

12

34 Remote ethernet connection

The ethernet connection for the Divert user interface DI and data logging purposes is

an 8-pin M12 connector at the bottom of the Divert Unit The ethernet cable PR-8430

to DI can be connected while the unit is powered without opening the case Ethernet

converter cable PR-8663 is used when a computer or other device with RJ45 connec-

tor is connected with the DD-23

The remoteethernet connection

Figure 36 Ethernet connection

13

4 Startup

41 Divert system pre-startup checklist

1 SDI Isolation valves mounted correctly

a Vertical pipe MTG453

b Horizontal pipe MTG471

2 DD-23 control unit installed DIM243 Figure 91 on page 39

3 Pressure reducing valve solenoid valve steam trap installed and connected to the

prism wash nozzle on each sensor

a Steam pipes for black liquor MTG470

b Nozzle MTG482

4 9ndash15 bar (130ndash220 psi) steam connected to the solenoid valve on each sensor

5 Instrumentation air 4ndash6 bar (60ndash90 psi) connect to the solenoid valve on each

sensor

6 Power supply (230110Vac24Vdc) connected SYS358Figure 31 on page 7 and

WRG366 Figure 31 on page 7

a Transmitter A

b Transmitter B

c Divert control unit

d Solenoid valve A

e Solenoid valve B

7 Cables connected SYS358Figure 31 on page 7 WRG366 Figure 31 on page 7

a Transmitter A to sensor A

b Transmitter B to sensor B

c Transmitter A to solenoid valve A

d Transmitter B to solenoid valve B

e Relay information from the Divert control unit to your control system or the

Divert valve

f Transmitter A mA output to your control system

g Transmitter B mA output to your control system

h Ethernet to your control system (optional)

14

42 Divert control unit DD-23 startup

For the refractometer startup consult Chapter 5 in the separate Process refractometer

PR-23 manual

1 Check the wiring and supply voltage

Before the power is switched on the divert output relay rsquonormal operationrsquo is in

divert position

2 Connect the mains power to start the system

There are no power switches in the instruments They are always On when the

mains power is connected

3 While the Control unit is powering up the DIVERT and SOLIDS ALARM lights are both

blinking When the unit is fully functional it is in the divert mode the DIVERT light

is on and the SOLIDS ALARM light is blinking

4 Press the LIGHT TEST button on the Divert control unit All 12 lights should switch

on

5 Reset the solids alarm by pressing the ALARM RESET button

The indicator stops blinking and should stay on

6 Each indicating transmitter should now state refractometer letter either a or b in

the upper left corner of the transmitter display If therersquos a question mark instead

of a letter on either of the transmitters see Chapter 6

If the process pipe is full the message for each refractometer should be NORMAL

OPERATION if process pipe is still empty message will be NO SAMPLE

Now activate refractometer A into the Divert by pushing the button A IN OPERATION

on the Divert control unit panel The button lights up and on the transmitter dis-

play the refractometer letter changes to capital A Then activate refractometer B

similarly by pushing the button B IN OPERATION

If the green IN OPERATION light blinks the refractometer in question is perform-

ing wash The refractometer will automatically come into operation after it has

983405inished washing

7 Now the Divert control system DD-23 is set for normal monitoring operation

8 When black liquor is in the line check that the prism wash is working for each

refractometer First press soft keyMENU on the transmitter keyboard then choose

3 SYSTEM STATUS to get to the system status display Now press soft key WASH to

initiate manual wash follow the optical image and check that it changes during

the steam wash If wash was successful wait until message is NORMAL OPERATION

and then proceed with startup If wash doesnrsquot seem to work see Chapter 6

9 If the three green lights on the third row are all on and all conditions for safe boiler

operation are satis983405ied turn off diversion by pressing the DIVERT RESET button All

warning lights are now turned off and only the 3 green lights are on

15

5 Configuration

The K-Patents Divert control system is shipped fully calibrated by the manufacturer

This chapter contains instructions on how to make 983405ine adjustments of the system

51 Calibration lock

Parameter changes are possible only when the calibration lock is open The calibra-

tion lock can be closed by a switch inside the control unit cover (see Figure 51) When

the lock is open a red led is illuminated next to the lock switch For safety reasons

keep the calibration lock open only during parameter changes done through the web

interface (see Chapter 8)

CALIBRATIONLOCK

CALIBRATIONLOCK

Figure 51 Location of the calibration lock

16

52 Divert decision rules

Two refractometers in operation

BLRBAC states the following For the solids measurements two refractometers in se-

ries must be used When both refractometers are in service the requirement for an au-

tomatic black liquor diversion can be satis983410ied by either of the following options

1 If either refractometer reads dissolved solids content 58 (default) or below

an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

2 When both refractometers read dissolved solids content 58 (default) or be-

low an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

Either option is satisfactory

The rules are listed in decreasing order of security Only rule 1 satis983405ies the high safety

requirements set by BLRBAC August 1982 On the other hand the probability of false

trips decreases with decreasing safety It means that if false trips are too frequent the

rule 2 may be preferred at the cost of safety The rule 2 has later been accepted by

BLRBAC

The divert decision rule is selected by the rule switch inside the divert control unit

cover (Figure 51) The state of the switch is indicated by a yellow indicator LED for

rule 2 and a green one for rule 1

Rule switch Rule

1-of-2 Rule 1

2-of-2 Rule 2

Table 51 Divert decision rule selection

The logical description of the safety decision logics is given Tables 53 and 52 below

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert divert

over 58 divert safe

Table 52 Two instruments in operation rule 1-of-2

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert unsafe

over 58 unsafe safe

Table 53 Two instruments in operation rule 2-of-2

17

Only one refractometer in operation

When only one instrument is in operation the divert action takes place if this instru-

ment reads 58 or below The rule selection has no in983405luence on the divert decision

in this case

A or B

under 58 unsafe

over 58 safe

Table 54 Operation logic when only one instrument operating

No refractometer in operation

If both instruments are out of operation (due to malfunction or maintenance) then

according to BLRBAC divert action must take place

Emergency divert

In all cases the systemmay be set to DIVERT by pressing the EMERGENCY DIVERT button

(or an external emergency divert button see Section 238)

53 Refractometer concentration measurement

For refractometer calibration consult also Chapter 6 in the separate Process refrac-

tometer PR-23 Instruction manual

The CONC displays of the two indicating transmitters have to show the same value

within 05 If there is a difference this can be eliminated by adjusting the bias for

one of the refractomers comparison with sample determination can decide which

one should be corrected

In the PR-23 refractometer system bias is the parameter F00 the third parameter in

the 983405ield adjustment parameter list To change it 983405irst press the MENU soft key then

5 CALIBRATION then 1 CHEMICALamp FIELD PARAMETERS and then 2 FIELD CALIBRATIONPARA-

METERS Choose 3 F00 (BIAS) to change the bias (see Section 625 in the PR-23manual)

If the Indicating transmitter A displays 682 and B displays 688 the difference can

be eliminated by lowering B by 06 This is done by setting the 983405ield calibration

parameter F00 to -06 in Indicating transmitter B

Due to its digital measurement principle the readings of the K-Patents Process refrac-

tometer do not drift by time Frequent recalibrations based on of983405linemoisture analy-

sis must be avoided as they will introduce random 983405luctuations to the refractometer

readings

18

54 Refractometer activation for divert control

When a refractometer is activated for Divert control the upper left corner of the trans-

mitter display shows alternatively A a B b or If the corner is blank the instrument

is not suitable for divert operation

Transmitter A in

Divert operation

Transmitter B not

in Divert operation

Ethernet connection failure

Figure 52 Indicating transmitters (STR) activated to Divert control

The decision to display A (a) or alternatively B (b) depends on the IP address settings

in the transmitter The IP address of instrument A is 17216232 and that of instru-

ment B is 17216233 These addresses have been set in the factory and should not be

changed (See Chapter 8 for information on system IP address and connecting to the

DD-23 system)

If a question mark appears on the transmitter display the reason is usually that the

Ethernet cable between the transmitter and the Control unit is not properly connected

or theDivert control unit is not powered on Reconnect (or replace cable if necessary)

to 983405ix

The refractometer program version has to be 300 or higher to have divert system

functionality Divert version 201 or higher requires DTR software version 412 or

higher Also the refractometer has to have the correct software parameters to be used

in a divert control system In order to convert a stand-alone refractometer into one

used on the Divert control system please contact K-Patents The easiest way to check

if a refractometer is con983405igured for DD-23 use is to look at the main display If the

aAbB letter is present (see Figure 52) the instrument may be used in the Divert

control system

If a DD-23 activated transmitter is used in another type of application the divert func-

tion has to be deactivated by K-Patents

55 Signal difference alarm

According to BLRBAC if a difference of 2 in solids (absolute value) or greater exists

between refractometer readings an alarm shall be activated

The alarm limit of 2 is the maximum difference The limit can be changed into a

smaller number through the remote interface see Chapter 8

19

56 Low alarms

561 Solids warning

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (60 by de-

fault) thewarning is activated The limit canbe changed through the remote interface

see Section 825

Minimum low warning level is 60 according to BLRBAC

562 Solids alarm

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (58 by de-

fault) the alarm is activated The limit can be changed through the remote interface

see Chapter 8

Minimum low alarm level is 58 according to BLRBAC

57 Refractometer malfunction alarm

The built-in intelligent diagnostics of a K-Patents Process refractometer provide a

tight control of the operation A full test cycle is completedwith an interval of less than

one second For details consult the Process refractometer PR-23 instruction manual

Not all malfunctions cause the instrument to be removed from the Divert control sys-

tem However all malfunction alarms need to be checked see Section 62 for more

information

58 Prism wash

Even though the sensors are equipped with a steam wash facility it is not necessarily

needed For K-Patents Process Refractometer the need of prism wash is reduced and

even in some cases eliminated

However an automatic regular prism wash provides an ef983405icient check that the re-

fractometer reacts A steam wash of 3 seconds every half hour should be suf983405icient

Only one instrument is washing at a time and during the wash the system acts in the

single-instrument mode

To change wash times or relay con983405igurations consult the PR-23 process refractome-

ter system manual sections 613 Con983410iguring relays and 631 Setting prism wash

parameters

20

The recommended wash pressures and times are given in the table below

Wash parameters for Safe-Drivetrade Isolation valve nozzle SDI

Minimum above

process pressure

Maximum above

process pressure

Wash

time

Reco-

very

Interval

Steam (SN) 5 bar (70 psi) 8 bar (115 psi) 3ndash5 s 20ndash30 s 20ndash30 min

Do not exceed the recommended wash times because some process media may burn

to the prism surface if steamed for longer time In case of coating shorten the wash

interval

It should be noted that if wash check is enabled on the instrument it can cause the

instrument to be taken out of divert use if during the set wash tolerance time nowash

cycles have been noted as successful This can cause a divert if both instruments fail

wash checks in sequence

21

6 Regular maintenance and troubleshooting

As theDivert control system is apuredigital system no specialmaintenance is needed

The LIGHT TEST button on the operator panel (Figure 21) sends a signal to the micro-

processor and the microprocessor switches all 12 LED lights on as long as the button

is pressed This way not only the lights but also the processing system is checked

To assist the identi983405ication of a faulty component the information 983405low is given in Sec-

tion 61 Also the logic diagrams of Chapter 7 may be of help

61 Information flow

The divert control unit is connected to the refractometers through an Ethernet con-

nection The Control system asks for the measurement data from the instruments

several times each second Based on the data received the divert operation decisions

are made

Each refractometer performs its measurement functions independently The instru-

ments also have their own internal diagnostics which are used in the divert decision

logic as well (see Section 62)

As the Divert Control System requests information several times a second all commu-

nication problems are found immediately In case one of the refractometers does not

respond to the control unit the non-responding instrument is dropped from opera-

tion and the malfunction alarm is set

An important information when troubleshooting communication problems is the let-

ter on the upper left corner of each refractometer (see Figure 52) If the instrument

has not received any data requests from theDivert Control Unit during the last second

the letter turns into a question mark () If the letter is aAbB then the communica-

tion link between the Divert control unit and the instrument is fully functional

62 Malfunctions

If the Divert Control Unit cannot communicate with a refractometer or if the inter-

nal diagnostics of a refractometer indicate a measurement problem the Malfunction

indicator (see Figure 21) is illuminated and the corresponding relay 8 or 9 (see Fig-

ure 33) is activated

The diagnostic message of the refractometer can be seen on the transmitter screen

(see Figure 51) Some of these messages eg PRISM WASH are only informative and

do not indicate a measurement problem Table 61 below summarizes all diagnostic

messages and their effect on the Divert control system operation

22

If themalfunction is severe enough tomake themeasurement result unreliable

the refractometer cannot be used in making the divert decision In that case the

instrument is dropped from the Divert Control System and cannot be taken on-line

manually until the problem is 983405ixed

Formore information on possible causes of each error see the PR-23 instructionman-

ual Chapter 8

Message Instrument will be

dropped from the

Divert Control System

EXTERNAL HOLD

EXTERNAL WASH STOP

HIGH SENSOR HUMIDITY

HIGH SENSOR TEMP

HIGH TRANSMITTER TEMP

LOW IMAGE QUALITY X

LOW TEMP WASH STOP

LOW TRANSMITTER VOLT

NO OPTICAL IMAGE X

NO SAMPLE X

NO SAMPLEWASH STOP

NO SENSOR X

NO SIGNAL X

NORMAL OPERATION

OUTSIDE LIGHT ERROR X

OUTSIDE LIGHT TO PRISM X

PRECONDITIONING

PRISM COATED X

PRISMWASH

PRISMWASH FAILURE X

PRISMWASH WARNING

RECOVERING

SHORT-CIRCUIT X

STARTING UP X

TEMP MEASUREMENT FAULT X

Table 61 Diagnostic messages and their effect on Divert operation

23

63 Diagnostic tools

In order to make troubleshooting easier there are several built-in diagnostic tools

An event log is built in the system A short log showing last 6 events can be accessed

from the transmitter main display by pressing the soft key DD23 A more complete

event log can be found in the web-based remote interface (see Section 824)

Figure 61 Transmitter log page for instrument A

The remote interface also provides a diagnostic page which gives full information on

the system state (concentrations relay state switch state indicator state) see Sec-

tion 823

64 Troubleshooting

641 A question mark () on the refractometer display

Cause The refractometer does not receive information request packets from the Di-

vert Control Unit This may be caused by a faulty cable faulty parameters or equip-

ment malfunction either in the refractometer or in the Divert Control Unit

Action If the instrument has never been functional or if it is possible someone has

changed the instrument parameters there may be a con983405iguration problem with the

IP addresses The IP address in the refractometer should be set as given in Section 54

If possible cross-check the addresses from the diagnostic web page

Aphysical problemcanbe ruledout by looking at a small LEDclose to the transmitterrsquos

Ethernet connector If the LED is green the cable is ok Oneway to isolate the problem

is to swap the cables between the refractometers A standard Ethernet cable can be

used as a troubleshooting aid (either straight-through or cross-over)

642 A refractometer refuses to come on-line

Cause Either there is no communication to the refractometer or there is a malfunc-

tionon the refractometer It is alsopossible the transmitter is not con983405igured forDivert

use

24

Action Check that there is aAbB on the refractometer display If there is a question

mark () instead see above

Check that there is a soft key DD23 on the refractometer main display (see Figure 62

below) If the soft key is not present in the main display the instrument is not con983405ig-

ured for Divert use If this is the case please contact K-Patents

In other cases check the diagnostic message on the refractometer screen (see Sec-

tion 62)

Figure 62 Transmitter main display instrument in Divert use

643 No lights come up in the Divert Control Unit

Cause There is no power on the instrument or there is a hardware fault

Action Check that the instrument receives power In normal operation several relays

have their associated LEDs lit If there are any LEDs lit in the Divert Control Unit the

unit receives power

644 All lights are blinking

Cause There is an unrecoverable hardware fault in the Divert Control Unit

Action Please contact K-Patents

65 Ethernet strain relief for transmitters

When transmitter door is opened the ethernet cable connecting the transmitter to

the Divert Unit may come off This can be 983405ixed bymounting a strain relief plate in the

transmitter

25

1 First screw on the strain relief plate

2 Fasten the ethernet cable to the relief plate with cable ties

3 Cut the ends of the cable ties

1

2

3

Figure 63 Mounting the strain relief

26

27

7 Divert control logics

A logical description of the system is provided to complement the operational descrip-

tion given in the previous chapters

71 Safety decision logic

The core of the Divert control system is the safety decision logic which makes the

ultimate decision whether the black liquor can be safely fed to the burner or not

The logic is described in the 983405low diagram in Figure 71 The factors affecting the de-

cision are the number of instruments in operation (none one or two) and their mea-

surement results Also the selected divert rule is taken into account when two instru-

ments are in operation For a description of different rules see Section 52

As a result of this logic the system is either in SAFE SOLIDS or UNSAFE SOLIDS state

When the system is in the SAFE SOLIDS state the SAFE SOLIDS light is illuminated

no

no no

no

yes

UNSAFE SOLIDSSAFE SOLIDS

NO INSTRU-MENTS

Rule 2-of-2

2 instrumentsavailable

1 instrumentavailable

Both ge 58

Either ge 58CONC ge58

yes

yesyes

yes

no

Rule 1-of-2yes

no

DIVERT

Figure 71 Safe solids decision logic

One instrument available maymean that only one instrument is in operation or that

both instruments are in operation but one of them is washing when queried

28

72 Divert decision logic

After the system has evaluated the solid contents to be either safe or unsafe (see Sec-

tion 71) it decides whether the the system should be in the DIVERT state This deci-

sion is made according to the 983405low diagram in Figure 72

Thedefault state of the system is theDIVERTstate It canbe changed to theNODIVERT

state only by manually pressing the DIVERT RESET push-button when the solid content

is suf983405icient (SAFE SOLIDS) If the solid content drops to UNSAFE the system drops

into the DIVERT state

The only exception to this is when the HEADERWASH is active In that case the solid

content checking is skipped The system may then be switched between the DIVERT

and NO DIVERT states by using the EMERGENCY DIVERT and DIVERT RESET push buttons

in the operator panel (or the equivalent external emergency divert and divert reset

buttons)

The system will drop to the DIVERT state in all cases when the EMERGENCY DIVERT

button (or its external counterpart) is pressed

NO DIVERT DIVERT

HEADER WASH active

Divert fromsafe solids logic

EMERGENCYDIVERTpressed

DIVERT RESET pressed

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

no

yes

Figure 72 The divert decision logics

29

73 In operation logic

IN OPERATIONbutton pressed

yes

yes

yes

yes

no

no

wash done

no

no

no

Onlyinstrument

Washing

IN OPER pressed

Critical malfunction

WAIT(LIGHT BLINKING)

IN OPERATION(LIGHT ON RELAYS

10 11 ACTIVE)

Criticalmalfunction

NOT IN OPERATION(LIGHT OFF)

yes

Figure 73 Operation logic

Whether an instrument is in op-

eration depends on the opera-

torrsquos commands and the instru-

mentrsquos diagnostics The decision

is carried out as outlined in Fig-

ure 73

An instrument can be in one of

three different states IN OPER-

ATION NOT IN OPERATION and

WAITWhen the instrument is IN

OPERATION it is used in decid-

ing whether the solid content is

in the safe level (see Section 71)

When the instrument is NOT IN

OPERATION or WAIT states it is

not used

The WAIT state occurs when the

operator has requested the in-

strument to come into operation

by pressing the button but the

instrument is in the wash cycle

and will come into operation af-

ter the wash cycle is completed

The actual state can be seen from

the INOPERATION light If the light

is on the instrument is IN OPER-

ATION If the light is off the in-

strument is NOT IN OPERATION

and if the light is blinking it is in

the WAIT state

The default state of an instru-

ment is to be NOT IN OPERA-

TION It can be taken into op-

eration by pressing the IN OP-

ERATION button unless there is

a critical malfunction (see Sec-

tion 62)

An instrument automatically drops

into NOT IN OPERATION if there is a critical malfunction It may also be dropped by

the IN OPERATION button unless it is the only instrument used

30

74 Malfunction logic

Timeout frominstrument

Malfunction ininstrument

no

yes

yes

yes

no

no

Critical malfunc-tion in instr

NO MALFUNCTION

Remove instr from Divert use

MALFUNCTION

Figure 74 Malfunction logic (repeated for each sensor)

The MALFUNCTION light is illumi-

nated when the internal diagnos-

tics of either of the two instru-

ments indicates a malfunction or

there is a communication timeout

to either of the instruments (Fig-

ure 74)

It should be noted that not all mal-

functions are critical malfunctions

which drop the instrument from

operation (see Section 73) For a

complete list of possible malfunc-

tions see Section 62

TheMALFUNCTION light re983405lects the

decision taken by this logic How-

ever as the MALFUNCTION light is

one of the resettable alarms it

may be blinking even when the

malfunction itself is cleared if the

ALARM RESET button has not been

pressed (see Section 75)

31

75 Resettable alarm logic

UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM

(Blinking Relay 6 active)

ALARM(Light on Relay 6 inactive)

Alarm source active

ALARM RESETpressed

Alarm source active

yes

no

no

no

yes

yes

NO ALARM(Light off Relay 6 inactive)

Figure 75 The resettable alarm logic

In order to identify new alarms there

is a resettable alarm logic in the Di-

vert control unit There are four pos-

sible alarm sources SOLIDS ALARM

SOLIDSWARNINGAampBDIFFERENCE

and MALFUNCTION All of these fol-

low the same alarm reset rules (see

Figure 75)

Whenanew (unacknowledged) alarm

activates the corresponding light starts

blinking in the operator panel and re-

lay 6 is activated When the ALARM RE-

SET button is pressed relay 6 is inacti-

vated

The state of the alarm indicator in the

operator panel depends on whether

the cause for the alarm is still present

If the cause has cleared (eg solids

content has risen above the warn-

ing limit) the light goes off when

the ALARM RESET is pressed If the

cause has not cleared the light will be

steadily illuminated

A non-illuminated light means there

is no alarm A steadily illuminated

alarm light means there is a problem

which persists but the problem has

been acknowledged by pressing the

ALARM RESET A blinking light means

the problem has not been acknowl-

edged but givesno informationwhether

the problem is still there or not

32

76 Refractometer difference logic

If there are two refractometers in operation (taken into operation not washing) the

Control unit monitors the difference in reading between the two instruments (983405ig-

ure 76) If the difference ismore than 2 a refractometer differencewarning is given

with the corresponding front panel indicator and relay

The divert decision logic (section 72) is not affected by the refractometer difference

but a signi983405icant difference between the two instruments indicates one of the instru-

ments is not measuring reliably In this case the instruments and wash systems have

to be checked immediately Ignoring to do this may result in an erroneous divert de-

cision

no REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

|A-B| gt 2

2 instruments available

yes

no

no

yes

REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

Figure 76 Refractometer difference logic

33

77 Wash arbitration logic

The Divert Control Unit takes care that if there are two instruments in operation they

wonrsquotwash at the same time (as thatwould trip the system) This is doneby the simple

logic described in Figure 77

Each instrument control their ownwash cycle Before the start washing they request

a wash permission from the Divert Control Unit If the other instrument is already

washing the unit does not grant this permission until the wash cycle is completed

noWAIT

WASH

IDLE

The otherinstrumentwashing

yes

wash interval elapsed

wash done

the other instrument done washing

Figure 77 Wash arbitration logic

34

78 Wash check logic

Wash check

Wash tolerancetime gt 0

no

yes

yes

off

yes

on

no

Prism washsuccesful

Drop fromDivert use

Malfunction

Succesful washwithin tolerance

time

Prism wash failurePrism wash

warning

no

Normal operation

One w

ash

cyc

le

Figure 78 Wash check logic

By default the wash tolerance time is 0

35

8 Remote control interface

The remote interface is based on a web server inside the Divert Control Unit It con-

sists of several web pages easily accessible through the links on the navigation bar in

the left (see Figure 81)

The remote interface is optimized for the Firefox browser version 20 or newer al-

though it may work with other browsers Firefox is free and exists for Windows Mac

OS X and Linux it can be downloaded through httpwwwmozillacom

81 Divert Control Unit IP address

The Divert Control Unit can be reached through two different IP addresses In non-

networked applications (only a DD-23 and a single computer) the IP address is

1692542323 This IP address is factory set and cannot be changed If the Divert

Control Unit is to be connected to a network the network settings can be changed

through the parameter page of the remote interface (see Section 825)

82 The remote interface

821 Main page

The remote indicator main page gives a quick overview over system status

Figure 81 DD-23 Remote control main page

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

1

1 Introduction

The K-Patents Digital Black Liquor Divert Control SystemDD-23 provides a divert sig-

nal preventingblack liquorwithdangerously lowsolids to reach theblack liquor burn-

ers The system is built strictly according to the principles of Recommended Good

Practice Safe Firing of Black Liquor in Black Liquor Recovery Boilers (BLRBAC April

2015 the document is available at

httpblrbacorgsitesdefaultfilesSafe20Firing20of20Black20Liquor20-20April202015pdf)

The system consists of the following parts Two K-Patents Process refractometers

PR-23-SD (A amp B) are installed in series in the main black liquor line Each refrac-

tometer is complete with a sensor an Indicating transmitter and interconnecting ca-

bles Each refractometer provides also two 4ndash20 mA output signal not used by the

divert control system These can be used to give solids output or temperature out-

put signals The sensors are also equipped with a steam wash nozzles although the

self-cleaning sensor design may eliminate the need for prism wash altogether

11 Warranty

K-Patents warrants that all products made by K-Patents shall be free of defects in ma-

terial and workmanship K-Patents agrees to either replace or repair free of charge

any such product or part thereof which shall be returned to the nearest authorized

K-Patents repair facility within two (2) years from the date of delivery

Before returning a defective product for service or replacement please contact K-Pa-

tents or your nearest K-Patents representative (see httpwwwkpatentscom for

contact information) For the health and safety of personnel handling your return

clean the instrument especially the parts that have been in contact with the process

liquid before packing it Ship the cleaned instrument to the address given to you

12 Disposal

When disposing of an obsolete instrument or any parts of an instrument please ob-

serve the local and national requirements for the disposal of electrical and electronic

equipment The aluminium or stainless steel sensor housing can be recycled with

other metallic waste of the same type

2

Figure 11 Complete Digital Black Liquor Divert Control System DD-23

3

2 The Divert Control System DD-23

21 Overview

The Divert control system DD-23 includes

minus A Divert Control Unit

minus Two PR-23-SD refractometer sensors

minus Two isolation valves SDI for the sensors above to allow removal of the refractome-

ters from a pipe with full 983405low and pressure The isolation valve includes a prism

wash nozzle and two check valves (one for prismwash one for stuf983405ing box 983405lush)

minus A roofed mounting plate to mount the two Indicating transmitters and the Divert

Control Unit together

minus Wiring to connect the Indicating transmitters with the Divert Control Unit

minus Two steam valves with steam traps for prismwash (pneumatic + solenoid valves)

minus Two hand valves (one for prism wash one for stuf983405ing box 983405lush)

minus A remote operator panel facility accessible with a web browser over Ethernet

BLRBAC (The Black Liquor Recovery Boiler Advisory Committee) recommends a

spare refractometer sensor to be maintained in stock on-site

The system can also be used with two PR-21-S process refractometers if installation

of or upgrade to PR-23-SD sensors is unfeasible Both sensor require their own indi-

cating transmitters and the required interconnecting cables between the sensor and

transmitter but otherwise the installation is similar to the PR-23-SD based one

22 Divert Control Unit

The Divert Control Unit is contained in an enclosure with the same dimensions as the

refractometer transmitter enclosure The control unit includes

minus An operator with system state indicators and pushbuttons

minus Relay outputs for connecting to the control system

minus Contact inputs for external control

minus Ethernet interface for remote operator panel

23 Operator panel

The operator panel has a clear layout and the operator can see all information at one

glance The divert decision is controlled from the operator panel which provides dou-

bled security since information is shown both as LED indication in the Divert control

unit and as a diagnostic messages in the Indicating transmitters The same informa-

tion is also available through the remote operator panel

4

231 Overview

Red indicatorlights (alarms)

Yellow indicatorlights (warnings)

Green indicatorlights (all well)

White push-buttons

Red push-button

Figure 21 DD-23 operator panel

The three top rows on the operator panel consist of indicator lights The green A IN

OPERATION and B IN OPERATION lights are also push buttons used to include the refrac-

tometers in theDivert system Below the lights there are push buttons and theHEADER

WASH key key used to operate the system

The indicator lights on the operator panel are arranged like traf983405ic lights top row is

red for alarm middle row is yellow for warning and bottom row is green for system

ok When the system is running normally only the row of green lights should be lit

The white LIGHT TEST button is used to check that all the LEDs behind the indicator

lights are working It also veri983405ies the data processing system in the control unit The

other two white push buttons ALARM RESET and DIVERT RESET can be used to reset

the system back to normal after all problems have been 983410ixed The HEADER WASH key

enables the use of ring header washing with water when set to ON

The big red EMERGENCY DIVERT push button is used to manually initiate divert in an

emergency situation An external push button can also be connected to a switch input

in the control unit as External Emergency divert button see Section 238

5

232 Green indicator lights System ok

Each refractometer has a green operating light ndash A IN OPERATION and B IN OPERATION ndash

to let the operator know when he can rely on the refractometer measurement A re-

fractometer will only in983405luence the divert decision and activate warnings and alarms

when it is in divert operation ie when its green operating light is lit

When DIVERT is effective the system may be reset to normal operation only when

SAFE SOLIDS is lit

233 Yellow indicator lights Warnings

The SOLIDS WARNING light indicates a black liquor concentration of below warning

limit (by default at 60) This warning can be activated by either refractometer

The AampB DIFFERENCE light is lit when the refractometer readings differ by at least 2

This warning will only be initiated if both refractometers are operating

If the yellow MALFUNCTION light is switched on some part of the system ndash a refrac-

tometer an indicating transmitter or the control unit ndash is malfunctioning A list over

malfunctions and critical malfunctions is given in Section 62 If a critical malfunction

occurs in a sensor or transmitter the malfunctioning refractometer will be automat-

ically removed from divert operation (its operating light will also be switched off)

Check the reason for the malfunction and correct the problem (see Section 64) be-

fore returning the refractometer back to divert operation

234 Red indicator lights Alarms

The black liquor SOLIDS ALARM is lit when the concentration reading goes below alarm

limit (by default below 58) This alarm can be activated by either refractometer

depending on the operation rule setting

The DIVERT light will be switched on when the SOLIDS ALARM is activated The DIVERT

light indicates divert status of the divert relay The relay is inactive in the divert posi-

tion because then a power failure will give a divert decision signal to the system

The OVERRIDE light is lit to indicate that no automatic divert will happen as long as

the system is in the header wash state (see Section 236)

235 White pushbuttons Testing and resetting

The LIGHT TEST button switches all 12 lights on The ALARM RESET button resets the

alarm lights

6

236 Header wash key Enabling ring header wash

The header wash key function is a 3-level procedure which can be used when ring

header washing with water is needed When the HEADER WASH key is switched to ON

position and information fromblack liquor guns switch inputs connected in series tell

that guns are out from recovery boiler then a ring header wash can be done without

activating Divert

Pushing the EMERGENCY DIVERT button will always initiate divert regardless of the

header wash functionality

237 Emergency divert button Manual divert

The EMERGENCY DIVERT push-button is used to manually initiate divert in an emer-

gency situation

238 External emergency divert button

An external (remote) push button can also be connected to an input inside the Control

unit see Figure 33

External emergency divert button must be normally closed (NC) Opening the circuit

will initiate divert

24 Prism wash

The wash parameters for the sensors are set through each transmitter (Section 24)

The transmitters contain a relay for prismwash To follow the BLRBAC recommenda-

tion not to wash both prisms at the same time the Divert Control Unit implements an

interlock which prevents the instrument from washing both sensors simultaneously

25 Indicating transmitters

Mechanically the Indicating transmitters shipped with a DD-23 are the same than

PR-23 Indicating transmitter DTR The transmitter will only allow single sensor con-

nection and a special DD-23 transmitter software is used for the Divert system When

Divert software is 201 or newer Indicating transmitter software version has to be

412 or newer

For more information on the basic functions of an indicating transmitter please see

the PR-23 manual chapters 3 and 10

7

3 Mounting

For mounting of the process refractometers and the isolation valves consult the sep-

arate process refractometer PR-23 instruction manual

Figure 31 Mounting the Divert control system

31 Mounting prism wash

K-Patents recommends to use a steam trap instead of a preconditioning valve to re-

move condensate from the steam line

8

32 Wiring

For wiring for complete system see Figure 32 which shows the connections to the

Indicating transmitters and to steam washing Figure 33 has information of all con-

nections to the Divert control unit

Figure 32 Transmitter wiring cables and connections

321 Relays

Relay 1 NORMALDIVERT information

Relay 2 NORMALDIVERT information

Relay 3 SOLIDS WARNING when one of the refractometers goes lower than the

solids warning limit typically 60 or higher See Section 561

Relay 4 SOLIDS ALARMwhen one of the refractometers goes lower than the solids

alarm limit typically 58 or higher See Section 562

Relay 5 Refractometer signal differencewarning when the refractometer readings

have more than 2 difference in concentration See Section 55

Relay 6 Horn relay connection to the audible alarm See Section 75

Relay 7 Header wash key information See Section 333

Relay 8 Refractometer A malfunction information See Sections 62 and 74

Relay 9 Refractometer B malfunction information See Sections 62 and 74

Relay 10 Information on if refractometer A is active in the Divert Control System or

dropped off

Relay 11 Information on if refractomter B is active in the Divert Control System or

dropped off

9

Figure 33 Divert control unit internal wiring

10

33 Switch inputs

331 External Divert switchpush button - input J8

An external divert switch can be connected to the DD-23 Divert Control Unit input J8

If the external divert switch is not used a jumper has to be connected across J8 The

unit is delivered with this jumper connected

332 External divert reset button - input J9

If youwant to use external Divert reset button it can be connectedmax 200m(600 ft)

from the DD-23 Divert control unit Use normal instrument cable 2x05 (AWG 20) and

connect cable to DD-23 motherboard input J9

You must make sure both refractometers A and B are working OK before starting to

use the remote divert button (the remote interface can be used to check on the refrac-

tometers see Chapter 8)

The external reset button connection is normally open (NO)

333 Header wash key - input J10

Black liquor is injected to the recovery boiler through liquor guns Occassionally the

header ring needs washing and during that procedure the divert system has to be by-

passed and the liquor guns have to be removed from the furnace The Digital Divert

Control System DD-23 allows for a safe override of divert logic during header ring

wash

The override ismounted by connecting the gunmicro switches in series to the Header

washoverride key switch input J10 see Figure 35

TheHeaderwash keymaybe usedwithout the external switch information if a jumper

(dotted line in Figure 35) is placed to swith input J10 If the input is left open the key

does not have any effect

11

DD-23Operator panel

OVERRIDEHEADER WASH

HEADERWASHKEY

MICROSWITCHon each liquor gun oron liquor gun door

Recoveryboiler

Figure 34 Header wash key functionality

Guns out microswitches

HEADERWASHKEY

SWITCH INPUTJ10

Figure 35 Header wash key connections

12

34 Remote ethernet connection

The ethernet connection for the Divert user interface DI and data logging purposes is

an 8-pin M12 connector at the bottom of the Divert Unit The ethernet cable PR-8430

to DI can be connected while the unit is powered without opening the case Ethernet

converter cable PR-8663 is used when a computer or other device with RJ45 connec-

tor is connected with the DD-23

The remoteethernet connection

Figure 36 Ethernet connection

13

4 Startup

41 Divert system pre-startup checklist

1 SDI Isolation valves mounted correctly

a Vertical pipe MTG453

b Horizontal pipe MTG471

2 DD-23 control unit installed DIM243 Figure 91 on page 39

3 Pressure reducing valve solenoid valve steam trap installed and connected to the

prism wash nozzle on each sensor

a Steam pipes for black liquor MTG470

b Nozzle MTG482

4 9ndash15 bar (130ndash220 psi) steam connected to the solenoid valve on each sensor

5 Instrumentation air 4ndash6 bar (60ndash90 psi) connect to the solenoid valve on each

sensor

6 Power supply (230110Vac24Vdc) connected SYS358Figure 31 on page 7 and

WRG366 Figure 31 on page 7

a Transmitter A

b Transmitter B

c Divert control unit

d Solenoid valve A

e Solenoid valve B

7 Cables connected SYS358Figure 31 on page 7 WRG366 Figure 31 on page 7

a Transmitter A to sensor A

b Transmitter B to sensor B

c Transmitter A to solenoid valve A

d Transmitter B to solenoid valve B

e Relay information from the Divert control unit to your control system or the

Divert valve

f Transmitter A mA output to your control system

g Transmitter B mA output to your control system

h Ethernet to your control system (optional)

14

42 Divert control unit DD-23 startup

For the refractometer startup consult Chapter 5 in the separate Process refractometer

PR-23 manual

1 Check the wiring and supply voltage

Before the power is switched on the divert output relay rsquonormal operationrsquo is in

divert position

2 Connect the mains power to start the system

There are no power switches in the instruments They are always On when the

mains power is connected

3 While the Control unit is powering up the DIVERT and SOLIDS ALARM lights are both

blinking When the unit is fully functional it is in the divert mode the DIVERT light

is on and the SOLIDS ALARM light is blinking

4 Press the LIGHT TEST button on the Divert control unit All 12 lights should switch

on

5 Reset the solids alarm by pressing the ALARM RESET button

The indicator stops blinking and should stay on

6 Each indicating transmitter should now state refractometer letter either a or b in

the upper left corner of the transmitter display If therersquos a question mark instead

of a letter on either of the transmitters see Chapter 6

If the process pipe is full the message for each refractometer should be NORMAL

OPERATION if process pipe is still empty message will be NO SAMPLE

Now activate refractometer A into the Divert by pushing the button A IN OPERATION

on the Divert control unit panel The button lights up and on the transmitter dis-

play the refractometer letter changes to capital A Then activate refractometer B

similarly by pushing the button B IN OPERATION

If the green IN OPERATION light blinks the refractometer in question is perform-

ing wash The refractometer will automatically come into operation after it has

983405inished washing

7 Now the Divert control system DD-23 is set for normal monitoring operation

8 When black liquor is in the line check that the prism wash is working for each

refractometer First press soft keyMENU on the transmitter keyboard then choose

3 SYSTEM STATUS to get to the system status display Now press soft key WASH to

initiate manual wash follow the optical image and check that it changes during

the steam wash If wash was successful wait until message is NORMAL OPERATION

and then proceed with startup If wash doesnrsquot seem to work see Chapter 6

9 If the three green lights on the third row are all on and all conditions for safe boiler

operation are satis983405ied turn off diversion by pressing the DIVERT RESET button All

warning lights are now turned off and only the 3 green lights are on

15

5 Configuration

The K-Patents Divert control system is shipped fully calibrated by the manufacturer

This chapter contains instructions on how to make 983405ine adjustments of the system

51 Calibration lock

Parameter changes are possible only when the calibration lock is open The calibra-

tion lock can be closed by a switch inside the control unit cover (see Figure 51) When

the lock is open a red led is illuminated next to the lock switch For safety reasons

keep the calibration lock open only during parameter changes done through the web

interface (see Chapter 8)

CALIBRATIONLOCK

CALIBRATIONLOCK

Figure 51 Location of the calibration lock

16

52 Divert decision rules

Two refractometers in operation

BLRBAC states the following For the solids measurements two refractometers in se-

ries must be used When both refractometers are in service the requirement for an au-

tomatic black liquor diversion can be satis983410ied by either of the following options

1 If either refractometer reads dissolved solids content 58 (default) or below

an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

2 When both refractometers read dissolved solids content 58 (default) or be-

low an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

Either option is satisfactory

The rules are listed in decreasing order of security Only rule 1 satis983405ies the high safety

requirements set by BLRBAC August 1982 On the other hand the probability of false

trips decreases with decreasing safety It means that if false trips are too frequent the

rule 2 may be preferred at the cost of safety The rule 2 has later been accepted by

BLRBAC

The divert decision rule is selected by the rule switch inside the divert control unit

cover (Figure 51) The state of the switch is indicated by a yellow indicator LED for

rule 2 and a green one for rule 1

Rule switch Rule

1-of-2 Rule 1

2-of-2 Rule 2

Table 51 Divert decision rule selection

The logical description of the safety decision logics is given Tables 53 and 52 below

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert divert

over 58 divert safe

Table 52 Two instruments in operation rule 1-of-2

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert unsafe

over 58 unsafe safe

Table 53 Two instruments in operation rule 2-of-2

17

Only one refractometer in operation

When only one instrument is in operation the divert action takes place if this instru-

ment reads 58 or below The rule selection has no in983405luence on the divert decision

in this case

A or B

under 58 unsafe

over 58 safe

Table 54 Operation logic when only one instrument operating

No refractometer in operation

If both instruments are out of operation (due to malfunction or maintenance) then

according to BLRBAC divert action must take place

Emergency divert

In all cases the systemmay be set to DIVERT by pressing the EMERGENCY DIVERT button

(or an external emergency divert button see Section 238)

53 Refractometer concentration measurement

For refractometer calibration consult also Chapter 6 in the separate Process refrac-

tometer PR-23 Instruction manual

The CONC displays of the two indicating transmitters have to show the same value

within 05 If there is a difference this can be eliminated by adjusting the bias for

one of the refractomers comparison with sample determination can decide which

one should be corrected

In the PR-23 refractometer system bias is the parameter F00 the third parameter in

the 983405ield adjustment parameter list To change it 983405irst press the MENU soft key then

5 CALIBRATION then 1 CHEMICALamp FIELD PARAMETERS and then 2 FIELD CALIBRATIONPARA-

METERS Choose 3 F00 (BIAS) to change the bias (see Section 625 in the PR-23manual)

If the Indicating transmitter A displays 682 and B displays 688 the difference can

be eliminated by lowering B by 06 This is done by setting the 983405ield calibration

parameter F00 to -06 in Indicating transmitter B

Due to its digital measurement principle the readings of the K-Patents Process refrac-

tometer do not drift by time Frequent recalibrations based on of983405linemoisture analy-

sis must be avoided as they will introduce random 983405luctuations to the refractometer

readings

18

54 Refractometer activation for divert control

When a refractometer is activated for Divert control the upper left corner of the trans-

mitter display shows alternatively A a B b or If the corner is blank the instrument

is not suitable for divert operation

Transmitter A in

Divert operation

Transmitter B not

in Divert operation

Ethernet connection failure

Figure 52 Indicating transmitters (STR) activated to Divert control

The decision to display A (a) or alternatively B (b) depends on the IP address settings

in the transmitter The IP address of instrument A is 17216232 and that of instru-

ment B is 17216233 These addresses have been set in the factory and should not be

changed (See Chapter 8 for information on system IP address and connecting to the

DD-23 system)

If a question mark appears on the transmitter display the reason is usually that the

Ethernet cable between the transmitter and the Control unit is not properly connected

or theDivert control unit is not powered on Reconnect (or replace cable if necessary)

to 983405ix

The refractometer program version has to be 300 or higher to have divert system

functionality Divert version 201 or higher requires DTR software version 412 or

higher Also the refractometer has to have the correct software parameters to be used

in a divert control system In order to convert a stand-alone refractometer into one

used on the Divert control system please contact K-Patents The easiest way to check

if a refractometer is con983405igured for DD-23 use is to look at the main display If the

aAbB letter is present (see Figure 52) the instrument may be used in the Divert

control system

If a DD-23 activated transmitter is used in another type of application the divert func-

tion has to be deactivated by K-Patents

55 Signal difference alarm

According to BLRBAC if a difference of 2 in solids (absolute value) or greater exists

between refractometer readings an alarm shall be activated

The alarm limit of 2 is the maximum difference The limit can be changed into a

smaller number through the remote interface see Chapter 8

19

56 Low alarms

561 Solids warning

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (60 by de-

fault) thewarning is activated The limit canbe changed through the remote interface

see Section 825

Minimum low warning level is 60 according to BLRBAC

562 Solids alarm

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (58 by de-

fault) the alarm is activated The limit can be changed through the remote interface

see Chapter 8

Minimum low alarm level is 58 according to BLRBAC

57 Refractometer malfunction alarm

The built-in intelligent diagnostics of a K-Patents Process refractometer provide a

tight control of the operation A full test cycle is completedwith an interval of less than

one second For details consult the Process refractometer PR-23 instruction manual

Not all malfunctions cause the instrument to be removed from the Divert control sys-

tem However all malfunction alarms need to be checked see Section 62 for more

information

58 Prism wash

Even though the sensors are equipped with a steam wash facility it is not necessarily

needed For K-Patents Process Refractometer the need of prism wash is reduced and

even in some cases eliminated

However an automatic regular prism wash provides an ef983405icient check that the re-

fractometer reacts A steam wash of 3 seconds every half hour should be suf983405icient

Only one instrument is washing at a time and during the wash the system acts in the

single-instrument mode

To change wash times or relay con983405igurations consult the PR-23 process refractome-

ter system manual sections 613 Con983410iguring relays and 631 Setting prism wash

parameters

20

The recommended wash pressures and times are given in the table below

Wash parameters for Safe-Drivetrade Isolation valve nozzle SDI

Minimum above

process pressure

Maximum above

process pressure

Wash

time

Reco-

very

Interval

Steam (SN) 5 bar (70 psi) 8 bar (115 psi) 3ndash5 s 20ndash30 s 20ndash30 min

Do not exceed the recommended wash times because some process media may burn

to the prism surface if steamed for longer time In case of coating shorten the wash

interval

It should be noted that if wash check is enabled on the instrument it can cause the

instrument to be taken out of divert use if during the set wash tolerance time nowash

cycles have been noted as successful This can cause a divert if both instruments fail

wash checks in sequence

21

6 Regular maintenance and troubleshooting

As theDivert control system is apuredigital system no specialmaintenance is needed

The LIGHT TEST button on the operator panel (Figure 21) sends a signal to the micro-

processor and the microprocessor switches all 12 LED lights on as long as the button

is pressed This way not only the lights but also the processing system is checked

To assist the identi983405ication of a faulty component the information 983405low is given in Sec-

tion 61 Also the logic diagrams of Chapter 7 may be of help

61 Information flow

The divert control unit is connected to the refractometers through an Ethernet con-

nection The Control system asks for the measurement data from the instruments

several times each second Based on the data received the divert operation decisions

are made

Each refractometer performs its measurement functions independently The instru-

ments also have their own internal diagnostics which are used in the divert decision

logic as well (see Section 62)

As the Divert Control System requests information several times a second all commu-

nication problems are found immediately In case one of the refractometers does not

respond to the control unit the non-responding instrument is dropped from opera-

tion and the malfunction alarm is set

An important information when troubleshooting communication problems is the let-

ter on the upper left corner of each refractometer (see Figure 52) If the instrument

has not received any data requests from theDivert Control Unit during the last second

the letter turns into a question mark () If the letter is aAbB then the communica-

tion link between the Divert control unit and the instrument is fully functional

62 Malfunctions

If the Divert Control Unit cannot communicate with a refractometer or if the inter-

nal diagnostics of a refractometer indicate a measurement problem the Malfunction

indicator (see Figure 21) is illuminated and the corresponding relay 8 or 9 (see Fig-

ure 33) is activated

The diagnostic message of the refractometer can be seen on the transmitter screen

(see Figure 51) Some of these messages eg PRISM WASH are only informative and

do not indicate a measurement problem Table 61 below summarizes all diagnostic

messages and their effect on the Divert control system operation

22

If themalfunction is severe enough tomake themeasurement result unreliable

the refractometer cannot be used in making the divert decision In that case the

instrument is dropped from the Divert Control System and cannot be taken on-line

manually until the problem is 983405ixed

Formore information on possible causes of each error see the PR-23 instructionman-

ual Chapter 8

Message Instrument will be

dropped from the

Divert Control System

EXTERNAL HOLD

EXTERNAL WASH STOP

HIGH SENSOR HUMIDITY

HIGH SENSOR TEMP

HIGH TRANSMITTER TEMP

LOW IMAGE QUALITY X

LOW TEMP WASH STOP

LOW TRANSMITTER VOLT

NO OPTICAL IMAGE X

NO SAMPLE X

NO SAMPLEWASH STOP

NO SENSOR X

NO SIGNAL X

NORMAL OPERATION

OUTSIDE LIGHT ERROR X

OUTSIDE LIGHT TO PRISM X

PRECONDITIONING

PRISM COATED X

PRISMWASH

PRISMWASH FAILURE X

PRISMWASH WARNING

RECOVERING

SHORT-CIRCUIT X

STARTING UP X

TEMP MEASUREMENT FAULT X

Table 61 Diagnostic messages and their effect on Divert operation

23

63 Diagnostic tools

In order to make troubleshooting easier there are several built-in diagnostic tools

An event log is built in the system A short log showing last 6 events can be accessed

from the transmitter main display by pressing the soft key DD23 A more complete

event log can be found in the web-based remote interface (see Section 824)

Figure 61 Transmitter log page for instrument A

The remote interface also provides a diagnostic page which gives full information on

the system state (concentrations relay state switch state indicator state) see Sec-

tion 823

64 Troubleshooting

641 A question mark () on the refractometer display

Cause The refractometer does not receive information request packets from the Di-

vert Control Unit This may be caused by a faulty cable faulty parameters or equip-

ment malfunction either in the refractometer or in the Divert Control Unit

Action If the instrument has never been functional or if it is possible someone has

changed the instrument parameters there may be a con983405iguration problem with the

IP addresses The IP address in the refractometer should be set as given in Section 54

If possible cross-check the addresses from the diagnostic web page

Aphysical problemcanbe ruledout by looking at a small LEDclose to the transmitterrsquos

Ethernet connector If the LED is green the cable is ok Oneway to isolate the problem

is to swap the cables between the refractometers A standard Ethernet cable can be

used as a troubleshooting aid (either straight-through or cross-over)

642 A refractometer refuses to come on-line

Cause Either there is no communication to the refractometer or there is a malfunc-

tionon the refractometer It is alsopossible the transmitter is not con983405igured forDivert

use

24

Action Check that there is aAbB on the refractometer display If there is a question

mark () instead see above

Check that there is a soft key DD23 on the refractometer main display (see Figure 62

below) If the soft key is not present in the main display the instrument is not con983405ig-

ured for Divert use If this is the case please contact K-Patents

In other cases check the diagnostic message on the refractometer screen (see Sec-

tion 62)

Figure 62 Transmitter main display instrument in Divert use

643 No lights come up in the Divert Control Unit

Cause There is no power on the instrument or there is a hardware fault

Action Check that the instrument receives power In normal operation several relays

have their associated LEDs lit If there are any LEDs lit in the Divert Control Unit the

unit receives power

644 All lights are blinking

Cause There is an unrecoverable hardware fault in the Divert Control Unit

Action Please contact K-Patents

65 Ethernet strain relief for transmitters

When transmitter door is opened the ethernet cable connecting the transmitter to

the Divert Unit may come off This can be 983405ixed bymounting a strain relief plate in the

transmitter

25

1 First screw on the strain relief plate

2 Fasten the ethernet cable to the relief plate with cable ties

3 Cut the ends of the cable ties

1

2

3

Figure 63 Mounting the strain relief

26

27

7 Divert control logics

A logical description of the system is provided to complement the operational descrip-

tion given in the previous chapters

71 Safety decision logic

The core of the Divert control system is the safety decision logic which makes the

ultimate decision whether the black liquor can be safely fed to the burner or not

The logic is described in the 983405low diagram in Figure 71 The factors affecting the de-

cision are the number of instruments in operation (none one or two) and their mea-

surement results Also the selected divert rule is taken into account when two instru-

ments are in operation For a description of different rules see Section 52

As a result of this logic the system is either in SAFE SOLIDS or UNSAFE SOLIDS state

When the system is in the SAFE SOLIDS state the SAFE SOLIDS light is illuminated

no

no no

no

yes

UNSAFE SOLIDSSAFE SOLIDS

NO INSTRU-MENTS

Rule 2-of-2

2 instrumentsavailable

1 instrumentavailable

Both ge 58

Either ge 58CONC ge58

yes

yesyes

yes

no

Rule 1-of-2yes

no

DIVERT

Figure 71 Safe solids decision logic

One instrument available maymean that only one instrument is in operation or that

both instruments are in operation but one of them is washing when queried

28

72 Divert decision logic

After the system has evaluated the solid contents to be either safe or unsafe (see Sec-

tion 71) it decides whether the the system should be in the DIVERT state This deci-

sion is made according to the 983405low diagram in Figure 72

Thedefault state of the system is theDIVERTstate It canbe changed to theNODIVERT

state only by manually pressing the DIVERT RESET push-button when the solid content

is suf983405icient (SAFE SOLIDS) If the solid content drops to UNSAFE the system drops

into the DIVERT state

The only exception to this is when the HEADERWASH is active In that case the solid

content checking is skipped The system may then be switched between the DIVERT

and NO DIVERT states by using the EMERGENCY DIVERT and DIVERT RESET push buttons

in the operator panel (or the equivalent external emergency divert and divert reset

buttons)

The system will drop to the DIVERT state in all cases when the EMERGENCY DIVERT

button (or its external counterpart) is pressed

NO DIVERT DIVERT

HEADER WASH active

Divert fromsafe solids logic

EMERGENCYDIVERTpressed

DIVERT RESET pressed

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

no

yes

Figure 72 The divert decision logics

29

73 In operation logic

IN OPERATIONbutton pressed

yes

yes

yes

yes

no

no

wash done

no

no

no

Onlyinstrument

Washing

IN OPER pressed

Critical malfunction

WAIT(LIGHT BLINKING)

IN OPERATION(LIGHT ON RELAYS

10 11 ACTIVE)

Criticalmalfunction

NOT IN OPERATION(LIGHT OFF)

yes

Figure 73 Operation logic

Whether an instrument is in op-

eration depends on the opera-

torrsquos commands and the instru-

mentrsquos diagnostics The decision

is carried out as outlined in Fig-

ure 73

An instrument can be in one of

three different states IN OPER-

ATION NOT IN OPERATION and

WAITWhen the instrument is IN

OPERATION it is used in decid-

ing whether the solid content is

in the safe level (see Section 71)

When the instrument is NOT IN

OPERATION or WAIT states it is

not used

The WAIT state occurs when the

operator has requested the in-

strument to come into operation

by pressing the button but the

instrument is in the wash cycle

and will come into operation af-

ter the wash cycle is completed

The actual state can be seen from

the INOPERATION light If the light

is on the instrument is IN OPER-

ATION If the light is off the in-

strument is NOT IN OPERATION

and if the light is blinking it is in

the WAIT state

The default state of an instru-

ment is to be NOT IN OPERA-

TION It can be taken into op-

eration by pressing the IN OP-

ERATION button unless there is

a critical malfunction (see Sec-

tion 62)

An instrument automatically drops

into NOT IN OPERATION if there is a critical malfunction It may also be dropped by

the IN OPERATION button unless it is the only instrument used

30

74 Malfunction logic

Timeout frominstrument

Malfunction ininstrument

no

yes

yes

yes

no

no

Critical malfunc-tion in instr

NO MALFUNCTION

Remove instr from Divert use

MALFUNCTION

Figure 74 Malfunction logic (repeated for each sensor)

The MALFUNCTION light is illumi-

nated when the internal diagnos-

tics of either of the two instru-

ments indicates a malfunction or

there is a communication timeout

to either of the instruments (Fig-

ure 74)

It should be noted that not all mal-

functions are critical malfunctions

which drop the instrument from

operation (see Section 73) For a

complete list of possible malfunc-

tions see Section 62

TheMALFUNCTION light re983405lects the

decision taken by this logic How-

ever as the MALFUNCTION light is

one of the resettable alarms it

may be blinking even when the

malfunction itself is cleared if the

ALARM RESET button has not been

pressed (see Section 75)

31

75 Resettable alarm logic

UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM

(Blinking Relay 6 active)

ALARM(Light on Relay 6 inactive)

Alarm source active

ALARM RESETpressed

Alarm source active

yes

no

no

no

yes

yes

NO ALARM(Light off Relay 6 inactive)

Figure 75 The resettable alarm logic

In order to identify new alarms there

is a resettable alarm logic in the Di-

vert control unit There are four pos-

sible alarm sources SOLIDS ALARM

SOLIDSWARNINGAampBDIFFERENCE

and MALFUNCTION All of these fol-

low the same alarm reset rules (see

Figure 75)

Whenanew (unacknowledged) alarm

activates the corresponding light starts

blinking in the operator panel and re-

lay 6 is activated When the ALARM RE-

SET button is pressed relay 6 is inacti-

vated

The state of the alarm indicator in the

operator panel depends on whether

the cause for the alarm is still present

If the cause has cleared (eg solids

content has risen above the warn-

ing limit) the light goes off when

the ALARM RESET is pressed If the

cause has not cleared the light will be

steadily illuminated

A non-illuminated light means there

is no alarm A steadily illuminated

alarm light means there is a problem

which persists but the problem has

been acknowledged by pressing the

ALARM RESET A blinking light means

the problem has not been acknowl-

edged but givesno informationwhether

the problem is still there or not

32

76 Refractometer difference logic

If there are two refractometers in operation (taken into operation not washing) the

Control unit monitors the difference in reading between the two instruments (983405ig-

ure 76) If the difference ismore than 2 a refractometer differencewarning is given

with the corresponding front panel indicator and relay

The divert decision logic (section 72) is not affected by the refractometer difference

but a signi983405icant difference between the two instruments indicates one of the instru-

ments is not measuring reliably In this case the instruments and wash systems have

to be checked immediately Ignoring to do this may result in an erroneous divert de-

cision

no REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

|A-B| gt 2

2 instruments available

yes

no

no

yes

REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

Figure 76 Refractometer difference logic

33

77 Wash arbitration logic

The Divert Control Unit takes care that if there are two instruments in operation they

wonrsquotwash at the same time (as thatwould trip the system) This is doneby the simple

logic described in Figure 77

Each instrument control their ownwash cycle Before the start washing they request

a wash permission from the Divert Control Unit If the other instrument is already

washing the unit does not grant this permission until the wash cycle is completed

noWAIT

WASH

IDLE

The otherinstrumentwashing

yes

wash interval elapsed

wash done

the other instrument done washing

Figure 77 Wash arbitration logic

34

78 Wash check logic

Wash check

Wash tolerancetime gt 0

no

yes

yes

off

yes

on

no

Prism washsuccesful

Drop fromDivert use

Malfunction

Succesful washwithin tolerance

time

Prism wash failurePrism wash

warning

no

Normal operation

One w

ash

cyc

le

Figure 78 Wash check logic

By default the wash tolerance time is 0

35

8 Remote control interface

The remote interface is based on a web server inside the Divert Control Unit It con-

sists of several web pages easily accessible through the links on the navigation bar in

the left (see Figure 81)

The remote interface is optimized for the Firefox browser version 20 or newer al-

though it may work with other browsers Firefox is free and exists for Windows Mac

OS X and Linux it can be downloaded through httpwwwmozillacom

81 Divert Control Unit IP address

The Divert Control Unit can be reached through two different IP addresses In non-

networked applications (only a DD-23 and a single computer) the IP address is

1692542323 This IP address is factory set and cannot be changed If the Divert

Control Unit is to be connected to a network the network settings can be changed

through the parameter page of the remote interface (see Section 825)

82 The remote interface

821 Main page

The remote indicator main page gives a quick overview over system status

Figure 81 DD-23 Remote control main page

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

2

Figure 11 Complete Digital Black Liquor Divert Control System DD-23

3

2 The Divert Control System DD-23

21 Overview

The Divert control system DD-23 includes

minus A Divert Control Unit

minus Two PR-23-SD refractometer sensors

minus Two isolation valves SDI for the sensors above to allow removal of the refractome-

ters from a pipe with full 983405low and pressure The isolation valve includes a prism

wash nozzle and two check valves (one for prismwash one for stuf983405ing box 983405lush)

minus A roofed mounting plate to mount the two Indicating transmitters and the Divert

Control Unit together

minus Wiring to connect the Indicating transmitters with the Divert Control Unit

minus Two steam valves with steam traps for prismwash (pneumatic + solenoid valves)

minus Two hand valves (one for prism wash one for stuf983405ing box 983405lush)

minus A remote operator panel facility accessible with a web browser over Ethernet

BLRBAC (The Black Liquor Recovery Boiler Advisory Committee) recommends a

spare refractometer sensor to be maintained in stock on-site

The system can also be used with two PR-21-S process refractometers if installation

of or upgrade to PR-23-SD sensors is unfeasible Both sensor require their own indi-

cating transmitters and the required interconnecting cables between the sensor and

transmitter but otherwise the installation is similar to the PR-23-SD based one

22 Divert Control Unit

The Divert Control Unit is contained in an enclosure with the same dimensions as the

refractometer transmitter enclosure The control unit includes

minus An operator with system state indicators and pushbuttons

minus Relay outputs for connecting to the control system

minus Contact inputs for external control

minus Ethernet interface for remote operator panel

23 Operator panel

The operator panel has a clear layout and the operator can see all information at one

glance The divert decision is controlled from the operator panel which provides dou-

bled security since information is shown both as LED indication in the Divert control

unit and as a diagnostic messages in the Indicating transmitters The same informa-

tion is also available through the remote operator panel

4

231 Overview

Red indicatorlights (alarms)

Yellow indicatorlights (warnings)

Green indicatorlights (all well)

White push-buttons

Red push-button

Figure 21 DD-23 operator panel

The three top rows on the operator panel consist of indicator lights The green A IN

OPERATION and B IN OPERATION lights are also push buttons used to include the refrac-

tometers in theDivert system Below the lights there are push buttons and theHEADER

WASH key key used to operate the system

The indicator lights on the operator panel are arranged like traf983405ic lights top row is

red for alarm middle row is yellow for warning and bottom row is green for system

ok When the system is running normally only the row of green lights should be lit

The white LIGHT TEST button is used to check that all the LEDs behind the indicator

lights are working It also veri983405ies the data processing system in the control unit The

other two white push buttons ALARM RESET and DIVERT RESET can be used to reset

the system back to normal after all problems have been 983410ixed The HEADER WASH key

enables the use of ring header washing with water when set to ON

The big red EMERGENCY DIVERT push button is used to manually initiate divert in an

emergency situation An external push button can also be connected to a switch input

in the control unit as External Emergency divert button see Section 238

5

232 Green indicator lights System ok

Each refractometer has a green operating light ndash A IN OPERATION and B IN OPERATION ndash

to let the operator know when he can rely on the refractometer measurement A re-

fractometer will only in983405luence the divert decision and activate warnings and alarms

when it is in divert operation ie when its green operating light is lit

When DIVERT is effective the system may be reset to normal operation only when

SAFE SOLIDS is lit

233 Yellow indicator lights Warnings

The SOLIDS WARNING light indicates a black liquor concentration of below warning

limit (by default at 60) This warning can be activated by either refractometer

The AampB DIFFERENCE light is lit when the refractometer readings differ by at least 2

This warning will only be initiated if both refractometers are operating

If the yellow MALFUNCTION light is switched on some part of the system ndash a refrac-

tometer an indicating transmitter or the control unit ndash is malfunctioning A list over

malfunctions and critical malfunctions is given in Section 62 If a critical malfunction

occurs in a sensor or transmitter the malfunctioning refractometer will be automat-

ically removed from divert operation (its operating light will also be switched off)

Check the reason for the malfunction and correct the problem (see Section 64) be-

fore returning the refractometer back to divert operation

234 Red indicator lights Alarms

The black liquor SOLIDS ALARM is lit when the concentration reading goes below alarm

limit (by default below 58) This alarm can be activated by either refractometer

depending on the operation rule setting

The DIVERT light will be switched on when the SOLIDS ALARM is activated The DIVERT

light indicates divert status of the divert relay The relay is inactive in the divert posi-

tion because then a power failure will give a divert decision signal to the system

The OVERRIDE light is lit to indicate that no automatic divert will happen as long as

the system is in the header wash state (see Section 236)

235 White pushbuttons Testing and resetting

The LIGHT TEST button switches all 12 lights on The ALARM RESET button resets the

alarm lights

6

236 Header wash key Enabling ring header wash

The header wash key function is a 3-level procedure which can be used when ring

header washing with water is needed When the HEADER WASH key is switched to ON

position and information fromblack liquor guns switch inputs connected in series tell

that guns are out from recovery boiler then a ring header wash can be done without

activating Divert

Pushing the EMERGENCY DIVERT button will always initiate divert regardless of the

header wash functionality

237 Emergency divert button Manual divert

The EMERGENCY DIVERT push-button is used to manually initiate divert in an emer-

gency situation

238 External emergency divert button

An external (remote) push button can also be connected to an input inside the Control

unit see Figure 33

External emergency divert button must be normally closed (NC) Opening the circuit

will initiate divert

24 Prism wash

The wash parameters for the sensors are set through each transmitter (Section 24)

The transmitters contain a relay for prismwash To follow the BLRBAC recommenda-

tion not to wash both prisms at the same time the Divert Control Unit implements an

interlock which prevents the instrument from washing both sensors simultaneously

25 Indicating transmitters

Mechanically the Indicating transmitters shipped with a DD-23 are the same than

PR-23 Indicating transmitter DTR The transmitter will only allow single sensor con-

nection and a special DD-23 transmitter software is used for the Divert system When

Divert software is 201 or newer Indicating transmitter software version has to be

412 or newer

For more information on the basic functions of an indicating transmitter please see

the PR-23 manual chapters 3 and 10

7

3 Mounting

For mounting of the process refractometers and the isolation valves consult the sep-

arate process refractometer PR-23 instruction manual

Figure 31 Mounting the Divert control system

31 Mounting prism wash

K-Patents recommends to use a steam trap instead of a preconditioning valve to re-

move condensate from the steam line

8

32 Wiring

For wiring for complete system see Figure 32 which shows the connections to the

Indicating transmitters and to steam washing Figure 33 has information of all con-

nections to the Divert control unit

Figure 32 Transmitter wiring cables and connections

321 Relays

Relay 1 NORMALDIVERT information

Relay 2 NORMALDIVERT information

Relay 3 SOLIDS WARNING when one of the refractometers goes lower than the

solids warning limit typically 60 or higher See Section 561

Relay 4 SOLIDS ALARMwhen one of the refractometers goes lower than the solids

alarm limit typically 58 or higher See Section 562

Relay 5 Refractometer signal differencewarning when the refractometer readings

have more than 2 difference in concentration See Section 55

Relay 6 Horn relay connection to the audible alarm See Section 75

Relay 7 Header wash key information See Section 333

Relay 8 Refractometer A malfunction information See Sections 62 and 74

Relay 9 Refractometer B malfunction information See Sections 62 and 74

Relay 10 Information on if refractometer A is active in the Divert Control System or

dropped off

Relay 11 Information on if refractomter B is active in the Divert Control System or

dropped off

9

Figure 33 Divert control unit internal wiring

10

33 Switch inputs

331 External Divert switchpush button - input J8

An external divert switch can be connected to the DD-23 Divert Control Unit input J8

If the external divert switch is not used a jumper has to be connected across J8 The

unit is delivered with this jumper connected

332 External divert reset button - input J9

If youwant to use external Divert reset button it can be connectedmax 200m(600 ft)

from the DD-23 Divert control unit Use normal instrument cable 2x05 (AWG 20) and

connect cable to DD-23 motherboard input J9

You must make sure both refractometers A and B are working OK before starting to

use the remote divert button (the remote interface can be used to check on the refrac-

tometers see Chapter 8)

The external reset button connection is normally open (NO)

333 Header wash key - input J10

Black liquor is injected to the recovery boiler through liquor guns Occassionally the

header ring needs washing and during that procedure the divert system has to be by-

passed and the liquor guns have to be removed from the furnace The Digital Divert

Control System DD-23 allows for a safe override of divert logic during header ring

wash

The override ismounted by connecting the gunmicro switches in series to the Header

washoverride key switch input J10 see Figure 35

TheHeaderwash keymaybe usedwithout the external switch information if a jumper

(dotted line in Figure 35) is placed to swith input J10 If the input is left open the key

does not have any effect

11

DD-23Operator panel

OVERRIDEHEADER WASH

HEADERWASHKEY

MICROSWITCHon each liquor gun oron liquor gun door

Recoveryboiler

Figure 34 Header wash key functionality

Guns out microswitches

HEADERWASHKEY

SWITCH INPUTJ10

Figure 35 Header wash key connections

12

34 Remote ethernet connection

The ethernet connection for the Divert user interface DI and data logging purposes is

an 8-pin M12 connector at the bottom of the Divert Unit The ethernet cable PR-8430

to DI can be connected while the unit is powered without opening the case Ethernet

converter cable PR-8663 is used when a computer or other device with RJ45 connec-

tor is connected with the DD-23

The remoteethernet connection

Figure 36 Ethernet connection

13

4 Startup

41 Divert system pre-startup checklist

1 SDI Isolation valves mounted correctly

a Vertical pipe MTG453

b Horizontal pipe MTG471

2 DD-23 control unit installed DIM243 Figure 91 on page 39

3 Pressure reducing valve solenoid valve steam trap installed and connected to the

prism wash nozzle on each sensor

a Steam pipes for black liquor MTG470

b Nozzle MTG482

4 9ndash15 bar (130ndash220 psi) steam connected to the solenoid valve on each sensor

5 Instrumentation air 4ndash6 bar (60ndash90 psi) connect to the solenoid valve on each

sensor

6 Power supply (230110Vac24Vdc) connected SYS358Figure 31 on page 7 and

WRG366 Figure 31 on page 7

a Transmitter A

b Transmitter B

c Divert control unit

d Solenoid valve A

e Solenoid valve B

7 Cables connected SYS358Figure 31 on page 7 WRG366 Figure 31 on page 7

a Transmitter A to sensor A

b Transmitter B to sensor B

c Transmitter A to solenoid valve A

d Transmitter B to solenoid valve B

e Relay information from the Divert control unit to your control system or the

Divert valve

f Transmitter A mA output to your control system

g Transmitter B mA output to your control system

h Ethernet to your control system (optional)

14

42 Divert control unit DD-23 startup

For the refractometer startup consult Chapter 5 in the separate Process refractometer

PR-23 manual

1 Check the wiring and supply voltage

Before the power is switched on the divert output relay rsquonormal operationrsquo is in

divert position

2 Connect the mains power to start the system

There are no power switches in the instruments They are always On when the

mains power is connected

3 While the Control unit is powering up the DIVERT and SOLIDS ALARM lights are both

blinking When the unit is fully functional it is in the divert mode the DIVERT light

is on and the SOLIDS ALARM light is blinking

4 Press the LIGHT TEST button on the Divert control unit All 12 lights should switch

on

5 Reset the solids alarm by pressing the ALARM RESET button

The indicator stops blinking and should stay on

6 Each indicating transmitter should now state refractometer letter either a or b in

the upper left corner of the transmitter display If therersquos a question mark instead

of a letter on either of the transmitters see Chapter 6

If the process pipe is full the message for each refractometer should be NORMAL

OPERATION if process pipe is still empty message will be NO SAMPLE

Now activate refractometer A into the Divert by pushing the button A IN OPERATION

on the Divert control unit panel The button lights up and on the transmitter dis-

play the refractometer letter changes to capital A Then activate refractometer B

similarly by pushing the button B IN OPERATION

If the green IN OPERATION light blinks the refractometer in question is perform-

ing wash The refractometer will automatically come into operation after it has

983405inished washing

7 Now the Divert control system DD-23 is set for normal monitoring operation

8 When black liquor is in the line check that the prism wash is working for each

refractometer First press soft keyMENU on the transmitter keyboard then choose

3 SYSTEM STATUS to get to the system status display Now press soft key WASH to

initiate manual wash follow the optical image and check that it changes during

the steam wash If wash was successful wait until message is NORMAL OPERATION

and then proceed with startup If wash doesnrsquot seem to work see Chapter 6

9 If the three green lights on the third row are all on and all conditions for safe boiler

operation are satis983405ied turn off diversion by pressing the DIVERT RESET button All

warning lights are now turned off and only the 3 green lights are on

15

5 Configuration

The K-Patents Divert control system is shipped fully calibrated by the manufacturer

This chapter contains instructions on how to make 983405ine adjustments of the system

51 Calibration lock

Parameter changes are possible only when the calibration lock is open The calibra-

tion lock can be closed by a switch inside the control unit cover (see Figure 51) When

the lock is open a red led is illuminated next to the lock switch For safety reasons

keep the calibration lock open only during parameter changes done through the web

interface (see Chapter 8)

CALIBRATIONLOCK

CALIBRATIONLOCK

Figure 51 Location of the calibration lock

16

52 Divert decision rules

Two refractometers in operation

BLRBAC states the following For the solids measurements two refractometers in se-

ries must be used When both refractometers are in service the requirement for an au-

tomatic black liquor diversion can be satis983410ied by either of the following options

1 If either refractometer reads dissolved solids content 58 (default) or below

an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

2 When both refractometers read dissolved solids content 58 (default) or be-

low an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

Either option is satisfactory

The rules are listed in decreasing order of security Only rule 1 satis983405ies the high safety

requirements set by BLRBAC August 1982 On the other hand the probability of false

trips decreases with decreasing safety It means that if false trips are too frequent the

rule 2 may be preferred at the cost of safety The rule 2 has later been accepted by

BLRBAC

The divert decision rule is selected by the rule switch inside the divert control unit

cover (Figure 51) The state of the switch is indicated by a yellow indicator LED for

rule 2 and a green one for rule 1

Rule switch Rule

1-of-2 Rule 1

2-of-2 Rule 2

Table 51 Divert decision rule selection

The logical description of the safety decision logics is given Tables 53 and 52 below

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert divert

over 58 divert safe

Table 52 Two instruments in operation rule 1-of-2

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert unsafe

over 58 unsafe safe

Table 53 Two instruments in operation rule 2-of-2

17

Only one refractometer in operation

When only one instrument is in operation the divert action takes place if this instru-

ment reads 58 or below The rule selection has no in983405luence on the divert decision

in this case

A or B

under 58 unsafe

over 58 safe

Table 54 Operation logic when only one instrument operating

No refractometer in operation

If both instruments are out of operation (due to malfunction or maintenance) then

according to BLRBAC divert action must take place

Emergency divert

In all cases the systemmay be set to DIVERT by pressing the EMERGENCY DIVERT button

(or an external emergency divert button see Section 238)

53 Refractometer concentration measurement

For refractometer calibration consult also Chapter 6 in the separate Process refrac-

tometer PR-23 Instruction manual

The CONC displays of the two indicating transmitters have to show the same value

within 05 If there is a difference this can be eliminated by adjusting the bias for

one of the refractomers comparison with sample determination can decide which

one should be corrected

In the PR-23 refractometer system bias is the parameter F00 the third parameter in

the 983405ield adjustment parameter list To change it 983405irst press the MENU soft key then

5 CALIBRATION then 1 CHEMICALamp FIELD PARAMETERS and then 2 FIELD CALIBRATIONPARA-

METERS Choose 3 F00 (BIAS) to change the bias (see Section 625 in the PR-23manual)

If the Indicating transmitter A displays 682 and B displays 688 the difference can

be eliminated by lowering B by 06 This is done by setting the 983405ield calibration

parameter F00 to -06 in Indicating transmitter B

Due to its digital measurement principle the readings of the K-Patents Process refrac-

tometer do not drift by time Frequent recalibrations based on of983405linemoisture analy-

sis must be avoided as they will introduce random 983405luctuations to the refractometer

readings

18

54 Refractometer activation for divert control

When a refractometer is activated for Divert control the upper left corner of the trans-

mitter display shows alternatively A a B b or If the corner is blank the instrument

is not suitable for divert operation

Transmitter A in

Divert operation

Transmitter B not

in Divert operation

Ethernet connection failure

Figure 52 Indicating transmitters (STR) activated to Divert control

The decision to display A (a) or alternatively B (b) depends on the IP address settings

in the transmitter The IP address of instrument A is 17216232 and that of instru-

ment B is 17216233 These addresses have been set in the factory and should not be

changed (See Chapter 8 for information on system IP address and connecting to the

DD-23 system)

If a question mark appears on the transmitter display the reason is usually that the

Ethernet cable between the transmitter and the Control unit is not properly connected

or theDivert control unit is not powered on Reconnect (or replace cable if necessary)

to 983405ix

The refractometer program version has to be 300 or higher to have divert system

functionality Divert version 201 or higher requires DTR software version 412 or

higher Also the refractometer has to have the correct software parameters to be used

in a divert control system In order to convert a stand-alone refractometer into one

used on the Divert control system please contact K-Patents The easiest way to check

if a refractometer is con983405igured for DD-23 use is to look at the main display If the

aAbB letter is present (see Figure 52) the instrument may be used in the Divert

control system

If a DD-23 activated transmitter is used in another type of application the divert func-

tion has to be deactivated by K-Patents

55 Signal difference alarm

According to BLRBAC if a difference of 2 in solids (absolute value) or greater exists

between refractometer readings an alarm shall be activated

The alarm limit of 2 is the maximum difference The limit can be changed into a

smaller number through the remote interface see Chapter 8

19

56 Low alarms

561 Solids warning

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (60 by de-

fault) thewarning is activated The limit canbe changed through the remote interface

see Section 825

Minimum low warning level is 60 according to BLRBAC

562 Solids alarm

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (58 by de-

fault) the alarm is activated The limit can be changed through the remote interface

see Chapter 8

Minimum low alarm level is 58 according to BLRBAC

57 Refractometer malfunction alarm

The built-in intelligent diagnostics of a K-Patents Process refractometer provide a

tight control of the operation A full test cycle is completedwith an interval of less than

one second For details consult the Process refractometer PR-23 instruction manual

Not all malfunctions cause the instrument to be removed from the Divert control sys-

tem However all malfunction alarms need to be checked see Section 62 for more

information

58 Prism wash

Even though the sensors are equipped with a steam wash facility it is not necessarily

needed For K-Patents Process Refractometer the need of prism wash is reduced and

even in some cases eliminated

However an automatic regular prism wash provides an ef983405icient check that the re-

fractometer reacts A steam wash of 3 seconds every half hour should be suf983405icient

Only one instrument is washing at a time and during the wash the system acts in the

single-instrument mode

To change wash times or relay con983405igurations consult the PR-23 process refractome-

ter system manual sections 613 Con983410iguring relays and 631 Setting prism wash

parameters

20

The recommended wash pressures and times are given in the table below

Wash parameters for Safe-Drivetrade Isolation valve nozzle SDI

Minimum above

process pressure

Maximum above

process pressure

Wash

time

Reco-

very

Interval

Steam (SN) 5 bar (70 psi) 8 bar (115 psi) 3ndash5 s 20ndash30 s 20ndash30 min

Do not exceed the recommended wash times because some process media may burn

to the prism surface if steamed for longer time In case of coating shorten the wash

interval

It should be noted that if wash check is enabled on the instrument it can cause the

instrument to be taken out of divert use if during the set wash tolerance time nowash

cycles have been noted as successful This can cause a divert if both instruments fail

wash checks in sequence

21

6 Regular maintenance and troubleshooting

As theDivert control system is apuredigital system no specialmaintenance is needed

The LIGHT TEST button on the operator panel (Figure 21) sends a signal to the micro-

processor and the microprocessor switches all 12 LED lights on as long as the button

is pressed This way not only the lights but also the processing system is checked

To assist the identi983405ication of a faulty component the information 983405low is given in Sec-

tion 61 Also the logic diagrams of Chapter 7 may be of help

61 Information flow

The divert control unit is connected to the refractometers through an Ethernet con-

nection The Control system asks for the measurement data from the instruments

several times each second Based on the data received the divert operation decisions

are made

Each refractometer performs its measurement functions independently The instru-

ments also have their own internal diagnostics which are used in the divert decision

logic as well (see Section 62)

As the Divert Control System requests information several times a second all commu-

nication problems are found immediately In case one of the refractometers does not

respond to the control unit the non-responding instrument is dropped from opera-

tion and the malfunction alarm is set

An important information when troubleshooting communication problems is the let-

ter on the upper left corner of each refractometer (see Figure 52) If the instrument

has not received any data requests from theDivert Control Unit during the last second

the letter turns into a question mark () If the letter is aAbB then the communica-

tion link between the Divert control unit and the instrument is fully functional

62 Malfunctions

If the Divert Control Unit cannot communicate with a refractometer or if the inter-

nal diagnostics of a refractometer indicate a measurement problem the Malfunction

indicator (see Figure 21) is illuminated and the corresponding relay 8 or 9 (see Fig-

ure 33) is activated

The diagnostic message of the refractometer can be seen on the transmitter screen

(see Figure 51) Some of these messages eg PRISM WASH are only informative and

do not indicate a measurement problem Table 61 below summarizes all diagnostic

messages and their effect on the Divert control system operation

22

If themalfunction is severe enough tomake themeasurement result unreliable

the refractometer cannot be used in making the divert decision In that case the

instrument is dropped from the Divert Control System and cannot be taken on-line

manually until the problem is 983405ixed

Formore information on possible causes of each error see the PR-23 instructionman-

ual Chapter 8

Message Instrument will be

dropped from the

Divert Control System

EXTERNAL HOLD

EXTERNAL WASH STOP

HIGH SENSOR HUMIDITY

HIGH SENSOR TEMP

HIGH TRANSMITTER TEMP

LOW IMAGE QUALITY X

LOW TEMP WASH STOP

LOW TRANSMITTER VOLT

NO OPTICAL IMAGE X

NO SAMPLE X

NO SAMPLEWASH STOP

NO SENSOR X

NO SIGNAL X

NORMAL OPERATION

OUTSIDE LIGHT ERROR X

OUTSIDE LIGHT TO PRISM X

PRECONDITIONING

PRISM COATED X

PRISMWASH

PRISMWASH FAILURE X

PRISMWASH WARNING

RECOVERING

SHORT-CIRCUIT X

STARTING UP X

TEMP MEASUREMENT FAULT X

Table 61 Diagnostic messages and their effect on Divert operation

23

63 Diagnostic tools

In order to make troubleshooting easier there are several built-in diagnostic tools

An event log is built in the system A short log showing last 6 events can be accessed

from the transmitter main display by pressing the soft key DD23 A more complete

event log can be found in the web-based remote interface (see Section 824)

Figure 61 Transmitter log page for instrument A

The remote interface also provides a diagnostic page which gives full information on

the system state (concentrations relay state switch state indicator state) see Sec-

tion 823

64 Troubleshooting

641 A question mark () on the refractometer display

Cause The refractometer does not receive information request packets from the Di-

vert Control Unit This may be caused by a faulty cable faulty parameters or equip-

ment malfunction either in the refractometer or in the Divert Control Unit

Action If the instrument has never been functional or if it is possible someone has

changed the instrument parameters there may be a con983405iguration problem with the

IP addresses The IP address in the refractometer should be set as given in Section 54

If possible cross-check the addresses from the diagnostic web page

Aphysical problemcanbe ruledout by looking at a small LEDclose to the transmitterrsquos

Ethernet connector If the LED is green the cable is ok Oneway to isolate the problem

is to swap the cables between the refractometers A standard Ethernet cable can be

used as a troubleshooting aid (either straight-through or cross-over)

642 A refractometer refuses to come on-line

Cause Either there is no communication to the refractometer or there is a malfunc-

tionon the refractometer It is alsopossible the transmitter is not con983405igured forDivert

use

24

Action Check that there is aAbB on the refractometer display If there is a question

mark () instead see above

Check that there is a soft key DD23 on the refractometer main display (see Figure 62

below) If the soft key is not present in the main display the instrument is not con983405ig-

ured for Divert use If this is the case please contact K-Patents

In other cases check the diagnostic message on the refractometer screen (see Sec-

tion 62)

Figure 62 Transmitter main display instrument in Divert use

643 No lights come up in the Divert Control Unit

Cause There is no power on the instrument or there is a hardware fault

Action Check that the instrument receives power In normal operation several relays

have their associated LEDs lit If there are any LEDs lit in the Divert Control Unit the

unit receives power

644 All lights are blinking

Cause There is an unrecoverable hardware fault in the Divert Control Unit

Action Please contact K-Patents

65 Ethernet strain relief for transmitters

When transmitter door is opened the ethernet cable connecting the transmitter to

the Divert Unit may come off This can be 983405ixed bymounting a strain relief plate in the

transmitter

25

1 First screw on the strain relief plate

2 Fasten the ethernet cable to the relief plate with cable ties

3 Cut the ends of the cable ties

1

2

3

Figure 63 Mounting the strain relief

26

27

7 Divert control logics

A logical description of the system is provided to complement the operational descrip-

tion given in the previous chapters

71 Safety decision logic

The core of the Divert control system is the safety decision logic which makes the

ultimate decision whether the black liquor can be safely fed to the burner or not

The logic is described in the 983405low diagram in Figure 71 The factors affecting the de-

cision are the number of instruments in operation (none one or two) and their mea-

surement results Also the selected divert rule is taken into account when two instru-

ments are in operation For a description of different rules see Section 52

As a result of this logic the system is either in SAFE SOLIDS or UNSAFE SOLIDS state

When the system is in the SAFE SOLIDS state the SAFE SOLIDS light is illuminated

no

no no

no

yes

UNSAFE SOLIDSSAFE SOLIDS

NO INSTRU-MENTS

Rule 2-of-2

2 instrumentsavailable

1 instrumentavailable

Both ge 58

Either ge 58CONC ge58

yes

yesyes

yes

no

Rule 1-of-2yes

no

DIVERT

Figure 71 Safe solids decision logic

One instrument available maymean that only one instrument is in operation or that

both instruments are in operation but one of them is washing when queried

28

72 Divert decision logic

After the system has evaluated the solid contents to be either safe or unsafe (see Sec-

tion 71) it decides whether the the system should be in the DIVERT state This deci-

sion is made according to the 983405low diagram in Figure 72

Thedefault state of the system is theDIVERTstate It canbe changed to theNODIVERT

state only by manually pressing the DIVERT RESET push-button when the solid content

is suf983405icient (SAFE SOLIDS) If the solid content drops to UNSAFE the system drops

into the DIVERT state

The only exception to this is when the HEADERWASH is active In that case the solid

content checking is skipped The system may then be switched between the DIVERT

and NO DIVERT states by using the EMERGENCY DIVERT and DIVERT RESET push buttons

in the operator panel (or the equivalent external emergency divert and divert reset

buttons)

The system will drop to the DIVERT state in all cases when the EMERGENCY DIVERT

button (or its external counterpart) is pressed

NO DIVERT DIVERT

HEADER WASH active

Divert fromsafe solids logic

EMERGENCYDIVERTpressed

DIVERT RESET pressed

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

no

yes

Figure 72 The divert decision logics

29

73 In operation logic

IN OPERATIONbutton pressed

yes

yes

yes

yes

no

no

wash done

no

no

no

Onlyinstrument

Washing

IN OPER pressed

Critical malfunction

WAIT(LIGHT BLINKING)

IN OPERATION(LIGHT ON RELAYS

10 11 ACTIVE)

Criticalmalfunction

NOT IN OPERATION(LIGHT OFF)

yes

Figure 73 Operation logic

Whether an instrument is in op-

eration depends on the opera-

torrsquos commands and the instru-

mentrsquos diagnostics The decision

is carried out as outlined in Fig-

ure 73

An instrument can be in one of

three different states IN OPER-

ATION NOT IN OPERATION and

WAITWhen the instrument is IN

OPERATION it is used in decid-

ing whether the solid content is

in the safe level (see Section 71)

When the instrument is NOT IN

OPERATION or WAIT states it is

not used

The WAIT state occurs when the

operator has requested the in-

strument to come into operation

by pressing the button but the

instrument is in the wash cycle

and will come into operation af-

ter the wash cycle is completed

The actual state can be seen from

the INOPERATION light If the light

is on the instrument is IN OPER-

ATION If the light is off the in-

strument is NOT IN OPERATION

and if the light is blinking it is in

the WAIT state

The default state of an instru-

ment is to be NOT IN OPERA-

TION It can be taken into op-

eration by pressing the IN OP-

ERATION button unless there is

a critical malfunction (see Sec-

tion 62)

An instrument automatically drops

into NOT IN OPERATION if there is a critical malfunction It may also be dropped by

the IN OPERATION button unless it is the only instrument used

30

74 Malfunction logic

Timeout frominstrument

Malfunction ininstrument

no

yes

yes

yes

no

no

Critical malfunc-tion in instr

NO MALFUNCTION

Remove instr from Divert use

MALFUNCTION

Figure 74 Malfunction logic (repeated for each sensor)

The MALFUNCTION light is illumi-

nated when the internal diagnos-

tics of either of the two instru-

ments indicates a malfunction or

there is a communication timeout

to either of the instruments (Fig-

ure 74)

It should be noted that not all mal-

functions are critical malfunctions

which drop the instrument from

operation (see Section 73) For a

complete list of possible malfunc-

tions see Section 62

TheMALFUNCTION light re983405lects the

decision taken by this logic How-

ever as the MALFUNCTION light is

one of the resettable alarms it

may be blinking even when the

malfunction itself is cleared if the

ALARM RESET button has not been

pressed (see Section 75)

31

75 Resettable alarm logic

UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM

(Blinking Relay 6 active)

ALARM(Light on Relay 6 inactive)

Alarm source active

ALARM RESETpressed

Alarm source active

yes

no

no

no

yes

yes

NO ALARM(Light off Relay 6 inactive)

Figure 75 The resettable alarm logic

In order to identify new alarms there

is a resettable alarm logic in the Di-

vert control unit There are four pos-

sible alarm sources SOLIDS ALARM

SOLIDSWARNINGAampBDIFFERENCE

and MALFUNCTION All of these fol-

low the same alarm reset rules (see

Figure 75)

Whenanew (unacknowledged) alarm

activates the corresponding light starts

blinking in the operator panel and re-

lay 6 is activated When the ALARM RE-

SET button is pressed relay 6 is inacti-

vated

The state of the alarm indicator in the

operator panel depends on whether

the cause for the alarm is still present

If the cause has cleared (eg solids

content has risen above the warn-

ing limit) the light goes off when

the ALARM RESET is pressed If the

cause has not cleared the light will be

steadily illuminated

A non-illuminated light means there

is no alarm A steadily illuminated

alarm light means there is a problem

which persists but the problem has

been acknowledged by pressing the

ALARM RESET A blinking light means

the problem has not been acknowl-

edged but givesno informationwhether

the problem is still there or not

32

76 Refractometer difference logic

If there are two refractometers in operation (taken into operation not washing) the

Control unit monitors the difference in reading between the two instruments (983405ig-

ure 76) If the difference ismore than 2 a refractometer differencewarning is given

with the corresponding front panel indicator and relay

The divert decision logic (section 72) is not affected by the refractometer difference

but a signi983405icant difference between the two instruments indicates one of the instru-

ments is not measuring reliably In this case the instruments and wash systems have

to be checked immediately Ignoring to do this may result in an erroneous divert de-

cision

no REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

|A-B| gt 2

2 instruments available

yes

no

no

yes

REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

Figure 76 Refractometer difference logic

33

77 Wash arbitration logic

The Divert Control Unit takes care that if there are two instruments in operation they

wonrsquotwash at the same time (as thatwould trip the system) This is doneby the simple

logic described in Figure 77

Each instrument control their ownwash cycle Before the start washing they request

a wash permission from the Divert Control Unit If the other instrument is already

washing the unit does not grant this permission until the wash cycle is completed

noWAIT

WASH

IDLE

The otherinstrumentwashing

yes

wash interval elapsed

wash done

the other instrument done washing

Figure 77 Wash arbitration logic

34

78 Wash check logic

Wash check

Wash tolerancetime gt 0

no

yes

yes

off

yes

on

no

Prism washsuccesful

Drop fromDivert use

Malfunction

Succesful washwithin tolerance

time

Prism wash failurePrism wash

warning

no

Normal operation

One w

ash

cyc

le

Figure 78 Wash check logic

By default the wash tolerance time is 0

35

8 Remote control interface

The remote interface is based on a web server inside the Divert Control Unit It con-

sists of several web pages easily accessible through the links on the navigation bar in

the left (see Figure 81)

The remote interface is optimized for the Firefox browser version 20 or newer al-

though it may work with other browsers Firefox is free and exists for Windows Mac

OS X and Linux it can be downloaded through httpwwwmozillacom

81 Divert Control Unit IP address

The Divert Control Unit can be reached through two different IP addresses In non-

networked applications (only a DD-23 and a single computer) the IP address is

1692542323 This IP address is factory set and cannot be changed If the Divert

Control Unit is to be connected to a network the network settings can be changed

through the parameter page of the remote interface (see Section 825)

82 The remote interface

821 Main page

The remote indicator main page gives a quick overview over system status

Figure 81 DD-23 Remote control main page

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

3

2 The Divert Control System DD-23

21 Overview

The Divert control system DD-23 includes

minus A Divert Control Unit

minus Two PR-23-SD refractometer sensors

minus Two isolation valves SDI for the sensors above to allow removal of the refractome-

ters from a pipe with full 983405low and pressure The isolation valve includes a prism

wash nozzle and two check valves (one for prismwash one for stuf983405ing box 983405lush)

minus A roofed mounting plate to mount the two Indicating transmitters and the Divert

Control Unit together

minus Wiring to connect the Indicating transmitters with the Divert Control Unit

minus Two steam valves with steam traps for prismwash (pneumatic + solenoid valves)

minus Two hand valves (one for prism wash one for stuf983405ing box 983405lush)

minus A remote operator panel facility accessible with a web browser over Ethernet

BLRBAC (The Black Liquor Recovery Boiler Advisory Committee) recommends a

spare refractometer sensor to be maintained in stock on-site

The system can also be used with two PR-21-S process refractometers if installation

of or upgrade to PR-23-SD sensors is unfeasible Both sensor require their own indi-

cating transmitters and the required interconnecting cables between the sensor and

transmitter but otherwise the installation is similar to the PR-23-SD based one

22 Divert Control Unit

The Divert Control Unit is contained in an enclosure with the same dimensions as the

refractometer transmitter enclosure The control unit includes

minus An operator with system state indicators and pushbuttons

minus Relay outputs for connecting to the control system

minus Contact inputs for external control

minus Ethernet interface for remote operator panel

23 Operator panel

The operator panel has a clear layout and the operator can see all information at one

glance The divert decision is controlled from the operator panel which provides dou-

bled security since information is shown both as LED indication in the Divert control

unit and as a diagnostic messages in the Indicating transmitters The same informa-

tion is also available through the remote operator panel

4

231 Overview

Red indicatorlights (alarms)

Yellow indicatorlights (warnings)

Green indicatorlights (all well)

White push-buttons

Red push-button

Figure 21 DD-23 operator panel

The three top rows on the operator panel consist of indicator lights The green A IN

OPERATION and B IN OPERATION lights are also push buttons used to include the refrac-

tometers in theDivert system Below the lights there are push buttons and theHEADER

WASH key key used to operate the system

The indicator lights on the operator panel are arranged like traf983405ic lights top row is

red for alarm middle row is yellow for warning and bottom row is green for system

ok When the system is running normally only the row of green lights should be lit

The white LIGHT TEST button is used to check that all the LEDs behind the indicator

lights are working It also veri983405ies the data processing system in the control unit The

other two white push buttons ALARM RESET and DIVERT RESET can be used to reset

the system back to normal after all problems have been 983410ixed The HEADER WASH key

enables the use of ring header washing with water when set to ON

The big red EMERGENCY DIVERT push button is used to manually initiate divert in an

emergency situation An external push button can also be connected to a switch input

in the control unit as External Emergency divert button see Section 238

5

232 Green indicator lights System ok

Each refractometer has a green operating light ndash A IN OPERATION and B IN OPERATION ndash

to let the operator know when he can rely on the refractometer measurement A re-

fractometer will only in983405luence the divert decision and activate warnings and alarms

when it is in divert operation ie when its green operating light is lit

When DIVERT is effective the system may be reset to normal operation only when

SAFE SOLIDS is lit

233 Yellow indicator lights Warnings

The SOLIDS WARNING light indicates a black liquor concentration of below warning

limit (by default at 60) This warning can be activated by either refractometer

The AampB DIFFERENCE light is lit when the refractometer readings differ by at least 2

This warning will only be initiated if both refractometers are operating

If the yellow MALFUNCTION light is switched on some part of the system ndash a refrac-

tometer an indicating transmitter or the control unit ndash is malfunctioning A list over

malfunctions and critical malfunctions is given in Section 62 If a critical malfunction

occurs in a sensor or transmitter the malfunctioning refractometer will be automat-

ically removed from divert operation (its operating light will also be switched off)

Check the reason for the malfunction and correct the problem (see Section 64) be-

fore returning the refractometer back to divert operation

234 Red indicator lights Alarms

The black liquor SOLIDS ALARM is lit when the concentration reading goes below alarm

limit (by default below 58) This alarm can be activated by either refractometer

depending on the operation rule setting

The DIVERT light will be switched on when the SOLIDS ALARM is activated The DIVERT

light indicates divert status of the divert relay The relay is inactive in the divert posi-

tion because then a power failure will give a divert decision signal to the system

The OVERRIDE light is lit to indicate that no automatic divert will happen as long as

the system is in the header wash state (see Section 236)

235 White pushbuttons Testing and resetting

The LIGHT TEST button switches all 12 lights on The ALARM RESET button resets the

alarm lights

6

236 Header wash key Enabling ring header wash

The header wash key function is a 3-level procedure which can be used when ring

header washing with water is needed When the HEADER WASH key is switched to ON

position and information fromblack liquor guns switch inputs connected in series tell

that guns are out from recovery boiler then a ring header wash can be done without

activating Divert

Pushing the EMERGENCY DIVERT button will always initiate divert regardless of the

header wash functionality

237 Emergency divert button Manual divert

The EMERGENCY DIVERT push-button is used to manually initiate divert in an emer-

gency situation

238 External emergency divert button

An external (remote) push button can also be connected to an input inside the Control

unit see Figure 33

External emergency divert button must be normally closed (NC) Opening the circuit

will initiate divert

24 Prism wash

The wash parameters for the sensors are set through each transmitter (Section 24)

The transmitters contain a relay for prismwash To follow the BLRBAC recommenda-

tion not to wash both prisms at the same time the Divert Control Unit implements an

interlock which prevents the instrument from washing both sensors simultaneously

25 Indicating transmitters

Mechanically the Indicating transmitters shipped with a DD-23 are the same than

PR-23 Indicating transmitter DTR The transmitter will only allow single sensor con-

nection and a special DD-23 transmitter software is used for the Divert system When

Divert software is 201 or newer Indicating transmitter software version has to be

412 or newer

For more information on the basic functions of an indicating transmitter please see

the PR-23 manual chapters 3 and 10

7

3 Mounting

For mounting of the process refractometers and the isolation valves consult the sep-

arate process refractometer PR-23 instruction manual

Figure 31 Mounting the Divert control system

31 Mounting prism wash

K-Patents recommends to use a steam trap instead of a preconditioning valve to re-

move condensate from the steam line

8

32 Wiring

For wiring for complete system see Figure 32 which shows the connections to the

Indicating transmitters and to steam washing Figure 33 has information of all con-

nections to the Divert control unit

Figure 32 Transmitter wiring cables and connections

321 Relays

Relay 1 NORMALDIVERT information

Relay 2 NORMALDIVERT information

Relay 3 SOLIDS WARNING when one of the refractometers goes lower than the

solids warning limit typically 60 or higher See Section 561

Relay 4 SOLIDS ALARMwhen one of the refractometers goes lower than the solids

alarm limit typically 58 or higher See Section 562

Relay 5 Refractometer signal differencewarning when the refractometer readings

have more than 2 difference in concentration See Section 55

Relay 6 Horn relay connection to the audible alarm See Section 75

Relay 7 Header wash key information See Section 333

Relay 8 Refractometer A malfunction information See Sections 62 and 74

Relay 9 Refractometer B malfunction information See Sections 62 and 74

Relay 10 Information on if refractometer A is active in the Divert Control System or

dropped off

Relay 11 Information on if refractomter B is active in the Divert Control System or

dropped off

9

Figure 33 Divert control unit internal wiring

10

33 Switch inputs

331 External Divert switchpush button - input J8

An external divert switch can be connected to the DD-23 Divert Control Unit input J8

If the external divert switch is not used a jumper has to be connected across J8 The

unit is delivered with this jumper connected

332 External divert reset button - input J9

If youwant to use external Divert reset button it can be connectedmax 200m(600 ft)

from the DD-23 Divert control unit Use normal instrument cable 2x05 (AWG 20) and

connect cable to DD-23 motherboard input J9

You must make sure both refractometers A and B are working OK before starting to

use the remote divert button (the remote interface can be used to check on the refrac-

tometers see Chapter 8)

The external reset button connection is normally open (NO)

333 Header wash key - input J10

Black liquor is injected to the recovery boiler through liquor guns Occassionally the

header ring needs washing and during that procedure the divert system has to be by-

passed and the liquor guns have to be removed from the furnace The Digital Divert

Control System DD-23 allows for a safe override of divert logic during header ring

wash

The override ismounted by connecting the gunmicro switches in series to the Header

washoverride key switch input J10 see Figure 35

TheHeaderwash keymaybe usedwithout the external switch information if a jumper

(dotted line in Figure 35) is placed to swith input J10 If the input is left open the key

does not have any effect

11

DD-23Operator panel

OVERRIDEHEADER WASH

HEADERWASHKEY

MICROSWITCHon each liquor gun oron liquor gun door

Recoveryboiler

Figure 34 Header wash key functionality

Guns out microswitches

HEADERWASHKEY

SWITCH INPUTJ10

Figure 35 Header wash key connections

12

34 Remote ethernet connection

The ethernet connection for the Divert user interface DI and data logging purposes is

an 8-pin M12 connector at the bottom of the Divert Unit The ethernet cable PR-8430

to DI can be connected while the unit is powered without opening the case Ethernet

converter cable PR-8663 is used when a computer or other device with RJ45 connec-

tor is connected with the DD-23

The remoteethernet connection

Figure 36 Ethernet connection

13

4 Startup

41 Divert system pre-startup checklist

1 SDI Isolation valves mounted correctly

a Vertical pipe MTG453

b Horizontal pipe MTG471

2 DD-23 control unit installed DIM243 Figure 91 on page 39

3 Pressure reducing valve solenoid valve steam trap installed and connected to the

prism wash nozzle on each sensor

a Steam pipes for black liquor MTG470

b Nozzle MTG482

4 9ndash15 bar (130ndash220 psi) steam connected to the solenoid valve on each sensor

5 Instrumentation air 4ndash6 bar (60ndash90 psi) connect to the solenoid valve on each

sensor

6 Power supply (230110Vac24Vdc) connected SYS358Figure 31 on page 7 and

WRG366 Figure 31 on page 7

a Transmitter A

b Transmitter B

c Divert control unit

d Solenoid valve A

e Solenoid valve B

7 Cables connected SYS358Figure 31 on page 7 WRG366 Figure 31 on page 7

a Transmitter A to sensor A

b Transmitter B to sensor B

c Transmitter A to solenoid valve A

d Transmitter B to solenoid valve B

e Relay information from the Divert control unit to your control system or the

Divert valve

f Transmitter A mA output to your control system

g Transmitter B mA output to your control system

h Ethernet to your control system (optional)

14

42 Divert control unit DD-23 startup

For the refractometer startup consult Chapter 5 in the separate Process refractometer

PR-23 manual

1 Check the wiring and supply voltage

Before the power is switched on the divert output relay rsquonormal operationrsquo is in

divert position

2 Connect the mains power to start the system

There are no power switches in the instruments They are always On when the

mains power is connected

3 While the Control unit is powering up the DIVERT and SOLIDS ALARM lights are both

blinking When the unit is fully functional it is in the divert mode the DIVERT light

is on and the SOLIDS ALARM light is blinking

4 Press the LIGHT TEST button on the Divert control unit All 12 lights should switch

on

5 Reset the solids alarm by pressing the ALARM RESET button

The indicator stops blinking and should stay on

6 Each indicating transmitter should now state refractometer letter either a or b in

the upper left corner of the transmitter display If therersquos a question mark instead

of a letter on either of the transmitters see Chapter 6

If the process pipe is full the message for each refractometer should be NORMAL

OPERATION if process pipe is still empty message will be NO SAMPLE

Now activate refractometer A into the Divert by pushing the button A IN OPERATION

on the Divert control unit panel The button lights up and on the transmitter dis-

play the refractometer letter changes to capital A Then activate refractometer B

similarly by pushing the button B IN OPERATION

If the green IN OPERATION light blinks the refractometer in question is perform-

ing wash The refractometer will automatically come into operation after it has

983405inished washing

7 Now the Divert control system DD-23 is set for normal monitoring operation

8 When black liquor is in the line check that the prism wash is working for each

refractometer First press soft keyMENU on the transmitter keyboard then choose

3 SYSTEM STATUS to get to the system status display Now press soft key WASH to

initiate manual wash follow the optical image and check that it changes during

the steam wash If wash was successful wait until message is NORMAL OPERATION

and then proceed with startup If wash doesnrsquot seem to work see Chapter 6

9 If the three green lights on the third row are all on and all conditions for safe boiler

operation are satis983405ied turn off diversion by pressing the DIVERT RESET button All

warning lights are now turned off and only the 3 green lights are on

15

5 Configuration

The K-Patents Divert control system is shipped fully calibrated by the manufacturer

This chapter contains instructions on how to make 983405ine adjustments of the system

51 Calibration lock

Parameter changes are possible only when the calibration lock is open The calibra-

tion lock can be closed by a switch inside the control unit cover (see Figure 51) When

the lock is open a red led is illuminated next to the lock switch For safety reasons

keep the calibration lock open only during parameter changes done through the web

interface (see Chapter 8)

CALIBRATIONLOCK

CALIBRATIONLOCK

Figure 51 Location of the calibration lock

16

52 Divert decision rules

Two refractometers in operation

BLRBAC states the following For the solids measurements two refractometers in se-

ries must be used When both refractometers are in service the requirement for an au-

tomatic black liquor diversion can be satis983410ied by either of the following options

1 If either refractometer reads dissolved solids content 58 (default) or below

an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

2 When both refractometers read dissolved solids content 58 (default) or be-

low an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

Either option is satisfactory

The rules are listed in decreasing order of security Only rule 1 satis983405ies the high safety

requirements set by BLRBAC August 1982 On the other hand the probability of false

trips decreases with decreasing safety It means that if false trips are too frequent the

rule 2 may be preferred at the cost of safety The rule 2 has later been accepted by

BLRBAC

The divert decision rule is selected by the rule switch inside the divert control unit

cover (Figure 51) The state of the switch is indicated by a yellow indicator LED for

rule 2 and a green one for rule 1

Rule switch Rule

1-of-2 Rule 1

2-of-2 Rule 2

Table 51 Divert decision rule selection

The logical description of the safety decision logics is given Tables 53 and 52 below

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert divert

over 58 divert safe

Table 52 Two instruments in operation rule 1-of-2

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert unsafe

over 58 unsafe safe

Table 53 Two instruments in operation rule 2-of-2

17

Only one refractometer in operation

When only one instrument is in operation the divert action takes place if this instru-

ment reads 58 or below The rule selection has no in983405luence on the divert decision

in this case

A or B

under 58 unsafe

over 58 safe

Table 54 Operation logic when only one instrument operating

No refractometer in operation

If both instruments are out of operation (due to malfunction or maintenance) then

according to BLRBAC divert action must take place

Emergency divert

In all cases the systemmay be set to DIVERT by pressing the EMERGENCY DIVERT button

(or an external emergency divert button see Section 238)

53 Refractometer concentration measurement

For refractometer calibration consult also Chapter 6 in the separate Process refrac-

tometer PR-23 Instruction manual

The CONC displays of the two indicating transmitters have to show the same value

within 05 If there is a difference this can be eliminated by adjusting the bias for

one of the refractomers comparison with sample determination can decide which

one should be corrected

In the PR-23 refractometer system bias is the parameter F00 the third parameter in

the 983405ield adjustment parameter list To change it 983405irst press the MENU soft key then

5 CALIBRATION then 1 CHEMICALamp FIELD PARAMETERS and then 2 FIELD CALIBRATIONPARA-

METERS Choose 3 F00 (BIAS) to change the bias (see Section 625 in the PR-23manual)

If the Indicating transmitter A displays 682 and B displays 688 the difference can

be eliminated by lowering B by 06 This is done by setting the 983405ield calibration

parameter F00 to -06 in Indicating transmitter B

Due to its digital measurement principle the readings of the K-Patents Process refrac-

tometer do not drift by time Frequent recalibrations based on of983405linemoisture analy-

sis must be avoided as they will introduce random 983405luctuations to the refractometer

readings

18

54 Refractometer activation for divert control

When a refractometer is activated for Divert control the upper left corner of the trans-

mitter display shows alternatively A a B b or If the corner is blank the instrument

is not suitable for divert operation

Transmitter A in

Divert operation

Transmitter B not

in Divert operation

Ethernet connection failure

Figure 52 Indicating transmitters (STR) activated to Divert control

The decision to display A (a) or alternatively B (b) depends on the IP address settings

in the transmitter The IP address of instrument A is 17216232 and that of instru-

ment B is 17216233 These addresses have been set in the factory and should not be

changed (See Chapter 8 for information on system IP address and connecting to the

DD-23 system)

If a question mark appears on the transmitter display the reason is usually that the

Ethernet cable between the transmitter and the Control unit is not properly connected

or theDivert control unit is not powered on Reconnect (or replace cable if necessary)

to 983405ix

The refractometer program version has to be 300 or higher to have divert system

functionality Divert version 201 or higher requires DTR software version 412 or

higher Also the refractometer has to have the correct software parameters to be used

in a divert control system In order to convert a stand-alone refractometer into one

used on the Divert control system please contact K-Patents The easiest way to check

if a refractometer is con983405igured for DD-23 use is to look at the main display If the

aAbB letter is present (see Figure 52) the instrument may be used in the Divert

control system

If a DD-23 activated transmitter is used in another type of application the divert func-

tion has to be deactivated by K-Patents

55 Signal difference alarm

According to BLRBAC if a difference of 2 in solids (absolute value) or greater exists

between refractometer readings an alarm shall be activated

The alarm limit of 2 is the maximum difference The limit can be changed into a

smaller number through the remote interface see Chapter 8

19

56 Low alarms

561 Solids warning

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (60 by de-

fault) thewarning is activated The limit canbe changed through the remote interface

see Section 825

Minimum low warning level is 60 according to BLRBAC

562 Solids alarm

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (58 by de-

fault) the alarm is activated The limit can be changed through the remote interface

see Chapter 8

Minimum low alarm level is 58 according to BLRBAC

57 Refractometer malfunction alarm

The built-in intelligent diagnostics of a K-Patents Process refractometer provide a

tight control of the operation A full test cycle is completedwith an interval of less than

one second For details consult the Process refractometer PR-23 instruction manual

Not all malfunctions cause the instrument to be removed from the Divert control sys-

tem However all malfunction alarms need to be checked see Section 62 for more

information

58 Prism wash

Even though the sensors are equipped with a steam wash facility it is not necessarily

needed For K-Patents Process Refractometer the need of prism wash is reduced and

even in some cases eliminated

However an automatic regular prism wash provides an ef983405icient check that the re-

fractometer reacts A steam wash of 3 seconds every half hour should be suf983405icient

Only one instrument is washing at a time and during the wash the system acts in the

single-instrument mode

To change wash times or relay con983405igurations consult the PR-23 process refractome-

ter system manual sections 613 Con983410iguring relays and 631 Setting prism wash

parameters

20

The recommended wash pressures and times are given in the table below

Wash parameters for Safe-Drivetrade Isolation valve nozzle SDI

Minimum above

process pressure

Maximum above

process pressure

Wash

time

Reco-

very

Interval

Steam (SN) 5 bar (70 psi) 8 bar (115 psi) 3ndash5 s 20ndash30 s 20ndash30 min

Do not exceed the recommended wash times because some process media may burn

to the prism surface if steamed for longer time In case of coating shorten the wash

interval

It should be noted that if wash check is enabled on the instrument it can cause the

instrument to be taken out of divert use if during the set wash tolerance time nowash

cycles have been noted as successful This can cause a divert if both instruments fail

wash checks in sequence

21

6 Regular maintenance and troubleshooting

As theDivert control system is apuredigital system no specialmaintenance is needed

The LIGHT TEST button on the operator panel (Figure 21) sends a signal to the micro-

processor and the microprocessor switches all 12 LED lights on as long as the button

is pressed This way not only the lights but also the processing system is checked

To assist the identi983405ication of a faulty component the information 983405low is given in Sec-

tion 61 Also the logic diagrams of Chapter 7 may be of help

61 Information flow

The divert control unit is connected to the refractometers through an Ethernet con-

nection The Control system asks for the measurement data from the instruments

several times each second Based on the data received the divert operation decisions

are made

Each refractometer performs its measurement functions independently The instru-

ments also have their own internal diagnostics which are used in the divert decision

logic as well (see Section 62)

As the Divert Control System requests information several times a second all commu-

nication problems are found immediately In case one of the refractometers does not

respond to the control unit the non-responding instrument is dropped from opera-

tion and the malfunction alarm is set

An important information when troubleshooting communication problems is the let-

ter on the upper left corner of each refractometer (see Figure 52) If the instrument

has not received any data requests from theDivert Control Unit during the last second

the letter turns into a question mark () If the letter is aAbB then the communica-

tion link between the Divert control unit and the instrument is fully functional

62 Malfunctions

If the Divert Control Unit cannot communicate with a refractometer or if the inter-

nal diagnostics of a refractometer indicate a measurement problem the Malfunction

indicator (see Figure 21) is illuminated and the corresponding relay 8 or 9 (see Fig-

ure 33) is activated

The diagnostic message of the refractometer can be seen on the transmitter screen

(see Figure 51) Some of these messages eg PRISM WASH are only informative and

do not indicate a measurement problem Table 61 below summarizes all diagnostic

messages and their effect on the Divert control system operation

22

If themalfunction is severe enough tomake themeasurement result unreliable

the refractometer cannot be used in making the divert decision In that case the

instrument is dropped from the Divert Control System and cannot be taken on-line

manually until the problem is 983405ixed

Formore information on possible causes of each error see the PR-23 instructionman-

ual Chapter 8

Message Instrument will be

dropped from the

Divert Control System

EXTERNAL HOLD

EXTERNAL WASH STOP

HIGH SENSOR HUMIDITY

HIGH SENSOR TEMP

HIGH TRANSMITTER TEMP

LOW IMAGE QUALITY X

LOW TEMP WASH STOP

LOW TRANSMITTER VOLT

NO OPTICAL IMAGE X

NO SAMPLE X

NO SAMPLEWASH STOP

NO SENSOR X

NO SIGNAL X

NORMAL OPERATION

OUTSIDE LIGHT ERROR X

OUTSIDE LIGHT TO PRISM X

PRECONDITIONING

PRISM COATED X

PRISMWASH

PRISMWASH FAILURE X

PRISMWASH WARNING

RECOVERING

SHORT-CIRCUIT X

STARTING UP X

TEMP MEASUREMENT FAULT X

Table 61 Diagnostic messages and their effect on Divert operation

23

63 Diagnostic tools

In order to make troubleshooting easier there are several built-in diagnostic tools

An event log is built in the system A short log showing last 6 events can be accessed

from the transmitter main display by pressing the soft key DD23 A more complete

event log can be found in the web-based remote interface (see Section 824)

Figure 61 Transmitter log page for instrument A

The remote interface also provides a diagnostic page which gives full information on

the system state (concentrations relay state switch state indicator state) see Sec-

tion 823

64 Troubleshooting

641 A question mark () on the refractometer display

Cause The refractometer does not receive information request packets from the Di-

vert Control Unit This may be caused by a faulty cable faulty parameters or equip-

ment malfunction either in the refractometer or in the Divert Control Unit

Action If the instrument has never been functional or if it is possible someone has

changed the instrument parameters there may be a con983405iguration problem with the

IP addresses The IP address in the refractometer should be set as given in Section 54

If possible cross-check the addresses from the diagnostic web page

Aphysical problemcanbe ruledout by looking at a small LEDclose to the transmitterrsquos

Ethernet connector If the LED is green the cable is ok Oneway to isolate the problem

is to swap the cables between the refractometers A standard Ethernet cable can be

used as a troubleshooting aid (either straight-through or cross-over)

642 A refractometer refuses to come on-line

Cause Either there is no communication to the refractometer or there is a malfunc-

tionon the refractometer It is alsopossible the transmitter is not con983405igured forDivert

use

24

Action Check that there is aAbB on the refractometer display If there is a question

mark () instead see above

Check that there is a soft key DD23 on the refractometer main display (see Figure 62

below) If the soft key is not present in the main display the instrument is not con983405ig-

ured for Divert use If this is the case please contact K-Patents

In other cases check the diagnostic message on the refractometer screen (see Sec-

tion 62)

Figure 62 Transmitter main display instrument in Divert use

643 No lights come up in the Divert Control Unit

Cause There is no power on the instrument or there is a hardware fault

Action Check that the instrument receives power In normal operation several relays

have their associated LEDs lit If there are any LEDs lit in the Divert Control Unit the

unit receives power

644 All lights are blinking

Cause There is an unrecoverable hardware fault in the Divert Control Unit

Action Please contact K-Patents

65 Ethernet strain relief for transmitters

When transmitter door is opened the ethernet cable connecting the transmitter to

the Divert Unit may come off This can be 983405ixed bymounting a strain relief plate in the

transmitter

25

1 First screw on the strain relief plate

2 Fasten the ethernet cable to the relief plate with cable ties

3 Cut the ends of the cable ties

1

2

3

Figure 63 Mounting the strain relief

26

27

7 Divert control logics

A logical description of the system is provided to complement the operational descrip-

tion given in the previous chapters

71 Safety decision logic

The core of the Divert control system is the safety decision logic which makes the

ultimate decision whether the black liquor can be safely fed to the burner or not

The logic is described in the 983405low diagram in Figure 71 The factors affecting the de-

cision are the number of instruments in operation (none one or two) and their mea-

surement results Also the selected divert rule is taken into account when two instru-

ments are in operation For a description of different rules see Section 52

As a result of this logic the system is either in SAFE SOLIDS or UNSAFE SOLIDS state

When the system is in the SAFE SOLIDS state the SAFE SOLIDS light is illuminated

no

no no

no

yes

UNSAFE SOLIDSSAFE SOLIDS

NO INSTRU-MENTS

Rule 2-of-2

2 instrumentsavailable

1 instrumentavailable

Both ge 58

Either ge 58CONC ge58

yes

yesyes

yes

no

Rule 1-of-2yes

no

DIVERT

Figure 71 Safe solids decision logic

One instrument available maymean that only one instrument is in operation or that

both instruments are in operation but one of them is washing when queried

28

72 Divert decision logic

After the system has evaluated the solid contents to be either safe or unsafe (see Sec-

tion 71) it decides whether the the system should be in the DIVERT state This deci-

sion is made according to the 983405low diagram in Figure 72

Thedefault state of the system is theDIVERTstate It canbe changed to theNODIVERT

state only by manually pressing the DIVERT RESET push-button when the solid content

is suf983405icient (SAFE SOLIDS) If the solid content drops to UNSAFE the system drops

into the DIVERT state

The only exception to this is when the HEADERWASH is active In that case the solid

content checking is skipped The system may then be switched between the DIVERT

and NO DIVERT states by using the EMERGENCY DIVERT and DIVERT RESET push buttons

in the operator panel (or the equivalent external emergency divert and divert reset

buttons)

The system will drop to the DIVERT state in all cases when the EMERGENCY DIVERT

button (or its external counterpart) is pressed

NO DIVERT DIVERT

HEADER WASH active

Divert fromsafe solids logic

EMERGENCYDIVERTpressed

DIVERT RESET pressed

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

no

yes

Figure 72 The divert decision logics

29

73 In operation logic

IN OPERATIONbutton pressed

yes

yes

yes

yes

no

no

wash done

no

no

no

Onlyinstrument

Washing

IN OPER pressed

Critical malfunction

WAIT(LIGHT BLINKING)

IN OPERATION(LIGHT ON RELAYS

10 11 ACTIVE)

Criticalmalfunction

NOT IN OPERATION(LIGHT OFF)

yes

Figure 73 Operation logic

Whether an instrument is in op-

eration depends on the opera-

torrsquos commands and the instru-

mentrsquos diagnostics The decision

is carried out as outlined in Fig-

ure 73

An instrument can be in one of

three different states IN OPER-

ATION NOT IN OPERATION and

WAITWhen the instrument is IN

OPERATION it is used in decid-

ing whether the solid content is

in the safe level (see Section 71)

When the instrument is NOT IN

OPERATION or WAIT states it is

not used

The WAIT state occurs when the

operator has requested the in-

strument to come into operation

by pressing the button but the

instrument is in the wash cycle

and will come into operation af-

ter the wash cycle is completed

The actual state can be seen from

the INOPERATION light If the light

is on the instrument is IN OPER-

ATION If the light is off the in-

strument is NOT IN OPERATION

and if the light is blinking it is in

the WAIT state

The default state of an instru-

ment is to be NOT IN OPERA-

TION It can be taken into op-

eration by pressing the IN OP-

ERATION button unless there is

a critical malfunction (see Sec-

tion 62)

An instrument automatically drops

into NOT IN OPERATION if there is a critical malfunction It may also be dropped by

the IN OPERATION button unless it is the only instrument used

30

74 Malfunction logic

Timeout frominstrument

Malfunction ininstrument

no

yes

yes

yes

no

no

Critical malfunc-tion in instr

NO MALFUNCTION

Remove instr from Divert use

MALFUNCTION

Figure 74 Malfunction logic (repeated for each sensor)

The MALFUNCTION light is illumi-

nated when the internal diagnos-

tics of either of the two instru-

ments indicates a malfunction or

there is a communication timeout

to either of the instruments (Fig-

ure 74)

It should be noted that not all mal-

functions are critical malfunctions

which drop the instrument from

operation (see Section 73) For a

complete list of possible malfunc-

tions see Section 62

TheMALFUNCTION light re983405lects the

decision taken by this logic How-

ever as the MALFUNCTION light is

one of the resettable alarms it

may be blinking even when the

malfunction itself is cleared if the

ALARM RESET button has not been

pressed (see Section 75)

31

75 Resettable alarm logic

UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM

(Blinking Relay 6 active)

ALARM(Light on Relay 6 inactive)

Alarm source active

ALARM RESETpressed

Alarm source active

yes

no

no

no

yes

yes

NO ALARM(Light off Relay 6 inactive)

Figure 75 The resettable alarm logic

In order to identify new alarms there

is a resettable alarm logic in the Di-

vert control unit There are four pos-

sible alarm sources SOLIDS ALARM

SOLIDSWARNINGAampBDIFFERENCE

and MALFUNCTION All of these fol-

low the same alarm reset rules (see

Figure 75)

Whenanew (unacknowledged) alarm

activates the corresponding light starts

blinking in the operator panel and re-

lay 6 is activated When the ALARM RE-

SET button is pressed relay 6 is inacti-

vated

The state of the alarm indicator in the

operator panel depends on whether

the cause for the alarm is still present

If the cause has cleared (eg solids

content has risen above the warn-

ing limit) the light goes off when

the ALARM RESET is pressed If the

cause has not cleared the light will be

steadily illuminated

A non-illuminated light means there

is no alarm A steadily illuminated

alarm light means there is a problem

which persists but the problem has

been acknowledged by pressing the

ALARM RESET A blinking light means

the problem has not been acknowl-

edged but givesno informationwhether

the problem is still there or not

32

76 Refractometer difference logic

If there are two refractometers in operation (taken into operation not washing) the

Control unit monitors the difference in reading between the two instruments (983405ig-

ure 76) If the difference ismore than 2 a refractometer differencewarning is given

with the corresponding front panel indicator and relay

The divert decision logic (section 72) is not affected by the refractometer difference

but a signi983405icant difference between the two instruments indicates one of the instru-

ments is not measuring reliably In this case the instruments and wash systems have

to be checked immediately Ignoring to do this may result in an erroneous divert de-

cision

no REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

|A-B| gt 2

2 instruments available

yes

no

no

yes

REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

Figure 76 Refractometer difference logic

33

77 Wash arbitration logic

The Divert Control Unit takes care that if there are two instruments in operation they

wonrsquotwash at the same time (as thatwould trip the system) This is doneby the simple

logic described in Figure 77

Each instrument control their ownwash cycle Before the start washing they request

a wash permission from the Divert Control Unit If the other instrument is already

washing the unit does not grant this permission until the wash cycle is completed

noWAIT

WASH

IDLE

The otherinstrumentwashing

yes

wash interval elapsed

wash done

the other instrument done washing

Figure 77 Wash arbitration logic

34

78 Wash check logic

Wash check

Wash tolerancetime gt 0

no

yes

yes

off

yes

on

no

Prism washsuccesful

Drop fromDivert use

Malfunction

Succesful washwithin tolerance

time

Prism wash failurePrism wash

warning

no

Normal operation

One w

ash

cyc

le

Figure 78 Wash check logic

By default the wash tolerance time is 0

35

8 Remote control interface

The remote interface is based on a web server inside the Divert Control Unit It con-

sists of several web pages easily accessible through the links on the navigation bar in

the left (see Figure 81)

The remote interface is optimized for the Firefox browser version 20 or newer al-

though it may work with other browsers Firefox is free and exists for Windows Mac

OS X and Linux it can be downloaded through httpwwwmozillacom

81 Divert Control Unit IP address

The Divert Control Unit can be reached through two different IP addresses In non-

networked applications (only a DD-23 and a single computer) the IP address is

1692542323 This IP address is factory set and cannot be changed If the Divert

Control Unit is to be connected to a network the network settings can be changed

through the parameter page of the remote interface (see Section 825)

82 The remote interface

821 Main page

The remote indicator main page gives a quick overview over system status

Figure 81 DD-23 Remote control main page

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

4

231 Overview

Red indicatorlights (alarms)

Yellow indicatorlights (warnings)

Green indicatorlights (all well)

White push-buttons

Red push-button

Figure 21 DD-23 operator panel

The three top rows on the operator panel consist of indicator lights The green A IN

OPERATION and B IN OPERATION lights are also push buttons used to include the refrac-

tometers in theDivert system Below the lights there are push buttons and theHEADER

WASH key key used to operate the system

The indicator lights on the operator panel are arranged like traf983405ic lights top row is

red for alarm middle row is yellow for warning and bottom row is green for system

ok When the system is running normally only the row of green lights should be lit

The white LIGHT TEST button is used to check that all the LEDs behind the indicator

lights are working It also veri983405ies the data processing system in the control unit The

other two white push buttons ALARM RESET and DIVERT RESET can be used to reset

the system back to normal after all problems have been 983410ixed The HEADER WASH key

enables the use of ring header washing with water when set to ON

The big red EMERGENCY DIVERT push button is used to manually initiate divert in an

emergency situation An external push button can also be connected to a switch input

in the control unit as External Emergency divert button see Section 238

5

232 Green indicator lights System ok

Each refractometer has a green operating light ndash A IN OPERATION and B IN OPERATION ndash

to let the operator know when he can rely on the refractometer measurement A re-

fractometer will only in983405luence the divert decision and activate warnings and alarms

when it is in divert operation ie when its green operating light is lit

When DIVERT is effective the system may be reset to normal operation only when

SAFE SOLIDS is lit

233 Yellow indicator lights Warnings

The SOLIDS WARNING light indicates a black liquor concentration of below warning

limit (by default at 60) This warning can be activated by either refractometer

The AampB DIFFERENCE light is lit when the refractometer readings differ by at least 2

This warning will only be initiated if both refractometers are operating

If the yellow MALFUNCTION light is switched on some part of the system ndash a refrac-

tometer an indicating transmitter or the control unit ndash is malfunctioning A list over

malfunctions and critical malfunctions is given in Section 62 If a critical malfunction

occurs in a sensor or transmitter the malfunctioning refractometer will be automat-

ically removed from divert operation (its operating light will also be switched off)

Check the reason for the malfunction and correct the problem (see Section 64) be-

fore returning the refractometer back to divert operation

234 Red indicator lights Alarms

The black liquor SOLIDS ALARM is lit when the concentration reading goes below alarm

limit (by default below 58) This alarm can be activated by either refractometer

depending on the operation rule setting

The DIVERT light will be switched on when the SOLIDS ALARM is activated The DIVERT

light indicates divert status of the divert relay The relay is inactive in the divert posi-

tion because then a power failure will give a divert decision signal to the system

The OVERRIDE light is lit to indicate that no automatic divert will happen as long as

the system is in the header wash state (see Section 236)

235 White pushbuttons Testing and resetting

The LIGHT TEST button switches all 12 lights on The ALARM RESET button resets the

alarm lights

6

236 Header wash key Enabling ring header wash

The header wash key function is a 3-level procedure which can be used when ring

header washing with water is needed When the HEADER WASH key is switched to ON

position and information fromblack liquor guns switch inputs connected in series tell

that guns are out from recovery boiler then a ring header wash can be done without

activating Divert

Pushing the EMERGENCY DIVERT button will always initiate divert regardless of the

header wash functionality

237 Emergency divert button Manual divert

The EMERGENCY DIVERT push-button is used to manually initiate divert in an emer-

gency situation

238 External emergency divert button

An external (remote) push button can also be connected to an input inside the Control

unit see Figure 33

External emergency divert button must be normally closed (NC) Opening the circuit

will initiate divert

24 Prism wash

The wash parameters for the sensors are set through each transmitter (Section 24)

The transmitters contain a relay for prismwash To follow the BLRBAC recommenda-

tion not to wash both prisms at the same time the Divert Control Unit implements an

interlock which prevents the instrument from washing both sensors simultaneously

25 Indicating transmitters

Mechanically the Indicating transmitters shipped with a DD-23 are the same than

PR-23 Indicating transmitter DTR The transmitter will only allow single sensor con-

nection and a special DD-23 transmitter software is used for the Divert system When

Divert software is 201 or newer Indicating transmitter software version has to be

412 or newer

For more information on the basic functions of an indicating transmitter please see

the PR-23 manual chapters 3 and 10

7

3 Mounting

For mounting of the process refractometers and the isolation valves consult the sep-

arate process refractometer PR-23 instruction manual

Figure 31 Mounting the Divert control system

31 Mounting prism wash

K-Patents recommends to use a steam trap instead of a preconditioning valve to re-

move condensate from the steam line

8

32 Wiring

For wiring for complete system see Figure 32 which shows the connections to the

Indicating transmitters and to steam washing Figure 33 has information of all con-

nections to the Divert control unit

Figure 32 Transmitter wiring cables and connections

321 Relays

Relay 1 NORMALDIVERT information

Relay 2 NORMALDIVERT information

Relay 3 SOLIDS WARNING when one of the refractometers goes lower than the

solids warning limit typically 60 or higher See Section 561

Relay 4 SOLIDS ALARMwhen one of the refractometers goes lower than the solids

alarm limit typically 58 or higher See Section 562

Relay 5 Refractometer signal differencewarning when the refractometer readings

have more than 2 difference in concentration See Section 55

Relay 6 Horn relay connection to the audible alarm See Section 75

Relay 7 Header wash key information See Section 333

Relay 8 Refractometer A malfunction information See Sections 62 and 74

Relay 9 Refractometer B malfunction information See Sections 62 and 74

Relay 10 Information on if refractometer A is active in the Divert Control System or

dropped off

Relay 11 Information on if refractomter B is active in the Divert Control System or

dropped off

9

Figure 33 Divert control unit internal wiring

10

33 Switch inputs

331 External Divert switchpush button - input J8

An external divert switch can be connected to the DD-23 Divert Control Unit input J8

If the external divert switch is not used a jumper has to be connected across J8 The

unit is delivered with this jumper connected

332 External divert reset button - input J9

If youwant to use external Divert reset button it can be connectedmax 200m(600 ft)

from the DD-23 Divert control unit Use normal instrument cable 2x05 (AWG 20) and

connect cable to DD-23 motherboard input J9

You must make sure both refractometers A and B are working OK before starting to

use the remote divert button (the remote interface can be used to check on the refrac-

tometers see Chapter 8)

The external reset button connection is normally open (NO)

333 Header wash key - input J10

Black liquor is injected to the recovery boiler through liquor guns Occassionally the

header ring needs washing and during that procedure the divert system has to be by-

passed and the liquor guns have to be removed from the furnace The Digital Divert

Control System DD-23 allows for a safe override of divert logic during header ring

wash

The override ismounted by connecting the gunmicro switches in series to the Header

washoverride key switch input J10 see Figure 35

TheHeaderwash keymaybe usedwithout the external switch information if a jumper

(dotted line in Figure 35) is placed to swith input J10 If the input is left open the key

does not have any effect

11

DD-23Operator panel

OVERRIDEHEADER WASH

HEADERWASHKEY

MICROSWITCHon each liquor gun oron liquor gun door

Recoveryboiler

Figure 34 Header wash key functionality

Guns out microswitches

HEADERWASHKEY

SWITCH INPUTJ10

Figure 35 Header wash key connections

12

34 Remote ethernet connection

The ethernet connection for the Divert user interface DI and data logging purposes is

an 8-pin M12 connector at the bottom of the Divert Unit The ethernet cable PR-8430

to DI can be connected while the unit is powered without opening the case Ethernet

converter cable PR-8663 is used when a computer or other device with RJ45 connec-

tor is connected with the DD-23

The remoteethernet connection

Figure 36 Ethernet connection

13

4 Startup

41 Divert system pre-startup checklist

1 SDI Isolation valves mounted correctly

a Vertical pipe MTG453

b Horizontal pipe MTG471

2 DD-23 control unit installed DIM243 Figure 91 on page 39

3 Pressure reducing valve solenoid valve steam trap installed and connected to the

prism wash nozzle on each sensor

a Steam pipes for black liquor MTG470

b Nozzle MTG482

4 9ndash15 bar (130ndash220 psi) steam connected to the solenoid valve on each sensor

5 Instrumentation air 4ndash6 bar (60ndash90 psi) connect to the solenoid valve on each

sensor

6 Power supply (230110Vac24Vdc) connected SYS358Figure 31 on page 7 and

WRG366 Figure 31 on page 7

a Transmitter A

b Transmitter B

c Divert control unit

d Solenoid valve A

e Solenoid valve B

7 Cables connected SYS358Figure 31 on page 7 WRG366 Figure 31 on page 7

a Transmitter A to sensor A

b Transmitter B to sensor B

c Transmitter A to solenoid valve A

d Transmitter B to solenoid valve B

e Relay information from the Divert control unit to your control system or the

Divert valve

f Transmitter A mA output to your control system

g Transmitter B mA output to your control system

h Ethernet to your control system (optional)

14

42 Divert control unit DD-23 startup

For the refractometer startup consult Chapter 5 in the separate Process refractometer

PR-23 manual

1 Check the wiring and supply voltage

Before the power is switched on the divert output relay rsquonormal operationrsquo is in

divert position

2 Connect the mains power to start the system

There are no power switches in the instruments They are always On when the

mains power is connected

3 While the Control unit is powering up the DIVERT and SOLIDS ALARM lights are both

blinking When the unit is fully functional it is in the divert mode the DIVERT light

is on and the SOLIDS ALARM light is blinking

4 Press the LIGHT TEST button on the Divert control unit All 12 lights should switch

on

5 Reset the solids alarm by pressing the ALARM RESET button

The indicator stops blinking and should stay on

6 Each indicating transmitter should now state refractometer letter either a or b in

the upper left corner of the transmitter display If therersquos a question mark instead

of a letter on either of the transmitters see Chapter 6

If the process pipe is full the message for each refractometer should be NORMAL

OPERATION if process pipe is still empty message will be NO SAMPLE

Now activate refractometer A into the Divert by pushing the button A IN OPERATION

on the Divert control unit panel The button lights up and on the transmitter dis-

play the refractometer letter changes to capital A Then activate refractometer B

similarly by pushing the button B IN OPERATION

If the green IN OPERATION light blinks the refractometer in question is perform-

ing wash The refractometer will automatically come into operation after it has

983405inished washing

7 Now the Divert control system DD-23 is set for normal monitoring operation

8 When black liquor is in the line check that the prism wash is working for each

refractometer First press soft keyMENU on the transmitter keyboard then choose

3 SYSTEM STATUS to get to the system status display Now press soft key WASH to

initiate manual wash follow the optical image and check that it changes during

the steam wash If wash was successful wait until message is NORMAL OPERATION

and then proceed with startup If wash doesnrsquot seem to work see Chapter 6

9 If the three green lights on the third row are all on and all conditions for safe boiler

operation are satis983405ied turn off diversion by pressing the DIVERT RESET button All

warning lights are now turned off and only the 3 green lights are on

15

5 Configuration

The K-Patents Divert control system is shipped fully calibrated by the manufacturer

This chapter contains instructions on how to make 983405ine adjustments of the system

51 Calibration lock

Parameter changes are possible only when the calibration lock is open The calibra-

tion lock can be closed by a switch inside the control unit cover (see Figure 51) When

the lock is open a red led is illuminated next to the lock switch For safety reasons

keep the calibration lock open only during parameter changes done through the web

interface (see Chapter 8)

CALIBRATIONLOCK

CALIBRATIONLOCK

Figure 51 Location of the calibration lock

16

52 Divert decision rules

Two refractometers in operation

BLRBAC states the following For the solids measurements two refractometers in se-

ries must be used When both refractometers are in service the requirement for an au-

tomatic black liquor diversion can be satis983410ied by either of the following options

1 If either refractometer reads dissolved solids content 58 (default) or below

an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

2 When both refractometers read dissolved solids content 58 (default) or be-

low an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

Either option is satisfactory

The rules are listed in decreasing order of security Only rule 1 satis983405ies the high safety

requirements set by BLRBAC August 1982 On the other hand the probability of false

trips decreases with decreasing safety It means that if false trips are too frequent the

rule 2 may be preferred at the cost of safety The rule 2 has later been accepted by

BLRBAC

The divert decision rule is selected by the rule switch inside the divert control unit

cover (Figure 51) The state of the switch is indicated by a yellow indicator LED for

rule 2 and a green one for rule 1

Rule switch Rule

1-of-2 Rule 1

2-of-2 Rule 2

Table 51 Divert decision rule selection

The logical description of the safety decision logics is given Tables 53 and 52 below

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert divert

over 58 divert safe

Table 52 Two instruments in operation rule 1-of-2

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert unsafe

over 58 unsafe safe

Table 53 Two instruments in operation rule 2-of-2

17

Only one refractometer in operation

When only one instrument is in operation the divert action takes place if this instru-

ment reads 58 or below The rule selection has no in983405luence on the divert decision

in this case

A or B

under 58 unsafe

over 58 safe

Table 54 Operation logic when only one instrument operating

No refractometer in operation

If both instruments are out of operation (due to malfunction or maintenance) then

according to BLRBAC divert action must take place

Emergency divert

In all cases the systemmay be set to DIVERT by pressing the EMERGENCY DIVERT button

(or an external emergency divert button see Section 238)

53 Refractometer concentration measurement

For refractometer calibration consult also Chapter 6 in the separate Process refrac-

tometer PR-23 Instruction manual

The CONC displays of the two indicating transmitters have to show the same value

within 05 If there is a difference this can be eliminated by adjusting the bias for

one of the refractomers comparison with sample determination can decide which

one should be corrected

In the PR-23 refractometer system bias is the parameter F00 the third parameter in

the 983405ield adjustment parameter list To change it 983405irst press the MENU soft key then

5 CALIBRATION then 1 CHEMICALamp FIELD PARAMETERS and then 2 FIELD CALIBRATIONPARA-

METERS Choose 3 F00 (BIAS) to change the bias (see Section 625 in the PR-23manual)

If the Indicating transmitter A displays 682 and B displays 688 the difference can

be eliminated by lowering B by 06 This is done by setting the 983405ield calibration

parameter F00 to -06 in Indicating transmitter B

Due to its digital measurement principle the readings of the K-Patents Process refrac-

tometer do not drift by time Frequent recalibrations based on of983405linemoisture analy-

sis must be avoided as they will introduce random 983405luctuations to the refractometer

readings

18

54 Refractometer activation for divert control

When a refractometer is activated for Divert control the upper left corner of the trans-

mitter display shows alternatively A a B b or If the corner is blank the instrument

is not suitable for divert operation

Transmitter A in

Divert operation

Transmitter B not

in Divert operation

Ethernet connection failure

Figure 52 Indicating transmitters (STR) activated to Divert control

The decision to display A (a) or alternatively B (b) depends on the IP address settings

in the transmitter The IP address of instrument A is 17216232 and that of instru-

ment B is 17216233 These addresses have been set in the factory and should not be

changed (See Chapter 8 for information on system IP address and connecting to the

DD-23 system)

If a question mark appears on the transmitter display the reason is usually that the

Ethernet cable between the transmitter and the Control unit is not properly connected

or theDivert control unit is not powered on Reconnect (or replace cable if necessary)

to 983405ix

The refractometer program version has to be 300 or higher to have divert system

functionality Divert version 201 or higher requires DTR software version 412 or

higher Also the refractometer has to have the correct software parameters to be used

in a divert control system In order to convert a stand-alone refractometer into one

used on the Divert control system please contact K-Patents The easiest way to check

if a refractometer is con983405igured for DD-23 use is to look at the main display If the

aAbB letter is present (see Figure 52) the instrument may be used in the Divert

control system

If a DD-23 activated transmitter is used in another type of application the divert func-

tion has to be deactivated by K-Patents

55 Signal difference alarm

According to BLRBAC if a difference of 2 in solids (absolute value) or greater exists

between refractometer readings an alarm shall be activated

The alarm limit of 2 is the maximum difference The limit can be changed into a

smaller number through the remote interface see Chapter 8

19

56 Low alarms

561 Solids warning

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (60 by de-

fault) thewarning is activated The limit canbe changed through the remote interface

see Section 825

Minimum low warning level is 60 according to BLRBAC

562 Solids alarm

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (58 by de-

fault) the alarm is activated The limit can be changed through the remote interface

see Chapter 8

Minimum low alarm level is 58 according to BLRBAC

57 Refractometer malfunction alarm

The built-in intelligent diagnostics of a K-Patents Process refractometer provide a

tight control of the operation A full test cycle is completedwith an interval of less than

one second For details consult the Process refractometer PR-23 instruction manual

Not all malfunctions cause the instrument to be removed from the Divert control sys-

tem However all malfunction alarms need to be checked see Section 62 for more

information

58 Prism wash

Even though the sensors are equipped with a steam wash facility it is not necessarily

needed For K-Patents Process Refractometer the need of prism wash is reduced and

even in some cases eliminated

However an automatic regular prism wash provides an ef983405icient check that the re-

fractometer reacts A steam wash of 3 seconds every half hour should be suf983405icient

Only one instrument is washing at a time and during the wash the system acts in the

single-instrument mode

To change wash times or relay con983405igurations consult the PR-23 process refractome-

ter system manual sections 613 Con983410iguring relays and 631 Setting prism wash

parameters

20

The recommended wash pressures and times are given in the table below

Wash parameters for Safe-Drivetrade Isolation valve nozzle SDI

Minimum above

process pressure

Maximum above

process pressure

Wash

time

Reco-

very

Interval

Steam (SN) 5 bar (70 psi) 8 bar (115 psi) 3ndash5 s 20ndash30 s 20ndash30 min

Do not exceed the recommended wash times because some process media may burn

to the prism surface if steamed for longer time In case of coating shorten the wash

interval

It should be noted that if wash check is enabled on the instrument it can cause the

instrument to be taken out of divert use if during the set wash tolerance time nowash

cycles have been noted as successful This can cause a divert if both instruments fail

wash checks in sequence

21

6 Regular maintenance and troubleshooting

As theDivert control system is apuredigital system no specialmaintenance is needed

The LIGHT TEST button on the operator panel (Figure 21) sends a signal to the micro-

processor and the microprocessor switches all 12 LED lights on as long as the button

is pressed This way not only the lights but also the processing system is checked

To assist the identi983405ication of a faulty component the information 983405low is given in Sec-

tion 61 Also the logic diagrams of Chapter 7 may be of help

61 Information flow

The divert control unit is connected to the refractometers through an Ethernet con-

nection The Control system asks for the measurement data from the instruments

several times each second Based on the data received the divert operation decisions

are made

Each refractometer performs its measurement functions independently The instru-

ments also have their own internal diagnostics which are used in the divert decision

logic as well (see Section 62)

As the Divert Control System requests information several times a second all commu-

nication problems are found immediately In case one of the refractometers does not

respond to the control unit the non-responding instrument is dropped from opera-

tion and the malfunction alarm is set

An important information when troubleshooting communication problems is the let-

ter on the upper left corner of each refractometer (see Figure 52) If the instrument

has not received any data requests from theDivert Control Unit during the last second

the letter turns into a question mark () If the letter is aAbB then the communica-

tion link between the Divert control unit and the instrument is fully functional

62 Malfunctions

If the Divert Control Unit cannot communicate with a refractometer or if the inter-

nal diagnostics of a refractometer indicate a measurement problem the Malfunction

indicator (see Figure 21) is illuminated and the corresponding relay 8 or 9 (see Fig-

ure 33) is activated

The diagnostic message of the refractometer can be seen on the transmitter screen

(see Figure 51) Some of these messages eg PRISM WASH are only informative and

do not indicate a measurement problem Table 61 below summarizes all diagnostic

messages and their effect on the Divert control system operation

22

If themalfunction is severe enough tomake themeasurement result unreliable

the refractometer cannot be used in making the divert decision In that case the

instrument is dropped from the Divert Control System and cannot be taken on-line

manually until the problem is 983405ixed

Formore information on possible causes of each error see the PR-23 instructionman-

ual Chapter 8

Message Instrument will be

dropped from the

Divert Control System

EXTERNAL HOLD

EXTERNAL WASH STOP

HIGH SENSOR HUMIDITY

HIGH SENSOR TEMP

HIGH TRANSMITTER TEMP

LOW IMAGE QUALITY X

LOW TEMP WASH STOP

LOW TRANSMITTER VOLT

NO OPTICAL IMAGE X

NO SAMPLE X

NO SAMPLEWASH STOP

NO SENSOR X

NO SIGNAL X

NORMAL OPERATION

OUTSIDE LIGHT ERROR X

OUTSIDE LIGHT TO PRISM X

PRECONDITIONING

PRISM COATED X

PRISMWASH

PRISMWASH FAILURE X

PRISMWASH WARNING

RECOVERING

SHORT-CIRCUIT X

STARTING UP X

TEMP MEASUREMENT FAULT X

Table 61 Diagnostic messages and their effect on Divert operation

23

63 Diagnostic tools

In order to make troubleshooting easier there are several built-in diagnostic tools

An event log is built in the system A short log showing last 6 events can be accessed

from the transmitter main display by pressing the soft key DD23 A more complete

event log can be found in the web-based remote interface (see Section 824)

Figure 61 Transmitter log page for instrument A

The remote interface also provides a diagnostic page which gives full information on

the system state (concentrations relay state switch state indicator state) see Sec-

tion 823

64 Troubleshooting

641 A question mark () on the refractometer display

Cause The refractometer does not receive information request packets from the Di-

vert Control Unit This may be caused by a faulty cable faulty parameters or equip-

ment malfunction either in the refractometer or in the Divert Control Unit

Action If the instrument has never been functional or if it is possible someone has

changed the instrument parameters there may be a con983405iguration problem with the

IP addresses The IP address in the refractometer should be set as given in Section 54

If possible cross-check the addresses from the diagnostic web page

Aphysical problemcanbe ruledout by looking at a small LEDclose to the transmitterrsquos

Ethernet connector If the LED is green the cable is ok Oneway to isolate the problem

is to swap the cables between the refractometers A standard Ethernet cable can be

used as a troubleshooting aid (either straight-through or cross-over)

642 A refractometer refuses to come on-line

Cause Either there is no communication to the refractometer or there is a malfunc-

tionon the refractometer It is alsopossible the transmitter is not con983405igured forDivert

use

24

Action Check that there is aAbB on the refractometer display If there is a question

mark () instead see above

Check that there is a soft key DD23 on the refractometer main display (see Figure 62

below) If the soft key is not present in the main display the instrument is not con983405ig-

ured for Divert use If this is the case please contact K-Patents

In other cases check the diagnostic message on the refractometer screen (see Sec-

tion 62)

Figure 62 Transmitter main display instrument in Divert use

643 No lights come up in the Divert Control Unit

Cause There is no power on the instrument or there is a hardware fault

Action Check that the instrument receives power In normal operation several relays

have their associated LEDs lit If there are any LEDs lit in the Divert Control Unit the

unit receives power

644 All lights are blinking

Cause There is an unrecoverable hardware fault in the Divert Control Unit

Action Please contact K-Patents

65 Ethernet strain relief for transmitters

When transmitter door is opened the ethernet cable connecting the transmitter to

the Divert Unit may come off This can be 983405ixed bymounting a strain relief plate in the

transmitter

25

1 First screw on the strain relief plate

2 Fasten the ethernet cable to the relief plate with cable ties

3 Cut the ends of the cable ties

1

2

3

Figure 63 Mounting the strain relief

26

27

7 Divert control logics

A logical description of the system is provided to complement the operational descrip-

tion given in the previous chapters

71 Safety decision logic

The core of the Divert control system is the safety decision logic which makes the

ultimate decision whether the black liquor can be safely fed to the burner or not

The logic is described in the 983405low diagram in Figure 71 The factors affecting the de-

cision are the number of instruments in operation (none one or two) and their mea-

surement results Also the selected divert rule is taken into account when two instru-

ments are in operation For a description of different rules see Section 52

As a result of this logic the system is either in SAFE SOLIDS or UNSAFE SOLIDS state

When the system is in the SAFE SOLIDS state the SAFE SOLIDS light is illuminated

no

no no

no

yes

UNSAFE SOLIDSSAFE SOLIDS

NO INSTRU-MENTS

Rule 2-of-2

2 instrumentsavailable

1 instrumentavailable

Both ge 58

Either ge 58CONC ge58

yes

yesyes

yes

no

Rule 1-of-2yes

no

DIVERT

Figure 71 Safe solids decision logic

One instrument available maymean that only one instrument is in operation or that

both instruments are in operation but one of them is washing when queried

28

72 Divert decision logic

After the system has evaluated the solid contents to be either safe or unsafe (see Sec-

tion 71) it decides whether the the system should be in the DIVERT state This deci-

sion is made according to the 983405low diagram in Figure 72

Thedefault state of the system is theDIVERTstate It canbe changed to theNODIVERT

state only by manually pressing the DIVERT RESET push-button when the solid content

is suf983405icient (SAFE SOLIDS) If the solid content drops to UNSAFE the system drops

into the DIVERT state

The only exception to this is when the HEADERWASH is active In that case the solid

content checking is skipped The system may then be switched between the DIVERT

and NO DIVERT states by using the EMERGENCY DIVERT and DIVERT RESET push buttons

in the operator panel (or the equivalent external emergency divert and divert reset

buttons)

The system will drop to the DIVERT state in all cases when the EMERGENCY DIVERT

button (or its external counterpart) is pressed

NO DIVERT DIVERT

HEADER WASH active

Divert fromsafe solids logic

EMERGENCYDIVERTpressed

DIVERT RESET pressed

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

no

yes

Figure 72 The divert decision logics

29

73 In operation logic

IN OPERATIONbutton pressed

yes

yes

yes

yes

no

no

wash done

no

no

no

Onlyinstrument

Washing

IN OPER pressed

Critical malfunction

WAIT(LIGHT BLINKING)

IN OPERATION(LIGHT ON RELAYS

10 11 ACTIVE)

Criticalmalfunction

NOT IN OPERATION(LIGHT OFF)

yes

Figure 73 Operation logic

Whether an instrument is in op-

eration depends on the opera-

torrsquos commands and the instru-

mentrsquos diagnostics The decision

is carried out as outlined in Fig-

ure 73

An instrument can be in one of

three different states IN OPER-

ATION NOT IN OPERATION and

WAITWhen the instrument is IN

OPERATION it is used in decid-

ing whether the solid content is

in the safe level (see Section 71)

When the instrument is NOT IN

OPERATION or WAIT states it is

not used

The WAIT state occurs when the

operator has requested the in-

strument to come into operation

by pressing the button but the

instrument is in the wash cycle

and will come into operation af-

ter the wash cycle is completed

The actual state can be seen from

the INOPERATION light If the light

is on the instrument is IN OPER-

ATION If the light is off the in-

strument is NOT IN OPERATION

and if the light is blinking it is in

the WAIT state

The default state of an instru-

ment is to be NOT IN OPERA-

TION It can be taken into op-

eration by pressing the IN OP-

ERATION button unless there is

a critical malfunction (see Sec-

tion 62)

An instrument automatically drops

into NOT IN OPERATION if there is a critical malfunction It may also be dropped by

the IN OPERATION button unless it is the only instrument used

30

74 Malfunction logic

Timeout frominstrument

Malfunction ininstrument

no

yes

yes

yes

no

no

Critical malfunc-tion in instr

NO MALFUNCTION

Remove instr from Divert use

MALFUNCTION

Figure 74 Malfunction logic (repeated for each sensor)

The MALFUNCTION light is illumi-

nated when the internal diagnos-

tics of either of the two instru-

ments indicates a malfunction or

there is a communication timeout

to either of the instruments (Fig-

ure 74)

It should be noted that not all mal-

functions are critical malfunctions

which drop the instrument from

operation (see Section 73) For a

complete list of possible malfunc-

tions see Section 62

TheMALFUNCTION light re983405lects the

decision taken by this logic How-

ever as the MALFUNCTION light is

one of the resettable alarms it

may be blinking even when the

malfunction itself is cleared if the

ALARM RESET button has not been

pressed (see Section 75)

31

75 Resettable alarm logic

UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM

(Blinking Relay 6 active)

ALARM(Light on Relay 6 inactive)

Alarm source active

ALARM RESETpressed

Alarm source active

yes

no

no

no

yes

yes

NO ALARM(Light off Relay 6 inactive)

Figure 75 The resettable alarm logic

In order to identify new alarms there

is a resettable alarm logic in the Di-

vert control unit There are four pos-

sible alarm sources SOLIDS ALARM

SOLIDSWARNINGAampBDIFFERENCE

and MALFUNCTION All of these fol-

low the same alarm reset rules (see

Figure 75)

Whenanew (unacknowledged) alarm

activates the corresponding light starts

blinking in the operator panel and re-

lay 6 is activated When the ALARM RE-

SET button is pressed relay 6 is inacti-

vated

The state of the alarm indicator in the

operator panel depends on whether

the cause for the alarm is still present

If the cause has cleared (eg solids

content has risen above the warn-

ing limit) the light goes off when

the ALARM RESET is pressed If the

cause has not cleared the light will be

steadily illuminated

A non-illuminated light means there

is no alarm A steadily illuminated

alarm light means there is a problem

which persists but the problem has

been acknowledged by pressing the

ALARM RESET A blinking light means

the problem has not been acknowl-

edged but givesno informationwhether

the problem is still there or not

32

76 Refractometer difference logic

If there are two refractometers in operation (taken into operation not washing) the

Control unit monitors the difference in reading between the two instruments (983405ig-

ure 76) If the difference ismore than 2 a refractometer differencewarning is given

with the corresponding front panel indicator and relay

The divert decision logic (section 72) is not affected by the refractometer difference

but a signi983405icant difference between the two instruments indicates one of the instru-

ments is not measuring reliably In this case the instruments and wash systems have

to be checked immediately Ignoring to do this may result in an erroneous divert de-

cision

no REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

|A-B| gt 2

2 instruments available

yes

no

no

yes

REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

Figure 76 Refractometer difference logic

33

77 Wash arbitration logic

The Divert Control Unit takes care that if there are two instruments in operation they

wonrsquotwash at the same time (as thatwould trip the system) This is doneby the simple

logic described in Figure 77

Each instrument control their ownwash cycle Before the start washing they request

a wash permission from the Divert Control Unit If the other instrument is already

washing the unit does not grant this permission until the wash cycle is completed

noWAIT

WASH

IDLE

The otherinstrumentwashing

yes

wash interval elapsed

wash done

the other instrument done washing

Figure 77 Wash arbitration logic

34

78 Wash check logic

Wash check

Wash tolerancetime gt 0

no

yes

yes

off

yes

on

no

Prism washsuccesful

Drop fromDivert use

Malfunction

Succesful washwithin tolerance

time

Prism wash failurePrism wash

warning

no

Normal operation

One w

ash

cyc

le

Figure 78 Wash check logic

By default the wash tolerance time is 0

35

8 Remote control interface

The remote interface is based on a web server inside the Divert Control Unit It con-

sists of several web pages easily accessible through the links on the navigation bar in

the left (see Figure 81)

The remote interface is optimized for the Firefox browser version 20 or newer al-

though it may work with other browsers Firefox is free and exists for Windows Mac

OS X and Linux it can be downloaded through httpwwwmozillacom

81 Divert Control Unit IP address

The Divert Control Unit can be reached through two different IP addresses In non-

networked applications (only a DD-23 and a single computer) the IP address is

1692542323 This IP address is factory set and cannot be changed If the Divert

Control Unit is to be connected to a network the network settings can be changed

through the parameter page of the remote interface (see Section 825)

82 The remote interface

821 Main page

The remote indicator main page gives a quick overview over system status

Figure 81 DD-23 Remote control main page

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

5

232 Green indicator lights System ok

Each refractometer has a green operating light ndash A IN OPERATION and B IN OPERATION ndash

to let the operator know when he can rely on the refractometer measurement A re-

fractometer will only in983405luence the divert decision and activate warnings and alarms

when it is in divert operation ie when its green operating light is lit

When DIVERT is effective the system may be reset to normal operation only when

SAFE SOLIDS is lit

233 Yellow indicator lights Warnings

The SOLIDS WARNING light indicates a black liquor concentration of below warning

limit (by default at 60) This warning can be activated by either refractometer

The AampB DIFFERENCE light is lit when the refractometer readings differ by at least 2

This warning will only be initiated if both refractometers are operating

If the yellow MALFUNCTION light is switched on some part of the system ndash a refrac-

tometer an indicating transmitter or the control unit ndash is malfunctioning A list over

malfunctions and critical malfunctions is given in Section 62 If a critical malfunction

occurs in a sensor or transmitter the malfunctioning refractometer will be automat-

ically removed from divert operation (its operating light will also be switched off)

Check the reason for the malfunction and correct the problem (see Section 64) be-

fore returning the refractometer back to divert operation

234 Red indicator lights Alarms

The black liquor SOLIDS ALARM is lit when the concentration reading goes below alarm

limit (by default below 58) This alarm can be activated by either refractometer

depending on the operation rule setting

The DIVERT light will be switched on when the SOLIDS ALARM is activated The DIVERT

light indicates divert status of the divert relay The relay is inactive in the divert posi-

tion because then a power failure will give a divert decision signal to the system

The OVERRIDE light is lit to indicate that no automatic divert will happen as long as

the system is in the header wash state (see Section 236)

235 White pushbuttons Testing and resetting

The LIGHT TEST button switches all 12 lights on The ALARM RESET button resets the

alarm lights

6

236 Header wash key Enabling ring header wash

The header wash key function is a 3-level procedure which can be used when ring

header washing with water is needed When the HEADER WASH key is switched to ON

position and information fromblack liquor guns switch inputs connected in series tell

that guns are out from recovery boiler then a ring header wash can be done without

activating Divert

Pushing the EMERGENCY DIVERT button will always initiate divert regardless of the

header wash functionality

237 Emergency divert button Manual divert

The EMERGENCY DIVERT push-button is used to manually initiate divert in an emer-

gency situation

238 External emergency divert button

An external (remote) push button can also be connected to an input inside the Control

unit see Figure 33

External emergency divert button must be normally closed (NC) Opening the circuit

will initiate divert

24 Prism wash

The wash parameters for the sensors are set through each transmitter (Section 24)

The transmitters contain a relay for prismwash To follow the BLRBAC recommenda-

tion not to wash both prisms at the same time the Divert Control Unit implements an

interlock which prevents the instrument from washing both sensors simultaneously

25 Indicating transmitters

Mechanically the Indicating transmitters shipped with a DD-23 are the same than

PR-23 Indicating transmitter DTR The transmitter will only allow single sensor con-

nection and a special DD-23 transmitter software is used for the Divert system When

Divert software is 201 or newer Indicating transmitter software version has to be

412 or newer

For more information on the basic functions of an indicating transmitter please see

the PR-23 manual chapters 3 and 10

7

3 Mounting

For mounting of the process refractometers and the isolation valves consult the sep-

arate process refractometer PR-23 instruction manual

Figure 31 Mounting the Divert control system

31 Mounting prism wash

K-Patents recommends to use a steam trap instead of a preconditioning valve to re-

move condensate from the steam line

8

32 Wiring

For wiring for complete system see Figure 32 which shows the connections to the

Indicating transmitters and to steam washing Figure 33 has information of all con-

nections to the Divert control unit

Figure 32 Transmitter wiring cables and connections

321 Relays

Relay 1 NORMALDIVERT information

Relay 2 NORMALDIVERT information

Relay 3 SOLIDS WARNING when one of the refractometers goes lower than the

solids warning limit typically 60 or higher See Section 561

Relay 4 SOLIDS ALARMwhen one of the refractometers goes lower than the solids

alarm limit typically 58 or higher See Section 562

Relay 5 Refractometer signal differencewarning when the refractometer readings

have more than 2 difference in concentration See Section 55

Relay 6 Horn relay connection to the audible alarm See Section 75

Relay 7 Header wash key information See Section 333

Relay 8 Refractometer A malfunction information See Sections 62 and 74

Relay 9 Refractometer B malfunction information See Sections 62 and 74

Relay 10 Information on if refractometer A is active in the Divert Control System or

dropped off

Relay 11 Information on if refractomter B is active in the Divert Control System or

dropped off

9

Figure 33 Divert control unit internal wiring

10

33 Switch inputs

331 External Divert switchpush button - input J8

An external divert switch can be connected to the DD-23 Divert Control Unit input J8

If the external divert switch is not used a jumper has to be connected across J8 The

unit is delivered with this jumper connected

332 External divert reset button - input J9

If youwant to use external Divert reset button it can be connectedmax 200m(600 ft)

from the DD-23 Divert control unit Use normal instrument cable 2x05 (AWG 20) and

connect cable to DD-23 motherboard input J9

You must make sure both refractometers A and B are working OK before starting to

use the remote divert button (the remote interface can be used to check on the refrac-

tometers see Chapter 8)

The external reset button connection is normally open (NO)

333 Header wash key - input J10

Black liquor is injected to the recovery boiler through liquor guns Occassionally the

header ring needs washing and during that procedure the divert system has to be by-

passed and the liquor guns have to be removed from the furnace The Digital Divert

Control System DD-23 allows for a safe override of divert logic during header ring

wash

The override ismounted by connecting the gunmicro switches in series to the Header

washoverride key switch input J10 see Figure 35

TheHeaderwash keymaybe usedwithout the external switch information if a jumper

(dotted line in Figure 35) is placed to swith input J10 If the input is left open the key

does not have any effect

11

DD-23Operator panel

OVERRIDEHEADER WASH

HEADERWASHKEY

MICROSWITCHon each liquor gun oron liquor gun door

Recoveryboiler

Figure 34 Header wash key functionality

Guns out microswitches

HEADERWASHKEY

SWITCH INPUTJ10

Figure 35 Header wash key connections

12

34 Remote ethernet connection

The ethernet connection for the Divert user interface DI and data logging purposes is

an 8-pin M12 connector at the bottom of the Divert Unit The ethernet cable PR-8430

to DI can be connected while the unit is powered without opening the case Ethernet

converter cable PR-8663 is used when a computer or other device with RJ45 connec-

tor is connected with the DD-23

The remoteethernet connection

Figure 36 Ethernet connection

13

4 Startup

41 Divert system pre-startup checklist

1 SDI Isolation valves mounted correctly

a Vertical pipe MTG453

b Horizontal pipe MTG471

2 DD-23 control unit installed DIM243 Figure 91 on page 39

3 Pressure reducing valve solenoid valve steam trap installed and connected to the

prism wash nozzle on each sensor

a Steam pipes for black liquor MTG470

b Nozzle MTG482

4 9ndash15 bar (130ndash220 psi) steam connected to the solenoid valve on each sensor

5 Instrumentation air 4ndash6 bar (60ndash90 psi) connect to the solenoid valve on each

sensor

6 Power supply (230110Vac24Vdc) connected SYS358Figure 31 on page 7 and

WRG366 Figure 31 on page 7

a Transmitter A

b Transmitter B

c Divert control unit

d Solenoid valve A

e Solenoid valve B

7 Cables connected SYS358Figure 31 on page 7 WRG366 Figure 31 on page 7

a Transmitter A to sensor A

b Transmitter B to sensor B

c Transmitter A to solenoid valve A

d Transmitter B to solenoid valve B

e Relay information from the Divert control unit to your control system or the

Divert valve

f Transmitter A mA output to your control system

g Transmitter B mA output to your control system

h Ethernet to your control system (optional)

14

42 Divert control unit DD-23 startup

For the refractometer startup consult Chapter 5 in the separate Process refractometer

PR-23 manual

1 Check the wiring and supply voltage

Before the power is switched on the divert output relay rsquonormal operationrsquo is in

divert position

2 Connect the mains power to start the system

There are no power switches in the instruments They are always On when the

mains power is connected

3 While the Control unit is powering up the DIVERT and SOLIDS ALARM lights are both

blinking When the unit is fully functional it is in the divert mode the DIVERT light

is on and the SOLIDS ALARM light is blinking

4 Press the LIGHT TEST button on the Divert control unit All 12 lights should switch

on

5 Reset the solids alarm by pressing the ALARM RESET button

The indicator stops blinking and should stay on

6 Each indicating transmitter should now state refractometer letter either a or b in

the upper left corner of the transmitter display If therersquos a question mark instead

of a letter on either of the transmitters see Chapter 6

If the process pipe is full the message for each refractometer should be NORMAL

OPERATION if process pipe is still empty message will be NO SAMPLE

Now activate refractometer A into the Divert by pushing the button A IN OPERATION

on the Divert control unit panel The button lights up and on the transmitter dis-

play the refractometer letter changes to capital A Then activate refractometer B

similarly by pushing the button B IN OPERATION

If the green IN OPERATION light blinks the refractometer in question is perform-

ing wash The refractometer will automatically come into operation after it has

983405inished washing

7 Now the Divert control system DD-23 is set for normal monitoring operation

8 When black liquor is in the line check that the prism wash is working for each

refractometer First press soft keyMENU on the transmitter keyboard then choose

3 SYSTEM STATUS to get to the system status display Now press soft key WASH to

initiate manual wash follow the optical image and check that it changes during

the steam wash If wash was successful wait until message is NORMAL OPERATION

and then proceed with startup If wash doesnrsquot seem to work see Chapter 6

9 If the three green lights on the third row are all on and all conditions for safe boiler

operation are satis983405ied turn off diversion by pressing the DIVERT RESET button All

warning lights are now turned off and only the 3 green lights are on

15

5 Configuration

The K-Patents Divert control system is shipped fully calibrated by the manufacturer

This chapter contains instructions on how to make 983405ine adjustments of the system

51 Calibration lock

Parameter changes are possible only when the calibration lock is open The calibra-

tion lock can be closed by a switch inside the control unit cover (see Figure 51) When

the lock is open a red led is illuminated next to the lock switch For safety reasons

keep the calibration lock open only during parameter changes done through the web

interface (see Chapter 8)

CALIBRATIONLOCK

CALIBRATIONLOCK

Figure 51 Location of the calibration lock

16

52 Divert decision rules

Two refractometers in operation

BLRBAC states the following For the solids measurements two refractometers in se-

ries must be used When both refractometers are in service the requirement for an au-

tomatic black liquor diversion can be satis983410ied by either of the following options

1 If either refractometer reads dissolved solids content 58 (default) or below

an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

2 When both refractometers read dissolved solids content 58 (default) or be-

low an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

Either option is satisfactory

The rules are listed in decreasing order of security Only rule 1 satis983405ies the high safety

requirements set by BLRBAC August 1982 On the other hand the probability of false

trips decreases with decreasing safety It means that if false trips are too frequent the

rule 2 may be preferred at the cost of safety The rule 2 has later been accepted by

BLRBAC

The divert decision rule is selected by the rule switch inside the divert control unit

cover (Figure 51) The state of the switch is indicated by a yellow indicator LED for

rule 2 and a green one for rule 1

Rule switch Rule

1-of-2 Rule 1

2-of-2 Rule 2

Table 51 Divert decision rule selection

The logical description of the safety decision logics is given Tables 53 and 52 below

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert divert

over 58 divert safe

Table 52 Two instruments in operation rule 1-of-2

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert unsafe

over 58 unsafe safe

Table 53 Two instruments in operation rule 2-of-2

17

Only one refractometer in operation

When only one instrument is in operation the divert action takes place if this instru-

ment reads 58 or below The rule selection has no in983405luence on the divert decision

in this case

A or B

under 58 unsafe

over 58 safe

Table 54 Operation logic when only one instrument operating

No refractometer in operation

If both instruments are out of operation (due to malfunction or maintenance) then

according to BLRBAC divert action must take place

Emergency divert

In all cases the systemmay be set to DIVERT by pressing the EMERGENCY DIVERT button

(or an external emergency divert button see Section 238)

53 Refractometer concentration measurement

For refractometer calibration consult also Chapter 6 in the separate Process refrac-

tometer PR-23 Instruction manual

The CONC displays of the two indicating transmitters have to show the same value

within 05 If there is a difference this can be eliminated by adjusting the bias for

one of the refractomers comparison with sample determination can decide which

one should be corrected

In the PR-23 refractometer system bias is the parameter F00 the third parameter in

the 983405ield adjustment parameter list To change it 983405irst press the MENU soft key then

5 CALIBRATION then 1 CHEMICALamp FIELD PARAMETERS and then 2 FIELD CALIBRATIONPARA-

METERS Choose 3 F00 (BIAS) to change the bias (see Section 625 in the PR-23manual)

If the Indicating transmitter A displays 682 and B displays 688 the difference can

be eliminated by lowering B by 06 This is done by setting the 983405ield calibration

parameter F00 to -06 in Indicating transmitter B

Due to its digital measurement principle the readings of the K-Patents Process refrac-

tometer do not drift by time Frequent recalibrations based on of983405linemoisture analy-

sis must be avoided as they will introduce random 983405luctuations to the refractometer

readings

18

54 Refractometer activation for divert control

When a refractometer is activated for Divert control the upper left corner of the trans-

mitter display shows alternatively A a B b or If the corner is blank the instrument

is not suitable for divert operation

Transmitter A in

Divert operation

Transmitter B not

in Divert operation

Ethernet connection failure

Figure 52 Indicating transmitters (STR) activated to Divert control

The decision to display A (a) or alternatively B (b) depends on the IP address settings

in the transmitter The IP address of instrument A is 17216232 and that of instru-

ment B is 17216233 These addresses have been set in the factory and should not be

changed (See Chapter 8 for information on system IP address and connecting to the

DD-23 system)

If a question mark appears on the transmitter display the reason is usually that the

Ethernet cable between the transmitter and the Control unit is not properly connected

or theDivert control unit is not powered on Reconnect (or replace cable if necessary)

to 983405ix

The refractometer program version has to be 300 or higher to have divert system

functionality Divert version 201 or higher requires DTR software version 412 or

higher Also the refractometer has to have the correct software parameters to be used

in a divert control system In order to convert a stand-alone refractometer into one

used on the Divert control system please contact K-Patents The easiest way to check

if a refractometer is con983405igured for DD-23 use is to look at the main display If the

aAbB letter is present (see Figure 52) the instrument may be used in the Divert

control system

If a DD-23 activated transmitter is used in another type of application the divert func-

tion has to be deactivated by K-Patents

55 Signal difference alarm

According to BLRBAC if a difference of 2 in solids (absolute value) or greater exists

between refractometer readings an alarm shall be activated

The alarm limit of 2 is the maximum difference The limit can be changed into a

smaller number through the remote interface see Chapter 8

19

56 Low alarms

561 Solids warning

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (60 by de-

fault) thewarning is activated The limit canbe changed through the remote interface

see Section 825

Minimum low warning level is 60 according to BLRBAC

562 Solids alarm

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (58 by de-

fault) the alarm is activated The limit can be changed through the remote interface

see Chapter 8

Minimum low alarm level is 58 according to BLRBAC

57 Refractometer malfunction alarm

The built-in intelligent diagnostics of a K-Patents Process refractometer provide a

tight control of the operation A full test cycle is completedwith an interval of less than

one second For details consult the Process refractometer PR-23 instruction manual

Not all malfunctions cause the instrument to be removed from the Divert control sys-

tem However all malfunction alarms need to be checked see Section 62 for more

information

58 Prism wash

Even though the sensors are equipped with a steam wash facility it is not necessarily

needed For K-Patents Process Refractometer the need of prism wash is reduced and

even in some cases eliminated

However an automatic regular prism wash provides an ef983405icient check that the re-

fractometer reacts A steam wash of 3 seconds every half hour should be suf983405icient

Only one instrument is washing at a time and during the wash the system acts in the

single-instrument mode

To change wash times or relay con983405igurations consult the PR-23 process refractome-

ter system manual sections 613 Con983410iguring relays and 631 Setting prism wash

parameters

20

The recommended wash pressures and times are given in the table below

Wash parameters for Safe-Drivetrade Isolation valve nozzle SDI

Minimum above

process pressure

Maximum above

process pressure

Wash

time

Reco-

very

Interval

Steam (SN) 5 bar (70 psi) 8 bar (115 psi) 3ndash5 s 20ndash30 s 20ndash30 min

Do not exceed the recommended wash times because some process media may burn

to the prism surface if steamed for longer time In case of coating shorten the wash

interval

It should be noted that if wash check is enabled on the instrument it can cause the

instrument to be taken out of divert use if during the set wash tolerance time nowash

cycles have been noted as successful This can cause a divert if both instruments fail

wash checks in sequence

21

6 Regular maintenance and troubleshooting

As theDivert control system is apuredigital system no specialmaintenance is needed

The LIGHT TEST button on the operator panel (Figure 21) sends a signal to the micro-

processor and the microprocessor switches all 12 LED lights on as long as the button

is pressed This way not only the lights but also the processing system is checked

To assist the identi983405ication of a faulty component the information 983405low is given in Sec-

tion 61 Also the logic diagrams of Chapter 7 may be of help

61 Information flow

The divert control unit is connected to the refractometers through an Ethernet con-

nection The Control system asks for the measurement data from the instruments

several times each second Based on the data received the divert operation decisions

are made

Each refractometer performs its measurement functions independently The instru-

ments also have their own internal diagnostics which are used in the divert decision

logic as well (see Section 62)

As the Divert Control System requests information several times a second all commu-

nication problems are found immediately In case one of the refractometers does not

respond to the control unit the non-responding instrument is dropped from opera-

tion and the malfunction alarm is set

An important information when troubleshooting communication problems is the let-

ter on the upper left corner of each refractometer (see Figure 52) If the instrument

has not received any data requests from theDivert Control Unit during the last second

the letter turns into a question mark () If the letter is aAbB then the communica-

tion link between the Divert control unit and the instrument is fully functional

62 Malfunctions

If the Divert Control Unit cannot communicate with a refractometer or if the inter-

nal diagnostics of a refractometer indicate a measurement problem the Malfunction

indicator (see Figure 21) is illuminated and the corresponding relay 8 or 9 (see Fig-

ure 33) is activated

The diagnostic message of the refractometer can be seen on the transmitter screen

(see Figure 51) Some of these messages eg PRISM WASH are only informative and

do not indicate a measurement problem Table 61 below summarizes all diagnostic

messages and their effect on the Divert control system operation

22

If themalfunction is severe enough tomake themeasurement result unreliable

the refractometer cannot be used in making the divert decision In that case the

instrument is dropped from the Divert Control System and cannot be taken on-line

manually until the problem is 983405ixed

Formore information on possible causes of each error see the PR-23 instructionman-

ual Chapter 8

Message Instrument will be

dropped from the

Divert Control System

EXTERNAL HOLD

EXTERNAL WASH STOP

HIGH SENSOR HUMIDITY

HIGH SENSOR TEMP

HIGH TRANSMITTER TEMP

LOW IMAGE QUALITY X

LOW TEMP WASH STOP

LOW TRANSMITTER VOLT

NO OPTICAL IMAGE X

NO SAMPLE X

NO SAMPLEWASH STOP

NO SENSOR X

NO SIGNAL X

NORMAL OPERATION

OUTSIDE LIGHT ERROR X

OUTSIDE LIGHT TO PRISM X

PRECONDITIONING

PRISM COATED X

PRISMWASH

PRISMWASH FAILURE X

PRISMWASH WARNING

RECOVERING

SHORT-CIRCUIT X

STARTING UP X

TEMP MEASUREMENT FAULT X

Table 61 Diagnostic messages and their effect on Divert operation

23

63 Diagnostic tools

In order to make troubleshooting easier there are several built-in diagnostic tools

An event log is built in the system A short log showing last 6 events can be accessed

from the transmitter main display by pressing the soft key DD23 A more complete

event log can be found in the web-based remote interface (see Section 824)

Figure 61 Transmitter log page for instrument A

The remote interface also provides a diagnostic page which gives full information on

the system state (concentrations relay state switch state indicator state) see Sec-

tion 823

64 Troubleshooting

641 A question mark () on the refractometer display

Cause The refractometer does not receive information request packets from the Di-

vert Control Unit This may be caused by a faulty cable faulty parameters or equip-

ment malfunction either in the refractometer or in the Divert Control Unit

Action If the instrument has never been functional or if it is possible someone has

changed the instrument parameters there may be a con983405iguration problem with the

IP addresses The IP address in the refractometer should be set as given in Section 54

If possible cross-check the addresses from the diagnostic web page

Aphysical problemcanbe ruledout by looking at a small LEDclose to the transmitterrsquos

Ethernet connector If the LED is green the cable is ok Oneway to isolate the problem

is to swap the cables between the refractometers A standard Ethernet cable can be

used as a troubleshooting aid (either straight-through or cross-over)

642 A refractometer refuses to come on-line

Cause Either there is no communication to the refractometer or there is a malfunc-

tionon the refractometer It is alsopossible the transmitter is not con983405igured forDivert

use

24

Action Check that there is aAbB on the refractometer display If there is a question

mark () instead see above

Check that there is a soft key DD23 on the refractometer main display (see Figure 62

below) If the soft key is not present in the main display the instrument is not con983405ig-

ured for Divert use If this is the case please contact K-Patents

In other cases check the diagnostic message on the refractometer screen (see Sec-

tion 62)

Figure 62 Transmitter main display instrument in Divert use

643 No lights come up in the Divert Control Unit

Cause There is no power on the instrument or there is a hardware fault

Action Check that the instrument receives power In normal operation several relays

have their associated LEDs lit If there are any LEDs lit in the Divert Control Unit the

unit receives power

644 All lights are blinking

Cause There is an unrecoverable hardware fault in the Divert Control Unit

Action Please contact K-Patents

65 Ethernet strain relief for transmitters

When transmitter door is opened the ethernet cable connecting the transmitter to

the Divert Unit may come off This can be 983405ixed bymounting a strain relief plate in the

transmitter

25

1 First screw on the strain relief plate

2 Fasten the ethernet cable to the relief plate with cable ties

3 Cut the ends of the cable ties

1

2

3

Figure 63 Mounting the strain relief

26

27

7 Divert control logics

A logical description of the system is provided to complement the operational descrip-

tion given in the previous chapters

71 Safety decision logic

The core of the Divert control system is the safety decision logic which makes the

ultimate decision whether the black liquor can be safely fed to the burner or not

The logic is described in the 983405low diagram in Figure 71 The factors affecting the de-

cision are the number of instruments in operation (none one or two) and their mea-

surement results Also the selected divert rule is taken into account when two instru-

ments are in operation For a description of different rules see Section 52

As a result of this logic the system is either in SAFE SOLIDS or UNSAFE SOLIDS state

When the system is in the SAFE SOLIDS state the SAFE SOLIDS light is illuminated

no

no no

no

yes

UNSAFE SOLIDSSAFE SOLIDS

NO INSTRU-MENTS

Rule 2-of-2

2 instrumentsavailable

1 instrumentavailable

Both ge 58

Either ge 58CONC ge58

yes

yesyes

yes

no

Rule 1-of-2yes

no

DIVERT

Figure 71 Safe solids decision logic

One instrument available maymean that only one instrument is in operation or that

both instruments are in operation but one of them is washing when queried

28

72 Divert decision logic

After the system has evaluated the solid contents to be either safe or unsafe (see Sec-

tion 71) it decides whether the the system should be in the DIVERT state This deci-

sion is made according to the 983405low diagram in Figure 72

Thedefault state of the system is theDIVERTstate It canbe changed to theNODIVERT

state only by manually pressing the DIVERT RESET push-button when the solid content

is suf983405icient (SAFE SOLIDS) If the solid content drops to UNSAFE the system drops

into the DIVERT state

The only exception to this is when the HEADERWASH is active In that case the solid

content checking is skipped The system may then be switched between the DIVERT

and NO DIVERT states by using the EMERGENCY DIVERT and DIVERT RESET push buttons

in the operator panel (or the equivalent external emergency divert and divert reset

buttons)

The system will drop to the DIVERT state in all cases when the EMERGENCY DIVERT

button (or its external counterpart) is pressed

NO DIVERT DIVERT

HEADER WASH active

Divert fromsafe solids logic

EMERGENCYDIVERTpressed

DIVERT RESET pressed

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

no

yes

Figure 72 The divert decision logics

29

73 In operation logic

IN OPERATIONbutton pressed

yes

yes

yes

yes

no

no

wash done

no

no

no

Onlyinstrument

Washing

IN OPER pressed

Critical malfunction

WAIT(LIGHT BLINKING)

IN OPERATION(LIGHT ON RELAYS

10 11 ACTIVE)

Criticalmalfunction

NOT IN OPERATION(LIGHT OFF)

yes

Figure 73 Operation logic

Whether an instrument is in op-

eration depends on the opera-

torrsquos commands and the instru-

mentrsquos diagnostics The decision

is carried out as outlined in Fig-

ure 73

An instrument can be in one of

three different states IN OPER-

ATION NOT IN OPERATION and

WAITWhen the instrument is IN

OPERATION it is used in decid-

ing whether the solid content is

in the safe level (see Section 71)

When the instrument is NOT IN

OPERATION or WAIT states it is

not used

The WAIT state occurs when the

operator has requested the in-

strument to come into operation

by pressing the button but the

instrument is in the wash cycle

and will come into operation af-

ter the wash cycle is completed

The actual state can be seen from

the INOPERATION light If the light

is on the instrument is IN OPER-

ATION If the light is off the in-

strument is NOT IN OPERATION

and if the light is blinking it is in

the WAIT state

The default state of an instru-

ment is to be NOT IN OPERA-

TION It can be taken into op-

eration by pressing the IN OP-

ERATION button unless there is

a critical malfunction (see Sec-

tion 62)

An instrument automatically drops

into NOT IN OPERATION if there is a critical malfunction It may also be dropped by

the IN OPERATION button unless it is the only instrument used

30

74 Malfunction logic

Timeout frominstrument

Malfunction ininstrument

no

yes

yes

yes

no

no

Critical malfunc-tion in instr

NO MALFUNCTION

Remove instr from Divert use

MALFUNCTION

Figure 74 Malfunction logic (repeated for each sensor)

The MALFUNCTION light is illumi-

nated when the internal diagnos-

tics of either of the two instru-

ments indicates a malfunction or

there is a communication timeout

to either of the instruments (Fig-

ure 74)

It should be noted that not all mal-

functions are critical malfunctions

which drop the instrument from

operation (see Section 73) For a

complete list of possible malfunc-

tions see Section 62

TheMALFUNCTION light re983405lects the

decision taken by this logic How-

ever as the MALFUNCTION light is

one of the resettable alarms it

may be blinking even when the

malfunction itself is cleared if the

ALARM RESET button has not been

pressed (see Section 75)

31

75 Resettable alarm logic

UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM

(Blinking Relay 6 active)

ALARM(Light on Relay 6 inactive)

Alarm source active

ALARM RESETpressed

Alarm source active

yes

no

no

no

yes

yes

NO ALARM(Light off Relay 6 inactive)

Figure 75 The resettable alarm logic

In order to identify new alarms there

is a resettable alarm logic in the Di-

vert control unit There are four pos-

sible alarm sources SOLIDS ALARM

SOLIDSWARNINGAampBDIFFERENCE

and MALFUNCTION All of these fol-

low the same alarm reset rules (see

Figure 75)

Whenanew (unacknowledged) alarm

activates the corresponding light starts

blinking in the operator panel and re-

lay 6 is activated When the ALARM RE-

SET button is pressed relay 6 is inacti-

vated

The state of the alarm indicator in the

operator panel depends on whether

the cause for the alarm is still present

If the cause has cleared (eg solids

content has risen above the warn-

ing limit) the light goes off when

the ALARM RESET is pressed If the

cause has not cleared the light will be

steadily illuminated

A non-illuminated light means there

is no alarm A steadily illuminated

alarm light means there is a problem

which persists but the problem has

been acknowledged by pressing the

ALARM RESET A blinking light means

the problem has not been acknowl-

edged but givesno informationwhether

the problem is still there or not

32

76 Refractometer difference logic

If there are two refractometers in operation (taken into operation not washing) the

Control unit monitors the difference in reading between the two instruments (983405ig-

ure 76) If the difference ismore than 2 a refractometer differencewarning is given

with the corresponding front panel indicator and relay

The divert decision logic (section 72) is not affected by the refractometer difference

but a signi983405icant difference between the two instruments indicates one of the instru-

ments is not measuring reliably In this case the instruments and wash systems have

to be checked immediately Ignoring to do this may result in an erroneous divert de-

cision

no REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

|A-B| gt 2

2 instruments available

yes

no

no

yes

REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

Figure 76 Refractometer difference logic

33

77 Wash arbitration logic

The Divert Control Unit takes care that if there are two instruments in operation they

wonrsquotwash at the same time (as thatwould trip the system) This is doneby the simple

logic described in Figure 77

Each instrument control their ownwash cycle Before the start washing they request

a wash permission from the Divert Control Unit If the other instrument is already

washing the unit does not grant this permission until the wash cycle is completed

noWAIT

WASH

IDLE

The otherinstrumentwashing

yes

wash interval elapsed

wash done

the other instrument done washing

Figure 77 Wash arbitration logic

34

78 Wash check logic

Wash check

Wash tolerancetime gt 0

no

yes

yes

off

yes

on

no

Prism washsuccesful

Drop fromDivert use

Malfunction

Succesful washwithin tolerance

time

Prism wash failurePrism wash

warning

no

Normal operation

One w

ash

cyc

le

Figure 78 Wash check logic

By default the wash tolerance time is 0

35

8 Remote control interface

The remote interface is based on a web server inside the Divert Control Unit It con-

sists of several web pages easily accessible through the links on the navigation bar in

the left (see Figure 81)

The remote interface is optimized for the Firefox browser version 20 or newer al-

though it may work with other browsers Firefox is free and exists for Windows Mac

OS X and Linux it can be downloaded through httpwwwmozillacom

81 Divert Control Unit IP address

The Divert Control Unit can be reached through two different IP addresses In non-

networked applications (only a DD-23 and a single computer) the IP address is

1692542323 This IP address is factory set and cannot be changed If the Divert

Control Unit is to be connected to a network the network settings can be changed

through the parameter page of the remote interface (see Section 825)

82 The remote interface

821 Main page

The remote indicator main page gives a quick overview over system status

Figure 81 DD-23 Remote control main page

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

6

236 Header wash key Enabling ring header wash

The header wash key function is a 3-level procedure which can be used when ring

header washing with water is needed When the HEADER WASH key is switched to ON

position and information fromblack liquor guns switch inputs connected in series tell

that guns are out from recovery boiler then a ring header wash can be done without

activating Divert

Pushing the EMERGENCY DIVERT button will always initiate divert regardless of the

header wash functionality

237 Emergency divert button Manual divert

The EMERGENCY DIVERT push-button is used to manually initiate divert in an emer-

gency situation

238 External emergency divert button

An external (remote) push button can also be connected to an input inside the Control

unit see Figure 33

External emergency divert button must be normally closed (NC) Opening the circuit

will initiate divert

24 Prism wash

The wash parameters for the sensors are set through each transmitter (Section 24)

The transmitters contain a relay for prismwash To follow the BLRBAC recommenda-

tion not to wash both prisms at the same time the Divert Control Unit implements an

interlock which prevents the instrument from washing both sensors simultaneously

25 Indicating transmitters

Mechanically the Indicating transmitters shipped with a DD-23 are the same than

PR-23 Indicating transmitter DTR The transmitter will only allow single sensor con-

nection and a special DD-23 transmitter software is used for the Divert system When

Divert software is 201 or newer Indicating transmitter software version has to be

412 or newer

For more information on the basic functions of an indicating transmitter please see

the PR-23 manual chapters 3 and 10

7

3 Mounting

For mounting of the process refractometers and the isolation valves consult the sep-

arate process refractometer PR-23 instruction manual

Figure 31 Mounting the Divert control system

31 Mounting prism wash

K-Patents recommends to use a steam trap instead of a preconditioning valve to re-

move condensate from the steam line

8

32 Wiring

For wiring for complete system see Figure 32 which shows the connections to the

Indicating transmitters and to steam washing Figure 33 has information of all con-

nections to the Divert control unit

Figure 32 Transmitter wiring cables and connections

321 Relays

Relay 1 NORMALDIVERT information

Relay 2 NORMALDIVERT information

Relay 3 SOLIDS WARNING when one of the refractometers goes lower than the

solids warning limit typically 60 or higher See Section 561

Relay 4 SOLIDS ALARMwhen one of the refractometers goes lower than the solids

alarm limit typically 58 or higher See Section 562

Relay 5 Refractometer signal differencewarning when the refractometer readings

have more than 2 difference in concentration See Section 55

Relay 6 Horn relay connection to the audible alarm See Section 75

Relay 7 Header wash key information See Section 333

Relay 8 Refractometer A malfunction information See Sections 62 and 74

Relay 9 Refractometer B malfunction information See Sections 62 and 74

Relay 10 Information on if refractometer A is active in the Divert Control System or

dropped off

Relay 11 Information on if refractomter B is active in the Divert Control System or

dropped off

9

Figure 33 Divert control unit internal wiring

10

33 Switch inputs

331 External Divert switchpush button - input J8

An external divert switch can be connected to the DD-23 Divert Control Unit input J8

If the external divert switch is not used a jumper has to be connected across J8 The

unit is delivered with this jumper connected

332 External divert reset button - input J9

If youwant to use external Divert reset button it can be connectedmax 200m(600 ft)

from the DD-23 Divert control unit Use normal instrument cable 2x05 (AWG 20) and

connect cable to DD-23 motherboard input J9

You must make sure both refractometers A and B are working OK before starting to

use the remote divert button (the remote interface can be used to check on the refrac-

tometers see Chapter 8)

The external reset button connection is normally open (NO)

333 Header wash key - input J10

Black liquor is injected to the recovery boiler through liquor guns Occassionally the

header ring needs washing and during that procedure the divert system has to be by-

passed and the liquor guns have to be removed from the furnace The Digital Divert

Control System DD-23 allows for a safe override of divert logic during header ring

wash

The override ismounted by connecting the gunmicro switches in series to the Header

washoverride key switch input J10 see Figure 35

TheHeaderwash keymaybe usedwithout the external switch information if a jumper

(dotted line in Figure 35) is placed to swith input J10 If the input is left open the key

does not have any effect

11

DD-23Operator panel

OVERRIDEHEADER WASH

HEADERWASHKEY

MICROSWITCHon each liquor gun oron liquor gun door

Recoveryboiler

Figure 34 Header wash key functionality

Guns out microswitches

HEADERWASHKEY

SWITCH INPUTJ10

Figure 35 Header wash key connections

12

34 Remote ethernet connection

The ethernet connection for the Divert user interface DI and data logging purposes is

an 8-pin M12 connector at the bottom of the Divert Unit The ethernet cable PR-8430

to DI can be connected while the unit is powered without opening the case Ethernet

converter cable PR-8663 is used when a computer or other device with RJ45 connec-

tor is connected with the DD-23

The remoteethernet connection

Figure 36 Ethernet connection

13

4 Startup

41 Divert system pre-startup checklist

1 SDI Isolation valves mounted correctly

a Vertical pipe MTG453

b Horizontal pipe MTG471

2 DD-23 control unit installed DIM243 Figure 91 on page 39

3 Pressure reducing valve solenoid valve steam trap installed and connected to the

prism wash nozzle on each sensor

a Steam pipes for black liquor MTG470

b Nozzle MTG482

4 9ndash15 bar (130ndash220 psi) steam connected to the solenoid valve on each sensor

5 Instrumentation air 4ndash6 bar (60ndash90 psi) connect to the solenoid valve on each

sensor

6 Power supply (230110Vac24Vdc) connected SYS358Figure 31 on page 7 and

WRG366 Figure 31 on page 7

a Transmitter A

b Transmitter B

c Divert control unit

d Solenoid valve A

e Solenoid valve B

7 Cables connected SYS358Figure 31 on page 7 WRG366 Figure 31 on page 7

a Transmitter A to sensor A

b Transmitter B to sensor B

c Transmitter A to solenoid valve A

d Transmitter B to solenoid valve B

e Relay information from the Divert control unit to your control system or the

Divert valve

f Transmitter A mA output to your control system

g Transmitter B mA output to your control system

h Ethernet to your control system (optional)

14

42 Divert control unit DD-23 startup

For the refractometer startup consult Chapter 5 in the separate Process refractometer

PR-23 manual

1 Check the wiring and supply voltage

Before the power is switched on the divert output relay rsquonormal operationrsquo is in

divert position

2 Connect the mains power to start the system

There are no power switches in the instruments They are always On when the

mains power is connected

3 While the Control unit is powering up the DIVERT and SOLIDS ALARM lights are both

blinking When the unit is fully functional it is in the divert mode the DIVERT light

is on and the SOLIDS ALARM light is blinking

4 Press the LIGHT TEST button on the Divert control unit All 12 lights should switch

on

5 Reset the solids alarm by pressing the ALARM RESET button

The indicator stops blinking and should stay on

6 Each indicating transmitter should now state refractometer letter either a or b in

the upper left corner of the transmitter display If therersquos a question mark instead

of a letter on either of the transmitters see Chapter 6

If the process pipe is full the message for each refractometer should be NORMAL

OPERATION if process pipe is still empty message will be NO SAMPLE

Now activate refractometer A into the Divert by pushing the button A IN OPERATION

on the Divert control unit panel The button lights up and on the transmitter dis-

play the refractometer letter changes to capital A Then activate refractometer B

similarly by pushing the button B IN OPERATION

If the green IN OPERATION light blinks the refractometer in question is perform-

ing wash The refractometer will automatically come into operation after it has

983405inished washing

7 Now the Divert control system DD-23 is set for normal monitoring operation

8 When black liquor is in the line check that the prism wash is working for each

refractometer First press soft keyMENU on the transmitter keyboard then choose

3 SYSTEM STATUS to get to the system status display Now press soft key WASH to

initiate manual wash follow the optical image and check that it changes during

the steam wash If wash was successful wait until message is NORMAL OPERATION

and then proceed with startup If wash doesnrsquot seem to work see Chapter 6

9 If the three green lights on the third row are all on and all conditions for safe boiler

operation are satis983405ied turn off diversion by pressing the DIVERT RESET button All

warning lights are now turned off and only the 3 green lights are on

15

5 Configuration

The K-Patents Divert control system is shipped fully calibrated by the manufacturer

This chapter contains instructions on how to make 983405ine adjustments of the system

51 Calibration lock

Parameter changes are possible only when the calibration lock is open The calibra-

tion lock can be closed by a switch inside the control unit cover (see Figure 51) When

the lock is open a red led is illuminated next to the lock switch For safety reasons

keep the calibration lock open only during parameter changes done through the web

interface (see Chapter 8)

CALIBRATIONLOCK

CALIBRATIONLOCK

Figure 51 Location of the calibration lock

16

52 Divert decision rules

Two refractometers in operation

BLRBAC states the following For the solids measurements two refractometers in se-

ries must be used When both refractometers are in service the requirement for an au-

tomatic black liquor diversion can be satis983410ied by either of the following options

1 If either refractometer reads dissolved solids content 58 (default) or below

an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

2 When both refractometers read dissolved solids content 58 (default) or be-

low an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

Either option is satisfactory

The rules are listed in decreasing order of security Only rule 1 satis983405ies the high safety

requirements set by BLRBAC August 1982 On the other hand the probability of false

trips decreases with decreasing safety It means that if false trips are too frequent the

rule 2 may be preferred at the cost of safety The rule 2 has later been accepted by

BLRBAC

The divert decision rule is selected by the rule switch inside the divert control unit

cover (Figure 51) The state of the switch is indicated by a yellow indicator LED for

rule 2 and a green one for rule 1

Rule switch Rule

1-of-2 Rule 1

2-of-2 Rule 2

Table 51 Divert decision rule selection

The logical description of the safety decision logics is given Tables 53 and 52 below

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert divert

over 58 divert safe

Table 52 Two instruments in operation rule 1-of-2

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert unsafe

over 58 unsafe safe

Table 53 Two instruments in operation rule 2-of-2

17

Only one refractometer in operation

When only one instrument is in operation the divert action takes place if this instru-

ment reads 58 or below The rule selection has no in983405luence on the divert decision

in this case

A or B

under 58 unsafe

over 58 safe

Table 54 Operation logic when only one instrument operating

No refractometer in operation

If both instruments are out of operation (due to malfunction or maintenance) then

according to BLRBAC divert action must take place

Emergency divert

In all cases the systemmay be set to DIVERT by pressing the EMERGENCY DIVERT button

(or an external emergency divert button see Section 238)

53 Refractometer concentration measurement

For refractometer calibration consult also Chapter 6 in the separate Process refrac-

tometer PR-23 Instruction manual

The CONC displays of the two indicating transmitters have to show the same value

within 05 If there is a difference this can be eliminated by adjusting the bias for

one of the refractomers comparison with sample determination can decide which

one should be corrected

In the PR-23 refractometer system bias is the parameter F00 the third parameter in

the 983405ield adjustment parameter list To change it 983405irst press the MENU soft key then

5 CALIBRATION then 1 CHEMICALamp FIELD PARAMETERS and then 2 FIELD CALIBRATIONPARA-

METERS Choose 3 F00 (BIAS) to change the bias (see Section 625 in the PR-23manual)

If the Indicating transmitter A displays 682 and B displays 688 the difference can

be eliminated by lowering B by 06 This is done by setting the 983405ield calibration

parameter F00 to -06 in Indicating transmitter B

Due to its digital measurement principle the readings of the K-Patents Process refrac-

tometer do not drift by time Frequent recalibrations based on of983405linemoisture analy-

sis must be avoided as they will introduce random 983405luctuations to the refractometer

readings

18

54 Refractometer activation for divert control

When a refractometer is activated for Divert control the upper left corner of the trans-

mitter display shows alternatively A a B b or If the corner is blank the instrument

is not suitable for divert operation

Transmitter A in

Divert operation

Transmitter B not

in Divert operation

Ethernet connection failure

Figure 52 Indicating transmitters (STR) activated to Divert control

The decision to display A (a) or alternatively B (b) depends on the IP address settings

in the transmitter The IP address of instrument A is 17216232 and that of instru-

ment B is 17216233 These addresses have been set in the factory and should not be

changed (See Chapter 8 for information on system IP address and connecting to the

DD-23 system)

If a question mark appears on the transmitter display the reason is usually that the

Ethernet cable between the transmitter and the Control unit is not properly connected

or theDivert control unit is not powered on Reconnect (or replace cable if necessary)

to 983405ix

The refractometer program version has to be 300 or higher to have divert system

functionality Divert version 201 or higher requires DTR software version 412 or

higher Also the refractometer has to have the correct software parameters to be used

in a divert control system In order to convert a stand-alone refractometer into one

used on the Divert control system please contact K-Patents The easiest way to check

if a refractometer is con983405igured for DD-23 use is to look at the main display If the

aAbB letter is present (see Figure 52) the instrument may be used in the Divert

control system

If a DD-23 activated transmitter is used in another type of application the divert func-

tion has to be deactivated by K-Patents

55 Signal difference alarm

According to BLRBAC if a difference of 2 in solids (absolute value) or greater exists

between refractometer readings an alarm shall be activated

The alarm limit of 2 is the maximum difference The limit can be changed into a

smaller number through the remote interface see Chapter 8

19

56 Low alarms

561 Solids warning

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (60 by de-

fault) thewarning is activated The limit canbe changed through the remote interface

see Section 825

Minimum low warning level is 60 according to BLRBAC

562 Solids alarm

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (58 by de-

fault) the alarm is activated The limit can be changed through the remote interface

see Chapter 8

Minimum low alarm level is 58 according to BLRBAC

57 Refractometer malfunction alarm

The built-in intelligent diagnostics of a K-Patents Process refractometer provide a

tight control of the operation A full test cycle is completedwith an interval of less than

one second For details consult the Process refractometer PR-23 instruction manual

Not all malfunctions cause the instrument to be removed from the Divert control sys-

tem However all malfunction alarms need to be checked see Section 62 for more

information

58 Prism wash

Even though the sensors are equipped with a steam wash facility it is not necessarily

needed For K-Patents Process Refractometer the need of prism wash is reduced and

even in some cases eliminated

However an automatic regular prism wash provides an ef983405icient check that the re-

fractometer reacts A steam wash of 3 seconds every half hour should be suf983405icient

Only one instrument is washing at a time and during the wash the system acts in the

single-instrument mode

To change wash times or relay con983405igurations consult the PR-23 process refractome-

ter system manual sections 613 Con983410iguring relays and 631 Setting prism wash

parameters

20

The recommended wash pressures and times are given in the table below

Wash parameters for Safe-Drivetrade Isolation valve nozzle SDI

Minimum above

process pressure

Maximum above

process pressure

Wash

time

Reco-

very

Interval

Steam (SN) 5 bar (70 psi) 8 bar (115 psi) 3ndash5 s 20ndash30 s 20ndash30 min

Do not exceed the recommended wash times because some process media may burn

to the prism surface if steamed for longer time In case of coating shorten the wash

interval

It should be noted that if wash check is enabled on the instrument it can cause the

instrument to be taken out of divert use if during the set wash tolerance time nowash

cycles have been noted as successful This can cause a divert if both instruments fail

wash checks in sequence

21

6 Regular maintenance and troubleshooting

As theDivert control system is apuredigital system no specialmaintenance is needed

The LIGHT TEST button on the operator panel (Figure 21) sends a signal to the micro-

processor and the microprocessor switches all 12 LED lights on as long as the button

is pressed This way not only the lights but also the processing system is checked

To assist the identi983405ication of a faulty component the information 983405low is given in Sec-

tion 61 Also the logic diagrams of Chapter 7 may be of help

61 Information flow

The divert control unit is connected to the refractometers through an Ethernet con-

nection The Control system asks for the measurement data from the instruments

several times each second Based on the data received the divert operation decisions

are made

Each refractometer performs its measurement functions independently The instru-

ments also have their own internal diagnostics which are used in the divert decision

logic as well (see Section 62)

As the Divert Control System requests information several times a second all commu-

nication problems are found immediately In case one of the refractometers does not

respond to the control unit the non-responding instrument is dropped from opera-

tion and the malfunction alarm is set

An important information when troubleshooting communication problems is the let-

ter on the upper left corner of each refractometer (see Figure 52) If the instrument

has not received any data requests from theDivert Control Unit during the last second

the letter turns into a question mark () If the letter is aAbB then the communica-

tion link between the Divert control unit and the instrument is fully functional

62 Malfunctions

If the Divert Control Unit cannot communicate with a refractometer or if the inter-

nal diagnostics of a refractometer indicate a measurement problem the Malfunction

indicator (see Figure 21) is illuminated and the corresponding relay 8 or 9 (see Fig-

ure 33) is activated

The diagnostic message of the refractometer can be seen on the transmitter screen

(see Figure 51) Some of these messages eg PRISM WASH are only informative and

do not indicate a measurement problem Table 61 below summarizes all diagnostic

messages and their effect on the Divert control system operation

22

If themalfunction is severe enough tomake themeasurement result unreliable

the refractometer cannot be used in making the divert decision In that case the

instrument is dropped from the Divert Control System and cannot be taken on-line

manually until the problem is 983405ixed

Formore information on possible causes of each error see the PR-23 instructionman-

ual Chapter 8

Message Instrument will be

dropped from the

Divert Control System

EXTERNAL HOLD

EXTERNAL WASH STOP

HIGH SENSOR HUMIDITY

HIGH SENSOR TEMP

HIGH TRANSMITTER TEMP

LOW IMAGE QUALITY X

LOW TEMP WASH STOP

LOW TRANSMITTER VOLT

NO OPTICAL IMAGE X

NO SAMPLE X

NO SAMPLEWASH STOP

NO SENSOR X

NO SIGNAL X

NORMAL OPERATION

OUTSIDE LIGHT ERROR X

OUTSIDE LIGHT TO PRISM X

PRECONDITIONING

PRISM COATED X

PRISMWASH

PRISMWASH FAILURE X

PRISMWASH WARNING

RECOVERING

SHORT-CIRCUIT X

STARTING UP X

TEMP MEASUREMENT FAULT X

Table 61 Diagnostic messages and their effect on Divert operation

23

63 Diagnostic tools

In order to make troubleshooting easier there are several built-in diagnostic tools

An event log is built in the system A short log showing last 6 events can be accessed

from the transmitter main display by pressing the soft key DD23 A more complete

event log can be found in the web-based remote interface (see Section 824)

Figure 61 Transmitter log page for instrument A

The remote interface also provides a diagnostic page which gives full information on

the system state (concentrations relay state switch state indicator state) see Sec-

tion 823

64 Troubleshooting

641 A question mark () on the refractometer display

Cause The refractometer does not receive information request packets from the Di-

vert Control Unit This may be caused by a faulty cable faulty parameters or equip-

ment malfunction either in the refractometer or in the Divert Control Unit

Action If the instrument has never been functional or if it is possible someone has

changed the instrument parameters there may be a con983405iguration problem with the

IP addresses The IP address in the refractometer should be set as given in Section 54

If possible cross-check the addresses from the diagnostic web page

Aphysical problemcanbe ruledout by looking at a small LEDclose to the transmitterrsquos

Ethernet connector If the LED is green the cable is ok Oneway to isolate the problem

is to swap the cables between the refractometers A standard Ethernet cable can be

used as a troubleshooting aid (either straight-through or cross-over)

642 A refractometer refuses to come on-line

Cause Either there is no communication to the refractometer or there is a malfunc-

tionon the refractometer It is alsopossible the transmitter is not con983405igured forDivert

use

24

Action Check that there is aAbB on the refractometer display If there is a question

mark () instead see above

Check that there is a soft key DD23 on the refractometer main display (see Figure 62

below) If the soft key is not present in the main display the instrument is not con983405ig-

ured for Divert use If this is the case please contact K-Patents

In other cases check the diagnostic message on the refractometer screen (see Sec-

tion 62)

Figure 62 Transmitter main display instrument in Divert use

643 No lights come up in the Divert Control Unit

Cause There is no power on the instrument or there is a hardware fault

Action Check that the instrument receives power In normal operation several relays

have their associated LEDs lit If there are any LEDs lit in the Divert Control Unit the

unit receives power

644 All lights are blinking

Cause There is an unrecoverable hardware fault in the Divert Control Unit

Action Please contact K-Patents

65 Ethernet strain relief for transmitters

When transmitter door is opened the ethernet cable connecting the transmitter to

the Divert Unit may come off This can be 983405ixed bymounting a strain relief plate in the

transmitter

25

1 First screw on the strain relief plate

2 Fasten the ethernet cable to the relief plate with cable ties

3 Cut the ends of the cable ties

1

2

3

Figure 63 Mounting the strain relief

26

27

7 Divert control logics

A logical description of the system is provided to complement the operational descrip-

tion given in the previous chapters

71 Safety decision logic

The core of the Divert control system is the safety decision logic which makes the

ultimate decision whether the black liquor can be safely fed to the burner or not

The logic is described in the 983405low diagram in Figure 71 The factors affecting the de-

cision are the number of instruments in operation (none one or two) and their mea-

surement results Also the selected divert rule is taken into account when two instru-

ments are in operation For a description of different rules see Section 52

As a result of this logic the system is either in SAFE SOLIDS or UNSAFE SOLIDS state

When the system is in the SAFE SOLIDS state the SAFE SOLIDS light is illuminated

no

no no

no

yes

UNSAFE SOLIDSSAFE SOLIDS

NO INSTRU-MENTS

Rule 2-of-2

2 instrumentsavailable

1 instrumentavailable

Both ge 58

Either ge 58CONC ge58

yes

yesyes

yes

no

Rule 1-of-2yes

no

DIVERT

Figure 71 Safe solids decision logic

One instrument available maymean that only one instrument is in operation or that

both instruments are in operation but one of them is washing when queried

28

72 Divert decision logic

After the system has evaluated the solid contents to be either safe or unsafe (see Sec-

tion 71) it decides whether the the system should be in the DIVERT state This deci-

sion is made according to the 983405low diagram in Figure 72

Thedefault state of the system is theDIVERTstate It canbe changed to theNODIVERT

state only by manually pressing the DIVERT RESET push-button when the solid content

is suf983405icient (SAFE SOLIDS) If the solid content drops to UNSAFE the system drops

into the DIVERT state

The only exception to this is when the HEADERWASH is active In that case the solid

content checking is skipped The system may then be switched between the DIVERT

and NO DIVERT states by using the EMERGENCY DIVERT and DIVERT RESET push buttons

in the operator panel (or the equivalent external emergency divert and divert reset

buttons)

The system will drop to the DIVERT state in all cases when the EMERGENCY DIVERT

button (or its external counterpart) is pressed

NO DIVERT DIVERT

HEADER WASH active

Divert fromsafe solids logic

EMERGENCYDIVERTpressed

DIVERT RESET pressed

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

no

yes

Figure 72 The divert decision logics

29

73 In operation logic

IN OPERATIONbutton pressed

yes

yes

yes

yes

no

no

wash done

no

no

no

Onlyinstrument

Washing

IN OPER pressed

Critical malfunction

WAIT(LIGHT BLINKING)

IN OPERATION(LIGHT ON RELAYS

10 11 ACTIVE)

Criticalmalfunction

NOT IN OPERATION(LIGHT OFF)

yes

Figure 73 Operation logic

Whether an instrument is in op-

eration depends on the opera-

torrsquos commands and the instru-

mentrsquos diagnostics The decision

is carried out as outlined in Fig-

ure 73

An instrument can be in one of

three different states IN OPER-

ATION NOT IN OPERATION and

WAITWhen the instrument is IN

OPERATION it is used in decid-

ing whether the solid content is

in the safe level (see Section 71)

When the instrument is NOT IN

OPERATION or WAIT states it is

not used

The WAIT state occurs when the

operator has requested the in-

strument to come into operation

by pressing the button but the

instrument is in the wash cycle

and will come into operation af-

ter the wash cycle is completed

The actual state can be seen from

the INOPERATION light If the light

is on the instrument is IN OPER-

ATION If the light is off the in-

strument is NOT IN OPERATION

and if the light is blinking it is in

the WAIT state

The default state of an instru-

ment is to be NOT IN OPERA-

TION It can be taken into op-

eration by pressing the IN OP-

ERATION button unless there is

a critical malfunction (see Sec-

tion 62)

An instrument automatically drops

into NOT IN OPERATION if there is a critical malfunction It may also be dropped by

the IN OPERATION button unless it is the only instrument used

30

74 Malfunction logic

Timeout frominstrument

Malfunction ininstrument

no

yes

yes

yes

no

no

Critical malfunc-tion in instr

NO MALFUNCTION

Remove instr from Divert use

MALFUNCTION

Figure 74 Malfunction logic (repeated for each sensor)

The MALFUNCTION light is illumi-

nated when the internal diagnos-

tics of either of the two instru-

ments indicates a malfunction or

there is a communication timeout

to either of the instruments (Fig-

ure 74)

It should be noted that not all mal-

functions are critical malfunctions

which drop the instrument from

operation (see Section 73) For a

complete list of possible malfunc-

tions see Section 62

TheMALFUNCTION light re983405lects the

decision taken by this logic How-

ever as the MALFUNCTION light is

one of the resettable alarms it

may be blinking even when the

malfunction itself is cleared if the

ALARM RESET button has not been

pressed (see Section 75)

31

75 Resettable alarm logic

UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM

(Blinking Relay 6 active)

ALARM(Light on Relay 6 inactive)

Alarm source active

ALARM RESETpressed

Alarm source active

yes

no

no

no

yes

yes

NO ALARM(Light off Relay 6 inactive)

Figure 75 The resettable alarm logic

In order to identify new alarms there

is a resettable alarm logic in the Di-

vert control unit There are four pos-

sible alarm sources SOLIDS ALARM

SOLIDSWARNINGAampBDIFFERENCE

and MALFUNCTION All of these fol-

low the same alarm reset rules (see

Figure 75)

Whenanew (unacknowledged) alarm

activates the corresponding light starts

blinking in the operator panel and re-

lay 6 is activated When the ALARM RE-

SET button is pressed relay 6 is inacti-

vated

The state of the alarm indicator in the

operator panel depends on whether

the cause for the alarm is still present

If the cause has cleared (eg solids

content has risen above the warn-

ing limit) the light goes off when

the ALARM RESET is pressed If the

cause has not cleared the light will be

steadily illuminated

A non-illuminated light means there

is no alarm A steadily illuminated

alarm light means there is a problem

which persists but the problem has

been acknowledged by pressing the

ALARM RESET A blinking light means

the problem has not been acknowl-

edged but givesno informationwhether

the problem is still there or not

32

76 Refractometer difference logic

If there are two refractometers in operation (taken into operation not washing) the

Control unit monitors the difference in reading between the two instruments (983405ig-

ure 76) If the difference ismore than 2 a refractometer differencewarning is given

with the corresponding front panel indicator and relay

The divert decision logic (section 72) is not affected by the refractometer difference

but a signi983405icant difference between the two instruments indicates one of the instru-

ments is not measuring reliably In this case the instruments and wash systems have

to be checked immediately Ignoring to do this may result in an erroneous divert de-

cision

no REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

|A-B| gt 2

2 instruments available

yes

no

no

yes

REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

Figure 76 Refractometer difference logic

33

77 Wash arbitration logic

The Divert Control Unit takes care that if there are two instruments in operation they

wonrsquotwash at the same time (as thatwould trip the system) This is doneby the simple

logic described in Figure 77

Each instrument control their ownwash cycle Before the start washing they request

a wash permission from the Divert Control Unit If the other instrument is already

washing the unit does not grant this permission until the wash cycle is completed

noWAIT

WASH

IDLE

The otherinstrumentwashing

yes

wash interval elapsed

wash done

the other instrument done washing

Figure 77 Wash arbitration logic

34

78 Wash check logic

Wash check

Wash tolerancetime gt 0

no

yes

yes

off

yes

on

no

Prism washsuccesful

Drop fromDivert use

Malfunction

Succesful washwithin tolerance

time

Prism wash failurePrism wash

warning

no

Normal operation

One w

ash

cyc

le

Figure 78 Wash check logic

By default the wash tolerance time is 0

35

8 Remote control interface

The remote interface is based on a web server inside the Divert Control Unit It con-

sists of several web pages easily accessible through the links on the navigation bar in

the left (see Figure 81)

The remote interface is optimized for the Firefox browser version 20 or newer al-

though it may work with other browsers Firefox is free and exists for Windows Mac

OS X and Linux it can be downloaded through httpwwwmozillacom

81 Divert Control Unit IP address

The Divert Control Unit can be reached through two different IP addresses In non-

networked applications (only a DD-23 and a single computer) the IP address is

1692542323 This IP address is factory set and cannot be changed If the Divert

Control Unit is to be connected to a network the network settings can be changed

through the parameter page of the remote interface (see Section 825)

82 The remote interface

821 Main page

The remote indicator main page gives a quick overview over system status

Figure 81 DD-23 Remote control main page

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

7

3 Mounting

For mounting of the process refractometers and the isolation valves consult the sep-

arate process refractometer PR-23 instruction manual

Figure 31 Mounting the Divert control system

31 Mounting prism wash

K-Patents recommends to use a steam trap instead of a preconditioning valve to re-

move condensate from the steam line

8

32 Wiring

For wiring for complete system see Figure 32 which shows the connections to the

Indicating transmitters and to steam washing Figure 33 has information of all con-

nections to the Divert control unit

Figure 32 Transmitter wiring cables and connections

321 Relays

Relay 1 NORMALDIVERT information

Relay 2 NORMALDIVERT information

Relay 3 SOLIDS WARNING when one of the refractometers goes lower than the

solids warning limit typically 60 or higher See Section 561

Relay 4 SOLIDS ALARMwhen one of the refractometers goes lower than the solids

alarm limit typically 58 or higher See Section 562

Relay 5 Refractometer signal differencewarning when the refractometer readings

have more than 2 difference in concentration See Section 55

Relay 6 Horn relay connection to the audible alarm See Section 75

Relay 7 Header wash key information See Section 333

Relay 8 Refractometer A malfunction information See Sections 62 and 74

Relay 9 Refractometer B malfunction information See Sections 62 and 74

Relay 10 Information on if refractometer A is active in the Divert Control System or

dropped off

Relay 11 Information on if refractomter B is active in the Divert Control System or

dropped off

9

Figure 33 Divert control unit internal wiring

10

33 Switch inputs

331 External Divert switchpush button - input J8

An external divert switch can be connected to the DD-23 Divert Control Unit input J8

If the external divert switch is not used a jumper has to be connected across J8 The

unit is delivered with this jumper connected

332 External divert reset button - input J9

If youwant to use external Divert reset button it can be connectedmax 200m(600 ft)

from the DD-23 Divert control unit Use normal instrument cable 2x05 (AWG 20) and

connect cable to DD-23 motherboard input J9

You must make sure both refractometers A and B are working OK before starting to

use the remote divert button (the remote interface can be used to check on the refrac-

tometers see Chapter 8)

The external reset button connection is normally open (NO)

333 Header wash key - input J10

Black liquor is injected to the recovery boiler through liquor guns Occassionally the

header ring needs washing and during that procedure the divert system has to be by-

passed and the liquor guns have to be removed from the furnace The Digital Divert

Control System DD-23 allows for a safe override of divert logic during header ring

wash

The override ismounted by connecting the gunmicro switches in series to the Header

washoverride key switch input J10 see Figure 35

TheHeaderwash keymaybe usedwithout the external switch information if a jumper

(dotted line in Figure 35) is placed to swith input J10 If the input is left open the key

does not have any effect

11

DD-23Operator panel

OVERRIDEHEADER WASH

HEADERWASHKEY

MICROSWITCHon each liquor gun oron liquor gun door

Recoveryboiler

Figure 34 Header wash key functionality

Guns out microswitches

HEADERWASHKEY

SWITCH INPUTJ10

Figure 35 Header wash key connections

12

34 Remote ethernet connection

The ethernet connection for the Divert user interface DI and data logging purposes is

an 8-pin M12 connector at the bottom of the Divert Unit The ethernet cable PR-8430

to DI can be connected while the unit is powered without opening the case Ethernet

converter cable PR-8663 is used when a computer or other device with RJ45 connec-

tor is connected with the DD-23

The remoteethernet connection

Figure 36 Ethernet connection

13

4 Startup

41 Divert system pre-startup checklist

1 SDI Isolation valves mounted correctly

a Vertical pipe MTG453

b Horizontal pipe MTG471

2 DD-23 control unit installed DIM243 Figure 91 on page 39

3 Pressure reducing valve solenoid valve steam trap installed and connected to the

prism wash nozzle on each sensor

a Steam pipes for black liquor MTG470

b Nozzle MTG482

4 9ndash15 bar (130ndash220 psi) steam connected to the solenoid valve on each sensor

5 Instrumentation air 4ndash6 bar (60ndash90 psi) connect to the solenoid valve on each

sensor

6 Power supply (230110Vac24Vdc) connected SYS358Figure 31 on page 7 and

WRG366 Figure 31 on page 7

a Transmitter A

b Transmitter B

c Divert control unit

d Solenoid valve A

e Solenoid valve B

7 Cables connected SYS358Figure 31 on page 7 WRG366 Figure 31 on page 7

a Transmitter A to sensor A

b Transmitter B to sensor B

c Transmitter A to solenoid valve A

d Transmitter B to solenoid valve B

e Relay information from the Divert control unit to your control system or the

Divert valve

f Transmitter A mA output to your control system

g Transmitter B mA output to your control system

h Ethernet to your control system (optional)

14

42 Divert control unit DD-23 startup

For the refractometer startup consult Chapter 5 in the separate Process refractometer

PR-23 manual

1 Check the wiring and supply voltage

Before the power is switched on the divert output relay rsquonormal operationrsquo is in

divert position

2 Connect the mains power to start the system

There are no power switches in the instruments They are always On when the

mains power is connected

3 While the Control unit is powering up the DIVERT and SOLIDS ALARM lights are both

blinking When the unit is fully functional it is in the divert mode the DIVERT light

is on and the SOLIDS ALARM light is blinking

4 Press the LIGHT TEST button on the Divert control unit All 12 lights should switch

on

5 Reset the solids alarm by pressing the ALARM RESET button

The indicator stops blinking and should stay on

6 Each indicating transmitter should now state refractometer letter either a or b in

the upper left corner of the transmitter display If therersquos a question mark instead

of a letter on either of the transmitters see Chapter 6

If the process pipe is full the message for each refractometer should be NORMAL

OPERATION if process pipe is still empty message will be NO SAMPLE

Now activate refractometer A into the Divert by pushing the button A IN OPERATION

on the Divert control unit panel The button lights up and on the transmitter dis-

play the refractometer letter changes to capital A Then activate refractometer B

similarly by pushing the button B IN OPERATION

If the green IN OPERATION light blinks the refractometer in question is perform-

ing wash The refractometer will automatically come into operation after it has

983405inished washing

7 Now the Divert control system DD-23 is set for normal monitoring operation

8 When black liquor is in the line check that the prism wash is working for each

refractometer First press soft keyMENU on the transmitter keyboard then choose

3 SYSTEM STATUS to get to the system status display Now press soft key WASH to

initiate manual wash follow the optical image and check that it changes during

the steam wash If wash was successful wait until message is NORMAL OPERATION

and then proceed with startup If wash doesnrsquot seem to work see Chapter 6

9 If the three green lights on the third row are all on and all conditions for safe boiler

operation are satis983405ied turn off diversion by pressing the DIVERT RESET button All

warning lights are now turned off and only the 3 green lights are on

15

5 Configuration

The K-Patents Divert control system is shipped fully calibrated by the manufacturer

This chapter contains instructions on how to make 983405ine adjustments of the system

51 Calibration lock

Parameter changes are possible only when the calibration lock is open The calibra-

tion lock can be closed by a switch inside the control unit cover (see Figure 51) When

the lock is open a red led is illuminated next to the lock switch For safety reasons

keep the calibration lock open only during parameter changes done through the web

interface (see Chapter 8)

CALIBRATIONLOCK

CALIBRATIONLOCK

Figure 51 Location of the calibration lock

16

52 Divert decision rules

Two refractometers in operation

BLRBAC states the following For the solids measurements two refractometers in se-

ries must be used When both refractometers are in service the requirement for an au-

tomatic black liquor diversion can be satis983410ied by either of the following options

1 If either refractometer reads dissolved solids content 58 (default) or below

an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

2 When both refractometers read dissolved solids content 58 (default) or be-

low an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

Either option is satisfactory

The rules are listed in decreasing order of security Only rule 1 satis983405ies the high safety

requirements set by BLRBAC August 1982 On the other hand the probability of false

trips decreases with decreasing safety It means that if false trips are too frequent the

rule 2 may be preferred at the cost of safety The rule 2 has later been accepted by

BLRBAC

The divert decision rule is selected by the rule switch inside the divert control unit

cover (Figure 51) The state of the switch is indicated by a yellow indicator LED for

rule 2 and a green one for rule 1

Rule switch Rule

1-of-2 Rule 1

2-of-2 Rule 2

Table 51 Divert decision rule selection

The logical description of the safety decision logics is given Tables 53 and 52 below

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert divert

over 58 divert safe

Table 52 Two instruments in operation rule 1-of-2

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert unsafe

over 58 unsafe safe

Table 53 Two instruments in operation rule 2-of-2

17

Only one refractometer in operation

When only one instrument is in operation the divert action takes place if this instru-

ment reads 58 or below The rule selection has no in983405luence on the divert decision

in this case

A or B

under 58 unsafe

over 58 safe

Table 54 Operation logic when only one instrument operating

No refractometer in operation

If both instruments are out of operation (due to malfunction or maintenance) then

according to BLRBAC divert action must take place

Emergency divert

In all cases the systemmay be set to DIVERT by pressing the EMERGENCY DIVERT button

(or an external emergency divert button see Section 238)

53 Refractometer concentration measurement

For refractometer calibration consult also Chapter 6 in the separate Process refrac-

tometer PR-23 Instruction manual

The CONC displays of the two indicating transmitters have to show the same value

within 05 If there is a difference this can be eliminated by adjusting the bias for

one of the refractomers comparison with sample determination can decide which

one should be corrected

In the PR-23 refractometer system bias is the parameter F00 the third parameter in

the 983405ield adjustment parameter list To change it 983405irst press the MENU soft key then

5 CALIBRATION then 1 CHEMICALamp FIELD PARAMETERS and then 2 FIELD CALIBRATIONPARA-

METERS Choose 3 F00 (BIAS) to change the bias (see Section 625 in the PR-23manual)

If the Indicating transmitter A displays 682 and B displays 688 the difference can

be eliminated by lowering B by 06 This is done by setting the 983405ield calibration

parameter F00 to -06 in Indicating transmitter B

Due to its digital measurement principle the readings of the K-Patents Process refrac-

tometer do not drift by time Frequent recalibrations based on of983405linemoisture analy-

sis must be avoided as they will introduce random 983405luctuations to the refractometer

readings

18

54 Refractometer activation for divert control

When a refractometer is activated for Divert control the upper left corner of the trans-

mitter display shows alternatively A a B b or If the corner is blank the instrument

is not suitable for divert operation

Transmitter A in

Divert operation

Transmitter B not

in Divert operation

Ethernet connection failure

Figure 52 Indicating transmitters (STR) activated to Divert control

The decision to display A (a) or alternatively B (b) depends on the IP address settings

in the transmitter The IP address of instrument A is 17216232 and that of instru-

ment B is 17216233 These addresses have been set in the factory and should not be

changed (See Chapter 8 for information on system IP address and connecting to the

DD-23 system)

If a question mark appears on the transmitter display the reason is usually that the

Ethernet cable between the transmitter and the Control unit is not properly connected

or theDivert control unit is not powered on Reconnect (or replace cable if necessary)

to 983405ix

The refractometer program version has to be 300 or higher to have divert system

functionality Divert version 201 or higher requires DTR software version 412 or

higher Also the refractometer has to have the correct software parameters to be used

in a divert control system In order to convert a stand-alone refractometer into one

used on the Divert control system please contact K-Patents The easiest way to check

if a refractometer is con983405igured for DD-23 use is to look at the main display If the

aAbB letter is present (see Figure 52) the instrument may be used in the Divert

control system

If a DD-23 activated transmitter is used in another type of application the divert func-

tion has to be deactivated by K-Patents

55 Signal difference alarm

According to BLRBAC if a difference of 2 in solids (absolute value) or greater exists

between refractometer readings an alarm shall be activated

The alarm limit of 2 is the maximum difference The limit can be changed into a

smaller number through the remote interface see Chapter 8

19

56 Low alarms

561 Solids warning

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (60 by de-

fault) thewarning is activated The limit canbe changed through the remote interface

see Section 825

Minimum low warning level is 60 according to BLRBAC

562 Solids alarm

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (58 by de-

fault) the alarm is activated The limit can be changed through the remote interface

see Chapter 8

Minimum low alarm level is 58 according to BLRBAC

57 Refractometer malfunction alarm

The built-in intelligent diagnostics of a K-Patents Process refractometer provide a

tight control of the operation A full test cycle is completedwith an interval of less than

one second For details consult the Process refractometer PR-23 instruction manual

Not all malfunctions cause the instrument to be removed from the Divert control sys-

tem However all malfunction alarms need to be checked see Section 62 for more

information

58 Prism wash

Even though the sensors are equipped with a steam wash facility it is not necessarily

needed For K-Patents Process Refractometer the need of prism wash is reduced and

even in some cases eliminated

However an automatic regular prism wash provides an ef983405icient check that the re-

fractometer reacts A steam wash of 3 seconds every half hour should be suf983405icient

Only one instrument is washing at a time and during the wash the system acts in the

single-instrument mode

To change wash times or relay con983405igurations consult the PR-23 process refractome-

ter system manual sections 613 Con983410iguring relays and 631 Setting prism wash

parameters

20

The recommended wash pressures and times are given in the table below

Wash parameters for Safe-Drivetrade Isolation valve nozzle SDI

Minimum above

process pressure

Maximum above

process pressure

Wash

time

Reco-

very

Interval

Steam (SN) 5 bar (70 psi) 8 bar (115 psi) 3ndash5 s 20ndash30 s 20ndash30 min

Do not exceed the recommended wash times because some process media may burn

to the prism surface if steamed for longer time In case of coating shorten the wash

interval

It should be noted that if wash check is enabled on the instrument it can cause the

instrument to be taken out of divert use if during the set wash tolerance time nowash

cycles have been noted as successful This can cause a divert if both instruments fail

wash checks in sequence

21

6 Regular maintenance and troubleshooting

As theDivert control system is apuredigital system no specialmaintenance is needed

The LIGHT TEST button on the operator panel (Figure 21) sends a signal to the micro-

processor and the microprocessor switches all 12 LED lights on as long as the button

is pressed This way not only the lights but also the processing system is checked

To assist the identi983405ication of a faulty component the information 983405low is given in Sec-

tion 61 Also the logic diagrams of Chapter 7 may be of help

61 Information flow

The divert control unit is connected to the refractometers through an Ethernet con-

nection The Control system asks for the measurement data from the instruments

several times each second Based on the data received the divert operation decisions

are made

Each refractometer performs its measurement functions independently The instru-

ments also have their own internal diagnostics which are used in the divert decision

logic as well (see Section 62)

As the Divert Control System requests information several times a second all commu-

nication problems are found immediately In case one of the refractometers does not

respond to the control unit the non-responding instrument is dropped from opera-

tion and the malfunction alarm is set

An important information when troubleshooting communication problems is the let-

ter on the upper left corner of each refractometer (see Figure 52) If the instrument

has not received any data requests from theDivert Control Unit during the last second

the letter turns into a question mark () If the letter is aAbB then the communica-

tion link between the Divert control unit and the instrument is fully functional

62 Malfunctions

If the Divert Control Unit cannot communicate with a refractometer or if the inter-

nal diagnostics of a refractometer indicate a measurement problem the Malfunction

indicator (see Figure 21) is illuminated and the corresponding relay 8 or 9 (see Fig-

ure 33) is activated

The diagnostic message of the refractometer can be seen on the transmitter screen

(see Figure 51) Some of these messages eg PRISM WASH are only informative and

do not indicate a measurement problem Table 61 below summarizes all diagnostic

messages and their effect on the Divert control system operation

22

If themalfunction is severe enough tomake themeasurement result unreliable

the refractometer cannot be used in making the divert decision In that case the

instrument is dropped from the Divert Control System and cannot be taken on-line

manually until the problem is 983405ixed

Formore information on possible causes of each error see the PR-23 instructionman-

ual Chapter 8

Message Instrument will be

dropped from the

Divert Control System

EXTERNAL HOLD

EXTERNAL WASH STOP

HIGH SENSOR HUMIDITY

HIGH SENSOR TEMP

HIGH TRANSMITTER TEMP

LOW IMAGE QUALITY X

LOW TEMP WASH STOP

LOW TRANSMITTER VOLT

NO OPTICAL IMAGE X

NO SAMPLE X

NO SAMPLEWASH STOP

NO SENSOR X

NO SIGNAL X

NORMAL OPERATION

OUTSIDE LIGHT ERROR X

OUTSIDE LIGHT TO PRISM X

PRECONDITIONING

PRISM COATED X

PRISMWASH

PRISMWASH FAILURE X

PRISMWASH WARNING

RECOVERING

SHORT-CIRCUIT X

STARTING UP X

TEMP MEASUREMENT FAULT X

Table 61 Diagnostic messages and their effect on Divert operation

23

63 Diagnostic tools

In order to make troubleshooting easier there are several built-in diagnostic tools

An event log is built in the system A short log showing last 6 events can be accessed

from the transmitter main display by pressing the soft key DD23 A more complete

event log can be found in the web-based remote interface (see Section 824)

Figure 61 Transmitter log page for instrument A

The remote interface also provides a diagnostic page which gives full information on

the system state (concentrations relay state switch state indicator state) see Sec-

tion 823

64 Troubleshooting

641 A question mark () on the refractometer display

Cause The refractometer does not receive information request packets from the Di-

vert Control Unit This may be caused by a faulty cable faulty parameters or equip-

ment malfunction either in the refractometer or in the Divert Control Unit

Action If the instrument has never been functional or if it is possible someone has

changed the instrument parameters there may be a con983405iguration problem with the

IP addresses The IP address in the refractometer should be set as given in Section 54

If possible cross-check the addresses from the diagnostic web page

Aphysical problemcanbe ruledout by looking at a small LEDclose to the transmitterrsquos

Ethernet connector If the LED is green the cable is ok Oneway to isolate the problem

is to swap the cables between the refractometers A standard Ethernet cable can be

used as a troubleshooting aid (either straight-through or cross-over)

642 A refractometer refuses to come on-line

Cause Either there is no communication to the refractometer or there is a malfunc-

tionon the refractometer It is alsopossible the transmitter is not con983405igured forDivert

use

24

Action Check that there is aAbB on the refractometer display If there is a question

mark () instead see above

Check that there is a soft key DD23 on the refractometer main display (see Figure 62

below) If the soft key is not present in the main display the instrument is not con983405ig-

ured for Divert use If this is the case please contact K-Patents

In other cases check the diagnostic message on the refractometer screen (see Sec-

tion 62)

Figure 62 Transmitter main display instrument in Divert use

643 No lights come up in the Divert Control Unit

Cause There is no power on the instrument or there is a hardware fault

Action Check that the instrument receives power In normal operation several relays

have their associated LEDs lit If there are any LEDs lit in the Divert Control Unit the

unit receives power

644 All lights are blinking

Cause There is an unrecoverable hardware fault in the Divert Control Unit

Action Please contact K-Patents

65 Ethernet strain relief for transmitters

When transmitter door is opened the ethernet cable connecting the transmitter to

the Divert Unit may come off This can be 983405ixed bymounting a strain relief plate in the

transmitter

25

1 First screw on the strain relief plate

2 Fasten the ethernet cable to the relief plate with cable ties

3 Cut the ends of the cable ties

1

2

3

Figure 63 Mounting the strain relief

26

27

7 Divert control logics

A logical description of the system is provided to complement the operational descrip-

tion given in the previous chapters

71 Safety decision logic

The core of the Divert control system is the safety decision logic which makes the

ultimate decision whether the black liquor can be safely fed to the burner or not

The logic is described in the 983405low diagram in Figure 71 The factors affecting the de-

cision are the number of instruments in operation (none one or two) and their mea-

surement results Also the selected divert rule is taken into account when two instru-

ments are in operation For a description of different rules see Section 52

As a result of this logic the system is either in SAFE SOLIDS or UNSAFE SOLIDS state

When the system is in the SAFE SOLIDS state the SAFE SOLIDS light is illuminated

no

no no

no

yes

UNSAFE SOLIDSSAFE SOLIDS

NO INSTRU-MENTS

Rule 2-of-2

2 instrumentsavailable

1 instrumentavailable

Both ge 58

Either ge 58CONC ge58

yes

yesyes

yes

no

Rule 1-of-2yes

no

DIVERT

Figure 71 Safe solids decision logic

One instrument available maymean that only one instrument is in operation or that

both instruments are in operation but one of them is washing when queried

28

72 Divert decision logic

After the system has evaluated the solid contents to be either safe or unsafe (see Sec-

tion 71) it decides whether the the system should be in the DIVERT state This deci-

sion is made according to the 983405low diagram in Figure 72

Thedefault state of the system is theDIVERTstate It canbe changed to theNODIVERT

state only by manually pressing the DIVERT RESET push-button when the solid content

is suf983405icient (SAFE SOLIDS) If the solid content drops to UNSAFE the system drops

into the DIVERT state

The only exception to this is when the HEADERWASH is active In that case the solid

content checking is skipped The system may then be switched between the DIVERT

and NO DIVERT states by using the EMERGENCY DIVERT and DIVERT RESET push buttons

in the operator panel (or the equivalent external emergency divert and divert reset

buttons)

The system will drop to the DIVERT state in all cases when the EMERGENCY DIVERT

button (or its external counterpart) is pressed

NO DIVERT DIVERT

HEADER WASH active

Divert fromsafe solids logic

EMERGENCYDIVERTpressed

DIVERT RESET pressed

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

no

yes

Figure 72 The divert decision logics

29

73 In operation logic

IN OPERATIONbutton pressed

yes

yes

yes

yes

no

no

wash done

no

no

no

Onlyinstrument

Washing

IN OPER pressed

Critical malfunction

WAIT(LIGHT BLINKING)

IN OPERATION(LIGHT ON RELAYS

10 11 ACTIVE)

Criticalmalfunction

NOT IN OPERATION(LIGHT OFF)

yes

Figure 73 Operation logic

Whether an instrument is in op-

eration depends on the opera-

torrsquos commands and the instru-

mentrsquos diagnostics The decision

is carried out as outlined in Fig-

ure 73

An instrument can be in one of

three different states IN OPER-

ATION NOT IN OPERATION and

WAITWhen the instrument is IN

OPERATION it is used in decid-

ing whether the solid content is

in the safe level (see Section 71)

When the instrument is NOT IN

OPERATION or WAIT states it is

not used

The WAIT state occurs when the

operator has requested the in-

strument to come into operation

by pressing the button but the

instrument is in the wash cycle

and will come into operation af-

ter the wash cycle is completed

The actual state can be seen from

the INOPERATION light If the light

is on the instrument is IN OPER-

ATION If the light is off the in-

strument is NOT IN OPERATION

and if the light is blinking it is in

the WAIT state

The default state of an instru-

ment is to be NOT IN OPERA-

TION It can be taken into op-

eration by pressing the IN OP-

ERATION button unless there is

a critical malfunction (see Sec-

tion 62)

An instrument automatically drops

into NOT IN OPERATION if there is a critical malfunction It may also be dropped by

the IN OPERATION button unless it is the only instrument used

30

74 Malfunction logic

Timeout frominstrument

Malfunction ininstrument

no

yes

yes

yes

no

no

Critical malfunc-tion in instr

NO MALFUNCTION

Remove instr from Divert use

MALFUNCTION

Figure 74 Malfunction logic (repeated for each sensor)

The MALFUNCTION light is illumi-

nated when the internal diagnos-

tics of either of the two instru-

ments indicates a malfunction or

there is a communication timeout

to either of the instruments (Fig-

ure 74)

It should be noted that not all mal-

functions are critical malfunctions

which drop the instrument from

operation (see Section 73) For a

complete list of possible malfunc-

tions see Section 62

TheMALFUNCTION light re983405lects the

decision taken by this logic How-

ever as the MALFUNCTION light is

one of the resettable alarms it

may be blinking even when the

malfunction itself is cleared if the

ALARM RESET button has not been

pressed (see Section 75)

31

75 Resettable alarm logic

UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM

(Blinking Relay 6 active)

ALARM(Light on Relay 6 inactive)

Alarm source active

ALARM RESETpressed

Alarm source active

yes

no

no

no

yes

yes

NO ALARM(Light off Relay 6 inactive)

Figure 75 The resettable alarm logic

In order to identify new alarms there

is a resettable alarm logic in the Di-

vert control unit There are four pos-

sible alarm sources SOLIDS ALARM

SOLIDSWARNINGAampBDIFFERENCE

and MALFUNCTION All of these fol-

low the same alarm reset rules (see

Figure 75)

Whenanew (unacknowledged) alarm

activates the corresponding light starts

blinking in the operator panel and re-

lay 6 is activated When the ALARM RE-

SET button is pressed relay 6 is inacti-

vated

The state of the alarm indicator in the

operator panel depends on whether

the cause for the alarm is still present

If the cause has cleared (eg solids

content has risen above the warn-

ing limit) the light goes off when

the ALARM RESET is pressed If the

cause has not cleared the light will be

steadily illuminated

A non-illuminated light means there

is no alarm A steadily illuminated

alarm light means there is a problem

which persists but the problem has

been acknowledged by pressing the

ALARM RESET A blinking light means

the problem has not been acknowl-

edged but givesno informationwhether

the problem is still there or not

32

76 Refractometer difference logic

If there are two refractometers in operation (taken into operation not washing) the

Control unit monitors the difference in reading between the two instruments (983405ig-

ure 76) If the difference ismore than 2 a refractometer differencewarning is given

with the corresponding front panel indicator and relay

The divert decision logic (section 72) is not affected by the refractometer difference

but a signi983405icant difference between the two instruments indicates one of the instru-

ments is not measuring reliably In this case the instruments and wash systems have

to be checked immediately Ignoring to do this may result in an erroneous divert de-

cision

no REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

|A-B| gt 2

2 instruments available

yes

no

no

yes

REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

Figure 76 Refractometer difference logic

33

77 Wash arbitration logic

The Divert Control Unit takes care that if there are two instruments in operation they

wonrsquotwash at the same time (as thatwould trip the system) This is doneby the simple

logic described in Figure 77

Each instrument control their ownwash cycle Before the start washing they request

a wash permission from the Divert Control Unit If the other instrument is already

washing the unit does not grant this permission until the wash cycle is completed

noWAIT

WASH

IDLE

The otherinstrumentwashing

yes

wash interval elapsed

wash done

the other instrument done washing

Figure 77 Wash arbitration logic

34

78 Wash check logic

Wash check

Wash tolerancetime gt 0

no

yes

yes

off

yes

on

no

Prism washsuccesful

Drop fromDivert use

Malfunction

Succesful washwithin tolerance

time

Prism wash failurePrism wash

warning

no

Normal operation

One w

ash

cyc

le

Figure 78 Wash check logic

By default the wash tolerance time is 0

35

8 Remote control interface

The remote interface is based on a web server inside the Divert Control Unit It con-

sists of several web pages easily accessible through the links on the navigation bar in

the left (see Figure 81)

The remote interface is optimized for the Firefox browser version 20 or newer al-

though it may work with other browsers Firefox is free and exists for Windows Mac

OS X and Linux it can be downloaded through httpwwwmozillacom

81 Divert Control Unit IP address

The Divert Control Unit can be reached through two different IP addresses In non-

networked applications (only a DD-23 and a single computer) the IP address is

1692542323 This IP address is factory set and cannot be changed If the Divert

Control Unit is to be connected to a network the network settings can be changed

through the parameter page of the remote interface (see Section 825)

82 The remote interface

821 Main page

The remote indicator main page gives a quick overview over system status

Figure 81 DD-23 Remote control main page

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

8

32 Wiring

For wiring for complete system see Figure 32 which shows the connections to the

Indicating transmitters and to steam washing Figure 33 has information of all con-

nections to the Divert control unit

Figure 32 Transmitter wiring cables and connections

321 Relays

Relay 1 NORMALDIVERT information

Relay 2 NORMALDIVERT information

Relay 3 SOLIDS WARNING when one of the refractometers goes lower than the

solids warning limit typically 60 or higher See Section 561

Relay 4 SOLIDS ALARMwhen one of the refractometers goes lower than the solids

alarm limit typically 58 or higher See Section 562

Relay 5 Refractometer signal differencewarning when the refractometer readings

have more than 2 difference in concentration See Section 55

Relay 6 Horn relay connection to the audible alarm See Section 75

Relay 7 Header wash key information See Section 333

Relay 8 Refractometer A malfunction information See Sections 62 and 74

Relay 9 Refractometer B malfunction information See Sections 62 and 74

Relay 10 Information on if refractometer A is active in the Divert Control System or

dropped off

Relay 11 Information on if refractomter B is active in the Divert Control System or

dropped off

9

Figure 33 Divert control unit internal wiring

10

33 Switch inputs

331 External Divert switchpush button - input J8

An external divert switch can be connected to the DD-23 Divert Control Unit input J8

If the external divert switch is not used a jumper has to be connected across J8 The

unit is delivered with this jumper connected

332 External divert reset button - input J9

If youwant to use external Divert reset button it can be connectedmax 200m(600 ft)

from the DD-23 Divert control unit Use normal instrument cable 2x05 (AWG 20) and

connect cable to DD-23 motherboard input J9

You must make sure both refractometers A and B are working OK before starting to

use the remote divert button (the remote interface can be used to check on the refrac-

tometers see Chapter 8)

The external reset button connection is normally open (NO)

333 Header wash key - input J10

Black liquor is injected to the recovery boiler through liquor guns Occassionally the

header ring needs washing and during that procedure the divert system has to be by-

passed and the liquor guns have to be removed from the furnace The Digital Divert

Control System DD-23 allows for a safe override of divert logic during header ring

wash

The override ismounted by connecting the gunmicro switches in series to the Header

washoverride key switch input J10 see Figure 35

TheHeaderwash keymaybe usedwithout the external switch information if a jumper

(dotted line in Figure 35) is placed to swith input J10 If the input is left open the key

does not have any effect

11

DD-23Operator panel

OVERRIDEHEADER WASH

HEADERWASHKEY

MICROSWITCHon each liquor gun oron liquor gun door

Recoveryboiler

Figure 34 Header wash key functionality

Guns out microswitches

HEADERWASHKEY

SWITCH INPUTJ10

Figure 35 Header wash key connections

12

34 Remote ethernet connection

The ethernet connection for the Divert user interface DI and data logging purposes is

an 8-pin M12 connector at the bottom of the Divert Unit The ethernet cable PR-8430

to DI can be connected while the unit is powered without opening the case Ethernet

converter cable PR-8663 is used when a computer or other device with RJ45 connec-

tor is connected with the DD-23

The remoteethernet connection

Figure 36 Ethernet connection

13

4 Startup

41 Divert system pre-startup checklist

1 SDI Isolation valves mounted correctly

a Vertical pipe MTG453

b Horizontal pipe MTG471

2 DD-23 control unit installed DIM243 Figure 91 on page 39

3 Pressure reducing valve solenoid valve steam trap installed and connected to the

prism wash nozzle on each sensor

a Steam pipes for black liquor MTG470

b Nozzle MTG482

4 9ndash15 bar (130ndash220 psi) steam connected to the solenoid valve on each sensor

5 Instrumentation air 4ndash6 bar (60ndash90 psi) connect to the solenoid valve on each

sensor

6 Power supply (230110Vac24Vdc) connected SYS358Figure 31 on page 7 and

WRG366 Figure 31 on page 7

a Transmitter A

b Transmitter B

c Divert control unit

d Solenoid valve A

e Solenoid valve B

7 Cables connected SYS358Figure 31 on page 7 WRG366 Figure 31 on page 7

a Transmitter A to sensor A

b Transmitter B to sensor B

c Transmitter A to solenoid valve A

d Transmitter B to solenoid valve B

e Relay information from the Divert control unit to your control system or the

Divert valve

f Transmitter A mA output to your control system

g Transmitter B mA output to your control system

h Ethernet to your control system (optional)

14

42 Divert control unit DD-23 startup

For the refractometer startup consult Chapter 5 in the separate Process refractometer

PR-23 manual

1 Check the wiring and supply voltage

Before the power is switched on the divert output relay rsquonormal operationrsquo is in

divert position

2 Connect the mains power to start the system

There are no power switches in the instruments They are always On when the

mains power is connected

3 While the Control unit is powering up the DIVERT and SOLIDS ALARM lights are both

blinking When the unit is fully functional it is in the divert mode the DIVERT light

is on and the SOLIDS ALARM light is blinking

4 Press the LIGHT TEST button on the Divert control unit All 12 lights should switch

on

5 Reset the solids alarm by pressing the ALARM RESET button

The indicator stops blinking and should stay on

6 Each indicating transmitter should now state refractometer letter either a or b in

the upper left corner of the transmitter display If therersquos a question mark instead

of a letter on either of the transmitters see Chapter 6

If the process pipe is full the message for each refractometer should be NORMAL

OPERATION if process pipe is still empty message will be NO SAMPLE

Now activate refractometer A into the Divert by pushing the button A IN OPERATION

on the Divert control unit panel The button lights up and on the transmitter dis-

play the refractometer letter changes to capital A Then activate refractometer B

similarly by pushing the button B IN OPERATION

If the green IN OPERATION light blinks the refractometer in question is perform-

ing wash The refractometer will automatically come into operation after it has

983405inished washing

7 Now the Divert control system DD-23 is set for normal monitoring operation

8 When black liquor is in the line check that the prism wash is working for each

refractometer First press soft keyMENU on the transmitter keyboard then choose

3 SYSTEM STATUS to get to the system status display Now press soft key WASH to

initiate manual wash follow the optical image and check that it changes during

the steam wash If wash was successful wait until message is NORMAL OPERATION

and then proceed with startup If wash doesnrsquot seem to work see Chapter 6

9 If the three green lights on the third row are all on and all conditions for safe boiler

operation are satis983405ied turn off diversion by pressing the DIVERT RESET button All

warning lights are now turned off and only the 3 green lights are on

15

5 Configuration

The K-Patents Divert control system is shipped fully calibrated by the manufacturer

This chapter contains instructions on how to make 983405ine adjustments of the system

51 Calibration lock

Parameter changes are possible only when the calibration lock is open The calibra-

tion lock can be closed by a switch inside the control unit cover (see Figure 51) When

the lock is open a red led is illuminated next to the lock switch For safety reasons

keep the calibration lock open only during parameter changes done through the web

interface (see Chapter 8)

CALIBRATIONLOCK

CALIBRATIONLOCK

Figure 51 Location of the calibration lock

16

52 Divert decision rules

Two refractometers in operation

BLRBAC states the following For the solids measurements two refractometers in se-

ries must be used When both refractometers are in service the requirement for an au-

tomatic black liquor diversion can be satis983410ied by either of the following options

1 If either refractometer reads dissolved solids content 58 (default) or below

an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

2 When both refractometers read dissolved solids content 58 (default) or be-

low an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

Either option is satisfactory

The rules are listed in decreasing order of security Only rule 1 satis983405ies the high safety

requirements set by BLRBAC August 1982 On the other hand the probability of false

trips decreases with decreasing safety It means that if false trips are too frequent the

rule 2 may be preferred at the cost of safety The rule 2 has later been accepted by

BLRBAC

The divert decision rule is selected by the rule switch inside the divert control unit

cover (Figure 51) The state of the switch is indicated by a yellow indicator LED for

rule 2 and a green one for rule 1

Rule switch Rule

1-of-2 Rule 1

2-of-2 Rule 2

Table 51 Divert decision rule selection

The logical description of the safety decision logics is given Tables 53 and 52 below

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert divert

over 58 divert safe

Table 52 Two instruments in operation rule 1-of-2

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert unsafe

over 58 unsafe safe

Table 53 Two instruments in operation rule 2-of-2

17

Only one refractometer in operation

When only one instrument is in operation the divert action takes place if this instru-

ment reads 58 or below The rule selection has no in983405luence on the divert decision

in this case

A or B

under 58 unsafe

over 58 safe

Table 54 Operation logic when only one instrument operating

No refractometer in operation

If both instruments are out of operation (due to malfunction or maintenance) then

according to BLRBAC divert action must take place

Emergency divert

In all cases the systemmay be set to DIVERT by pressing the EMERGENCY DIVERT button

(or an external emergency divert button see Section 238)

53 Refractometer concentration measurement

For refractometer calibration consult also Chapter 6 in the separate Process refrac-

tometer PR-23 Instruction manual

The CONC displays of the two indicating transmitters have to show the same value

within 05 If there is a difference this can be eliminated by adjusting the bias for

one of the refractomers comparison with sample determination can decide which

one should be corrected

In the PR-23 refractometer system bias is the parameter F00 the third parameter in

the 983405ield adjustment parameter list To change it 983405irst press the MENU soft key then

5 CALIBRATION then 1 CHEMICALamp FIELD PARAMETERS and then 2 FIELD CALIBRATIONPARA-

METERS Choose 3 F00 (BIAS) to change the bias (see Section 625 in the PR-23manual)

If the Indicating transmitter A displays 682 and B displays 688 the difference can

be eliminated by lowering B by 06 This is done by setting the 983405ield calibration

parameter F00 to -06 in Indicating transmitter B

Due to its digital measurement principle the readings of the K-Patents Process refrac-

tometer do not drift by time Frequent recalibrations based on of983405linemoisture analy-

sis must be avoided as they will introduce random 983405luctuations to the refractometer

readings

18

54 Refractometer activation for divert control

When a refractometer is activated for Divert control the upper left corner of the trans-

mitter display shows alternatively A a B b or If the corner is blank the instrument

is not suitable for divert operation

Transmitter A in

Divert operation

Transmitter B not

in Divert operation

Ethernet connection failure

Figure 52 Indicating transmitters (STR) activated to Divert control

The decision to display A (a) or alternatively B (b) depends on the IP address settings

in the transmitter The IP address of instrument A is 17216232 and that of instru-

ment B is 17216233 These addresses have been set in the factory and should not be

changed (See Chapter 8 for information on system IP address and connecting to the

DD-23 system)

If a question mark appears on the transmitter display the reason is usually that the

Ethernet cable between the transmitter and the Control unit is not properly connected

or theDivert control unit is not powered on Reconnect (or replace cable if necessary)

to 983405ix

The refractometer program version has to be 300 or higher to have divert system

functionality Divert version 201 or higher requires DTR software version 412 or

higher Also the refractometer has to have the correct software parameters to be used

in a divert control system In order to convert a stand-alone refractometer into one

used on the Divert control system please contact K-Patents The easiest way to check

if a refractometer is con983405igured for DD-23 use is to look at the main display If the

aAbB letter is present (see Figure 52) the instrument may be used in the Divert

control system

If a DD-23 activated transmitter is used in another type of application the divert func-

tion has to be deactivated by K-Patents

55 Signal difference alarm

According to BLRBAC if a difference of 2 in solids (absolute value) or greater exists

between refractometer readings an alarm shall be activated

The alarm limit of 2 is the maximum difference The limit can be changed into a

smaller number through the remote interface see Chapter 8

19

56 Low alarms

561 Solids warning

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (60 by de-

fault) thewarning is activated The limit canbe changed through the remote interface

see Section 825

Minimum low warning level is 60 according to BLRBAC

562 Solids alarm

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (58 by de-

fault) the alarm is activated The limit can be changed through the remote interface

see Chapter 8

Minimum low alarm level is 58 according to BLRBAC

57 Refractometer malfunction alarm

The built-in intelligent diagnostics of a K-Patents Process refractometer provide a

tight control of the operation A full test cycle is completedwith an interval of less than

one second For details consult the Process refractometer PR-23 instruction manual

Not all malfunctions cause the instrument to be removed from the Divert control sys-

tem However all malfunction alarms need to be checked see Section 62 for more

information

58 Prism wash

Even though the sensors are equipped with a steam wash facility it is not necessarily

needed For K-Patents Process Refractometer the need of prism wash is reduced and

even in some cases eliminated

However an automatic regular prism wash provides an ef983405icient check that the re-

fractometer reacts A steam wash of 3 seconds every half hour should be suf983405icient

Only one instrument is washing at a time and during the wash the system acts in the

single-instrument mode

To change wash times or relay con983405igurations consult the PR-23 process refractome-

ter system manual sections 613 Con983410iguring relays and 631 Setting prism wash

parameters

20

The recommended wash pressures and times are given in the table below

Wash parameters for Safe-Drivetrade Isolation valve nozzle SDI

Minimum above

process pressure

Maximum above

process pressure

Wash

time

Reco-

very

Interval

Steam (SN) 5 bar (70 psi) 8 bar (115 psi) 3ndash5 s 20ndash30 s 20ndash30 min

Do not exceed the recommended wash times because some process media may burn

to the prism surface if steamed for longer time In case of coating shorten the wash

interval

It should be noted that if wash check is enabled on the instrument it can cause the

instrument to be taken out of divert use if during the set wash tolerance time nowash

cycles have been noted as successful This can cause a divert if both instruments fail

wash checks in sequence

21

6 Regular maintenance and troubleshooting

As theDivert control system is apuredigital system no specialmaintenance is needed

The LIGHT TEST button on the operator panel (Figure 21) sends a signal to the micro-

processor and the microprocessor switches all 12 LED lights on as long as the button

is pressed This way not only the lights but also the processing system is checked

To assist the identi983405ication of a faulty component the information 983405low is given in Sec-

tion 61 Also the logic diagrams of Chapter 7 may be of help

61 Information flow

The divert control unit is connected to the refractometers through an Ethernet con-

nection The Control system asks for the measurement data from the instruments

several times each second Based on the data received the divert operation decisions

are made

Each refractometer performs its measurement functions independently The instru-

ments also have their own internal diagnostics which are used in the divert decision

logic as well (see Section 62)

As the Divert Control System requests information several times a second all commu-

nication problems are found immediately In case one of the refractometers does not

respond to the control unit the non-responding instrument is dropped from opera-

tion and the malfunction alarm is set

An important information when troubleshooting communication problems is the let-

ter on the upper left corner of each refractometer (see Figure 52) If the instrument

has not received any data requests from theDivert Control Unit during the last second

the letter turns into a question mark () If the letter is aAbB then the communica-

tion link between the Divert control unit and the instrument is fully functional

62 Malfunctions

If the Divert Control Unit cannot communicate with a refractometer or if the inter-

nal diagnostics of a refractometer indicate a measurement problem the Malfunction

indicator (see Figure 21) is illuminated and the corresponding relay 8 or 9 (see Fig-

ure 33) is activated

The diagnostic message of the refractometer can be seen on the transmitter screen

(see Figure 51) Some of these messages eg PRISM WASH are only informative and

do not indicate a measurement problem Table 61 below summarizes all diagnostic

messages and their effect on the Divert control system operation

22

If themalfunction is severe enough tomake themeasurement result unreliable

the refractometer cannot be used in making the divert decision In that case the

instrument is dropped from the Divert Control System and cannot be taken on-line

manually until the problem is 983405ixed

Formore information on possible causes of each error see the PR-23 instructionman-

ual Chapter 8

Message Instrument will be

dropped from the

Divert Control System

EXTERNAL HOLD

EXTERNAL WASH STOP

HIGH SENSOR HUMIDITY

HIGH SENSOR TEMP

HIGH TRANSMITTER TEMP

LOW IMAGE QUALITY X

LOW TEMP WASH STOP

LOW TRANSMITTER VOLT

NO OPTICAL IMAGE X

NO SAMPLE X

NO SAMPLEWASH STOP

NO SENSOR X

NO SIGNAL X

NORMAL OPERATION

OUTSIDE LIGHT ERROR X

OUTSIDE LIGHT TO PRISM X

PRECONDITIONING

PRISM COATED X

PRISMWASH

PRISMWASH FAILURE X

PRISMWASH WARNING

RECOVERING

SHORT-CIRCUIT X

STARTING UP X

TEMP MEASUREMENT FAULT X

Table 61 Diagnostic messages and their effect on Divert operation

23

63 Diagnostic tools

In order to make troubleshooting easier there are several built-in diagnostic tools

An event log is built in the system A short log showing last 6 events can be accessed

from the transmitter main display by pressing the soft key DD23 A more complete

event log can be found in the web-based remote interface (see Section 824)

Figure 61 Transmitter log page for instrument A

The remote interface also provides a diagnostic page which gives full information on

the system state (concentrations relay state switch state indicator state) see Sec-

tion 823

64 Troubleshooting

641 A question mark () on the refractometer display

Cause The refractometer does not receive information request packets from the Di-

vert Control Unit This may be caused by a faulty cable faulty parameters or equip-

ment malfunction either in the refractometer or in the Divert Control Unit

Action If the instrument has never been functional or if it is possible someone has

changed the instrument parameters there may be a con983405iguration problem with the

IP addresses The IP address in the refractometer should be set as given in Section 54

If possible cross-check the addresses from the diagnostic web page

Aphysical problemcanbe ruledout by looking at a small LEDclose to the transmitterrsquos

Ethernet connector If the LED is green the cable is ok Oneway to isolate the problem

is to swap the cables between the refractometers A standard Ethernet cable can be

used as a troubleshooting aid (either straight-through or cross-over)

642 A refractometer refuses to come on-line

Cause Either there is no communication to the refractometer or there is a malfunc-

tionon the refractometer It is alsopossible the transmitter is not con983405igured forDivert

use

24

Action Check that there is aAbB on the refractometer display If there is a question

mark () instead see above

Check that there is a soft key DD23 on the refractometer main display (see Figure 62

below) If the soft key is not present in the main display the instrument is not con983405ig-

ured for Divert use If this is the case please contact K-Patents

In other cases check the diagnostic message on the refractometer screen (see Sec-

tion 62)

Figure 62 Transmitter main display instrument in Divert use

643 No lights come up in the Divert Control Unit

Cause There is no power on the instrument or there is a hardware fault

Action Check that the instrument receives power In normal operation several relays

have their associated LEDs lit If there are any LEDs lit in the Divert Control Unit the

unit receives power

644 All lights are blinking

Cause There is an unrecoverable hardware fault in the Divert Control Unit

Action Please contact K-Patents

65 Ethernet strain relief for transmitters

When transmitter door is opened the ethernet cable connecting the transmitter to

the Divert Unit may come off This can be 983405ixed bymounting a strain relief plate in the

transmitter

25

1 First screw on the strain relief plate

2 Fasten the ethernet cable to the relief plate with cable ties

3 Cut the ends of the cable ties

1

2

3

Figure 63 Mounting the strain relief

26

27

7 Divert control logics

A logical description of the system is provided to complement the operational descrip-

tion given in the previous chapters

71 Safety decision logic

The core of the Divert control system is the safety decision logic which makes the

ultimate decision whether the black liquor can be safely fed to the burner or not

The logic is described in the 983405low diagram in Figure 71 The factors affecting the de-

cision are the number of instruments in operation (none one or two) and their mea-

surement results Also the selected divert rule is taken into account when two instru-

ments are in operation For a description of different rules see Section 52

As a result of this logic the system is either in SAFE SOLIDS or UNSAFE SOLIDS state

When the system is in the SAFE SOLIDS state the SAFE SOLIDS light is illuminated

no

no no

no

yes

UNSAFE SOLIDSSAFE SOLIDS

NO INSTRU-MENTS

Rule 2-of-2

2 instrumentsavailable

1 instrumentavailable

Both ge 58

Either ge 58CONC ge58

yes

yesyes

yes

no

Rule 1-of-2yes

no

DIVERT

Figure 71 Safe solids decision logic

One instrument available maymean that only one instrument is in operation or that

both instruments are in operation but one of them is washing when queried

28

72 Divert decision logic

After the system has evaluated the solid contents to be either safe or unsafe (see Sec-

tion 71) it decides whether the the system should be in the DIVERT state This deci-

sion is made according to the 983405low diagram in Figure 72

Thedefault state of the system is theDIVERTstate It canbe changed to theNODIVERT

state only by manually pressing the DIVERT RESET push-button when the solid content

is suf983405icient (SAFE SOLIDS) If the solid content drops to UNSAFE the system drops

into the DIVERT state

The only exception to this is when the HEADERWASH is active In that case the solid

content checking is skipped The system may then be switched between the DIVERT

and NO DIVERT states by using the EMERGENCY DIVERT and DIVERT RESET push buttons

in the operator panel (or the equivalent external emergency divert and divert reset

buttons)

The system will drop to the DIVERT state in all cases when the EMERGENCY DIVERT

button (or its external counterpart) is pressed

NO DIVERT DIVERT

HEADER WASH active

Divert fromsafe solids logic

EMERGENCYDIVERTpressed

DIVERT RESET pressed

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

no

yes

Figure 72 The divert decision logics

29

73 In operation logic

IN OPERATIONbutton pressed

yes

yes

yes

yes

no

no

wash done

no

no

no

Onlyinstrument

Washing

IN OPER pressed

Critical malfunction

WAIT(LIGHT BLINKING)

IN OPERATION(LIGHT ON RELAYS

10 11 ACTIVE)

Criticalmalfunction

NOT IN OPERATION(LIGHT OFF)

yes

Figure 73 Operation logic

Whether an instrument is in op-

eration depends on the opera-

torrsquos commands and the instru-

mentrsquos diagnostics The decision

is carried out as outlined in Fig-

ure 73

An instrument can be in one of

three different states IN OPER-

ATION NOT IN OPERATION and

WAITWhen the instrument is IN

OPERATION it is used in decid-

ing whether the solid content is

in the safe level (see Section 71)

When the instrument is NOT IN

OPERATION or WAIT states it is

not used

The WAIT state occurs when the

operator has requested the in-

strument to come into operation

by pressing the button but the

instrument is in the wash cycle

and will come into operation af-

ter the wash cycle is completed

The actual state can be seen from

the INOPERATION light If the light

is on the instrument is IN OPER-

ATION If the light is off the in-

strument is NOT IN OPERATION

and if the light is blinking it is in

the WAIT state

The default state of an instru-

ment is to be NOT IN OPERA-

TION It can be taken into op-

eration by pressing the IN OP-

ERATION button unless there is

a critical malfunction (see Sec-

tion 62)

An instrument automatically drops

into NOT IN OPERATION if there is a critical malfunction It may also be dropped by

the IN OPERATION button unless it is the only instrument used

30

74 Malfunction logic

Timeout frominstrument

Malfunction ininstrument

no

yes

yes

yes

no

no

Critical malfunc-tion in instr

NO MALFUNCTION

Remove instr from Divert use

MALFUNCTION

Figure 74 Malfunction logic (repeated for each sensor)

The MALFUNCTION light is illumi-

nated when the internal diagnos-

tics of either of the two instru-

ments indicates a malfunction or

there is a communication timeout

to either of the instruments (Fig-

ure 74)

It should be noted that not all mal-

functions are critical malfunctions

which drop the instrument from

operation (see Section 73) For a

complete list of possible malfunc-

tions see Section 62

TheMALFUNCTION light re983405lects the

decision taken by this logic How-

ever as the MALFUNCTION light is

one of the resettable alarms it

may be blinking even when the

malfunction itself is cleared if the

ALARM RESET button has not been

pressed (see Section 75)

31

75 Resettable alarm logic

UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM

(Blinking Relay 6 active)

ALARM(Light on Relay 6 inactive)

Alarm source active

ALARM RESETpressed

Alarm source active

yes

no

no

no

yes

yes

NO ALARM(Light off Relay 6 inactive)

Figure 75 The resettable alarm logic

In order to identify new alarms there

is a resettable alarm logic in the Di-

vert control unit There are four pos-

sible alarm sources SOLIDS ALARM

SOLIDSWARNINGAampBDIFFERENCE

and MALFUNCTION All of these fol-

low the same alarm reset rules (see

Figure 75)

Whenanew (unacknowledged) alarm

activates the corresponding light starts

blinking in the operator panel and re-

lay 6 is activated When the ALARM RE-

SET button is pressed relay 6 is inacti-

vated

The state of the alarm indicator in the

operator panel depends on whether

the cause for the alarm is still present

If the cause has cleared (eg solids

content has risen above the warn-

ing limit) the light goes off when

the ALARM RESET is pressed If the

cause has not cleared the light will be

steadily illuminated

A non-illuminated light means there

is no alarm A steadily illuminated

alarm light means there is a problem

which persists but the problem has

been acknowledged by pressing the

ALARM RESET A blinking light means

the problem has not been acknowl-

edged but givesno informationwhether

the problem is still there or not

32

76 Refractometer difference logic

If there are two refractometers in operation (taken into operation not washing) the

Control unit monitors the difference in reading between the two instruments (983405ig-

ure 76) If the difference ismore than 2 a refractometer differencewarning is given

with the corresponding front panel indicator and relay

The divert decision logic (section 72) is not affected by the refractometer difference

but a signi983405icant difference between the two instruments indicates one of the instru-

ments is not measuring reliably In this case the instruments and wash systems have

to be checked immediately Ignoring to do this may result in an erroneous divert de-

cision

no REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

|A-B| gt 2

2 instruments available

yes

no

no

yes

REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

Figure 76 Refractometer difference logic

33

77 Wash arbitration logic

The Divert Control Unit takes care that if there are two instruments in operation they

wonrsquotwash at the same time (as thatwould trip the system) This is doneby the simple

logic described in Figure 77

Each instrument control their ownwash cycle Before the start washing they request

a wash permission from the Divert Control Unit If the other instrument is already

washing the unit does not grant this permission until the wash cycle is completed

noWAIT

WASH

IDLE

The otherinstrumentwashing

yes

wash interval elapsed

wash done

the other instrument done washing

Figure 77 Wash arbitration logic

34

78 Wash check logic

Wash check

Wash tolerancetime gt 0

no

yes

yes

off

yes

on

no

Prism washsuccesful

Drop fromDivert use

Malfunction

Succesful washwithin tolerance

time

Prism wash failurePrism wash

warning

no

Normal operation

One w

ash

cyc

le

Figure 78 Wash check logic

By default the wash tolerance time is 0

35

8 Remote control interface

The remote interface is based on a web server inside the Divert Control Unit It con-

sists of several web pages easily accessible through the links on the navigation bar in

the left (see Figure 81)

The remote interface is optimized for the Firefox browser version 20 or newer al-

though it may work with other browsers Firefox is free and exists for Windows Mac

OS X and Linux it can be downloaded through httpwwwmozillacom

81 Divert Control Unit IP address

The Divert Control Unit can be reached through two different IP addresses In non-

networked applications (only a DD-23 and a single computer) the IP address is

1692542323 This IP address is factory set and cannot be changed If the Divert

Control Unit is to be connected to a network the network settings can be changed

through the parameter page of the remote interface (see Section 825)

82 The remote interface

821 Main page

The remote indicator main page gives a quick overview over system status

Figure 81 DD-23 Remote control main page

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

9

Figure 33 Divert control unit internal wiring

10

33 Switch inputs

331 External Divert switchpush button - input J8

An external divert switch can be connected to the DD-23 Divert Control Unit input J8

If the external divert switch is not used a jumper has to be connected across J8 The

unit is delivered with this jumper connected

332 External divert reset button - input J9

If youwant to use external Divert reset button it can be connectedmax 200m(600 ft)

from the DD-23 Divert control unit Use normal instrument cable 2x05 (AWG 20) and

connect cable to DD-23 motherboard input J9

You must make sure both refractometers A and B are working OK before starting to

use the remote divert button (the remote interface can be used to check on the refrac-

tometers see Chapter 8)

The external reset button connection is normally open (NO)

333 Header wash key - input J10

Black liquor is injected to the recovery boiler through liquor guns Occassionally the

header ring needs washing and during that procedure the divert system has to be by-

passed and the liquor guns have to be removed from the furnace The Digital Divert

Control System DD-23 allows for a safe override of divert logic during header ring

wash

The override ismounted by connecting the gunmicro switches in series to the Header

washoverride key switch input J10 see Figure 35

TheHeaderwash keymaybe usedwithout the external switch information if a jumper

(dotted line in Figure 35) is placed to swith input J10 If the input is left open the key

does not have any effect

11

DD-23Operator panel

OVERRIDEHEADER WASH

HEADERWASHKEY

MICROSWITCHon each liquor gun oron liquor gun door

Recoveryboiler

Figure 34 Header wash key functionality

Guns out microswitches

HEADERWASHKEY

SWITCH INPUTJ10

Figure 35 Header wash key connections

12

34 Remote ethernet connection

The ethernet connection for the Divert user interface DI and data logging purposes is

an 8-pin M12 connector at the bottom of the Divert Unit The ethernet cable PR-8430

to DI can be connected while the unit is powered without opening the case Ethernet

converter cable PR-8663 is used when a computer or other device with RJ45 connec-

tor is connected with the DD-23

The remoteethernet connection

Figure 36 Ethernet connection

13

4 Startup

41 Divert system pre-startup checklist

1 SDI Isolation valves mounted correctly

a Vertical pipe MTG453

b Horizontal pipe MTG471

2 DD-23 control unit installed DIM243 Figure 91 on page 39

3 Pressure reducing valve solenoid valve steam trap installed and connected to the

prism wash nozzle on each sensor

a Steam pipes for black liquor MTG470

b Nozzle MTG482

4 9ndash15 bar (130ndash220 psi) steam connected to the solenoid valve on each sensor

5 Instrumentation air 4ndash6 bar (60ndash90 psi) connect to the solenoid valve on each

sensor

6 Power supply (230110Vac24Vdc) connected SYS358Figure 31 on page 7 and

WRG366 Figure 31 on page 7

a Transmitter A

b Transmitter B

c Divert control unit

d Solenoid valve A

e Solenoid valve B

7 Cables connected SYS358Figure 31 on page 7 WRG366 Figure 31 on page 7

a Transmitter A to sensor A

b Transmitter B to sensor B

c Transmitter A to solenoid valve A

d Transmitter B to solenoid valve B

e Relay information from the Divert control unit to your control system or the

Divert valve

f Transmitter A mA output to your control system

g Transmitter B mA output to your control system

h Ethernet to your control system (optional)

14

42 Divert control unit DD-23 startup

For the refractometer startup consult Chapter 5 in the separate Process refractometer

PR-23 manual

1 Check the wiring and supply voltage

Before the power is switched on the divert output relay rsquonormal operationrsquo is in

divert position

2 Connect the mains power to start the system

There are no power switches in the instruments They are always On when the

mains power is connected

3 While the Control unit is powering up the DIVERT and SOLIDS ALARM lights are both

blinking When the unit is fully functional it is in the divert mode the DIVERT light

is on and the SOLIDS ALARM light is blinking

4 Press the LIGHT TEST button on the Divert control unit All 12 lights should switch

on

5 Reset the solids alarm by pressing the ALARM RESET button

The indicator stops blinking and should stay on

6 Each indicating transmitter should now state refractometer letter either a or b in

the upper left corner of the transmitter display If therersquos a question mark instead

of a letter on either of the transmitters see Chapter 6

If the process pipe is full the message for each refractometer should be NORMAL

OPERATION if process pipe is still empty message will be NO SAMPLE

Now activate refractometer A into the Divert by pushing the button A IN OPERATION

on the Divert control unit panel The button lights up and on the transmitter dis-

play the refractometer letter changes to capital A Then activate refractometer B

similarly by pushing the button B IN OPERATION

If the green IN OPERATION light blinks the refractometer in question is perform-

ing wash The refractometer will automatically come into operation after it has

983405inished washing

7 Now the Divert control system DD-23 is set for normal monitoring operation

8 When black liquor is in the line check that the prism wash is working for each

refractometer First press soft keyMENU on the transmitter keyboard then choose

3 SYSTEM STATUS to get to the system status display Now press soft key WASH to

initiate manual wash follow the optical image and check that it changes during

the steam wash If wash was successful wait until message is NORMAL OPERATION

and then proceed with startup If wash doesnrsquot seem to work see Chapter 6

9 If the three green lights on the third row are all on and all conditions for safe boiler

operation are satis983405ied turn off diversion by pressing the DIVERT RESET button All

warning lights are now turned off and only the 3 green lights are on

15

5 Configuration

The K-Patents Divert control system is shipped fully calibrated by the manufacturer

This chapter contains instructions on how to make 983405ine adjustments of the system

51 Calibration lock

Parameter changes are possible only when the calibration lock is open The calibra-

tion lock can be closed by a switch inside the control unit cover (see Figure 51) When

the lock is open a red led is illuminated next to the lock switch For safety reasons

keep the calibration lock open only during parameter changes done through the web

interface (see Chapter 8)

CALIBRATIONLOCK

CALIBRATIONLOCK

Figure 51 Location of the calibration lock

16

52 Divert decision rules

Two refractometers in operation

BLRBAC states the following For the solids measurements two refractometers in se-

ries must be used When both refractometers are in service the requirement for an au-

tomatic black liquor diversion can be satis983410ied by either of the following options

1 If either refractometer reads dissolved solids content 58 (default) or below

an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

2 When both refractometers read dissolved solids content 58 (default) or be-

low an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

Either option is satisfactory

The rules are listed in decreasing order of security Only rule 1 satis983405ies the high safety

requirements set by BLRBAC August 1982 On the other hand the probability of false

trips decreases with decreasing safety It means that if false trips are too frequent the

rule 2 may be preferred at the cost of safety The rule 2 has later been accepted by

BLRBAC

The divert decision rule is selected by the rule switch inside the divert control unit

cover (Figure 51) The state of the switch is indicated by a yellow indicator LED for

rule 2 and a green one for rule 1

Rule switch Rule

1-of-2 Rule 1

2-of-2 Rule 2

Table 51 Divert decision rule selection

The logical description of the safety decision logics is given Tables 53 and 52 below

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert divert

over 58 divert safe

Table 52 Two instruments in operation rule 1-of-2

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert unsafe

over 58 unsafe safe

Table 53 Two instruments in operation rule 2-of-2

17

Only one refractometer in operation

When only one instrument is in operation the divert action takes place if this instru-

ment reads 58 or below The rule selection has no in983405luence on the divert decision

in this case

A or B

under 58 unsafe

over 58 safe

Table 54 Operation logic when only one instrument operating

No refractometer in operation

If both instruments are out of operation (due to malfunction or maintenance) then

according to BLRBAC divert action must take place

Emergency divert

In all cases the systemmay be set to DIVERT by pressing the EMERGENCY DIVERT button

(or an external emergency divert button see Section 238)

53 Refractometer concentration measurement

For refractometer calibration consult also Chapter 6 in the separate Process refrac-

tometer PR-23 Instruction manual

The CONC displays of the two indicating transmitters have to show the same value

within 05 If there is a difference this can be eliminated by adjusting the bias for

one of the refractomers comparison with sample determination can decide which

one should be corrected

In the PR-23 refractometer system bias is the parameter F00 the third parameter in

the 983405ield adjustment parameter list To change it 983405irst press the MENU soft key then

5 CALIBRATION then 1 CHEMICALamp FIELD PARAMETERS and then 2 FIELD CALIBRATIONPARA-

METERS Choose 3 F00 (BIAS) to change the bias (see Section 625 in the PR-23manual)

If the Indicating transmitter A displays 682 and B displays 688 the difference can

be eliminated by lowering B by 06 This is done by setting the 983405ield calibration

parameter F00 to -06 in Indicating transmitter B

Due to its digital measurement principle the readings of the K-Patents Process refrac-

tometer do not drift by time Frequent recalibrations based on of983405linemoisture analy-

sis must be avoided as they will introduce random 983405luctuations to the refractometer

readings

18

54 Refractometer activation for divert control

When a refractometer is activated for Divert control the upper left corner of the trans-

mitter display shows alternatively A a B b or If the corner is blank the instrument

is not suitable for divert operation

Transmitter A in

Divert operation

Transmitter B not

in Divert operation

Ethernet connection failure

Figure 52 Indicating transmitters (STR) activated to Divert control

The decision to display A (a) or alternatively B (b) depends on the IP address settings

in the transmitter The IP address of instrument A is 17216232 and that of instru-

ment B is 17216233 These addresses have been set in the factory and should not be

changed (See Chapter 8 for information on system IP address and connecting to the

DD-23 system)

If a question mark appears on the transmitter display the reason is usually that the

Ethernet cable between the transmitter and the Control unit is not properly connected

or theDivert control unit is not powered on Reconnect (or replace cable if necessary)

to 983405ix

The refractometer program version has to be 300 or higher to have divert system

functionality Divert version 201 or higher requires DTR software version 412 or

higher Also the refractometer has to have the correct software parameters to be used

in a divert control system In order to convert a stand-alone refractometer into one

used on the Divert control system please contact K-Patents The easiest way to check

if a refractometer is con983405igured for DD-23 use is to look at the main display If the

aAbB letter is present (see Figure 52) the instrument may be used in the Divert

control system

If a DD-23 activated transmitter is used in another type of application the divert func-

tion has to be deactivated by K-Patents

55 Signal difference alarm

According to BLRBAC if a difference of 2 in solids (absolute value) or greater exists

between refractometer readings an alarm shall be activated

The alarm limit of 2 is the maximum difference The limit can be changed into a

smaller number through the remote interface see Chapter 8

19

56 Low alarms

561 Solids warning

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (60 by de-

fault) thewarning is activated The limit canbe changed through the remote interface

see Section 825

Minimum low warning level is 60 according to BLRBAC

562 Solids alarm

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (58 by de-

fault) the alarm is activated The limit can be changed through the remote interface

see Chapter 8

Minimum low alarm level is 58 according to BLRBAC

57 Refractometer malfunction alarm

The built-in intelligent diagnostics of a K-Patents Process refractometer provide a

tight control of the operation A full test cycle is completedwith an interval of less than

one second For details consult the Process refractometer PR-23 instruction manual

Not all malfunctions cause the instrument to be removed from the Divert control sys-

tem However all malfunction alarms need to be checked see Section 62 for more

information

58 Prism wash

Even though the sensors are equipped with a steam wash facility it is not necessarily

needed For K-Patents Process Refractometer the need of prism wash is reduced and

even in some cases eliminated

However an automatic regular prism wash provides an ef983405icient check that the re-

fractometer reacts A steam wash of 3 seconds every half hour should be suf983405icient

Only one instrument is washing at a time and during the wash the system acts in the

single-instrument mode

To change wash times or relay con983405igurations consult the PR-23 process refractome-

ter system manual sections 613 Con983410iguring relays and 631 Setting prism wash

parameters

20

The recommended wash pressures and times are given in the table below

Wash parameters for Safe-Drivetrade Isolation valve nozzle SDI

Minimum above

process pressure

Maximum above

process pressure

Wash

time

Reco-

very

Interval

Steam (SN) 5 bar (70 psi) 8 bar (115 psi) 3ndash5 s 20ndash30 s 20ndash30 min

Do not exceed the recommended wash times because some process media may burn

to the prism surface if steamed for longer time In case of coating shorten the wash

interval

It should be noted that if wash check is enabled on the instrument it can cause the

instrument to be taken out of divert use if during the set wash tolerance time nowash

cycles have been noted as successful This can cause a divert if both instruments fail

wash checks in sequence

21

6 Regular maintenance and troubleshooting

As theDivert control system is apuredigital system no specialmaintenance is needed

The LIGHT TEST button on the operator panel (Figure 21) sends a signal to the micro-

processor and the microprocessor switches all 12 LED lights on as long as the button

is pressed This way not only the lights but also the processing system is checked

To assist the identi983405ication of a faulty component the information 983405low is given in Sec-

tion 61 Also the logic diagrams of Chapter 7 may be of help

61 Information flow

The divert control unit is connected to the refractometers through an Ethernet con-

nection The Control system asks for the measurement data from the instruments

several times each second Based on the data received the divert operation decisions

are made

Each refractometer performs its measurement functions independently The instru-

ments also have their own internal diagnostics which are used in the divert decision

logic as well (see Section 62)

As the Divert Control System requests information several times a second all commu-

nication problems are found immediately In case one of the refractometers does not

respond to the control unit the non-responding instrument is dropped from opera-

tion and the malfunction alarm is set

An important information when troubleshooting communication problems is the let-

ter on the upper left corner of each refractometer (see Figure 52) If the instrument

has not received any data requests from theDivert Control Unit during the last second

the letter turns into a question mark () If the letter is aAbB then the communica-

tion link between the Divert control unit and the instrument is fully functional

62 Malfunctions

If the Divert Control Unit cannot communicate with a refractometer or if the inter-

nal diagnostics of a refractometer indicate a measurement problem the Malfunction

indicator (see Figure 21) is illuminated and the corresponding relay 8 or 9 (see Fig-

ure 33) is activated

The diagnostic message of the refractometer can be seen on the transmitter screen

(see Figure 51) Some of these messages eg PRISM WASH are only informative and

do not indicate a measurement problem Table 61 below summarizes all diagnostic

messages and their effect on the Divert control system operation

22

If themalfunction is severe enough tomake themeasurement result unreliable

the refractometer cannot be used in making the divert decision In that case the

instrument is dropped from the Divert Control System and cannot be taken on-line

manually until the problem is 983405ixed

Formore information on possible causes of each error see the PR-23 instructionman-

ual Chapter 8

Message Instrument will be

dropped from the

Divert Control System

EXTERNAL HOLD

EXTERNAL WASH STOP

HIGH SENSOR HUMIDITY

HIGH SENSOR TEMP

HIGH TRANSMITTER TEMP

LOW IMAGE QUALITY X

LOW TEMP WASH STOP

LOW TRANSMITTER VOLT

NO OPTICAL IMAGE X

NO SAMPLE X

NO SAMPLEWASH STOP

NO SENSOR X

NO SIGNAL X

NORMAL OPERATION

OUTSIDE LIGHT ERROR X

OUTSIDE LIGHT TO PRISM X

PRECONDITIONING

PRISM COATED X

PRISMWASH

PRISMWASH FAILURE X

PRISMWASH WARNING

RECOVERING

SHORT-CIRCUIT X

STARTING UP X

TEMP MEASUREMENT FAULT X

Table 61 Diagnostic messages and their effect on Divert operation

23

63 Diagnostic tools

In order to make troubleshooting easier there are several built-in diagnostic tools

An event log is built in the system A short log showing last 6 events can be accessed

from the transmitter main display by pressing the soft key DD23 A more complete

event log can be found in the web-based remote interface (see Section 824)

Figure 61 Transmitter log page for instrument A

The remote interface also provides a diagnostic page which gives full information on

the system state (concentrations relay state switch state indicator state) see Sec-

tion 823

64 Troubleshooting

641 A question mark () on the refractometer display

Cause The refractometer does not receive information request packets from the Di-

vert Control Unit This may be caused by a faulty cable faulty parameters or equip-

ment malfunction either in the refractometer or in the Divert Control Unit

Action If the instrument has never been functional or if it is possible someone has

changed the instrument parameters there may be a con983405iguration problem with the

IP addresses The IP address in the refractometer should be set as given in Section 54

If possible cross-check the addresses from the diagnostic web page

Aphysical problemcanbe ruledout by looking at a small LEDclose to the transmitterrsquos

Ethernet connector If the LED is green the cable is ok Oneway to isolate the problem

is to swap the cables between the refractometers A standard Ethernet cable can be

used as a troubleshooting aid (either straight-through or cross-over)

642 A refractometer refuses to come on-line

Cause Either there is no communication to the refractometer or there is a malfunc-

tionon the refractometer It is alsopossible the transmitter is not con983405igured forDivert

use

24

Action Check that there is aAbB on the refractometer display If there is a question

mark () instead see above

Check that there is a soft key DD23 on the refractometer main display (see Figure 62

below) If the soft key is not present in the main display the instrument is not con983405ig-

ured for Divert use If this is the case please contact K-Patents

In other cases check the diagnostic message on the refractometer screen (see Sec-

tion 62)

Figure 62 Transmitter main display instrument in Divert use

643 No lights come up in the Divert Control Unit

Cause There is no power on the instrument or there is a hardware fault

Action Check that the instrument receives power In normal operation several relays

have their associated LEDs lit If there are any LEDs lit in the Divert Control Unit the

unit receives power

644 All lights are blinking

Cause There is an unrecoverable hardware fault in the Divert Control Unit

Action Please contact K-Patents

65 Ethernet strain relief for transmitters

When transmitter door is opened the ethernet cable connecting the transmitter to

the Divert Unit may come off This can be 983405ixed bymounting a strain relief plate in the

transmitter

25

1 First screw on the strain relief plate

2 Fasten the ethernet cable to the relief plate with cable ties

3 Cut the ends of the cable ties

1

2

3

Figure 63 Mounting the strain relief

26

27

7 Divert control logics

A logical description of the system is provided to complement the operational descrip-

tion given in the previous chapters

71 Safety decision logic

The core of the Divert control system is the safety decision logic which makes the

ultimate decision whether the black liquor can be safely fed to the burner or not

The logic is described in the 983405low diagram in Figure 71 The factors affecting the de-

cision are the number of instruments in operation (none one or two) and their mea-

surement results Also the selected divert rule is taken into account when two instru-

ments are in operation For a description of different rules see Section 52

As a result of this logic the system is either in SAFE SOLIDS or UNSAFE SOLIDS state

When the system is in the SAFE SOLIDS state the SAFE SOLIDS light is illuminated

no

no no

no

yes

UNSAFE SOLIDSSAFE SOLIDS

NO INSTRU-MENTS

Rule 2-of-2

2 instrumentsavailable

1 instrumentavailable

Both ge 58

Either ge 58CONC ge58

yes

yesyes

yes

no

Rule 1-of-2yes

no

DIVERT

Figure 71 Safe solids decision logic

One instrument available maymean that only one instrument is in operation or that

both instruments are in operation but one of them is washing when queried

28

72 Divert decision logic

After the system has evaluated the solid contents to be either safe or unsafe (see Sec-

tion 71) it decides whether the the system should be in the DIVERT state This deci-

sion is made according to the 983405low diagram in Figure 72

Thedefault state of the system is theDIVERTstate It canbe changed to theNODIVERT

state only by manually pressing the DIVERT RESET push-button when the solid content

is suf983405icient (SAFE SOLIDS) If the solid content drops to UNSAFE the system drops

into the DIVERT state

The only exception to this is when the HEADERWASH is active In that case the solid

content checking is skipped The system may then be switched between the DIVERT

and NO DIVERT states by using the EMERGENCY DIVERT and DIVERT RESET push buttons

in the operator panel (or the equivalent external emergency divert and divert reset

buttons)

The system will drop to the DIVERT state in all cases when the EMERGENCY DIVERT

button (or its external counterpart) is pressed

NO DIVERT DIVERT

HEADER WASH active

Divert fromsafe solids logic

EMERGENCYDIVERTpressed

DIVERT RESET pressed

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

no

yes

Figure 72 The divert decision logics

29

73 In operation logic

IN OPERATIONbutton pressed

yes

yes

yes

yes

no

no

wash done

no

no

no

Onlyinstrument

Washing

IN OPER pressed

Critical malfunction

WAIT(LIGHT BLINKING)

IN OPERATION(LIGHT ON RELAYS

10 11 ACTIVE)

Criticalmalfunction

NOT IN OPERATION(LIGHT OFF)

yes

Figure 73 Operation logic

Whether an instrument is in op-

eration depends on the opera-

torrsquos commands and the instru-

mentrsquos diagnostics The decision

is carried out as outlined in Fig-

ure 73

An instrument can be in one of

three different states IN OPER-

ATION NOT IN OPERATION and

WAITWhen the instrument is IN

OPERATION it is used in decid-

ing whether the solid content is

in the safe level (see Section 71)

When the instrument is NOT IN

OPERATION or WAIT states it is

not used

The WAIT state occurs when the

operator has requested the in-

strument to come into operation

by pressing the button but the

instrument is in the wash cycle

and will come into operation af-

ter the wash cycle is completed

The actual state can be seen from

the INOPERATION light If the light

is on the instrument is IN OPER-

ATION If the light is off the in-

strument is NOT IN OPERATION

and if the light is blinking it is in

the WAIT state

The default state of an instru-

ment is to be NOT IN OPERA-

TION It can be taken into op-

eration by pressing the IN OP-

ERATION button unless there is

a critical malfunction (see Sec-

tion 62)

An instrument automatically drops

into NOT IN OPERATION if there is a critical malfunction It may also be dropped by

the IN OPERATION button unless it is the only instrument used

30

74 Malfunction logic

Timeout frominstrument

Malfunction ininstrument

no

yes

yes

yes

no

no

Critical malfunc-tion in instr

NO MALFUNCTION

Remove instr from Divert use

MALFUNCTION

Figure 74 Malfunction logic (repeated for each sensor)

The MALFUNCTION light is illumi-

nated when the internal diagnos-

tics of either of the two instru-

ments indicates a malfunction or

there is a communication timeout

to either of the instruments (Fig-

ure 74)

It should be noted that not all mal-

functions are critical malfunctions

which drop the instrument from

operation (see Section 73) For a

complete list of possible malfunc-

tions see Section 62

TheMALFUNCTION light re983405lects the

decision taken by this logic How-

ever as the MALFUNCTION light is

one of the resettable alarms it

may be blinking even when the

malfunction itself is cleared if the

ALARM RESET button has not been

pressed (see Section 75)

31

75 Resettable alarm logic

UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM

(Blinking Relay 6 active)

ALARM(Light on Relay 6 inactive)

Alarm source active

ALARM RESETpressed

Alarm source active

yes

no

no

no

yes

yes

NO ALARM(Light off Relay 6 inactive)

Figure 75 The resettable alarm logic

In order to identify new alarms there

is a resettable alarm logic in the Di-

vert control unit There are four pos-

sible alarm sources SOLIDS ALARM

SOLIDSWARNINGAampBDIFFERENCE

and MALFUNCTION All of these fol-

low the same alarm reset rules (see

Figure 75)

Whenanew (unacknowledged) alarm

activates the corresponding light starts

blinking in the operator panel and re-

lay 6 is activated When the ALARM RE-

SET button is pressed relay 6 is inacti-

vated

The state of the alarm indicator in the

operator panel depends on whether

the cause for the alarm is still present

If the cause has cleared (eg solids

content has risen above the warn-

ing limit) the light goes off when

the ALARM RESET is pressed If the

cause has not cleared the light will be

steadily illuminated

A non-illuminated light means there

is no alarm A steadily illuminated

alarm light means there is a problem

which persists but the problem has

been acknowledged by pressing the

ALARM RESET A blinking light means

the problem has not been acknowl-

edged but givesno informationwhether

the problem is still there or not

32

76 Refractometer difference logic

If there are two refractometers in operation (taken into operation not washing) the

Control unit monitors the difference in reading between the two instruments (983405ig-

ure 76) If the difference ismore than 2 a refractometer differencewarning is given

with the corresponding front panel indicator and relay

The divert decision logic (section 72) is not affected by the refractometer difference

but a signi983405icant difference between the two instruments indicates one of the instru-

ments is not measuring reliably In this case the instruments and wash systems have

to be checked immediately Ignoring to do this may result in an erroneous divert de-

cision

no REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

|A-B| gt 2

2 instruments available

yes

no

no

yes

REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

Figure 76 Refractometer difference logic

33

77 Wash arbitration logic

The Divert Control Unit takes care that if there are two instruments in operation they

wonrsquotwash at the same time (as thatwould trip the system) This is doneby the simple

logic described in Figure 77

Each instrument control their ownwash cycle Before the start washing they request

a wash permission from the Divert Control Unit If the other instrument is already

washing the unit does not grant this permission until the wash cycle is completed

noWAIT

WASH

IDLE

The otherinstrumentwashing

yes

wash interval elapsed

wash done

the other instrument done washing

Figure 77 Wash arbitration logic

34

78 Wash check logic

Wash check

Wash tolerancetime gt 0

no

yes

yes

off

yes

on

no

Prism washsuccesful

Drop fromDivert use

Malfunction

Succesful washwithin tolerance

time

Prism wash failurePrism wash

warning

no

Normal operation

One w

ash

cyc

le

Figure 78 Wash check logic

By default the wash tolerance time is 0

35

8 Remote control interface

The remote interface is based on a web server inside the Divert Control Unit It con-

sists of several web pages easily accessible through the links on the navigation bar in

the left (see Figure 81)

The remote interface is optimized for the Firefox browser version 20 or newer al-

though it may work with other browsers Firefox is free and exists for Windows Mac

OS X and Linux it can be downloaded through httpwwwmozillacom

81 Divert Control Unit IP address

The Divert Control Unit can be reached through two different IP addresses In non-

networked applications (only a DD-23 and a single computer) the IP address is

1692542323 This IP address is factory set and cannot be changed If the Divert

Control Unit is to be connected to a network the network settings can be changed

through the parameter page of the remote interface (see Section 825)

82 The remote interface

821 Main page

The remote indicator main page gives a quick overview over system status

Figure 81 DD-23 Remote control main page

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

10

33 Switch inputs

331 External Divert switchpush button - input J8

An external divert switch can be connected to the DD-23 Divert Control Unit input J8

If the external divert switch is not used a jumper has to be connected across J8 The

unit is delivered with this jumper connected

332 External divert reset button - input J9

If youwant to use external Divert reset button it can be connectedmax 200m(600 ft)

from the DD-23 Divert control unit Use normal instrument cable 2x05 (AWG 20) and

connect cable to DD-23 motherboard input J9

You must make sure both refractometers A and B are working OK before starting to

use the remote divert button (the remote interface can be used to check on the refrac-

tometers see Chapter 8)

The external reset button connection is normally open (NO)

333 Header wash key - input J10

Black liquor is injected to the recovery boiler through liquor guns Occassionally the

header ring needs washing and during that procedure the divert system has to be by-

passed and the liquor guns have to be removed from the furnace The Digital Divert

Control System DD-23 allows for a safe override of divert logic during header ring

wash

The override ismounted by connecting the gunmicro switches in series to the Header

washoverride key switch input J10 see Figure 35

TheHeaderwash keymaybe usedwithout the external switch information if a jumper

(dotted line in Figure 35) is placed to swith input J10 If the input is left open the key

does not have any effect

11

DD-23Operator panel

OVERRIDEHEADER WASH

HEADERWASHKEY

MICROSWITCHon each liquor gun oron liquor gun door

Recoveryboiler

Figure 34 Header wash key functionality

Guns out microswitches

HEADERWASHKEY

SWITCH INPUTJ10

Figure 35 Header wash key connections

12

34 Remote ethernet connection

The ethernet connection for the Divert user interface DI and data logging purposes is

an 8-pin M12 connector at the bottom of the Divert Unit The ethernet cable PR-8430

to DI can be connected while the unit is powered without opening the case Ethernet

converter cable PR-8663 is used when a computer or other device with RJ45 connec-

tor is connected with the DD-23

The remoteethernet connection

Figure 36 Ethernet connection

13

4 Startup

41 Divert system pre-startup checklist

1 SDI Isolation valves mounted correctly

a Vertical pipe MTG453

b Horizontal pipe MTG471

2 DD-23 control unit installed DIM243 Figure 91 on page 39

3 Pressure reducing valve solenoid valve steam trap installed and connected to the

prism wash nozzle on each sensor

a Steam pipes for black liquor MTG470

b Nozzle MTG482

4 9ndash15 bar (130ndash220 psi) steam connected to the solenoid valve on each sensor

5 Instrumentation air 4ndash6 bar (60ndash90 psi) connect to the solenoid valve on each

sensor

6 Power supply (230110Vac24Vdc) connected SYS358Figure 31 on page 7 and

WRG366 Figure 31 on page 7

a Transmitter A

b Transmitter B

c Divert control unit

d Solenoid valve A

e Solenoid valve B

7 Cables connected SYS358Figure 31 on page 7 WRG366 Figure 31 on page 7

a Transmitter A to sensor A

b Transmitter B to sensor B

c Transmitter A to solenoid valve A

d Transmitter B to solenoid valve B

e Relay information from the Divert control unit to your control system or the

Divert valve

f Transmitter A mA output to your control system

g Transmitter B mA output to your control system

h Ethernet to your control system (optional)

14

42 Divert control unit DD-23 startup

For the refractometer startup consult Chapter 5 in the separate Process refractometer

PR-23 manual

1 Check the wiring and supply voltage

Before the power is switched on the divert output relay rsquonormal operationrsquo is in

divert position

2 Connect the mains power to start the system

There are no power switches in the instruments They are always On when the

mains power is connected

3 While the Control unit is powering up the DIVERT and SOLIDS ALARM lights are both

blinking When the unit is fully functional it is in the divert mode the DIVERT light

is on and the SOLIDS ALARM light is blinking

4 Press the LIGHT TEST button on the Divert control unit All 12 lights should switch

on

5 Reset the solids alarm by pressing the ALARM RESET button

The indicator stops blinking and should stay on

6 Each indicating transmitter should now state refractometer letter either a or b in

the upper left corner of the transmitter display If therersquos a question mark instead

of a letter on either of the transmitters see Chapter 6

If the process pipe is full the message for each refractometer should be NORMAL

OPERATION if process pipe is still empty message will be NO SAMPLE

Now activate refractometer A into the Divert by pushing the button A IN OPERATION

on the Divert control unit panel The button lights up and on the transmitter dis-

play the refractometer letter changes to capital A Then activate refractometer B

similarly by pushing the button B IN OPERATION

If the green IN OPERATION light blinks the refractometer in question is perform-

ing wash The refractometer will automatically come into operation after it has

983405inished washing

7 Now the Divert control system DD-23 is set for normal monitoring operation

8 When black liquor is in the line check that the prism wash is working for each

refractometer First press soft keyMENU on the transmitter keyboard then choose

3 SYSTEM STATUS to get to the system status display Now press soft key WASH to

initiate manual wash follow the optical image and check that it changes during

the steam wash If wash was successful wait until message is NORMAL OPERATION

and then proceed with startup If wash doesnrsquot seem to work see Chapter 6

9 If the three green lights on the third row are all on and all conditions for safe boiler

operation are satis983405ied turn off diversion by pressing the DIVERT RESET button All

warning lights are now turned off and only the 3 green lights are on

15

5 Configuration

The K-Patents Divert control system is shipped fully calibrated by the manufacturer

This chapter contains instructions on how to make 983405ine adjustments of the system

51 Calibration lock

Parameter changes are possible only when the calibration lock is open The calibra-

tion lock can be closed by a switch inside the control unit cover (see Figure 51) When

the lock is open a red led is illuminated next to the lock switch For safety reasons

keep the calibration lock open only during parameter changes done through the web

interface (see Chapter 8)

CALIBRATIONLOCK

CALIBRATIONLOCK

Figure 51 Location of the calibration lock

16

52 Divert decision rules

Two refractometers in operation

BLRBAC states the following For the solids measurements two refractometers in se-

ries must be used When both refractometers are in service the requirement for an au-

tomatic black liquor diversion can be satis983410ied by either of the following options

1 If either refractometer reads dissolved solids content 58 (default) or below

an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

2 When both refractometers read dissolved solids content 58 (default) or be-

low an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

Either option is satisfactory

The rules are listed in decreasing order of security Only rule 1 satis983405ies the high safety

requirements set by BLRBAC August 1982 On the other hand the probability of false

trips decreases with decreasing safety It means that if false trips are too frequent the

rule 2 may be preferred at the cost of safety The rule 2 has later been accepted by

BLRBAC

The divert decision rule is selected by the rule switch inside the divert control unit

cover (Figure 51) The state of the switch is indicated by a yellow indicator LED for

rule 2 and a green one for rule 1

Rule switch Rule

1-of-2 Rule 1

2-of-2 Rule 2

Table 51 Divert decision rule selection

The logical description of the safety decision logics is given Tables 53 and 52 below

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert divert

over 58 divert safe

Table 52 Two instruments in operation rule 1-of-2

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert unsafe

over 58 unsafe safe

Table 53 Two instruments in operation rule 2-of-2

17

Only one refractometer in operation

When only one instrument is in operation the divert action takes place if this instru-

ment reads 58 or below The rule selection has no in983405luence on the divert decision

in this case

A or B

under 58 unsafe

over 58 safe

Table 54 Operation logic when only one instrument operating

No refractometer in operation

If both instruments are out of operation (due to malfunction or maintenance) then

according to BLRBAC divert action must take place

Emergency divert

In all cases the systemmay be set to DIVERT by pressing the EMERGENCY DIVERT button

(or an external emergency divert button see Section 238)

53 Refractometer concentration measurement

For refractometer calibration consult also Chapter 6 in the separate Process refrac-

tometer PR-23 Instruction manual

The CONC displays of the two indicating transmitters have to show the same value

within 05 If there is a difference this can be eliminated by adjusting the bias for

one of the refractomers comparison with sample determination can decide which

one should be corrected

In the PR-23 refractometer system bias is the parameter F00 the third parameter in

the 983405ield adjustment parameter list To change it 983405irst press the MENU soft key then

5 CALIBRATION then 1 CHEMICALamp FIELD PARAMETERS and then 2 FIELD CALIBRATIONPARA-

METERS Choose 3 F00 (BIAS) to change the bias (see Section 625 in the PR-23manual)

If the Indicating transmitter A displays 682 and B displays 688 the difference can

be eliminated by lowering B by 06 This is done by setting the 983405ield calibration

parameter F00 to -06 in Indicating transmitter B

Due to its digital measurement principle the readings of the K-Patents Process refrac-

tometer do not drift by time Frequent recalibrations based on of983405linemoisture analy-

sis must be avoided as they will introduce random 983405luctuations to the refractometer

readings

18

54 Refractometer activation for divert control

When a refractometer is activated for Divert control the upper left corner of the trans-

mitter display shows alternatively A a B b or If the corner is blank the instrument

is not suitable for divert operation

Transmitter A in

Divert operation

Transmitter B not

in Divert operation

Ethernet connection failure

Figure 52 Indicating transmitters (STR) activated to Divert control

The decision to display A (a) or alternatively B (b) depends on the IP address settings

in the transmitter The IP address of instrument A is 17216232 and that of instru-

ment B is 17216233 These addresses have been set in the factory and should not be

changed (See Chapter 8 for information on system IP address and connecting to the

DD-23 system)

If a question mark appears on the transmitter display the reason is usually that the

Ethernet cable between the transmitter and the Control unit is not properly connected

or theDivert control unit is not powered on Reconnect (or replace cable if necessary)

to 983405ix

The refractometer program version has to be 300 or higher to have divert system

functionality Divert version 201 or higher requires DTR software version 412 or

higher Also the refractometer has to have the correct software parameters to be used

in a divert control system In order to convert a stand-alone refractometer into one

used on the Divert control system please contact K-Patents The easiest way to check

if a refractometer is con983405igured for DD-23 use is to look at the main display If the

aAbB letter is present (see Figure 52) the instrument may be used in the Divert

control system

If a DD-23 activated transmitter is used in another type of application the divert func-

tion has to be deactivated by K-Patents

55 Signal difference alarm

According to BLRBAC if a difference of 2 in solids (absolute value) or greater exists

between refractometer readings an alarm shall be activated

The alarm limit of 2 is the maximum difference The limit can be changed into a

smaller number through the remote interface see Chapter 8

19

56 Low alarms

561 Solids warning

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (60 by de-

fault) thewarning is activated The limit canbe changed through the remote interface

see Section 825

Minimum low warning level is 60 according to BLRBAC

562 Solids alarm

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (58 by de-

fault) the alarm is activated The limit can be changed through the remote interface

see Chapter 8

Minimum low alarm level is 58 according to BLRBAC

57 Refractometer malfunction alarm

The built-in intelligent diagnostics of a K-Patents Process refractometer provide a

tight control of the operation A full test cycle is completedwith an interval of less than

one second For details consult the Process refractometer PR-23 instruction manual

Not all malfunctions cause the instrument to be removed from the Divert control sys-

tem However all malfunction alarms need to be checked see Section 62 for more

information

58 Prism wash

Even though the sensors are equipped with a steam wash facility it is not necessarily

needed For K-Patents Process Refractometer the need of prism wash is reduced and

even in some cases eliminated

However an automatic regular prism wash provides an ef983405icient check that the re-

fractometer reacts A steam wash of 3 seconds every half hour should be suf983405icient

Only one instrument is washing at a time and during the wash the system acts in the

single-instrument mode

To change wash times or relay con983405igurations consult the PR-23 process refractome-

ter system manual sections 613 Con983410iguring relays and 631 Setting prism wash

parameters

20

The recommended wash pressures and times are given in the table below

Wash parameters for Safe-Drivetrade Isolation valve nozzle SDI

Minimum above

process pressure

Maximum above

process pressure

Wash

time

Reco-

very

Interval

Steam (SN) 5 bar (70 psi) 8 bar (115 psi) 3ndash5 s 20ndash30 s 20ndash30 min

Do not exceed the recommended wash times because some process media may burn

to the prism surface if steamed for longer time In case of coating shorten the wash

interval

It should be noted that if wash check is enabled on the instrument it can cause the

instrument to be taken out of divert use if during the set wash tolerance time nowash

cycles have been noted as successful This can cause a divert if both instruments fail

wash checks in sequence

21

6 Regular maintenance and troubleshooting

As theDivert control system is apuredigital system no specialmaintenance is needed

The LIGHT TEST button on the operator panel (Figure 21) sends a signal to the micro-

processor and the microprocessor switches all 12 LED lights on as long as the button

is pressed This way not only the lights but also the processing system is checked

To assist the identi983405ication of a faulty component the information 983405low is given in Sec-

tion 61 Also the logic diagrams of Chapter 7 may be of help

61 Information flow

The divert control unit is connected to the refractometers through an Ethernet con-

nection The Control system asks for the measurement data from the instruments

several times each second Based on the data received the divert operation decisions

are made

Each refractometer performs its measurement functions independently The instru-

ments also have their own internal diagnostics which are used in the divert decision

logic as well (see Section 62)

As the Divert Control System requests information several times a second all commu-

nication problems are found immediately In case one of the refractometers does not

respond to the control unit the non-responding instrument is dropped from opera-

tion and the malfunction alarm is set

An important information when troubleshooting communication problems is the let-

ter on the upper left corner of each refractometer (see Figure 52) If the instrument

has not received any data requests from theDivert Control Unit during the last second

the letter turns into a question mark () If the letter is aAbB then the communica-

tion link between the Divert control unit and the instrument is fully functional

62 Malfunctions

If the Divert Control Unit cannot communicate with a refractometer or if the inter-

nal diagnostics of a refractometer indicate a measurement problem the Malfunction

indicator (see Figure 21) is illuminated and the corresponding relay 8 or 9 (see Fig-

ure 33) is activated

The diagnostic message of the refractometer can be seen on the transmitter screen

(see Figure 51) Some of these messages eg PRISM WASH are only informative and

do not indicate a measurement problem Table 61 below summarizes all diagnostic

messages and their effect on the Divert control system operation

22

If themalfunction is severe enough tomake themeasurement result unreliable

the refractometer cannot be used in making the divert decision In that case the

instrument is dropped from the Divert Control System and cannot be taken on-line

manually until the problem is 983405ixed

Formore information on possible causes of each error see the PR-23 instructionman-

ual Chapter 8

Message Instrument will be

dropped from the

Divert Control System

EXTERNAL HOLD

EXTERNAL WASH STOP

HIGH SENSOR HUMIDITY

HIGH SENSOR TEMP

HIGH TRANSMITTER TEMP

LOW IMAGE QUALITY X

LOW TEMP WASH STOP

LOW TRANSMITTER VOLT

NO OPTICAL IMAGE X

NO SAMPLE X

NO SAMPLEWASH STOP

NO SENSOR X

NO SIGNAL X

NORMAL OPERATION

OUTSIDE LIGHT ERROR X

OUTSIDE LIGHT TO PRISM X

PRECONDITIONING

PRISM COATED X

PRISMWASH

PRISMWASH FAILURE X

PRISMWASH WARNING

RECOVERING

SHORT-CIRCUIT X

STARTING UP X

TEMP MEASUREMENT FAULT X

Table 61 Diagnostic messages and their effect on Divert operation

23

63 Diagnostic tools

In order to make troubleshooting easier there are several built-in diagnostic tools

An event log is built in the system A short log showing last 6 events can be accessed

from the transmitter main display by pressing the soft key DD23 A more complete

event log can be found in the web-based remote interface (see Section 824)

Figure 61 Transmitter log page for instrument A

The remote interface also provides a diagnostic page which gives full information on

the system state (concentrations relay state switch state indicator state) see Sec-

tion 823

64 Troubleshooting

641 A question mark () on the refractometer display

Cause The refractometer does not receive information request packets from the Di-

vert Control Unit This may be caused by a faulty cable faulty parameters or equip-

ment malfunction either in the refractometer or in the Divert Control Unit

Action If the instrument has never been functional or if it is possible someone has

changed the instrument parameters there may be a con983405iguration problem with the

IP addresses The IP address in the refractometer should be set as given in Section 54

If possible cross-check the addresses from the diagnostic web page

Aphysical problemcanbe ruledout by looking at a small LEDclose to the transmitterrsquos

Ethernet connector If the LED is green the cable is ok Oneway to isolate the problem

is to swap the cables between the refractometers A standard Ethernet cable can be

used as a troubleshooting aid (either straight-through or cross-over)

642 A refractometer refuses to come on-line

Cause Either there is no communication to the refractometer or there is a malfunc-

tionon the refractometer It is alsopossible the transmitter is not con983405igured forDivert

use

24

Action Check that there is aAbB on the refractometer display If there is a question

mark () instead see above

Check that there is a soft key DD23 on the refractometer main display (see Figure 62

below) If the soft key is not present in the main display the instrument is not con983405ig-

ured for Divert use If this is the case please contact K-Patents

In other cases check the diagnostic message on the refractometer screen (see Sec-

tion 62)

Figure 62 Transmitter main display instrument in Divert use

643 No lights come up in the Divert Control Unit

Cause There is no power on the instrument or there is a hardware fault

Action Check that the instrument receives power In normal operation several relays

have their associated LEDs lit If there are any LEDs lit in the Divert Control Unit the

unit receives power

644 All lights are blinking

Cause There is an unrecoverable hardware fault in the Divert Control Unit

Action Please contact K-Patents

65 Ethernet strain relief for transmitters

When transmitter door is opened the ethernet cable connecting the transmitter to

the Divert Unit may come off This can be 983405ixed bymounting a strain relief plate in the

transmitter

25

1 First screw on the strain relief plate

2 Fasten the ethernet cable to the relief plate with cable ties

3 Cut the ends of the cable ties

1

2

3

Figure 63 Mounting the strain relief

26

27

7 Divert control logics

A logical description of the system is provided to complement the operational descrip-

tion given in the previous chapters

71 Safety decision logic

The core of the Divert control system is the safety decision logic which makes the

ultimate decision whether the black liquor can be safely fed to the burner or not

The logic is described in the 983405low diagram in Figure 71 The factors affecting the de-

cision are the number of instruments in operation (none one or two) and their mea-

surement results Also the selected divert rule is taken into account when two instru-

ments are in operation For a description of different rules see Section 52

As a result of this logic the system is either in SAFE SOLIDS or UNSAFE SOLIDS state

When the system is in the SAFE SOLIDS state the SAFE SOLIDS light is illuminated

no

no no

no

yes

UNSAFE SOLIDSSAFE SOLIDS

NO INSTRU-MENTS

Rule 2-of-2

2 instrumentsavailable

1 instrumentavailable

Both ge 58

Either ge 58CONC ge58

yes

yesyes

yes

no

Rule 1-of-2yes

no

DIVERT

Figure 71 Safe solids decision logic

One instrument available maymean that only one instrument is in operation or that

both instruments are in operation but one of them is washing when queried

28

72 Divert decision logic

After the system has evaluated the solid contents to be either safe or unsafe (see Sec-

tion 71) it decides whether the the system should be in the DIVERT state This deci-

sion is made according to the 983405low diagram in Figure 72

Thedefault state of the system is theDIVERTstate It canbe changed to theNODIVERT

state only by manually pressing the DIVERT RESET push-button when the solid content

is suf983405icient (SAFE SOLIDS) If the solid content drops to UNSAFE the system drops

into the DIVERT state

The only exception to this is when the HEADERWASH is active In that case the solid

content checking is skipped The system may then be switched between the DIVERT

and NO DIVERT states by using the EMERGENCY DIVERT and DIVERT RESET push buttons

in the operator panel (or the equivalent external emergency divert and divert reset

buttons)

The system will drop to the DIVERT state in all cases when the EMERGENCY DIVERT

button (or its external counterpart) is pressed

NO DIVERT DIVERT

HEADER WASH active

Divert fromsafe solids logic

EMERGENCYDIVERTpressed

DIVERT RESET pressed

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

no

yes

Figure 72 The divert decision logics

29

73 In operation logic

IN OPERATIONbutton pressed

yes

yes

yes

yes

no

no

wash done

no

no

no

Onlyinstrument

Washing

IN OPER pressed

Critical malfunction

WAIT(LIGHT BLINKING)

IN OPERATION(LIGHT ON RELAYS

10 11 ACTIVE)

Criticalmalfunction

NOT IN OPERATION(LIGHT OFF)

yes

Figure 73 Operation logic

Whether an instrument is in op-

eration depends on the opera-

torrsquos commands and the instru-

mentrsquos diagnostics The decision

is carried out as outlined in Fig-

ure 73

An instrument can be in one of

three different states IN OPER-

ATION NOT IN OPERATION and

WAITWhen the instrument is IN

OPERATION it is used in decid-

ing whether the solid content is

in the safe level (see Section 71)

When the instrument is NOT IN

OPERATION or WAIT states it is

not used

The WAIT state occurs when the

operator has requested the in-

strument to come into operation

by pressing the button but the

instrument is in the wash cycle

and will come into operation af-

ter the wash cycle is completed

The actual state can be seen from

the INOPERATION light If the light

is on the instrument is IN OPER-

ATION If the light is off the in-

strument is NOT IN OPERATION

and if the light is blinking it is in

the WAIT state

The default state of an instru-

ment is to be NOT IN OPERA-

TION It can be taken into op-

eration by pressing the IN OP-

ERATION button unless there is

a critical malfunction (see Sec-

tion 62)

An instrument automatically drops

into NOT IN OPERATION if there is a critical malfunction It may also be dropped by

the IN OPERATION button unless it is the only instrument used

30

74 Malfunction logic

Timeout frominstrument

Malfunction ininstrument

no

yes

yes

yes

no

no

Critical malfunc-tion in instr

NO MALFUNCTION

Remove instr from Divert use

MALFUNCTION

Figure 74 Malfunction logic (repeated for each sensor)

The MALFUNCTION light is illumi-

nated when the internal diagnos-

tics of either of the two instru-

ments indicates a malfunction or

there is a communication timeout

to either of the instruments (Fig-

ure 74)

It should be noted that not all mal-

functions are critical malfunctions

which drop the instrument from

operation (see Section 73) For a

complete list of possible malfunc-

tions see Section 62

TheMALFUNCTION light re983405lects the

decision taken by this logic How-

ever as the MALFUNCTION light is

one of the resettable alarms it

may be blinking even when the

malfunction itself is cleared if the

ALARM RESET button has not been

pressed (see Section 75)

31

75 Resettable alarm logic

UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM

(Blinking Relay 6 active)

ALARM(Light on Relay 6 inactive)

Alarm source active

ALARM RESETpressed

Alarm source active

yes

no

no

no

yes

yes

NO ALARM(Light off Relay 6 inactive)

Figure 75 The resettable alarm logic

In order to identify new alarms there

is a resettable alarm logic in the Di-

vert control unit There are four pos-

sible alarm sources SOLIDS ALARM

SOLIDSWARNINGAampBDIFFERENCE

and MALFUNCTION All of these fol-

low the same alarm reset rules (see

Figure 75)

Whenanew (unacknowledged) alarm

activates the corresponding light starts

blinking in the operator panel and re-

lay 6 is activated When the ALARM RE-

SET button is pressed relay 6 is inacti-

vated

The state of the alarm indicator in the

operator panel depends on whether

the cause for the alarm is still present

If the cause has cleared (eg solids

content has risen above the warn-

ing limit) the light goes off when

the ALARM RESET is pressed If the

cause has not cleared the light will be

steadily illuminated

A non-illuminated light means there

is no alarm A steadily illuminated

alarm light means there is a problem

which persists but the problem has

been acknowledged by pressing the

ALARM RESET A blinking light means

the problem has not been acknowl-

edged but givesno informationwhether

the problem is still there or not

32

76 Refractometer difference logic

If there are two refractometers in operation (taken into operation not washing) the

Control unit monitors the difference in reading between the two instruments (983405ig-

ure 76) If the difference ismore than 2 a refractometer differencewarning is given

with the corresponding front panel indicator and relay

The divert decision logic (section 72) is not affected by the refractometer difference

but a signi983405icant difference between the two instruments indicates one of the instru-

ments is not measuring reliably In this case the instruments and wash systems have

to be checked immediately Ignoring to do this may result in an erroneous divert de-

cision

no REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

|A-B| gt 2

2 instruments available

yes

no

no

yes

REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

Figure 76 Refractometer difference logic

33

77 Wash arbitration logic

The Divert Control Unit takes care that if there are two instruments in operation they

wonrsquotwash at the same time (as thatwould trip the system) This is doneby the simple

logic described in Figure 77

Each instrument control their ownwash cycle Before the start washing they request

a wash permission from the Divert Control Unit If the other instrument is already

washing the unit does not grant this permission until the wash cycle is completed

noWAIT

WASH

IDLE

The otherinstrumentwashing

yes

wash interval elapsed

wash done

the other instrument done washing

Figure 77 Wash arbitration logic

34

78 Wash check logic

Wash check

Wash tolerancetime gt 0

no

yes

yes

off

yes

on

no

Prism washsuccesful

Drop fromDivert use

Malfunction

Succesful washwithin tolerance

time

Prism wash failurePrism wash

warning

no

Normal operation

One w

ash

cyc

le

Figure 78 Wash check logic

By default the wash tolerance time is 0

35

8 Remote control interface

The remote interface is based on a web server inside the Divert Control Unit It con-

sists of several web pages easily accessible through the links on the navigation bar in

the left (see Figure 81)

The remote interface is optimized for the Firefox browser version 20 or newer al-

though it may work with other browsers Firefox is free and exists for Windows Mac

OS X and Linux it can be downloaded through httpwwwmozillacom

81 Divert Control Unit IP address

The Divert Control Unit can be reached through two different IP addresses In non-

networked applications (only a DD-23 and a single computer) the IP address is

1692542323 This IP address is factory set and cannot be changed If the Divert

Control Unit is to be connected to a network the network settings can be changed

through the parameter page of the remote interface (see Section 825)

82 The remote interface

821 Main page

The remote indicator main page gives a quick overview over system status

Figure 81 DD-23 Remote control main page

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

11

DD-23Operator panel

OVERRIDEHEADER WASH

HEADERWASHKEY

MICROSWITCHon each liquor gun oron liquor gun door

Recoveryboiler

Figure 34 Header wash key functionality

Guns out microswitches

HEADERWASHKEY

SWITCH INPUTJ10

Figure 35 Header wash key connections

12

34 Remote ethernet connection

The ethernet connection for the Divert user interface DI and data logging purposes is

an 8-pin M12 connector at the bottom of the Divert Unit The ethernet cable PR-8430

to DI can be connected while the unit is powered without opening the case Ethernet

converter cable PR-8663 is used when a computer or other device with RJ45 connec-

tor is connected with the DD-23

The remoteethernet connection

Figure 36 Ethernet connection

13

4 Startup

41 Divert system pre-startup checklist

1 SDI Isolation valves mounted correctly

a Vertical pipe MTG453

b Horizontal pipe MTG471

2 DD-23 control unit installed DIM243 Figure 91 on page 39

3 Pressure reducing valve solenoid valve steam trap installed and connected to the

prism wash nozzle on each sensor

a Steam pipes for black liquor MTG470

b Nozzle MTG482

4 9ndash15 bar (130ndash220 psi) steam connected to the solenoid valve on each sensor

5 Instrumentation air 4ndash6 bar (60ndash90 psi) connect to the solenoid valve on each

sensor

6 Power supply (230110Vac24Vdc) connected SYS358Figure 31 on page 7 and

WRG366 Figure 31 on page 7

a Transmitter A

b Transmitter B

c Divert control unit

d Solenoid valve A

e Solenoid valve B

7 Cables connected SYS358Figure 31 on page 7 WRG366 Figure 31 on page 7

a Transmitter A to sensor A

b Transmitter B to sensor B

c Transmitter A to solenoid valve A

d Transmitter B to solenoid valve B

e Relay information from the Divert control unit to your control system or the

Divert valve

f Transmitter A mA output to your control system

g Transmitter B mA output to your control system

h Ethernet to your control system (optional)

14

42 Divert control unit DD-23 startup

For the refractometer startup consult Chapter 5 in the separate Process refractometer

PR-23 manual

1 Check the wiring and supply voltage

Before the power is switched on the divert output relay rsquonormal operationrsquo is in

divert position

2 Connect the mains power to start the system

There are no power switches in the instruments They are always On when the

mains power is connected

3 While the Control unit is powering up the DIVERT and SOLIDS ALARM lights are both

blinking When the unit is fully functional it is in the divert mode the DIVERT light

is on and the SOLIDS ALARM light is blinking

4 Press the LIGHT TEST button on the Divert control unit All 12 lights should switch

on

5 Reset the solids alarm by pressing the ALARM RESET button

The indicator stops blinking and should stay on

6 Each indicating transmitter should now state refractometer letter either a or b in

the upper left corner of the transmitter display If therersquos a question mark instead

of a letter on either of the transmitters see Chapter 6

If the process pipe is full the message for each refractometer should be NORMAL

OPERATION if process pipe is still empty message will be NO SAMPLE

Now activate refractometer A into the Divert by pushing the button A IN OPERATION

on the Divert control unit panel The button lights up and on the transmitter dis-

play the refractometer letter changes to capital A Then activate refractometer B

similarly by pushing the button B IN OPERATION

If the green IN OPERATION light blinks the refractometer in question is perform-

ing wash The refractometer will automatically come into operation after it has

983405inished washing

7 Now the Divert control system DD-23 is set for normal monitoring operation

8 When black liquor is in the line check that the prism wash is working for each

refractometer First press soft keyMENU on the transmitter keyboard then choose

3 SYSTEM STATUS to get to the system status display Now press soft key WASH to

initiate manual wash follow the optical image and check that it changes during

the steam wash If wash was successful wait until message is NORMAL OPERATION

and then proceed with startup If wash doesnrsquot seem to work see Chapter 6

9 If the three green lights on the third row are all on and all conditions for safe boiler

operation are satis983405ied turn off diversion by pressing the DIVERT RESET button All

warning lights are now turned off and only the 3 green lights are on

15

5 Configuration

The K-Patents Divert control system is shipped fully calibrated by the manufacturer

This chapter contains instructions on how to make 983405ine adjustments of the system

51 Calibration lock

Parameter changes are possible only when the calibration lock is open The calibra-

tion lock can be closed by a switch inside the control unit cover (see Figure 51) When

the lock is open a red led is illuminated next to the lock switch For safety reasons

keep the calibration lock open only during parameter changes done through the web

interface (see Chapter 8)

CALIBRATIONLOCK

CALIBRATIONLOCK

Figure 51 Location of the calibration lock

16

52 Divert decision rules

Two refractometers in operation

BLRBAC states the following For the solids measurements two refractometers in se-

ries must be used When both refractometers are in service the requirement for an au-

tomatic black liquor diversion can be satis983410ied by either of the following options

1 If either refractometer reads dissolved solids content 58 (default) or below

an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

2 When both refractometers read dissolved solids content 58 (default) or be-

low an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

Either option is satisfactory

The rules are listed in decreasing order of security Only rule 1 satis983405ies the high safety

requirements set by BLRBAC August 1982 On the other hand the probability of false

trips decreases with decreasing safety It means that if false trips are too frequent the

rule 2 may be preferred at the cost of safety The rule 2 has later been accepted by

BLRBAC

The divert decision rule is selected by the rule switch inside the divert control unit

cover (Figure 51) The state of the switch is indicated by a yellow indicator LED for

rule 2 and a green one for rule 1

Rule switch Rule

1-of-2 Rule 1

2-of-2 Rule 2

Table 51 Divert decision rule selection

The logical description of the safety decision logics is given Tables 53 and 52 below

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert divert

over 58 divert safe

Table 52 Two instruments in operation rule 1-of-2

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert unsafe

over 58 unsafe safe

Table 53 Two instruments in operation rule 2-of-2

17

Only one refractometer in operation

When only one instrument is in operation the divert action takes place if this instru-

ment reads 58 or below The rule selection has no in983405luence on the divert decision

in this case

A or B

under 58 unsafe

over 58 safe

Table 54 Operation logic when only one instrument operating

No refractometer in operation

If both instruments are out of operation (due to malfunction or maintenance) then

according to BLRBAC divert action must take place

Emergency divert

In all cases the systemmay be set to DIVERT by pressing the EMERGENCY DIVERT button

(or an external emergency divert button see Section 238)

53 Refractometer concentration measurement

For refractometer calibration consult also Chapter 6 in the separate Process refrac-

tometer PR-23 Instruction manual

The CONC displays of the two indicating transmitters have to show the same value

within 05 If there is a difference this can be eliminated by adjusting the bias for

one of the refractomers comparison with sample determination can decide which

one should be corrected

In the PR-23 refractometer system bias is the parameter F00 the third parameter in

the 983405ield adjustment parameter list To change it 983405irst press the MENU soft key then

5 CALIBRATION then 1 CHEMICALamp FIELD PARAMETERS and then 2 FIELD CALIBRATIONPARA-

METERS Choose 3 F00 (BIAS) to change the bias (see Section 625 in the PR-23manual)

If the Indicating transmitter A displays 682 and B displays 688 the difference can

be eliminated by lowering B by 06 This is done by setting the 983405ield calibration

parameter F00 to -06 in Indicating transmitter B

Due to its digital measurement principle the readings of the K-Patents Process refrac-

tometer do not drift by time Frequent recalibrations based on of983405linemoisture analy-

sis must be avoided as they will introduce random 983405luctuations to the refractometer

readings

18

54 Refractometer activation for divert control

When a refractometer is activated for Divert control the upper left corner of the trans-

mitter display shows alternatively A a B b or If the corner is blank the instrument

is not suitable for divert operation

Transmitter A in

Divert operation

Transmitter B not

in Divert operation

Ethernet connection failure

Figure 52 Indicating transmitters (STR) activated to Divert control

The decision to display A (a) or alternatively B (b) depends on the IP address settings

in the transmitter The IP address of instrument A is 17216232 and that of instru-

ment B is 17216233 These addresses have been set in the factory and should not be

changed (See Chapter 8 for information on system IP address and connecting to the

DD-23 system)

If a question mark appears on the transmitter display the reason is usually that the

Ethernet cable between the transmitter and the Control unit is not properly connected

or theDivert control unit is not powered on Reconnect (or replace cable if necessary)

to 983405ix

The refractometer program version has to be 300 or higher to have divert system

functionality Divert version 201 or higher requires DTR software version 412 or

higher Also the refractometer has to have the correct software parameters to be used

in a divert control system In order to convert a stand-alone refractometer into one

used on the Divert control system please contact K-Patents The easiest way to check

if a refractometer is con983405igured for DD-23 use is to look at the main display If the

aAbB letter is present (see Figure 52) the instrument may be used in the Divert

control system

If a DD-23 activated transmitter is used in another type of application the divert func-

tion has to be deactivated by K-Patents

55 Signal difference alarm

According to BLRBAC if a difference of 2 in solids (absolute value) or greater exists

between refractometer readings an alarm shall be activated

The alarm limit of 2 is the maximum difference The limit can be changed into a

smaller number through the remote interface see Chapter 8

19

56 Low alarms

561 Solids warning

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (60 by de-

fault) thewarning is activated The limit canbe changed through the remote interface

see Section 825

Minimum low warning level is 60 according to BLRBAC

562 Solids alarm

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (58 by de-

fault) the alarm is activated The limit can be changed through the remote interface

see Chapter 8

Minimum low alarm level is 58 according to BLRBAC

57 Refractometer malfunction alarm

The built-in intelligent diagnostics of a K-Patents Process refractometer provide a

tight control of the operation A full test cycle is completedwith an interval of less than

one second For details consult the Process refractometer PR-23 instruction manual

Not all malfunctions cause the instrument to be removed from the Divert control sys-

tem However all malfunction alarms need to be checked see Section 62 for more

information

58 Prism wash

Even though the sensors are equipped with a steam wash facility it is not necessarily

needed For K-Patents Process Refractometer the need of prism wash is reduced and

even in some cases eliminated

However an automatic regular prism wash provides an ef983405icient check that the re-

fractometer reacts A steam wash of 3 seconds every half hour should be suf983405icient

Only one instrument is washing at a time and during the wash the system acts in the

single-instrument mode

To change wash times or relay con983405igurations consult the PR-23 process refractome-

ter system manual sections 613 Con983410iguring relays and 631 Setting prism wash

parameters

20

The recommended wash pressures and times are given in the table below

Wash parameters for Safe-Drivetrade Isolation valve nozzle SDI

Minimum above

process pressure

Maximum above

process pressure

Wash

time

Reco-

very

Interval

Steam (SN) 5 bar (70 psi) 8 bar (115 psi) 3ndash5 s 20ndash30 s 20ndash30 min

Do not exceed the recommended wash times because some process media may burn

to the prism surface if steamed for longer time In case of coating shorten the wash

interval

It should be noted that if wash check is enabled on the instrument it can cause the

instrument to be taken out of divert use if during the set wash tolerance time nowash

cycles have been noted as successful This can cause a divert if both instruments fail

wash checks in sequence

21

6 Regular maintenance and troubleshooting

As theDivert control system is apuredigital system no specialmaintenance is needed

The LIGHT TEST button on the operator panel (Figure 21) sends a signal to the micro-

processor and the microprocessor switches all 12 LED lights on as long as the button

is pressed This way not only the lights but also the processing system is checked

To assist the identi983405ication of a faulty component the information 983405low is given in Sec-

tion 61 Also the logic diagrams of Chapter 7 may be of help

61 Information flow

The divert control unit is connected to the refractometers through an Ethernet con-

nection The Control system asks for the measurement data from the instruments

several times each second Based on the data received the divert operation decisions

are made

Each refractometer performs its measurement functions independently The instru-

ments also have their own internal diagnostics which are used in the divert decision

logic as well (see Section 62)

As the Divert Control System requests information several times a second all commu-

nication problems are found immediately In case one of the refractometers does not

respond to the control unit the non-responding instrument is dropped from opera-

tion and the malfunction alarm is set

An important information when troubleshooting communication problems is the let-

ter on the upper left corner of each refractometer (see Figure 52) If the instrument

has not received any data requests from theDivert Control Unit during the last second

the letter turns into a question mark () If the letter is aAbB then the communica-

tion link between the Divert control unit and the instrument is fully functional

62 Malfunctions

If the Divert Control Unit cannot communicate with a refractometer or if the inter-

nal diagnostics of a refractometer indicate a measurement problem the Malfunction

indicator (see Figure 21) is illuminated and the corresponding relay 8 or 9 (see Fig-

ure 33) is activated

The diagnostic message of the refractometer can be seen on the transmitter screen

(see Figure 51) Some of these messages eg PRISM WASH are only informative and

do not indicate a measurement problem Table 61 below summarizes all diagnostic

messages and their effect on the Divert control system operation

22

If themalfunction is severe enough tomake themeasurement result unreliable

the refractometer cannot be used in making the divert decision In that case the

instrument is dropped from the Divert Control System and cannot be taken on-line

manually until the problem is 983405ixed

Formore information on possible causes of each error see the PR-23 instructionman-

ual Chapter 8

Message Instrument will be

dropped from the

Divert Control System

EXTERNAL HOLD

EXTERNAL WASH STOP

HIGH SENSOR HUMIDITY

HIGH SENSOR TEMP

HIGH TRANSMITTER TEMP

LOW IMAGE QUALITY X

LOW TEMP WASH STOP

LOW TRANSMITTER VOLT

NO OPTICAL IMAGE X

NO SAMPLE X

NO SAMPLEWASH STOP

NO SENSOR X

NO SIGNAL X

NORMAL OPERATION

OUTSIDE LIGHT ERROR X

OUTSIDE LIGHT TO PRISM X

PRECONDITIONING

PRISM COATED X

PRISMWASH

PRISMWASH FAILURE X

PRISMWASH WARNING

RECOVERING

SHORT-CIRCUIT X

STARTING UP X

TEMP MEASUREMENT FAULT X

Table 61 Diagnostic messages and their effect on Divert operation

23

63 Diagnostic tools

In order to make troubleshooting easier there are several built-in diagnostic tools

An event log is built in the system A short log showing last 6 events can be accessed

from the transmitter main display by pressing the soft key DD23 A more complete

event log can be found in the web-based remote interface (see Section 824)

Figure 61 Transmitter log page for instrument A

The remote interface also provides a diagnostic page which gives full information on

the system state (concentrations relay state switch state indicator state) see Sec-

tion 823

64 Troubleshooting

641 A question mark () on the refractometer display

Cause The refractometer does not receive information request packets from the Di-

vert Control Unit This may be caused by a faulty cable faulty parameters or equip-

ment malfunction either in the refractometer or in the Divert Control Unit

Action If the instrument has never been functional or if it is possible someone has

changed the instrument parameters there may be a con983405iguration problem with the

IP addresses The IP address in the refractometer should be set as given in Section 54

If possible cross-check the addresses from the diagnostic web page

Aphysical problemcanbe ruledout by looking at a small LEDclose to the transmitterrsquos

Ethernet connector If the LED is green the cable is ok Oneway to isolate the problem

is to swap the cables between the refractometers A standard Ethernet cable can be

used as a troubleshooting aid (either straight-through or cross-over)

642 A refractometer refuses to come on-line

Cause Either there is no communication to the refractometer or there is a malfunc-

tionon the refractometer It is alsopossible the transmitter is not con983405igured forDivert

use

24

Action Check that there is aAbB on the refractometer display If there is a question

mark () instead see above

Check that there is a soft key DD23 on the refractometer main display (see Figure 62

below) If the soft key is not present in the main display the instrument is not con983405ig-

ured for Divert use If this is the case please contact K-Patents

In other cases check the diagnostic message on the refractometer screen (see Sec-

tion 62)

Figure 62 Transmitter main display instrument in Divert use

643 No lights come up in the Divert Control Unit

Cause There is no power on the instrument or there is a hardware fault

Action Check that the instrument receives power In normal operation several relays

have their associated LEDs lit If there are any LEDs lit in the Divert Control Unit the

unit receives power

644 All lights are blinking

Cause There is an unrecoverable hardware fault in the Divert Control Unit

Action Please contact K-Patents

65 Ethernet strain relief for transmitters

When transmitter door is opened the ethernet cable connecting the transmitter to

the Divert Unit may come off This can be 983405ixed bymounting a strain relief plate in the

transmitter

25

1 First screw on the strain relief plate

2 Fasten the ethernet cable to the relief plate with cable ties

3 Cut the ends of the cable ties

1

2

3

Figure 63 Mounting the strain relief

26

27

7 Divert control logics

A logical description of the system is provided to complement the operational descrip-

tion given in the previous chapters

71 Safety decision logic

The core of the Divert control system is the safety decision logic which makes the

ultimate decision whether the black liquor can be safely fed to the burner or not

The logic is described in the 983405low diagram in Figure 71 The factors affecting the de-

cision are the number of instruments in operation (none one or two) and their mea-

surement results Also the selected divert rule is taken into account when two instru-

ments are in operation For a description of different rules see Section 52

As a result of this logic the system is either in SAFE SOLIDS or UNSAFE SOLIDS state

When the system is in the SAFE SOLIDS state the SAFE SOLIDS light is illuminated

no

no no

no

yes

UNSAFE SOLIDSSAFE SOLIDS

NO INSTRU-MENTS

Rule 2-of-2

2 instrumentsavailable

1 instrumentavailable

Both ge 58

Either ge 58CONC ge58

yes

yesyes

yes

no

Rule 1-of-2yes

no

DIVERT

Figure 71 Safe solids decision logic

One instrument available maymean that only one instrument is in operation or that

both instruments are in operation but one of them is washing when queried

28

72 Divert decision logic

After the system has evaluated the solid contents to be either safe or unsafe (see Sec-

tion 71) it decides whether the the system should be in the DIVERT state This deci-

sion is made according to the 983405low diagram in Figure 72

Thedefault state of the system is theDIVERTstate It canbe changed to theNODIVERT

state only by manually pressing the DIVERT RESET push-button when the solid content

is suf983405icient (SAFE SOLIDS) If the solid content drops to UNSAFE the system drops

into the DIVERT state

The only exception to this is when the HEADERWASH is active In that case the solid

content checking is skipped The system may then be switched between the DIVERT

and NO DIVERT states by using the EMERGENCY DIVERT and DIVERT RESET push buttons

in the operator panel (or the equivalent external emergency divert and divert reset

buttons)

The system will drop to the DIVERT state in all cases when the EMERGENCY DIVERT

button (or its external counterpart) is pressed

NO DIVERT DIVERT

HEADER WASH active

Divert fromsafe solids logic

EMERGENCYDIVERTpressed

DIVERT RESET pressed

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

no

yes

Figure 72 The divert decision logics

29

73 In operation logic

IN OPERATIONbutton pressed

yes

yes

yes

yes

no

no

wash done

no

no

no

Onlyinstrument

Washing

IN OPER pressed

Critical malfunction

WAIT(LIGHT BLINKING)

IN OPERATION(LIGHT ON RELAYS

10 11 ACTIVE)

Criticalmalfunction

NOT IN OPERATION(LIGHT OFF)

yes

Figure 73 Operation logic

Whether an instrument is in op-

eration depends on the opera-

torrsquos commands and the instru-

mentrsquos diagnostics The decision

is carried out as outlined in Fig-

ure 73

An instrument can be in one of

three different states IN OPER-

ATION NOT IN OPERATION and

WAITWhen the instrument is IN

OPERATION it is used in decid-

ing whether the solid content is

in the safe level (see Section 71)

When the instrument is NOT IN

OPERATION or WAIT states it is

not used

The WAIT state occurs when the

operator has requested the in-

strument to come into operation

by pressing the button but the

instrument is in the wash cycle

and will come into operation af-

ter the wash cycle is completed

The actual state can be seen from

the INOPERATION light If the light

is on the instrument is IN OPER-

ATION If the light is off the in-

strument is NOT IN OPERATION

and if the light is blinking it is in

the WAIT state

The default state of an instru-

ment is to be NOT IN OPERA-

TION It can be taken into op-

eration by pressing the IN OP-

ERATION button unless there is

a critical malfunction (see Sec-

tion 62)

An instrument automatically drops

into NOT IN OPERATION if there is a critical malfunction It may also be dropped by

the IN OPERATION button unless it is the only instrument used

30

74 Malfunction logic

Timeout frominstrument

Malfunction ininstrument

no

yes

yes

yes

no

no

Critical malfunc-tion in instr

NO MALFUNCTION

Remove instr from Divert use

MALFUNCTION

Figure 74 Malfunction logic (repeated for each sensor)

The MALFUNCTION light is illumi-

nated when the internal diagnos-

tics of either of the two instru-

ments indicates a malfunction or

there is a communication timeout

to either of the instruments (Fig-

ure 74)

It should be noted that not all mal-

functions are critical malfunctions

which drop the instrument from

operation (see Section 73) For a

complete list of possible malfunc-

tions see Section 62

TheMALFUNCTION light re983405lects the

decision taken by this logic How-

ever as the MALFUNCTION light is

one of the resettable alarms it

may be blinking even when the

malfunction itself is cleared if the

ALARM RESET button has not been

pressed (see Section 75)

31

75 Resettable alarm logic

UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM

(Blinking Relay 6 active)

ALARM(Light on Relay 6 inactive)

Alarm source active

ALARM RESETpressed

Alarm source active

yes

no

no

no

yes

yes

NO ALARM(Light off Relay 6 inactive)

Figure 75 The resettable alarm logic

In order to identify new alarms there

is a resettable alarm logic in the Di-

vert control unit There are four pos-

sible alarm sources SOLIDS ALARM

SOLIDSWARNINGAampBDIFFERENCE

and MALFUNCTION All of these fol-

low the same alarm reset rules (see

Figure 75)

Whenanew (unacknowledged) alarm

activates the corresponding light starts

blinking in the operator panel and re-

lay 6 is activated When the ALARM RE-

SET button is pressed relay 6 is inacti-

vated

The state of the alarm indicator in the

operator panel depends on whether

the cause for the alarm is still present

If the cause has cleared (eg solids

content has risen above the warn-

ing limit) the light goes off when

the ALARM RESET is pressed If the

cause has not cleared the light will be

steadily illuminated

A non-illuminated light means there

is no alarm A steadily illuminated

alarm light means there is a problem

which persists but the problem has

been acknowledged by pressing the

ALARM RESET A blinking light means

the problem has not been acknowl-

edged but givesno informationwhether

the problem is still there or not

32

76 Refractometer difference logic

If there are two refractometers in operation (taken into operation not washing) the

Control unit monitors the difference in reading between the two instruments (983405ig-

ure 76) If the difference ismore than 2 a refractometer differencewarning is given

with the corresponding front panel indicator and relay

The divert decision logic (section 72) is not affected by the refractometer difference

but a signi983405icant difference between the two instruments indicates one of the instru-

ments is not measuring reliably In this case the instruments and wash systems have

to be checked immediately Ignoring to do this may result in an erroneous divert de-

cision

no REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

|A-B| gt 2

2 instruments available

yes

no

no

yes

REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

Figure 76 Refractometer difference logic

33

77 Wash arbitration logic

The Divert Control Unit takes care that if there are two instruments in operation they

wonrsquotwash at the same time (as thatwould trip the system) This is doneby the simple

logic described in Figure 77

Each instrument control their ownwash cycle Before the start washing they request

a wash permission from the Divert Control Unit If the other instrument is already

washing the unit does not grant this permission until the wash cycle is completed

noWAIT

WASH

IDLE

The otherinstrumentwashing

yes

wash interval elapsed

wash done

the other instrument done washing

Figure 77 Wash arbitration logic

34

78 Wash check logic

Wash check

Wash tolerancetime gt 0

no

yes

yes

off

yes

on

no

Prism washsuccesful

Drop fromDivert use

Malfunction

Succesful washwithin tolerance

time

Prism wash failurePrism wash

warning

no

Normal operation

One w

ash

cyc

le

Figure 78 Wash check logic

By default the wash tolerance time is 0

35

8 Remote control interface

The remote interface is based on a web server inside the Divert Control Unit It con-

sists of several web pages easily accessible through the links on the navigation bar in

the left (see Figure 81)

The remote interface is optimized for the Firefox browser version 20 or newer al-

though it may work with other browsers Firefox is free and exists for Windows Mac

OS X and Linux it can be downloaded through httpwwwmozillacom

81 Divert Control Unit IP address

The Divert Control Unit can be reached through two different IP addresses In non-

networked applications (only a DD-23 and a single computer) the IP address is

1692542323 This IP address is factory set and cannot be changed If the Divert

Control Unit is to be connected to a network the network settings can be changed

through the parameter page of the remote interface (see Section 825)

82 The remote interface

821 Main page

The remote indicator main page gives a quick overview over system status

Figure 81 DD-23 Remote control main page

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

12

34 Remote ethernet connection

The ethernet connection for the Divert user interface DI and data logging purposes is

an 8-pin M12 connector at the bottom of the Divert Unit The ethernet cable PR-8430

to DI can be connected while the unit is powered without opening the case Ethernet

converter cable PR-8663 is used when a computer or other device with RJ45 connec-

tor is connected with the DD-23

The remoteethernet connection

Figure 36 Ethernet connection

13

4 Startup

41 Divert system pre-startup checklist

1 SDI Isolation valves mounted correctly

a Vertical pipe MTG453

b Horizontal pipe MTG471

2 DD-23 control unit installed DIM243 Figure 91 on page 39

3 Pressure reducing valve solenoid valve steam trap installed and connected to the

prism wash nozzle on each sensor

a Steam pipes for black liquor MTG470

b Nozzle MTG482

4 9ndash15 bar (130ndash220 psi) steam connected to the solenoid valve on each sensor

5 Instrumentation air 4ndash6 bar (60ndash90 psi) connect to the solenoid valve on each

sensor

6 Power supply (230110Vac24Vdc) connected SYS358Figure 31 on page 7 and

WRG366 Figure 31 on page 7

a Transmitter A

b Transmitter B

c Divert control unit

d Solenoid valve A

e Solenoid valve B

7 Cables connected SYS358Figure 31 on page 7 WRG366 Figure 31 on page 7

a Transmitter A to sensor A

b Transmitter B to sensor B

c Transmitter A to solenoid valve A

d Transmitter B to solenoid valve B

e Relay information from the Divert control unit to your control system or the

Divert valve

f Transmitter A mA output to your control system

g Transmitter B mA output to your control system

h Ethernet to your control system (optional)

14

42 Divert control unit DD-23 startup

For the refractometer startup consult Chapter 5 in the separate Process refractometer

PR-23 manual

1 Check the wiring and supply voltage

Before the power is switched on the divert output relay rsquonormal operationrsquo is in

divert position

2 Connect the mains power to start the system

There are no power switches in the instruments They are always On when the

mains power is connected

3 While the Control unit is powering up the DIVERT and SOLIDS ALARM lights are both

blinking When the unit is fully functional it is in the divert mode the DIVERT light

is on and the SOLIDS ALARM light is blinking

4 Press the LIGHT TEST button on the Divert control unit All 12 lights should switch

on

5 Reset the solids alarm by pressing the ALARM RESET button

The indicator stops blinking and should stay on

6 Each indicating transmitter should now state refractometer letter either a or b in

the upper left corner of the transmitter display If therersquos a question mark instead

of a letter on either of the transmitters see Chapter 6

If the process pipe is full the message for each refractometer should be NORMAL

OPERATION if process pipe is still empty message will be NO SAMPLE

Now activate refractometer A into the Divert by pushing the button A IN OPERATION

on the Divert control unit panel The button lights up and on the transmitter dis-

play the refractometer letter changes to capital A Then activate refractometer B

similarly by pushing the button B IN OPERATION

If the green IN OPERATION light blinks the refractometer in question is perform-

ing wash The refractometer will automatically come into operation after it has

983405inished washing

7 Now the Divert control system DD-23 is set for normal monitoring operation

8 When black liquor is in the line check that the prism wash is working for each

refractometer First press soft keyMENU on the transmitter keyboard then choose

3 SYSTEM STATUS to get to the system status display Now press soft key WASH to

initiate manual wash follow the optical image and check that it changes during

the steam wash If wash was successful wait until message is NORMAL OPERATION

and then proceed with startup If wash doesnrsquot seem to work see Chapter 6

9 If the three green lights on the third row are all on and all conditions for safe boiler

operation are satis983405ied turn off diversion by pressing the DIVERT RESET button All

warning lights are now turned off and only the 3 green lights are on

15

5 Configuration

The K-Patents Divert control system is shipped fully calibrated by the manufacturer

This chapter contains instructions on how to make 983405ine adjustments of the system

51 Calibration lock

Parameter changes are possible only when the calibration lock is open The calibra-

tion lock can be closed by a switch inside the control unit cover (see Figure 51) When

the lock is open a red led is illuminated next to the lock switch For safety reasons

keep the calibration lock open only during parameter changes done through the web

interface (see Chapter 8)

CALIBRATIONLOCK

CALIBRATIONLOCK

Figure 51 Location of the calibration lock

16

52 Divert decision rules

Two refractometers in operation

BLRBAC states the following For the solids measurements two refractometers in se-

ries must be used When both refractometers are in service the requirement for an au-

tomatic black liquor diversion can be satis983410ied by either of the following options

1 If either refractometer reads dissolved solids content 58 (default) or below

an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

2 When both refractometers read dissolved solids content 58 (default) or be-

low an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

Either option is satisfactory

The rules are listed in decreasing order of security Only rule 1 satis983405ies the high safety

requirements set by BLRBAC August 1982 On the other hand the probability of false

trips decreases with decreasing safety It means that if false trips are too frequent the

rule 2 may be preferred at the cost of safety The rule 2 has later been accepted by

BLRBAC

The divert decision rule is selected by the rule switch inside the divert control unit

cover (Figure 51) The state of the switch is indicated by a yellow indicator LED for

rule 2 and a green one for rule 1

Rule switch Rule

1-of-2 Rule 1

2-of-2 Rule 2

Table 51 Divert decision rule selection

The logical description of the safety decision logics is given Tables 53 and 52 below

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert divert

over 58 divert safe

Table 52 Two instruments in operation rule 1-of-2

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert unsafe

over 58 unsafe safe

Table 53 Two instruments in operation rule 2-of-2

17

Only one refractometer in operation

When only one instrument is in operation the divert action takes place if this instru-

ment reads 58 or below The rule selection has no in983405luence on the divert decision

in this case

A or B

under 58 unsafe

over 58 safe

Table 54 Operation logic when only one instrument operating

No refractometer in operation

If both instruments are out of operation (due to malfunction or maintenance) then

according to BLRBAC divert action must take place

Emergency divert

In all cases the systemmay be set to DIVERT by pressing the EMERGENCY DIVERT button

(or an external emergency divert button see Section 238)

53 Refractometer concentration measurement

For refractometer calibration consult also Chapter 6 in the separate Process refrac-

tometer PR-23 Instruction manual

The CONC displays of the two indicating transmitters have to show the same value

within 05 If there is a difference this can be eliminated by adjusting the bias for

one of the refractomers comparison with sample determination can decide which

one should be corrected

In the PR-23 refractometer system bias is the parameter F00 the third parameter in

the 983405ield adjustment parameter list To change it 983405irst press the MENU soft key then

5 CALIBRATION then 1 CHEMICALamp FIELD PARAMETERS and then 2 FIELD CALIBRATIONPARA-

METERS Choose 3 F00 (BIAS) to change the bias (see Section 625 in the PR-23manual)

If the Indicating transmitter A displays 682 and B displays 688 the difference can

be eliminated by lowering B by 06 This is done by setting the 983405ield calibration

parameter F00 to -06 in Indicating transmitter B

Due to its digital measurement principle the readings of the K-Patents Process refrac-

tometer do not drift by time Frequent recalibrations based on of983405linemoisture analy-

sis must be avoided as they will introduce random 983405luctuations to the refractometer

readings

18

54 Refractometer activation for divert control

When a refractometer is activated for Divert control the upper left corner of the trans-

mitter display shows alternatively A a B b or If the corner is blank the instrument

is not suitable for divert operation

Transmitter A in

Divert operation

Transmitter B not

in Divert operation

Ethernet connection failure

Figure 52 Indicating transmitters (STR) activated to Divert control

The decision to display A (a) or alternatively B (b) depends on the IP address settings

in the transmitter The IP address of instrument A is 17216232 and that of instru-

ment B is 17216233 These addresses have been set in the factory and should not be

changed (See Chapter 8 for information on system IP address and connecting to the

DD-23 system)

If a question mark appears on the transmitter display the reason is usually that the

Ethernet cable between the transmitter and the Control unit is not properly connected

or theDivert control unit is not powered on Reconnect (or replace cable if necessary)

to 983405ix

The refractometer program version has to be 300 or higher to have divert system

functionality Divert version 201 or higher requires DTR software version 412 or

higher Also the refractometer has to have the correct software parameters to be used

in a divert control system In order to convert a stand-alone refractometer into one

used on the Divert control system please contact K-Patents The easiest way to check

if a refractometer is con983405igured for DD-23 use is to look at the main display If the

aAbB letter is present (see Figure 52) the instrument may be used in the Divert

control system

If a DD-23 activated transmitter is used in another type of application the divert func-

tion has to be deactivated by K-Patents

55 Signal difference alarm

According to BLRBAC if a difference of 2 in solids (absolute value) or greater exists

between refractometer readings an alarm shall be activated

The alarm limit of 2 is the maximum difference The limit can be changed into a

smaller number through the remote interface see Chapter 8

19

56 Low alarms

561 Solids warning

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (60 by de-

fault) thewarning is activated The limit canbe changed through the remote interface

see Section 825

Minimum low warning level is 60 according to BLRBAC

562 Solids alarm

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (58 by de-

fault) the alarm is activated The limit can be changed through the remote interface

see Chapter 8

Minimum low alarm level is 58 according to BLRBAC

57 Refractometer malfunction alarm

The built-in intelligent diagnostics of a K-Patents Process refractometer provide a

tight control of the operation A full test cycle is completedwith an interval of less than

one second For details consult the Process refractometer PR-23 instruction manual

Not all malfunctions cause the instrument to be removed from the Divert control sys-

tem However all malfunction alarms need to be checked see Section 62 for more

information

58 Prism wash

Even though the sensors are equipped with a steam wash facility it is not necessarily

needed For K-Patents Process Refractometer the need of prism wash is reduced and

even in some cases eliminated

However an automatic regular prism wash provides an ef983405icient check that the re-

fractometer reacts A steam wash of 3 seconds every half hour should be suf983405icient

Only one instrument is washing at a time and during the wash the system acts in the

single-instrument mode

To change wash times or relay con983405igurations consult the PR-23 process refractome-

ter system manual sections 613 Con983410iguring relays and 631 Setting prism wash

parameters

20

The recommended wash pressures and times are given in the table below

Wash parameters for Safe-Drivetrade Isolation valve nozzle SDI

Minimum above

process pressure

Maximum above

process pressure

Wash

time

Reco-

very

Interval

Steam (SN) 5 bar (70 psi) 8 bar (115 psi) 3ndash5 s 20ndash30 s 20ndash30 min

Do not exceed the recommended wash times because some process media may burn

to the prism surface if steamed for longer time In case of coating shorten the wash

interval

It should be noted that if wash check is enabled on the instrument it can cause the

instrument to be taken out of divert use if during the set wash tolerance time nowash

cycles have been noted as successful This can cause a divert if both instruments fail

wash checks in sequence

21

6 Regular maintenance and troubleshooting

As theDivert control system is apuredigital system no specialmaintenance is needed

The LIGHT TEST button on the operator panel (Figure 21) sends a signal to the micro-

processor and the microprocessor switches all 12 LED lights on as long as the button

is pressed This way not only the lights but also the processing system is checked

To assist the identi983405ication of a faulty component the information 983405low is given in Sec-

tion 61 Also the logic diagrams of Chapter 7 may be of help

61 Information flow

The divert control unit is connected to the refractometers through an Ethernet con-

nection The Control system asks for the measurement data from the instruments

several times each second Based on the data received the divert operation decisions

are made

Each refractometer performs its measurement functions independently The instru-

ments also have their own internal diagnostics which are used in the divert decision

logic as well (see Section 62)

As the Divert Control System requests information several times a second all commu-

nication problems are found immediately In case one of the refractometers does not

respond to the control unit the non-responding instrument is dropped from opera-

tion and the malfunction alarm is set

An important information when troubleshooting communication problems is the let-

ter on the upper left corner of each refractometer (see Figure 52) If the instrument

has not received any data requests from theDivert Control Unit during the last second

the letter turns into a question mark () If the letter is aAbB then the communica-

tion link between the Divert control unit and the instrument is fully functional

62 Malfunctions

If the Divert Control Unit cannot communicate with a refractometer or if the inter-

nal diagnostics of a refractometer indicate a measurement problem the Malfunction

indicator (see Figure 21) is illuminated and the corresponding relay 8 or 9 (see Fig-

ure 33) is activated

The diagnostic message of the refractometer can be seen on the transmitter screen

(see Figure 51) Some of these messages eg PRISM WASH are only informative and

do not indicate a measurement problem Table 61 below summarizes all diagnostic

messages and their effect on the Divert control system operation

22

If themalfunction is severe enough tomake themeasurement result unreliable

the refractometer cannot be used in making the divert decision In that case the

instrument is dropped from the Divert Control System and cannot be taken on-line

manually until the problem is 983405ixed

Formore information on possible causes of each error see the PR-23 instructionman-

ual Chapter 8

Message Instrument will be

dropped from the

Divert Control System

EXTERNAL HOLD

EXTERNAL WASH STOP

HIGH SENSOR HUMIDITY

HIGH SENSOR TEMP

HIGH TRANSMITTER TEMP

LOW IMAGE QUALITY X

LOW TEMP WASH STOP

LOW TRANSMITTER VOLT

NO OPTICAL IMAGE X

NO SAMPLE X

NO SAMPLEWASH STOP

NO SENSOR X

NO SIGNAL X

NORMAL OPERATION

OUTSIDE LIGHT ERROR X

OUTSIDE LIGHT TO PRISM X

PRECONDITIONING

PRISM COATED X

PRISMWASH

PRISMWASH FAILURE X

PRISMWASH WARNING

RECOVERING

SHORT-CIRCUIT X

STARTING UP X

TEMP MEASUREMENT FAULT X

Table 61 Diagnostic messages and their effect on Divert operation

23

63 Diagnostic tools

In order to make troubleshooting easier there are several built-in diagnostic tools

An event log is built in the system A short log showing last 6 events can be accessed

from the transmitter main display by pressing the soft key DD23 A more complete

event log can be found in the web-based remote interface (see Section 824)

Figure 61 Transmitter log page for instrument A

The remote interface also provides a diagnostic page which gives full information on

the system state (concentrations relay state switch state indicator state) see Sec-

tion 823

64 Troubleshooting

641 A question mark () on the refractometer display

Cause The refractometer does not receive information request packets from the Di-

vert Control Unit This may be caused by a faulty cable faulty parameters or equip-

ment malfunction either in the refractometer or in the Divert Control Unit

Action If the instrument has never been functional or if it is possible someone has

changed the instrument parameters there may be a con983405iguration problem with the

IP addresses The IP address in the refractometer should be set as given in Section 54

If possible cross-check the addresses from the diagnostic web page

Aphysical problemcanbe ruledout by looking at a small LEDclose to the transmitterrsquos

Ethernet connector If the LED is green the cable is ok Oneway to isolate the problem

is to swap the cables between the refractometers A standard Ethernet cable can be

used as a troubleshooting aid (either straight-through or cross-over)

642 A refractometer refuses to come on-line

Cause Either there is no communication to the refractometer or there is a malfunc-

tionon the refractometer It is alsopossible the transmitter is not con983405igured forDivert

use

24

Action Check that there is aAbB on the refractometer display If there is a question

mark () instead see above

Check that there is a soft key DD23 on the refractometer main display (see Figure 62

below) If the soft key is not present in the main display the instrument is not con983405ig-

ured for Divert use If this is the case please contact K-Patents

In other cases check the diagnostic message on the refractometer screen (see Sec-

tion 62)

Figure 62 Transmitter main display instrument in Divert use

643 No lights come up in the Divert Control Unit

Cause There is no power on the instrument or there is a hardware fault

Action Check that the instrument receives power In normal operation several relays

have their associated LEDs lit If there are any LEDs lit in the Divert Control Unit the

unit receives power

644 All lights are blinking

Cause There is an unrecoverable hardware fault in the Divert Control Unit

Action Please contact K-Patents

65 Ethernet strain relief for transmitters

When transmitter door is opened the ethernet cable connecting the transmitter to

the Divert Unit may come off This can be 983405ixed bymounting a strain relief plate in the

transmitter

25

1 First screw on the strain relief plate

2 Fasten the ethernet cable to the relief plate with cable ties

3 Cut the ends of the cable ties

1

2

3

Figure 63 Mounting the strain relief

26

27

7 Divert control logics

A logical description of the system is provided to complement the operational descrip-

tion given in the previous chapters

71 Safety decision logic

The core of the Divert control system is the safety decision logic which makes the

ultimate decision whether the black liquor can be safely fed to the burner or not

The logic is described in the 983405low diagram in Figure 71 The factors affecting the de-

cision are the number of instruments in operation (none one or two) and their mea-

surement results Also the selected divert rule is taken into account when two instru-

ments are in operation For a description of different rules see Section 52

As a result of this logic the system is either in SAFE SOLIDS or UNSAFE SOLIDS state

When the system is in the SAFE SOLIDS state the SAFE SOLIDS light is illuminated

no

no no

no

yes

UNSAFE SOLIDSSAFE SOLIDS

NO INSTRU-MENTS

Rule 2-of-2

2 instrumentsavailable

1 instrumentavailable

Both ge 58

Either ge 58CONC ge58

yes

yesyes

yes

no

Rule 1-of-2yes

no

DIVERT

Figure 71 Safe solids decision logic

One instrument available maymean that only one instrument is in operation or that

both instruments are in operation but one of them is washing when queried

28

72 Divert decision logic

After the system has evaluated the solid contents to be either safe or unsafe (see Sec-

tion 71) it decides whether the the system should be in the DIVERT state This deci-

sion is made according to the 983405low diagram in Figure 72

Thedefault state of the system is theDIVERTstate It canbe changed to theNODIVERT

state only by manually pressing the DIVERT RESET push-button when the solid content

is suf983405icient (SAFE SOLIDS) If the solid content drops to UNSAFE the system drops

into the DIVERT state

The only exception to this is when the HEADERWASH is active In that case the solid

content checking is skipped The system may then be switched between the DIVERT

and NO DIVERT states by using the EMERGENCY DIVERT and DIVERT RESET push buttons

in the operator panel (or the equivalent external emergency divert and divert reset

buttons)

The system will drop to the DIVERT state in all cases when the EMERGENCY DIVERT

button (or its external counterpart) is pressed

NO DIVERT DIVERT

HEADER WASH active

Divert fromsafe solids logic

EMERGENCYDIVERTpressed

DIVERT RESET pressed

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

no

yes

Figure 72 The divert decision logics

29

73 In operation logic

IN OPERATIONbutton pressed

yes

yes

yes

yes

no

no

wash done

no

no

no

Onlyinstrument

Washing

IN OPER pressed

Critical malfunction

WAIT(LIGHT BLINKING)

IN OPERATION(LIGHT ON RELAYS

10 11 ACTIVE)

Criticalmalfunction

NOT IN OPERATION(LIGHT OFF)

yes

Figure 73 Operation logic

Whether an instrument is in op-

eration depends on the opera-

torrsquos commands and the instru-

mentrsquos diagnostics The decision

is carried out as outlined in Fig-

ure 73

An instrument can be in one of

three different states IN OPER-

ATION NOT IN OPERATION and

WAITWhen the instrument is IN

OPERATION it is used in decid-

ing whether the solid content is

in the safe level (see Section 71)

When the instrument is NOT IN

OPERATION or WAIT states it is

not used

The WAIT state occurs when the

operator has requested the in-

strument to come into operation

by pressing the button but the

instrument is in the wash cycle

and will come into operation af-

ter the wash cycle is completed

The actual state can be seen from

the INOPERATION light If the light

is on the instrument is IN OPER-

ATION If the light is off the in-

strument is NOT IN OPERATION

and if the light is blinking it is in

the WAIT state

The default state of an instru-

ment is to be NOT IN OPERA-

TION It can be taken into op-

eration by pressing the IN OP-

ERATION button unless there is

a critical malfunction (see Sec-

tion 62)

An instrument automatically drops

into NOT IN OPERATION if there is a critical malfunction It may also be dropped by

the IN OPERATION button unless it is the only instrument used

30

74 Malfunction logic

Timeout frominstrument

Malfunction ininstrument

no

yes

yes

yes

no

no

Critical malfunc-tion in instr

NO MALFUNCTION

Remove instr from Divert use

MALFUNCTION

Figure 74 Malfunction logic (repeated for each sensor)

The MALFUNCTION light is illumi-

nated when the internal diagnos-

tics of either of the two instru-

ments indicates a malfunction or

there is a communication timeout

to either of the instruments (Fig-

ure 74)

It should be noted that not all mal-

functions are critical malfunctions

which drop the instrument from

operation (see Section 73) For a

complete list of possible malfunc-

tions see Section 62

TheMALFUNCTION light re983405lects the

decision taken by this logic How-

ever as the MALFUNCTION light is

one of the resettable alarms it

may be blinking even when the

malfunction itself is cleared if the

ALARM RESET button has not been

pressed (see Section 75)

31

75 Resettable alarm logic

UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM

(Blinking Relay 6 active)

ALARM(Light on Relay 6 inactive)

Alarm source active

ALARM RESETpressed

Alarm source active

yes

no

no

no

yes

yes

NO ALARM(Light off Relay 6 inactive)

Figure 75 The resettable alarm logic

In order to identify new alarms there

is a resettable alarm logic in the Di-

vert control unit There are four pos-

sible alarm sources SOLIDS ALARM

SOLIDSWARNINGAampBDIFFERENCE

and MALFUNCTION All of these fol-

low the same alarm reset rules (see

Figure 75)

Whenanew (unacknowledged) alarm

activates the corresponding light starts

blinking in the operator panel and re-

lay 6 is activated When the ALARM RE-

SET button is pressed relay 6 is inacti-

vated

The state of the alarm indicator in the

operator panel depends on whether

the cause for the alarm is still present

If the cause has cleared (eg solids

content has risen above the warn-

ing limit) the light goes off when

the ALARM RESET is pressed If the

cause has not cleared the light will be

steadily illuminated

A non-illuminated light means there

is no alarm A steadily illuminated

alarm light means there is a problem

which persists but the problem has

been acknowledged by pressing the

ALARM RESET A blinking light means

the problem has not been acknowl-

edged but givesno informationwhether

the problem is still there or not

32

76 Refractometer difference logic

If there are two refractometers in operation (taken into operation not washing) the

Control unit monitors the difference in reading between the two instruments (983405ig-

ure 76) If the difference ismore than 2 a refractometer differencewarning is given

with the corresponding front panel indicator and relay

The divert decision logic (section 72) is not affected by the refractometer difference

but a signi983405icant difference between the two instruments indicates one of the instru-

ments is not measuring reliably In this case the instruments and wash systems have

to be checked immediately Ignoring to do this may result in an erroneous divert de-

cision

no REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

|A-B| gt 2

2 instruments available

yes

no

no

yes

REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

Figure 76 Refractometer difference logic

33

77 Wash arbitration logic

The Divert Control Unit takes care that if there are two instruments in operation they

wonrsquotwash at the same time (as thatwould trip the system) This is doneby the simple

logic described in Figure 77

Each instrument control their ownwash cycle Before the start washing they request

a wash permission from the Divert Control Unit If the other instrument is already

washing the unit does not grant this permission until the wash cycle is completed

noWAIT

WASH

IDLE

The otherinstrumentwashing

yes

wash interval elapsed

wash done

the other instrument done washing

Figure 77 Wash arbitration logic

34

78 Wash check logic

Wash check

Wash tolerancetime gt 0

no

yes

yes

off

yes

on

no

Prism washsuccesful

Drop fromDivert use

Malfunction

Succesful washwithin tolerance

time

Prism wash failurePrism wash

warning

no

Normal operation

One w

ash

cyc

le

Figure 78 Wash check logic

By default the wash tolerance time is 0

35

8 Remote control interface

The remote interface is based on a web server inside the Divert Control Unit It con-

sists of several web pages easily accessible through the links on the navigation bar in

the left (see Figure 81)

The remote interface is optimized for the Firefox browser version 20 or newer al-

though it may work with other browsers Firefox is free and exists for Windows Mac

OS X and Linux it can be downloaded through httpwwwmozillacom

81 Divert Control Unit IP address

The Divert Control Unit can be reached through two different IP addresses In non-

networked applications (only a DD-23 and a single computer) the IP address is

1692542323 This IP address is factory set and cannot be changed If the Divert

Control Unit is to be connected to a network the network settings can be changed

through the parameter page of the remote interface (see Section 825)

82 The remote interface

821 Main page

The remote indicator main page gives a quick overview over system status

Figure 81 DD-23 Remote control main page

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

13

4 Startup

41 Divert system pre-startup checklist

1 SDI Isolation valves mounted correctly

a Vertical pipe MTG453

b Horizontal pipe MTG471

2 DD-23 control unit installed DIM243 Figure 91 on page 39

3 Pressure reducing valve solenoid valve steam trap installed and connected to the

prism wash nozzle on each sensor

a Steam pipes for black liquor MTG470

b Nozzle MTG482

4 9ndash15 bar (130ndash220 psi) steam connected to the solenoid valve on each sensor

5 Instrumentation air 4ndash6 bar (60ndash90 psi) connect to the solenoid valve on each

sensor

6 Power supply (230110Vac24Vdc) connected SYS358Figure 31 on page 7 and

WRG366 Figure 31 on page 7

a Transmitter A

b Transmitter B

c Divert control unit

d Solenoid valve A

e Solenoid valve B

7 Cables connected SYS358Figure 31 on page 7 WRG366 Figure 31 on page 7

a Transmitter A to sensor A

b Transmitter B to sensor B

c Transmitter A to solenoid valve A

d Transmitter B to solenoid valve B

e Relay information from the Divert control unit to your control system or the

Divert valve

f Transmitter A mA output to your control system

g Transmitter B mA output to your control system

h Ethernet to your control system (optional)

14

42 Divert control unit DD-23 startup

For the refractometer startup consult Chapter 5 in the separate Process refractometer

PR-23 manual

1 Check the wiring and supply voltage

Before the power is switched on the divert output relay rsquonormal operationrsquo is in

divert position

2 Connect the mains power to start the system

There are no power switches in the instruments They are always On when the

mains power is connected

3 While the Control unit is powering up the DIVERT and SOLIDS ALARM lights are both

blinking When the unit is fully functional it is in the divert mode the DIVERT light

is on and the SOLIDS ALARM light is blinking

4 Press the LIGHT TEST button on the Divert control unit All 12 lights should switch

on

5 Reset the solids alarm by pressing the ALARM RESET button

The indicator stops blinking and should stay on

6 Each indicating transmitter should now state refractometer letter either a or b in

the upper left corner of the transmitter display If therersquos a question mark instead

of a letter on either of the transmitters see Chapter 6

If the process pipe is full the message for each refractometer should be NORMAL

OPERATION if process pipe is still empty message will be NO SAMPLE

Now activate refractometer A into the Divert by pushing the button A IN OPERATION

on the Divert control unit panel The button lights up and on the transmitter dis-

play the refractometer letter changes to capital A Then activate refractometer B

similarly by pushing the button B IN OPERATION

If the green IN OPERATION light blinks the refractometer in question is perform-

ing wash The refractometer will automatically come into operation after it has

983405inished washing

7 Now the Divert control system DD-23 is set for normal monitoring operation

8 When black liquor is in the line check that the prism wash is working for each

refractometer First press soft keyMENU on the transmitter keyboard then choose

3 SYSTEM STATUS to get to the system status display Now press soft key WASH to

initiate manual wash follow the optical image and check that it changes during

the steam wash If wash was successful wait until message is NORMAL OPERATION

and then proceed with startup If wash doesnrsquot seem to work see Chapter 6

9 If the three green lights on the third row are all on and all conditions for safe boiler

operation are satis983405ied turn off diversion by pressing the DIVERT RESET button All

warning lights are now turned off and only the 3 green lights are on

15

5 Configuration

The K-Patents Divert control system is shipped fully calibrated by the manufacturer

This chapter contains instructions on how to make 983405ine adjustments of the system

51 Calibration lock

Parameter changes are possible only when the calibration lock is open The calibra-

tion lock can be closed by a switch inside the control unit cover (see Figure 51) When

the lock is open a red led is illuminated next to the lock switch For safety reasons

keep the calibration lock open only during parameter changes done through the web

interface (see Chapter 8)

CALIBRATIONLOCK

CALIBRATIONLOCK

Figure 51 Location of the calibration lock

16

52 Divert decision rules

Two refractometers in operation

BLRBAC states the following For the solids measurements two refractometers in se-

ries must be used When both refractometers are in service the requirement for an au-

tomatic black liquor diversion can be satis983410ied by either of the following options

1 If either refractometer reads dissolved solids content 58 (default) or below

an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

2 When both refractometers read dissolved solids content 58 (default) or be-

low an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

Either option is satisfactory

The rules are listed in decreasing order of security Only rule 1 satis983405ies the high safety

requirements set by BLRBAC August 1982 On the other hand the probability of false

trips decreases with decreasing safety It means that if false trips are too frequent the

rule 2 may be preferred at the cost of safety The rule 2 has later been accepted by

BLRBAC

The divert decision rule is selected by the rule switch inside the divert control unit

cover (Figure 51) The state of the switch is indicated by a yellow indicator LED for

rule 2 and a green one for rule 1

Rule switch Rule

1-of-2 Rule 1

2-of-2 Rule 2

Table 51 Divert decision rule selection

The logical description of the safety decision logics is given Tables 53 and 52 below

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert divert

over 58 divert safe

Table 52 Two instruments in operation rule 1-of-2

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert unsafe

over 58 unsafe safe

Table 53 Two instruments in operation rule 2-of-2

17

Only one refractometer in operation

When only one instrument is in operation the divert action takes place if this instru-

ment reads 58 or below The rule selection has no in983405luence on the divert decision

in this case

A or B

under 58 unsafe

over 58 safe

Table 54 Operation logic when only one instrument operating

No refractometer in operation

If both instruments are out of operation (due to malfunction or maintenance) then

according to BLRBAC divert action must take place

Emergency divert

In all cases the systemmay be set to DIVERT by pressing the EMERGENCY DIVERT button

(or an external emergency divert button see Section 238)

53 Refractometer concentration measurement

For refractometer calibration consult also Chapter 6 in the separate Process refrac-

tometer PR-23 Instruction manual

The CONC displays of the two indicating transmitters have to show the same value

within 05 If there is a difference this can be eliminated by adjusting the bias for

one of the refractomers comparison with sample determination can decide which

one should be corrected

In the PR-23 refractometer system bias is the parameter F00 the third parameter in

the 983405ield adjustment parameter list To change it 983405irst press the MENU soft key then

5 CALIBRATION then 1 CHEMICALamp FIELD PARAMETERS and then 2 FIELD CALIBRATIONPARA-

METERS Choose 3 F00 (BIAS) to change the bias (see Section 625 in the PR-23manual)

If the Indicating transmitter A displays 682 and B displays 688 the difference can

be eliminated by lowering B by 06 This is done by setting the 983405ield calibration

parameter F00 to -06 in Indicating transmitter B

Due to its digital measurement principle the readings of the K-Patents Process refrac-

tometer do not drift by time Frequent recalibrations based on of983405linemoisture analy-

sis must be avoided as they will introduce random 983405luctuations to the refractometer

readings

18

54 Refractometer activation for divert control

When a refractometer is activated for Divert control the upper left corner of the trans-

mitter display shows alternatively A a B b or If the corner is blank the instrument

is not suitable for divert operation

Transmitter A in

Divert operation

Transmitter B not

in Divert operation

Ethernet connection failure

Figure 52 Indicating transmitters (STR) activated to Divert control

The decision to display A (a) or alternatively B (b) depends on the IP address settings

in the transmitter The IP address of instrument A is 17216232 and that of instru-

ment B is 17216233 These addresses have been set in the factory and should not be

changed (See Chapter 8 for information on system IP address and connecting to the

DD-23 system)

If a question mark appears on the transmitter display the reason is usually that the

Ethernet cable between the transmitter and the Control unit is not properly connected

or theDivert control unit is not powered on Reconnect (or replace cable if necessary)

to 983405ix

The refractometer program version has to be 300 or higher to have divert system

functionality Divert version 201 or higher requires DTR software version 412 or

higher Also the refractometer has to have the correct software parameters to be used

in a divert control system In order to convert a stand-alone refractometer into one

used on the Divert control system please contact K-Patents The easiest way to check

if a refractometer is con983405igured for DD-23 use is to look at the main display If the

aAbB letter is present (see Figure 52) the instrument may be used in the Divert

control system

If a DD-23 activated transmitter is used in another type of application the divert func-

tion has to be deactivated by K-Patents

55 Signal difference alarm

According to BLRBAC if a difference of 2 in solids (absolute value) or greater exists

between refractometer readings an alarm shall be activated

The alarm limit of 2 is the maximum difference The limit can be changed into a

smaller number through the remote interface see Chapter 8

19

56 Low alarms

561 Solids warning

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (60 by de-

fault) thewarning is activated The limit canbe changed through the remote interface

see Section 825

Minimum low warning level is 60 according to BLRBAC

562 Solids alarm

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (58 by de-

fault) the alarm is activated The limit can be changed through the remote interface

see Chapter 8

Minimum low alarm level is 58 according to BLRBAC

57 Refractometer malfunction alarm

The built-in intelligent diagnostics of a K-Patents Process refractometer provide a

tight control of the operation A full test cycle is completedwith an interval of less than

one second For details consult the Process refractometer PR-23 instruction manual

Not all malfunctions cause the instrument to be removed from the Divert control sys-

tem However all malfunction alarms need to be checked see Section 62 for more

information

58 Prism wash

Even though the sensors are equipped with a steam wash facility it is not necessarily

needed For K-Patents Process Refractometer the need of prism wash is reduced and

even in some cases eliminated

However an automatic regular prism wash provides an ef983405icient check that the re-

fractometer reacts A steam wash of 3 seconds every half hour should be suf983405icient

Only one instrument is washing at a time and during the wash the system acts in the

single-instrument mode

To change wash times or relay con983405igurations consult the PR-23 process refractome-

ter system manual sections 613 Con983410iguring relays and 631 Setting prism wash

parameters

20

The recommended wash pressures and times are given in the table below

Wash parameters for Safe-Drivetrade Isolation valve nozzle SDI

Minimum above

process pressure

Maximum above

process pressure

Wash

time

Reco-

very

Interval

Steam (SN) 5 bar (70 psi) 8 bar (115 psi) 3ndash5 s 20ndash30 s 20ndash30 min

Do not exceed the recommended wash times because some process media may burn

to the prism surface if steamed for longer time In case of coating shorten the wash

interval

It should be noted that if wash check is enabled on the instrument it can cause the

instrument to be taken out of divert use if during the set wash tolerance time nowash

cycles have been noted as successful This can cause a divert if both instruments fail

wash checks in sequence

21

6 Regular maintenance and troubleshooting

As theDivert control system is apuredigital system no specialmaintenance is needed

The LIGHT TEST button on the operator panel (Figure 21) sends a signal to the micro-

processor and the microprocessor switches all 12 LED lights on as long as the button

is pressed This way not only the lights but also the processing system is checked

To assist the identi983405ication of a faulty component the information 983405low is given in Sec-

tion 61 Also the logic diagrams of Chapter 7 may be of help

61 Information flow

The divert control unit is connected to the refractometers through an Ethernet con-

nection The Control system asks for the measurement data from the instruments

several times each second Based on the data received the divert operation decisions

are made

Each refractometer performs its measurement functions independently The instru-

ments also have their own internal diagnostics which are used in the divert decision

logic as well (see Section 62)

As the Divert Control System requests information several times a second all commu-

nication problems are found immediately In case one of the refractometers does not

respond to the control unit the non-responding instrument is dropped from opera-

tion and the malfunction alarm is set

An important information when troubleshooting communication problems is the let-

ter on the upper left corner of each refractometer (see Figure 52) If the instrument

has not received any data requests from theDivert Control Unit during the last second

the letter turns into a question mark () If the letter is aAbB then the communica-

tion link between the Divert control unit and the instrument is fully functional

62 Malfunctions

If the Divert Control Unit cannot communicate with a refractometer or if the inter-

nal diagnostics of a refractometer indicate a measurement problem the Malfunction

indicator (see Figure 21) is illuminated and the corresponding relay 8 or 9 (see Fig-

ure 33) is activated

The diagnostic message of the refractometer can be seen on the transmitter screen

(see Figure 51) Some of these messages eg PRISM WASH are only informative and

do not indicate a measurement problem Table 61 below summarizes all diagnostic

messages and their effect on the Divert control system operation

22

If themalfunction is severe enough tomake themeasurement result unreliable

the refractometer cannot be used in making the divert decision In that case the

instrument is dropped from the Divert Control System and cannot be taken on-line

manually until the problem is 983405ixed

Formore information on possible causes of each error see the PR-23 instructionman-

ual Chapter 8

Message Instrument will be

dropped from the

Divert Control System

EXTERNAL HOLD

EXTERNAL WASH STOP

HIGH SENSOR HUMIDITY

HIGH SENSOR TEMP

HIGH TRANSMITTER TEMP

LOW IMAGE QUALITY X

LOW TEMP WASH STOP

LOW TRANSMITTER VOLT

NO OPTICAL IMAGE X

NO SAMPLE X

NO SAMPLEWASH STOP

NO SENSOR X

NO SIGNAL X

NORMAL OPERATION

OUTSIDE LIGHT ERROR X

OUTSIDE LIGHT TO PRISM X

PRECONDITIONING

PRISM COATED X

PRISMWASH

PRISMWASH FAILURE X

PRISMWASH WARNING

RECOVERING

SHORT-CIRCUIT X

STARTING UP X

TEMP MEASUREMENT FAULT X

Table 61 Diagnostic messages and their effect on Divert operation

23

63 Diagnostic tools

In order to make troubleshooting easier there are several built-in diagnostic tools

An event log is built in the system A short log showing last 6 events can be accessed

from the transmitter main display by pressing the soft key DD23 A more complete

event log can be found in the web-based remote interface (see Section 824)

Figure 61 Transmitter log page for instrument A

The remote interface also provides a diagnostic page which gives full information on

the system state (concentrations relay state switch state indicator state) see Sec-

tion 823

64 Troubleshooting

641 A question mark () on the refractometer display

Cause The refractometer does not receive information request packets from the Di-

vert Control Unit This may be caused by a faulty cable faulty parameters or equip-

ment malfunction either in the refractometer or in the Divert Control Unit

Action If the instrument has never been functional or if it is possible someone has

changed the instrument parameters there may be a con983405iguration problem with the

IP addresses The IP address in the refractometer should be set as given in Section 54

If possible cross-check the addresses from the diagnostic web page

Aphysical problemcanbe ruledout by looking at a small LEDclose to the transmitterrsquos

Ethernet connector If the LED is green the cable is ok Oneway to isolate the problem

is to swap the cables between the refractometers A standard Ethernet cable can be

used as a troubleshooting aid (either straight-through or cross-over)

642 A refractometer refuses to come on-line

Cause Either there is no communication to the refractometer or there is a malfunc-

tionon the refractometer It is alsopossible the transmitter is not con983405igured forDivert

use

24

Action Check that there is aAbB on the refractometer display If there is a question

mark () instead see above

Check that there is a soft key DD23 on the refractometer main display (see Figure 62

below) If the soft key is not present in the main display the instrument is not con983405ig-

ured for Divert use If this is the case please contact K-Patents

In other cases check the diagnostic message on the refractometer screen (see Sec-

tion 62)

Figure 62 Transmitter main display instrument in Divert use

643 No lights come up in the Divert Control Unit

Cause There is no power on the instrument or there is a hardware fault

Action Check that the instrument receives power In normal operation several relays

have their associated LEDs lit If there are any LEDs lit in the Divert Control Unit the

unit receives power

644 All lights are blinking

Cause There is an unrecoverable hardware fault in the Divert Control Unit

Action Please contact K-Patents

65 Ethernet strain relief for transmitters

When transmitter door is opened the ethernet cable connecting the transmitter to

the Divert Unit may come off This can be 983405ixed bymounting a strain relief plate in the

transmitter

25

1 First screw on the strain relief plate

2 Fasten the ethernet cable to the relief plate with cable ties

3 Cut the ends of the cable ties

1

2

3

Figure 63 Mounting the strain relief

26

27

7 Divert control logics

A logical description of the system is provided to complement the operational descrip-

tion given in the previous chapters

71 Safety decision logic

The core of the Divert control system is the safety decision logic which makes the

ultimate decision whether the black liquor can be safely fed to the burner or not

The logic is described in the 983405low diagram in Figure 71 The factors affecting the de-

cision are the number of instruments in operation (none one or two) and their mea-

surement results Also the selected divert rule is taken into account when two instru-

ments are in operation For a description of different rules see Section 52

As a result of this logic the system is either in SAFE SOLIDS or UNSAFE SOLIDS state

When the system is in the SAFE SOLIDS state the SAFE SOLIDS light is illuminated

no

no no

no

yes

UNSAFE SOLIDSSAFE SOLIDS

NO INSTRU-MENTS

Rule 2-of-2

2 instrumentsavailable

1 instrumentavailable

Both ge 58

Either ge 58CONC ge58

yes

yesyes

yes

no

Rule 1-of-2yes

no

DIVERT

Figure 71 Safe solids decision logic

One instrument available maymean that only one instrument is in operation or that

both instruments are in operation but one of them is washing when queried

28

72 Divert decision logic

After the system has evaluated the solid contents to be either safe or unsafe (see Sec-

tion 71) it decides whether the the system should be in the DIVERT state This deci-

sion is made according to the 983405low diagram in Figure 72

Thedefault state of the system is theDIVERTstate It canbe changed to theNODIVERT

state only by manually pressing the DIVERT RESET push-button when the solid content

is suf983405icient (SAFE SOLIDS) If the solid content drops to UNSAFE the system drops

into the DIVERT state

The only exception to this is when the HEADERWASH is active In that case the solid

content checking is skipped The system may then be switched between the DIVERT

and NO DIVERT states by using the EMERGENCY DIVERT and DIVERT RESET push buttons

in the operator panel (or the equivalent external emergency divert and divert reset

buttons)

The system will drop to the DIVERT state in all cases when the EMERGENCY DIVERT

button (or its external counterpart) is pressed

NO DIVERT DIVERT

HEADER WASH active

Divert fromsafe solids logic

EMERGENCYDIVERTpressed

DIVERT RESET pressed

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

no

yes

Figure 72 The divert decision logics

29

73 In operation logic

IN OPERATIONbutton pressed

yes

yes

yes

yes

no

no

wash done

no

no

no

Onlyinstrument

Washing

IN OPER pressed

Critical malfunction

WAIT(LIGHT BLINKING)

IN OPERATION(LIGHT ON RELAYS

10 11 ACTIVE)

Criticalmalfunction

NOT IN OPERATION(LIGHT OFF)

yes

Figure 73 Operation logic

Whether an instrument is in op-

eration depends on the opera-

torrsquos commands and the instru-

mentrsquos diagnostics The decision

is carried out as outlined in Fig-

ure 73

An instrument can be in one of

three different states IN OPER-

ATION NOT IN OPERATION and

WAITWhen the instrument is IN

OPERATION it is used in decid-

ing whether the solid content is

in the safe level (see Section 71)

When the instrument is NOT IN

OPERATION or WAIT states it is

not used

The WAIT state occurs when the

operator has requested the in-

strument to come into operation

by pressing the button but the

instrument is in the wash cycle

and will come into operation af-

ter the wash cycle is completed

The actual state can be seen from

the INOPERATION light If the light

is on the instrument is IN OPER-

ATION If the light is off the in-

strument is NOT IN OPERATION

and if the light is blinking it is in

the WAIT state

The default state of an instru-

ment is to be NOT IN OPERA-

TION It can be taken into op-

eration by pressing the IN OP-

ERATION button unless there is

a critical malfunction (see Sec-

tion 62)

An instrument automatically drops

into NOT IN OPERATION if there is a critical malfunction It may also be dropped by

the IN OPERATION button unless it is the only instrument used

30

74 Malfunction logic

Timeout frominstrument

Malfunction ininstrument

no

yes

yes

yes

no

no

Critical malfunc-tion in instr

NO MALFUNCTION

Remove instr from Divert use

MALFUNCTION

Figure 74 Malfunction logic (repeated for each sensor)

The MALFUNCTION light is illumi-

nated when the internal diagnos-

tics of either of the two instru-

ments indicates a malfunction or

there is a communication timeout

to either of the instruments (Fig-

ure 74)

It should be noted that not all mal-

functions are critical malfunctions

which drop the instrument from

operation (see Section 73) For a

complete list of possible malfunc-

tions see Section 62

TheMALFUNCTION light re983405lects the

decision taken by this logic How-

ever as the MALFUNCTION light is

one of the resettable alarms it

may be blinking even when the

malfunction itself is cleared if the

ALARM RESET button has not been

pressed (see Section 75)

31

75 Resettable alarm logic

UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM

(Blinking Relay 6 active)

ALARM(Light on Relay 6 inactive)

Alarm source active

ALARM RESETpressed

Alarm source active

yes

no

no

no

yes

yes

NO ALARM(Light off Relay 6 inactive)

Figure 75 The resettable alarm logic

In order to identify new alarms there

is a resettable alarm logic in the Di-

vert control unit There are four pos-

sible alarm sources SOLIDS ALARM

SOLIDSWARNINGAampBDIFFERENCE

and MALFUNCTION All of these fol-

low the same alarm reset rules (see

Figure 75)

Whenanew (unacknowledged) alarm

activates the corresponding light starts

blinking in the operator panel and re-

lay 6 is activated When the ALARM RE-

SET button is pressed relay 6 is inacti-

vated

The state of the alarm indicator in the

operator panel depends on whether

the cause for the alarm is still present

If the cause has cleared (eg solids

content has risen above the warn-

ing limit) the light goes off when

the ALARM RESET is pressed If the

cause has not cleared the light will be

steadily illuminated

A non-illuminated light means there

is no alarm A steadily illuminated

alarm light means there is a problem

which persists but the problem has

been acknowledged by pressing the

ALARM RESET A blinking light means

the problem has not been acknowl-

edged but givesno informationwhether

the problem is still there or not

32

76 Refractometer difference logic

If there are two refractometers in operation (taken into operation not washing) the

Control unit monitors the difference in reading between the two instruments (983405ig-

ure 76) If the difference ismore than 2 a refractometer differencewarning is given

with the corresponding front panel indicator and relay

The divert decision logic (section 72) is not affected by the refractometer difference

but a signi983405icant difference between the two instruments indicates one of the instru-

ments is not measuring reliably In this case the instruments and wash systems have

to be checked immediately Ignoring to do this may result in an erroneous divert de-

cision

no REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

|A-B| gt 2

2 instruments available

yes

no

no

yes

REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

Figure 76 Refractometer difference logic

33

77 Wash arbitration logic

The Divert Control Unit takes care that if there are two instruments in operation they

wonrsquotwash at the same time (as thatwould trip the system) This is doneby the simple

logic described in Figure 77

Each instrument control their ownwash cycle Before the start washing they request

a wash permission from the Divert Control Unit If the other instrument is already

washing the unit does not grant this permission until the wash cycle is completed

noWAIT

WASH

IDLE

The otherinstrumentwashing

yes

wash interval elapsed

wash done

the other instrument done washing

Figure 77 Wash arbitration logic

34

78 Wash check logic

Wash check

Wash tolerancetime gt 0

no

yes

yes

off

yes

on

no

Prism washsuccesful

Drop fromDivert use

Malfunction

Succesful washwithin tolerance

time

Prism wash failurePrism wash

warning

no

Normal operation

One w

ash

cyc

le

Figure 78 Wash check logic

By default the wash tolerance time is 0

35

8 Remote control interface

The remote interface is based on a web server inside the Divert Control Unit It con-

sists of several web pages easily accessible through the links on the navigation bar in

the left (see Figure 81)

The remote interface is optimized for the Firefox browser version 20 or newer al-

though it may work with other browsers Firefox is free and exists for Windows Mac

OS X and Linux it can be downloaded through httpwwwmozillacom

81 Divert Control Unit IP address

The Divert Control Unit can be reached through two different IP addresses In non-

networked applications (only a DD-23 and a single computer) the IP address is

1692542323 This IP address is factory set and cannot be changed If the Divert

Control Unit is to be connected to a network the network settings can be changed

through the parameter page of the remote interface (see Section 825)

82 The remote interface

821 Main page

The remote indicator main page gives a quick overview over system status

Figure 81 DD-23 Remote control main page

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

14

42 Divert control unit DD-23 startup

For the refractometer startup consult Chapter 5 in the separate Process refractometer

PR-23 manual

1 Check the wiring and supply voltage

Before the power is switched on the divert output relay rsquonormal operationrsquo is in

divert position

2 Connect the mains power to start the system

There are no power switches in the instruments They are always On when the

mains power is connected

3 While the Control unit is powering up the DIVERT and SOLIDS ALARM lights are both

blinking When the unit is fully functional it is in the divert mode the DIVERT light

is on and the SOLIDS ALARM light is blinking

4 Press the LIGHT TEST button on the Divert control unit All 12 lights should switch

on

5 Reset the solids alarm by pressing the ALARM RESET button

The indicator stops blinking and should stay on

6 Each indicating transmitter should now state refractometer letter either a or b in

the upper left corner of the transmitter display If therersquos a question mark instead

of a letter on either of the transmitters see Chapter 6

If the process pipe is full the message for each refractometer should be NORMAL

OPERATION if process pipe is still empty message will be NO SAMPLE

Now activate refractometer A into the Divert by pushing the button A IN OPERATION

on the Divert control unit panel The button lights up and on the transmitter dis-

play the refractometer letter changes to capital A Then activate refractometer B

similarly by pushing the button B IN OPERATION

If the green IN OPERATION light blinks the refractometer in question is perform-

ing wash The refractometer will automatically come into operation after it has

983405inished washing

7 Now the Divert control system DD-23 is set for normal monitoring operation

8 When black liquor is in the line check that the prism wash is working for each

refractometer First press soft keyMENU on the transmitter keyboard then choose

3 SYSTEM STATUS to get to the system status display Now press soft key WASH to

initiate manual wash follow the optical image and check that it changes during

the steam wash If wash was successful wait until message is NORMAL OPERATION

and then proceed with startup If wash doesnrsquot seem to work see Chapter 6

9 If the three green lights on the third row are all on and all conditions for safe boiler

operation are satis983405ied turn off diversion by pressing the DIVERT RESET button All

warning lights are now turned off and only the 3 green lights are on

15

5 Configuration

The K-Patents Divert control system is shipped fully calibrated by the manufacturer

This chapter contains instructions on how to make 983405ine adjustments of the system

51 Calibration lock

Parameter changes are possible only when the calibration lock is open The calibra-

tion lock can be closed by a switch inside the control unit cover (see Figure 51) When

the lock is open a red led is illuminated next to the lock switch For safety reasons

keep the calibration lock open only during parameter changes done through the web

interface (see Chapter 8)

CALIBRATIONLOCK

CALIBRATIONLOCK

Figure 51 Location of the calibration lock

16

52 Divert decision rules

Two refractometers in operation

BLRBAC states the following For the solids measurements two refractometers in se-

ries must be used When both refractometers are in service the requirement for an au-

tomatic black liquor diversion can be satis983410ied by either of the following options

1 If either refractometer reads dissolved solids content 58 (default) or below

an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

2 When both refractometers read dissolved solids content 58 (default) or be-

low an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

Either option is satisfactory

The rules are listed in decreasing order of security Only rule 1 satis983405ies the high safety

requirements set by BLRBAC August 1982 On the other hand the probability of false

trips decreases with decreasing safety It means that if false trips are too frequent the

rule 2 may be preferred at the cost of safety The rule 2 has later been accepted by

BLRBAC

The divert decision rule is selected by the rule switch inside the divert control unit

cover (Figure 51) The state of the switch is indicated by a yellow indicator LED for

rule 2 and a green one for rule 1

Rule switch Rule

1-of-2 Rule 1

2-of-2 Rule 2

Table 51 Divert decision rule selection

The logical description of the safety decision logics is given Tables 53 and 52 below

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert divert

over 58 divert safe

Table 52 Two instruments in operation rule 1-of-2

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert unsafe

over 58 unsafe safe

Table 53 Two instruments in operation rule 2-of-2

17

Only one refractometer in operation

When only one instrument is in operation the divert action takes place if this instru-

ment reads 58 or below The rule selection has no in983405luence on the divert decision

in this case

A or B

under 58 unsafe

over 58 safe

Table 54 Operation logic when only one instrument operating

No refractometer in operation

If both instruments are out of operation (due to malfunction or maintenance) then

according to BLRBAC divert action must take place

Emergency divert

In all cases the systemmay be set to DIVERT by pressing the EMERGENCY DIVERT button

(or an external emergency divert button see Section 238)

53 Refractometer concentration measurement

For refractometer calibration consult also Chapter 6 in the separate Process refrac-

tometer PR-23 Instruction manual

The CONC displays of the two indicating transmitters have to show the same value

within 05 If there is a difference this can be eliminated by adjusting the bias for

one of the refractomers comparison with sample determination can decide which

one should be corrected

In the PR-23 refractometer system bias is the parameter F00 the third parameter in

the 983405ield adjustment parameter list To change it 983405irst press the MENU soft key then

5 CALIBRATION then 1 CHEMICALamp FIELD PARAMETERS and then 2 FIELD CALIBRATIONPARA-

METERS Choose 3 F00 (BIAS) to change the bias (see Section 625 in the PR-23manual)

If the Indicating transmitter A displays 682 and B displays 688 the difference can

be eliminated by lowering B by 06 This is done by setting the 983405ield calibration

parameter F00 to -06 in Indicating transmitter B

Due to its digital measurement principle the readings of the K-Patents Process refrac-

tometer do not drift by time Frequent recalibrations based on of983405linemoisture analy-

sis must be avoided as they will introduce random 983405luctuations to the refractometer

readings

18

54 Refractometer activation for divert control

When a refractometer is activated for Divert control the upper left corner of the trans-

mitter display shows alternatively A a B b or If the corner is blank the instrument

is not suitable for divert operation

Transmitter A in

Divert operation

Transmitter B not

in Divert operation

Ethernet connection failure

Figure 52 Indicating transmitters (STR) activated to Divert control

The decision to display A (a) or alternatively B (b) depends on the IP address settings

in the transmitter The IP address of instrument A is 17216232 and that of instru-

ment B is 17216233 These addresses have been set in the factory and should not be

changed (See Chapter 8 for information on system IP address and connecting to the

DD-23 system)

If a question mark appears on the transmitter display the reason is usually that the

Ethernet cable between the transmitter and the Control unit is not properly connected

or theDivert control unit is not powered on Reconnect (or replace cable if necessary)

to 983405ix

The refractometer program version has to be 300 or higher to have divert system

functionality Divert version 201 or higher requires DTR software version 412 or

higher Also the refractometer has to have the correct software parameters to be used

in a divert control system In order to convert a stand-alone refractometer into one

used on the Divert control system please contact K-Patents The easiest way to check

if a refractometer is con983405igured for DD-23 use is to look at the main display If the

aAbB letter is present (see Figure 52) the instrument may be used in the Divert

control system

If a DD-23 activated transmitter is used in another type of application the divert func-

tion has to be deactivated by K-Patents

55 Signal difference alarm

According to BLRBAC if a difference of 2 in solids (absolute value) or greater exists

between refractometer readings an alarm shall be activated

The alarm limit of 2 is the maximum difference The limit can be changed into a

smaller number through the remote interface see Chapter 8

19

56 Low alarms

561 Solids warning

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (60 by de-

fault) thewarning is activated The limit canbe changed through the remote interface

see Section 825

Minimum low warning level is 60 according to BLRBAC

562 Solids alarm

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (58 by de-

fault) the alarm is activated The limit can be changed through the remote interface

see Chapter 8

Minimum low alarm level is 58 according to BLRBAC

57 Refractometer malfunction alarm

The built-in intelligent diagnostics of a K-Patents Process refractometer provide a

tight control of the operation A full test cycle is completedwith an interval of less than

one second For details consult the Process refractometer PR-23 instruction manual

Not all malfunctions cause the instrument to be removed from the Divert control sys-

tem However all malfunction alarms need to be checked see Section 62 for more

information

58 Prism wash

Even though the sensors are equipped with a steam wash facility it is not necessarily

needed For K-Patents Process Refractometer the need of prism wash is reduced and

even in some cases eliminated

However an automatic regular prism wash provides an ef983405icient check that the re-

fractometer reacts A steam wash of 3 seconds every half hour should be suf983405icient

Only one instrument is washing at a time and during the wash the system acts in the

single-instrument mode

To change wash times or relay con983405igurations consult the PR-23 process refractome-

ter system manual sections 613 Con983410iguring relays and 631 Setting prism wash

parameters

20

The recommended wash pressures and times are given in the table below

Wash parameters for Safe-Drivetrade Isolation valve nozzle SDI

Minimum above

process pressure

Maximum above

process pressure

Wash

time

Reco-

very

Interval

Steam (SN) 5 bar (70 psi) 8 bar (115 psi) 3ndash5 s 20ndash30 s 20ndash30 min

Do not exceed the recommended wash times because some process media may burn

to the prism surface if steamed for longer time In case of coating shorten the wash

interval

It should be noted that if wash check is enabled on the instrument it can cause the

instrument to be taken out of divert use if during the set wash tolerance time nowash

cycles have been noted as successful This can cause a divert if both instruments fail

wash checks in sequence

21

6 Regular maintenance and troubleshooting

As theDivert control system is apuredigital system no specialmaintenance is needed

The LIGHT TEST button on the operator panel (Figure 21) sends a signal to the micro-

processor and the microprocessor switches all 12 LED lights on as long as the button

is pressed This way not only the lights but also the processing system is checked

To assist the identi983405ication of a faulty component the information 983405low is given in Sec-

tion 61 Also the logic diagrams of Chapter 7 may be of help

61 Information flow

The divert control unit is connected to the refractometers through an Ethernet con-

nection The Control system asks for the measurement data from the instruments

several times each second Based on the data received the divert operation decisions

are made

Each refractometer performs its measurement functions independently The instru-

ments also have their own internal diagnostics which are used in the divert decision

logic as well (see Section 62)

As the Divert Control System requests information several times a second all commu-

nication problems are found immediately In case one of the refractometers does not

respond to the control unit the non-responding instrument is dropped from opera-

tion and the malfunction alarm is set

An important information when troubleshooting communication problems is the let-

ter on the upper left corner of each refractometer (see Figure 52) If the instrument

has not received any data requests from theDivert Control Unit during the last second

the letter turns into a question mark () If the letter is aAbB then the communica-

tion link between the Divert control unit and the instrument is fully functional

62 Malfunctions

If the Divert Control Unit cannot communicate with a refractometer or if the inter-

nal diagnostics of a refractometer indicate a measurement problem the Malfunction

indicator (see Figure 21) is illuminated and the corresponding relay 8 or 9 (see Fig-

ure 33) is activated

The diagnostic message of the refractometer can be seen on the transmitter screen

(see Figure 51) Some of these messages eg PRISM WASH are only informative and

do not indicate a measurement problem Table 61 below summarizes all diagnostic

messages and their effect on the Divert control system operation

22

If themalfunction is severe enough tomake themeasurement result unreliable

the refractometer cannot be used in making the divert decision In that case the

instrument is dropped from the Divert Control System and cannot be taken on-line

manually until the problem is 983405ixed

Formore information on possible causes of each error see the PR-23 instructionman-

ual Chapter 8

Message Instrument will be

dropped from the

Divert Control System

EXTERNAL HOLD

EXTERNAL WASH STOP

HIGH SENSOR HUMIDITY

HIGH SENSOR TEMP

HIGH TRANSMITTER TEMP

LOW IMAGE QUALITY X

LOW TEMP WASH STOP

LOW TRANSMITTER VOLT

NO OPTICAL IMAGE X

NO SAMPLE X

NO SAMPLEWASH STOP

NO SENSOR X

NO SIGNAL X

NORMAL OPERATION

OUTSIDE LIGHT ERROR X

OUTSIDE LIGHT TO PRISM X

PRECONDITIONING

PRISM COATED X

PRISMWASH

PRISMWASH FAILURE X

PRISMWASH WARNING

RECOVERING

SHORT-CIRCUIT X

STARTING UP X

TEMP MEASUREMENT FAULT X

Table 61 Diagnostic messages and their effect on Divert operation

23

63 Diagnostic tools

In order to make troubleshooting easier there are several built-in diagnostic tools

An event log is built in the system A short log showing last 6 events can be accessed

from the transmitter main display by pressing the soft key DD23 A more complete

event log can be found in the web-based remote interface (see Section 824)

Figure 61 Transmitter log page for instrument A

The remote interface also provides a diagnostic page which gives full information on

the system state (concentrations relay state switch state indicator state) see Sec-

tion 823

64 Troubleshooting

641 A question mark () on the refractometer display

Cause The refractometer does not receive information request packets from the Di-

vert Control Unit This may be caused by a faulty cable faulty parameters or equip-

ment malfunction either in the refractometer or in the Divert Control Unit

Action If the instrument has never been functional or if it is possible someone has

changed the instrument parameters there may be a con983405iguration problem with the

IP addresses The IP address in the refractometer should be set as given in Section 54

If possible cross-check the addresses from the diagnostic web page

Aphysical problemcanbe ruledout by looking at a small LEDclose to the transmitterrsquos

Ethernet connector If the LED is green the cable is ok Oneway to isolate the problem

is to swap the cables between the refractometers A standard Ethernet cable can be

used as a troubleshooting aid (either straight-through or cross-over)

642 A refractometer refuses to come on-line

Cause Either there is no communication to the refractometer or there is a malfunc-

tionon the refractometer It is alsopossible the transmitter is not con983405igured forDivert

use

24

Action Check that there is aAbB on the refractometer display If there is a question

mark () instead see above

Check that there is a soft key DD23 on the refractometer main display (see Figure 62

below) If the soft key is not present in the main display the instrument is not con983405ig-

ured for Divert use If this is the case please contact K-Patents

In other cases check the diagnostic message on the refractometer screen (see Sec-

tion 62)

Figure 62 Transmitter main display instrument in Divert use

643 No lights come up in the Divert Control Unit

Cause There is no power on the instrument or there is a hardware fault

Action Check that the instrument receives power In normal operation several relays

have their associated LEDs lit If there are any LEDs lit in the Divert Control Unit the

unit receives power

644 All lights are blinking

Cause There is an unrecoverable hardware fault in the Divert Control Unit

Action Please contact K-Patents

65 Ethernet strain relief for transmitters

When transmitter door is opened the ethernet cable connecting the transmitter to

the Divert Unit may come off This can be 983405ixed bymounting a strain relief plate in the

transmitter

25

1 First screw on the strain relief plate

2 Fasten the ethernet cable to the relief plate with cable ties

3 Cut the ends of the cable ties

1

2

3

Figure 63 Mounting the strain relief

26

27

7 Divert control logics

A logical description of the system is provided to complement the operational descrip-

tion given in the previous chapters

71 Safety decision logic

The core of the Divert control system is the safety decision logic which makes the

ultimate decision whether the black liquor can be safely fed to the burner or not

The logic is described in the 983405low diagram in Figure 71 The factors affecting the de-

cision are the number of instruments in operation (none one or two) and their mea-

surement results Also the selected divert rule is taken into account when two instru-

ments are in operation For a description of different rules see Section 52

As a result of this logic the system is either in SAFE SOLIDS or UNSAFE SOLIDS state

When the system is in the SAFE SOLIDS state the SAFE SOLIDS light is illuminated

no

no no

no

yes

UNSAFE SOLIDSSAFE SOLIDS

NO INSTRU-MENTS

Rule 2-of-2

2 instrumentsavailable

1 instrumentavailable

Both ge 58

Either ge 58CONC ge58

yes

yesyes

yes

no

Rule 1-of-2yes

no

DIVERT

Figure 71 Safe solids decision logic

One instrument available maymean that only one instrument is in operation or that

both instruments are in operation but one of them is washing when queried

28

72 Divert decision logic

After the system has evaluated the solid contents to be either safe or unsafe (see Sec-

tion 71) it decides whether the the system should be in the DIVERT state This deci-

sion is made according to the 983405low diagram in Figure 72

Thedefault state of the system is theDIVERTstate It canbe changed to theNODIVERT

state only by manually pressing the DIVERT RESET push-button when the solid content

is suf983405icient (SAFE SOLIDS) If the solid content drops to UNSAFE the system drops

into the DIVERT state

The only exception to this is when the HEADERWASH is active In that case the solid

content checking is skipped The system may then be switched between the DIVERT

and NO DIVERT states by using the EMERGENCY DIVERT and DIVERT RESET push buttons

in the operator panel (or the equivalent external emergency divert and divert reset

buttons)

The system will drop to the DIVERT state in all cases when the EMERGENCY DIVERT

button (or its external counterpart) is pressed

NO DIVERT DIVERT

HEADER WASH active

Divert fromsafe solids logic

EMERGENCYDIVERTpressed

DIVERT RESET pressed

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

no

yes

Figure 72 The divert decision logics

29

73 In operation logic

IN OPERATIONbutton pressed

yes

yes

yes

yes

no

no

wash done

no

no

no

Onlyinstrument

Washing

IN OPER pressed

Critical malfunction

WAIT(LIGHT BLINKING)

IN OPERATION(LIGHT ON RELAYS

10 11 ACTIVE)

Criticalmalfunction

NOT IN OPERATION(LIGHT OFF)

yes

Figure 73 Operation logic

Whether an instrument is in op-

eration depends on the opera-

torrsquos commands and the instru-

mentrsquos diagnostics The decision

is carried out as outlined in Fig-

ure 73

An instrument can be in one of

three different states IN OPER-

ATION NOT IN OPERATION and

WAITWhen the instrument is IN

OPERATION it is used in decid-

ing whether the solid content is

in the safe level (see Section 71)

When the instrument is NOT IN

OPERATION or WAIT states it is

not used

The WAIT state occurs when the

operator has requested the in-

strument to come into operation

by pressing the button but the

instrument is in the wash cycle

and will come into operation af-

ter the wash cycle is completed

The actual state can be seen from

the INOPERATION light If the light

is on the instrument is IN OPER-

ATION If the light is off the in-

strument is NOT IN OPERATION

and if the light is blinking it is in

the WAIT state

The default state of an instru-

ment is to be NOT IN OPERA-

TION It can be taken into op-

eration by pressing the IN OP-

ERATION button unless there is

a critical malfunction (see Sec-

tion 62)

An instrument automatically drops

into NOT IN OPERATION if there is a critical malfunction It may also be dropped by

the IN OPERATION button unless it is the only instrument used

30

74 Malfunction logic

Timeout frominstrument

Malfunction ininstrument

no

yes

yes

yes

no

no

Critical malfunc-tion in instr

NO MALFUNCTION

Remove instr from Divert use

MALFUNCTION

Figure 74 Malfunction logic (repeated for each sensor)

The MALFUNCTION light is illumi-

nated when the internal diagnos-

tics of either of the two instru-

ments indicates a malfunction or

there is a communication timeout

to either of the instruments (Fig-

ure 74)

It should be noted that not all mal-

functions are critical malfunctions

which drop the instrument from

operation (see Section 73) For a

complete list of possible malfunc-

tions see Section 62

TheMALFUNCTION light re983405lects the

decision taken by this logic How-

ever as the MALFUNCTION light is

one of the resettable alarms it

may be blinking even when the

malfunction itself is cleared if the

ALARM RESET button has not been

pressed (see Section 75)

31

75 Resettable alarm logic

UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM

(Blinking Relay 6 active)

ALARM(Light on Relay 6 inactive)

Alarm source active

ALARM RESETpressed

Alarm source active

yes

no

no

no

yes

yes

NO ALARM(Light off Relay 6 inactive)

Figure 75 The resettable alarm logic

In order to identify new alarms there

is a resettable alarm logic in the Di-

vert control unit There are four pos-

sible alarm sources SOLIDS ALARM

SOLIDSWARNINGAampBDIFFERENCE

and MALFUNCTION All of these fol-

low the same alarm reset rules (see

Figure 75)

Whenanew (unacknowledged) alarm

activates the corresponding light starts

blinking in the operator panel and re-

lay 6 is activated When the ALARM RE-

SET button is pressed relay 6 is inacti-

vated

The state of the alarm indicator in the

operator panel depends on whether

the cause for the alarm is still present

If the cause has cleared (eg solids

content has risen above the warn-

ing limit) the light goes off when

the ALARM RESET is pressed If the

cause has not cleared the light will be

steadily illuminated

A non-illuminated light means there

is no alarm A steadily illuminated

alarm light means there is a problem

which persists but the problem has

been acknowledged by pressing the

ALARM RESET A blinking light means

the problem has not been acknowl-

edged but givesno informationwhether

the problem is still there or not

32

76 Refractometer difference logic

If there are two refractometers in operation (taken into operation not washing) the

Control unit monitors the difference in reading between the two instruments (983405ig-

ure 76) If the difference ismore than 2 a refractometer differencewarning is given

with the corresponding front panel indicator and relay

The divert decision logic (section 72) is not affected by the refractometer difference

but a signi983405icant difference between the two instruments indicates one of the instru-

ments is not measuring reliably In this case the instruments and wash systems have

to be checked immediately Ignoring to do this may result in an erroneous divert de-

cision

no REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

|A-B| gt 2

2 instruments available

yes

no

no

yes

REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

Figure 76 Refractometer difference logic

33

77 Wash arbitration logic

The Divert Control Unit takes care that if there are two instruments in operation they

wonrsquotwash at the same time (as thatwould trip the system) This is doneby the simple

logic described in Figure 77

Each instrument control their ownwash cycle Before the start washing they request

a wash permission from the Divert Control Unit If the other instrument is already

washing the unit does not grant this permission until the wash cycle is completed

noWAIT

WASH

IDLE

The otherinstrumentwashing

yes

wash interval elapsed

wash done

the other instrument done washing

Figure 77 Wash arbitration logic

34

78 Wash check logic

Wash check

Wash tolerancetime gt 0

no

yes

yes

off

yes

on

no

Prism washsuccesful

Drop fromDivert use

Malfunction

Succesful washwithin tolerance

time

Prism wash failurePrism wash

warning

no

Normal operation

One w

ash

cyc

le

Figure 78 Wash check logic

By default the wash tolerance time is 0

35

8 Remote control interface

The remote interface is based on a web server inside the Divert Control Unit It con-

sists of several web pages easily accessible through the links on the navigation bar in

the left (see Figure 81)

The remote interface is optimized for the Firefox browser version 20 or newer al-

though it may work with other browsers Firefox is free and exists for Windows Mac

OS X and Linux it can be downloaded through httpwwwmozillacom

81 Divert Control Unit IP address

The Divert Control Unit can be reached through two different IP addresses In non-

networked applications (only a DD-23 and a single computer) the IP address is

1692542323 This IP address is factory set and cannot be changed If the Divert

Control Unit is to be connected to a network the network settings can be changed

through the parameter page of the remote interface (see Section 825)

82 The remote interface

821 Main page

The remote indicator main page gives a quick overview over system status

Figure 81 DD-23 Remote control main page

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

15

5 Configuration

The K-Patents Divert control system is shipped fully calibrated by the manufacturer

This chapter contains instructions on how to make 983405ine adjustments of the system

51 Calibration lock

Parameter changes are possible only when the calibration lock is open The calibra-

tion lock can be closed by a switch inside the control unit cover (see Figure 51) When

the lock is open a red led is illuminated next to the lock switch For safety reasons

keep the calibration lock open only during parameter changes done through the web

interface (see Chapter 8)

CALIBRATIONLOCK

CALIBRATIONLOCK

Figure 51 Location of the calibration lock

16

52 Divert decision rules

Two refractometers in operation

BLRBAC states the following For the solids measurements two refractometers in se-

ries must be used When both refractometers are in service the requirement for an au-

tomatic black liquor diversion can be satis983410ied by either of the following options

1 If either refractometer reads dissolved solids content 58 (default) or below

an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

2 When both refractometers read dissolved solids content 58 (default) or be-

low an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

Either option is satisfactory

The rules are listed in decreasing order of security Only rule 1 satis983405ies the high safety

requirements set by BLRBAC August 1982 On the other hand the probability of false

trips decreases with decreasing safety It means that if false trips are too frequent the

rule 2 may be preferred at the cost of safety The rule 2 has later been accepted by

BLRBAC

The divert decision rule is selected by the rule switch inside the divert control unit

cover (Figure 51) The state of the switch is indicated by a yellow indicator LED for

rule 2 and a green one for rule 1

Rule switch Rule

1-of-2 Rule 1

2-of-2 Rule 2

Table 51 Divert decision rule selection

The logical description of the safety decision logics is given Tables 53 and 52 below

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert divert

over 58 divert safe

Table 52 Two instruments in operation rule 1-of-2

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert unsafe

over 58 unsafe safe

Table 53 Two instruments in operation rule 2-of-2

17

Only one refractometer in operation

When only one instrument is in operation the divert action takes place if this instru-

ment reads 58 or below The rule selection has no in983405luence on the divert decision

in this case

A or B

under 58 unsafe

over 58 safe

Table 54 Operation logic when only one instrument operating

No refractometer in operation

If both instruments are out of operation (due to malfunction or maintenance) then

according to BLRBAC divert action must take place

Emergency divert

In all cases the systemmay be set to DIVERT by pressing the EMERGENCY DIVERT button

(or an external emergency divert button see Section 238)

53 Refractometer concentration measurement

For refractometer calibration consult also Chapter 6 in the separate Process refrac-

tometer PR-23 Instruction manual

The CONC displays of the two indicating transmitters have to show the same value

within 05 If there is a difference this can be eliminated by adjusting the bias for

one of the refractomers comparison with sample determination can decide which

one should be corrected

In the PR-23 refractometer system bias is the parameter F00 the third parameter in

the 983405ield adjustment parameter list To change it 983405irst press the MENU soft key then

5 CALIBRATION then 1 CHEMICALamp FIELD PARAMETERS and then 2 FIELD CALIBRATIONPARA-

METERS Choose 3 F00 (BIAS) to change the bias (see Section 625 in the PR-23manual)

If the Indicating transmitter A displays 682 and B displays 688 the difference can

be eliminated by lowering B by 06 This is done by setting the 983405ield calibration

parameter F00 to -06 in Indicating transmitter B

Due to its digital measurement principle the readings of the K-Patents Process refrac-

tometer do not drift by time Frequent recalibrations based on of983405linemoisture analy-

sis must be avoided as they will introduce random 983405luctuations to the refractometer

readings

18

54 Refractometer activation for divert control

When a refractometer is activated for Divert control the upper left corner of the trans-

mitter display shows alternatively A a B b or If the corner is blank the instrument

is not suitable for divert operation

Transmitter A in

Divert operation

Transmitter B not

in Divert operation

Ethernet connection failure

Figure 52 Indicating transmitters (STR) activated to Divert control

The decision to display A (a) or alternatively B (b) depends on the IP address settings

in the transmitter The IP address of instrument A is 17216232 and that of instru-

ment B is 17216233 These addresses have been set in the factory and should not be

changed (See Chapter 8 for information on system IP address and connecting to the

DD-23 system)

If a question mark appears on the transmitter display the reason is usually that the

Ethernet cable between the transmitter and the Control unit is not properly connected

or theDivert control unit is not powered on Reconnect (or replace cable if necessary)

to 983405ix

The refractometer program version has to be 300 or higher to have divert system

functionality Divert version 201 or higher requires DTR software version 412 or

higher Also the refractometer has to have the correct software parameters to be used

in a divert control system In order to convert a stand-alone refractometer into one

used on the Divert control system please contact K-Patents The easiest way to check

if a refractometer is con983405igured for DD-23 use is to look at the main display If the

aAbB letter is present (see Figure 52) the instrument may be used in the Divert

control system

If a DD-23 activated transmitter is used in another type of application the divert func-

tion has to be deactivated by K-Patents

55 Signal difference alarm

According to BLRBAC if a difference of 2 in solids (absolute value) or greater exists

between refractometer readings an alarm shall be activated

The alarm limit of 2 is the maximum difference The limit can be changed into a

smaller number through the remote interface see Chapter 8

19

56 Low alarms

561 Solids warning

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (60 by de-

fault) thewarning is activated The limit canbe changed through the remote interface

see Section 825

Minimum low warning level is 60 according to BLRBAC

562 Solids alarm

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (58 by de-

fault) the alarm is activated The limit can be changed through the remote interface

see Chapter 8

Minimum low alarm level is 58 according to BLRBAC

57 Refractometer malfunction alarm

The built-in intelligent diagnostics of a K-Patents Process refractometer provide a

tight control of the operation A full test cycle is completedwith an interval of less than

one second For details consult the Process refractometer PR-23 instruction manual

Not all malfunctions cause the instrument to be removed from the Divert control sys-

tem However all malfunction alarms need to be checked see Section 62 for more

information

58 Prism wash

Even though the sensors are equipped with a steam wash facility it is not necessarily

needed For K-Patents Process Refractometer the need of prism wash is reduced and

even in some cases eliminated

However an automatic regular prism wash provides an ef983405icient check that the re-

fractometer reacts A steam wash of 3 seconds every half hour should be suf983405icient

Only one instrument is washing at a time and during the wash the system acts in the

single-instrument mode

To change wash times or relay con983405igurations consult the PR-23 process refractome-

ter system manual sections 613 Con983410iguring relays and 631 Setting prism wash

parameters

20

The recommended wash pressures and times are given in the table below

Wash parameters for Safe-Drivetrade Isolation valve nozzle SDI

Minimum above

process pressure

Maximum above

process pressure

Wash

time

Reco-

very

Interval

Steam (SN) 5 bar (70 psi) 8 bar (115 psi) 3ndash5 s 20ndash30 s 20ndash30 min

Do not exceed the recommended wash times because some process media may burn

to the prism surface if steamed for longer time In case of coating shorten the wash

interval

It should be noted that if wash check is enabled on the instrument it can cause the

instrument to be taken out of divert use if during the set wash tolerance time nowash

cycles have been noted as successful This can cause a divert if both instruments fail

wash checks in sequence

21

6 Regular maintenance and troubleshooting

As theDivert control system is apuredigital system no specialmaintenance is needed

The LIGHT TEST button on the operator panel (Figure 21) sends a signal to the micro-

processor and the microprocessor switches all 12 LED lights on as long as the button

is pressed This way not only the lights but also the processing system is checked

To assist the identi983405ication of a faulty component the information 983405low is given in Sec-

tion 61 Also the logic diagrams of Chapter 7 may be of help

61 Information flow

The divert control unit is connected to the refractometers through an Ethernet con-

nection The Control system asks for the measurement data from the instruments

several times each second Based on the data received the divert operation decisions

are made

Each refractometer performs its measurement functions independently The instru-

ments also have their own internal diagnostics which are used in the divert decision

logic as well (see Section 62)

As the Divert Control System requests information several times a second all commu-

nication problems are found immediately In case one of the refractometers does not

respond to the control unit the non-responding instrument is dropped from opera-

tion and the malfunction alarm is set

An important information when troubleshooting communication problems is the let-

ter on the upper left corner of each refractometer (see Figure 52) If the instrument

has not received any data requests from theDivert Control Unit during the last second

the letter turns into a question mark () If the letter is aAbB then the communica-

tion link between the Divert control unit and the instrument is fully functional

62 Malfunctions

If the Divert Control Unit cannot communicate with a refractometer or if the inter-

nal diagnostics of a refractometer indicate a measurement problem the Malfunction

indicator (see Figure 21) is illuminated and the corresponding relay 8 or 9 (see Fig-

ure 33) is activated

The diagnostic message of the refractometer can be seen on the transmitter screen

(see Figure 51) Some of these messages eg PRISM WASH are only informative and

do not indicate a measurement problem Table 61 below summarizes all diagnostic

messages and their effect on the Divert control system operation

22

If themalfunction is severe enough tomake themeasurement result unreliable

the refractometer cannot be used in making the divert decision In that case the

instrument is dropped from the Divert Control System and cannot be taken on-line

manually until the problem is 983405ixed

Formore information on possible causes of each error see the PR-23 instructionman-

ual Chapter 8

Message Instrument will be

dropped from the

Divert Control System

EXTERNAL HOLD

EXTERNAL WASH STOP

HIGH SENSOR HUMIDITY

HIGH SENSOR TEMP

HIGH TRANSMITTER TEMP

LOW IMAGE QUALITY X

LOW TEMP WASH STOP

LOW TRANSMITTER VOLT

NO OPTICAL IMAGE X

NO SAMPLE X

NO SAMPLEWASH STOP

NO SENSOR X

NO SIGNAL X

NORMAL OPERATION

OUTSIDE LIGHT ERROR X

OUTSIDE LIGHT TO PRISM X

PRECONDITIONING

PRISM COATED X

PRISMWASH

PRISMWASH FAILURE X

PRISMWASH WARNING

RECOVERING

SHORT-CIRCUIT X

STARTING UP X

TEMP MEASUREMENT FAULT X

Table 61 Diagnostic messages and their effect on Divert operation

23

63 Diagnostic tools

In order to make troubleshooting easier there are several built-in diagnostic tools

An event log is built in the system A short log showing last 6 events can be accessed

from the transmitter main display by pressing the soft key DD23 A more complete

event log can be found in the web-based remote interface (see Section 824)

Figure 61 Transmitter log page for instrument A

The remote interface also provides a diagnostic page which gives full information on

the system state (concentrations relay state switch state indicator state) see Sec-

tion 823

64 Troubleshooting

641 A question mark () on the refractometer display

Cause The refractometer does not receive information request packets from the Di-

vert Control Unit This may be caused by a faulty cable faulty parameters or equip-

ment malfunction either in the refractometer or in the Divert Control Unit

Action If the instrument has never been functional or if it is possible someone has

changed the instrument parameters there may be a con983405iguration problem with the

IP addresses The IP address in the refractometer should be set as given in Section 54

If possible cross-check the addresses from the diagnostic web page

Aphysical problemcanbe ruledout by looking at a small LEDclose to the transmitterrsquos

Ethernet connector If the LED is green the cable is ok Oneway to isolate the problem

is to swap the cables between the refractometers A standard Ethernet cable can be

used as a troubleshooting aid (either straight-through or cross-over)

642 A refractometer refuses to come on-line

Cause Either there is no communication to the refractometer or there is a malfunc-

tionon the refractometer It is alsopossible the transmitter is not con983405igured forDivert

use

24

Action Check that there is aAbB on the refractometer display If there is a question

mark () instead see above

Check that there is a soft key DD23 on the refractometer main display (see Figure 62

below) If the soft key is not present in the main display the instrument is not con983405ig-

ured for Divert use If this is the case please contact K-Patents

In other cases check the diagnostic message on the refractometer screen (see Sec-

tion 62)

Figure 62 Transmitter main display instrument in Divert use

643 No lights come up in the Divert Control Unit

Cause There is no power on the instrument or there is a hardware fault

Action Check that the instrument receives power In normal operation several relays

have their associated LEDs lit If there are any LEDs lit in the Divert Control Unit the

unit receives power

644 All lights are blinking

Cause There is an unrecoverable hardware fault in the Divert Control Unit

Action Please contact K-Patents

65 Ethernet strain relief for transmitters

When transmitter door is opened the ethernet cable connecting the transmitter to

the Divert Unit may come off This can be 983405ixed bymounting a strain relief plate in the

transmitter

25

1 First screw on the strain relief plate

2 Fasten the ethernet cable to the relief plate with cable ties

3 Cut the ends of the cable ties

1

2

3

Figure 63 Mounting the strain relief

26

27

7 Divert control logics

A logical description of the system is provided to complement the operational descrip-

tion given in the previous chapters

71 Safety decision logic

The core of the Divert control system is the safety decision logic which makes the

ultimate decision whether the black liquor can be safely fed to the burner or not

The logic is described in the 983405low diagram in Figure 71 The factors affecting the de-

cision are the number of instruments in operation (none one or two) and their mea-

surement results Also the selected divert rule is taken into account when two instru-

ments are in operation For a description of different rules see Section 52

As a result of this logic the system is either in SAFE SOLIDS or UNSAFE SOLIDS state

When the system is in the SAFE SOLIDS state the SAFE SOLIDS light is illuminated

no

no no

no

yes

UNSAFE SOLIDSSAFE SOLIDS

NO INSTRU-MENTS

Rule 2-of-2

2 instrumentsavailable

1 instrumentavailable

Both ge 58

Either ge 58CONC ge58

yes

yesyes

yes

no

Rule 1-of-2yes

no

DIVERT

Figure 71 Safe solids decision logic

One instrument available maymean that only one instrument is in operation or that

both instruments are in operation but one of them is washing when queried

28

72 Divert decision logic

After the system has evaluated the solid contents to be either safe or unsafe (see Sec-

tion 71) it decides whether the the system should be in the DIVERT state This deci-

sion is made according to the 983405low diagram in Figure 72

Thedefault state of the system is theDIVERTstate It canbe changed to theNODIVERT

state only by manually pressing the DIVERT RESET push-button when the solid content

is suf983405icient (SAFE SOLIDS) If the solid content drops to UNSAFE the system drops

into the DIVERT state

The only exception to this is when the HEADERWASH is active In that case the solid

content checking is skipped The system may then be switched between the DIVERT

and NO DIVERT states by using the EMERGENCY DIVERT and DIVERT RESET push buttons

in the operator panel (or the equivalent external emergency divert and divert reset

buttons)

The system will drop to the DIVERT state in all cases when the EMERGENCY DIVERT

button (or its external counterpart) is pressed

NO DIVERT DIVERT

HEADER WASH active

Divert fromsafe solids logic

EMERGENCYDIVERTpressed

DIVERT RESET pressed

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

no

yes

Figure 72 The divert decision logics

29

73 In operation logic

IN OPERATIONbutton pressed

yes

yes

yes

yes

no

no

wash done

no

no

no

Onlyinstrument

Washing

IN OPER pressed

Critical malfunction

WAIT(LIGHT BLINKING)

IN OPERATION(LIGHT ON RELAYS

10 11 ACTIVE)

Criticalmalfunction

NOT IN OPERATION(LIGHT OFF)

yes

Figure 73 Operation logic

Whether an instrument is in op-

eration depends on the opera-

torrsquos commands and the instru-

mentrsquos diagnostics The decision

is carried out as outlined in Fig-

ure 73

An instrument can be in one of

three different states IN OPER-

ATION NOT IN OPERATION and

WAITWhen the instrument is IN

OPERATION it is used in decid-

ing whether the solid content is

in the safe level (see Section 71)

When the instrument is NOT IN

OPERATION or WAIT states it is

not used

The WAIT state occurs when the

operator has requested the in-

strument to come into operation

by pressing the button but the

instrument is in the wash cycle

and will come into operation af-

ter the wash cycle is completed

The actual state can be seen from

the INOPERATION light If the light

is on the instrument is IN OPER-

ATION If the light is off the in-

strument is NOT IN OPERATION

and if the light is blinking it is in

the WAIT state

The default state of an instru-

ment is to be NOT IN OPERA-

TION It can be taken into op-

eration by pressing the IN OP-

ERATION button unless there is

a critical malfunction (see Sec-

tion 62)

An instrument automatically drops

into NOT IN OPERATION if there is a critical malfunction It may also be dropped by

the IN OPERATION button unless it is the only instrument used

30

74 Malfunction logic

Timeout frominstrument

Malfunction ininstrument

no

yes

yes

yes

no

no

Critical malfunc-tion in instr

NO MALFUNCTION

Remove instr from Divert use

MALFUNCTION

Figure 74 Malfunction logic (repeated for each sensor)

The MALFUNCTION light is illumi-

nated when the internal diagnos-

tics of either of the two instru-

ments indicates a malfunction or

there is a communication timeout

to either of the instruments (Fig-

ure 74)

It should be noted that not all mal-

functions are critical malfunctions

which drop the instrument from

operation (see Section 73) For a

complete list of possible malfunc-

tions see Section 62

TheMALFUNCTION light re983405lects the

decision taken by this logic How-

ever as the MALFUNCTION light is

one of the resettable alarms it

may be blinking even when the

malfunction itself is cleared if the

ALARM RESET button has not been

pressed (see Section 75)

31

75 Resettable alarm logic

UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM

(Blinking Relay 6 active)

ALARM(Light on Relay 6 inactive)

Alarm source active

ALARM RESETpressed

Alarm source active

yes

no

no

no

yes

yes

NO ALARM(Light off Relay 6 inactive)

Figure 75 The resettable alarm logic

In order to identify new alarms there

is a resettable alarm logic in the Di-

vert control unit There are four pos-

sible alarm sources SOLIDS ALARM

SOLIDSWARNINGAampBDIFFERENCE

and MALFUNCTION All of these fol-

low the same alarm reset rules (see

Figure 75)

Whenanew (unacknowledged) alarm

activates the corresponding light starts

blinking in the operator panel and re-

lay 6 is activated When the ALARM RE-

SET button is pressed relay 6 is inacti-

vated

The state of the alarm indicator in the

operator panel depends on whether

the cause for the alarm is still present

If the cause has cleared (eg solids

content has risen above the warn-

ing limit) the light goes off when

the ALARM RESET is pressed If the

cause has not cleared the light will be

steadily illuminated

A non-illuminated light means there

is no alarm A steadily illuminated

alarm light means there is a problem

which persists but the problem has

been acknowledged by pressing the

ALARM RESET A blinking light means

the problem has not been acknowl-

edged but givesno informationwhether

the problem is still there or not

32

76 Refractometer difference logic

If there are two refractometers in operation (taken into operation not washing) the

Control unit monitors the difference in reading between the two instruments (983405ig-

ure 76) If the difference ismore than 2 a refractometer differencewarning is given

with the corresponding front panel indicator and relay

The divert decision logic (section 72) is not affected by the refractometer difference

but a signi983405icant difference between the two instruments indicates one of the instru-

ments is not measuring reliably In this case the instruments and wash systems have

to be checked immediately Ignoring to do this may result in an erroneous divert de-

cision

no REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

|A-B| gt 2

2 instruments available

yes

no

no

yes

REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

Figure 76 Refractometer difference logic

33

77 Wash arbitration logic

The Divert Control Unit takes care that if there are two instruments in operation they

wonrsquotwash at the same time (as thatwould trip the system) This is doneby the simple

logic described in Figure 77

Each instrument control their ownwash cycle Before the start washing they request

a wash permission from the Divert Control Unit If the other instrument is already

washing the unit does not grant this permission until the wash cycle is completed

noWAIT

WASH

IDLE

The otherinstrumentwashing

yes

wash interval elapsed

wash done

the other instrument done washing

Figure 77 Wash arbitration logic

34

78 Wash check logic

Wash check

Wash tolerancetime gt 0

no

yes

yes

off

yes

on

no

Prism washsuccesful

Drop fromDivert use

Malfunction

Succesful washwithin tolerance

time

Prism wash failurePrism wash

warning

no

Normal operation

One w

ash

cyc

le

Figure 78 Wash check logic

By default the wash tolerance time is 0

35

8 Remote control interface

The remote interface is based on a web server inside the Divert Control Unit It con-

sists of several web pages easily accessible through the links on the navigation bar in

the left (see Figure 81)

The remote interface is optimized for the Firefox browser version 20 or newer al-

though it may work with other browsers Firefox is free and exists for Windows Mac

OS X and Linux it can be downloaded through httpwwwmozillacom

81 Divert Control Unit IP address

The Divert Control Unit can be reached through two different IP addresses In non-

networked applications (only a DD-23 and a single computer) the IP address is

1692542323 This IP address is factory set and cannot be changed If the Divert

Control Unit is to be connected to a network the network settings can be changed

through the parameter page of the remote interface (see Section 825)

82 The remote interface

821 Main page

The remote indicator main page gives a quick overview over system status

Figure 81 DD-23 Remote control main page

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

16

52 Divert decision rules

Two refractometers in operation

BLRBAC states the following For the solids measurements two refractometers in se-

ries must be used When both refractometers are in service the requirement for an au-

tomatic black liquor diversion can be satis983410ied by either of the following options

1 If either refractometer reads dissolved solids content 58 (default) or below

an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

2 When both refractometers read dissolved solids content 58 (default) or be-

low an automatic black liquor diversion must take place

Either option is satisfactory

The rules are listed in decreasing order of security Only rule 1 satis983405ies the high safety

requirements set by BLRBAC August 1982 On the other hand the probability of false

trips decreases with decreasing safety It means that if false trips are too frequent the

rule 2 may be preferred at the cost of safety The rule 2 has later been accepted by

BLRBAC

The divert decision rule is selected by the rule switch inside the divert control unit

cover (Figure 51) The state of the switch is indicated by a yellow indicator LED for

rule 2 and a green one for rule 1

Rule switch Rule

1-of-2 Rule 1

2-of-2 Rule 2

Table 51 Divert decision rule selection

The logical description of the safety decision logics is given Tables 53 and 52 below

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert divert

over 58 divert safe

Table 52 Two instruments in operation rule 1-of-2

A

B

under 58 over 58

under 58 divert unsafe

over 58 unsafe safe

Table 53 Two instruments in operation rule 2-of-2

17

Only one refractometer in operation

When only one instrument is in operation the divert action takes place if this instru-

ment reads 58 or below The rule selection has no in983405luence on the divert decision

in this case

A or B

under 58 unsafe

over 58 safe

Table 54 Operation logic when only one instrument operating

No refractometer in operation

If both instruments are out of operation (due to malfunction or maintenance) then

according to BLRBAC divert action must take place

Emergency divert

In all cases the systemmay be set to DIVERT by pressing the EMERGENCY DIVERT button

(or an external emergency divert button see Section 238)

53 Refractometer concentration measurement

For refractometer calibration consult also Chapter 6 in the separate Process refrac-

tometer PR-23 Instruction manual

The CONC displays of the two indicating transmitters have to show the same value

within 05 If there is a difference this can be eliminated by adjusting the bias for

one of the refractomers comparison with sample determination can decide which

one should be corrected

In the PR-23 refractometer system bias is the parameter F00 the third parameter in

the 983405ield adjustment parameter list To change it 983405irst press the MENU soft key then

5 CALIBRATION then 1 CHEMICALamp FIELD PARAMETERS and then 2 FIELD CALIBRATIONPARA-

METERS Choose 3 F00 (BIAS) to change the bias (see Section 625 in the PR-23manual)

If the Indicating transmitter A displays 682 and B displays 688 the difference can

be eliminated by lowering B by 06 This is done by setting the 983405ield calibration

parameter F00 to -06 in Indicating transmitter B

Due to its digital measurement principle the readings of the K-Patents Process refrac-

tometer do not drift by time Frequent recalibrations based on of983405linemoisture analy-

sis must be avoided as they will introduce random 983405luctuations to the refractometer

readings

18

54 Refractometer activation for divert control

When a refractometer is activated for Divert control the upper left corner of the trans-

mitter display shows alternatively A a B b or If the corner is blank the instrument

is not suitable for divert operation

Transmitter A in

Divert operation

Transmitter B not

in Divert operation

Ethernet connection failure

Figure 52 Indicating transmitters (STR) activated to Divert control

The decision to display A (a) or alternatively B (b) depends on the IP address settings

in the transmitter The IP address of instrument A is 17216232 and that of instru-

ment B is 17216233 These addresses have been set in the factory and should not be

changed (See Chapter 8 for information on system IP address and connecting to the

DD-23 system)

If a question mark appears on the transmitter display the reason is usually that the

Ethernet cable between the transmitter and the Control unit is not properly connected

or theDivert control unit is not powered on Reconnect (or replace cable if necessary)

to 983405ix

The refractometer program version has to be 300 or higher to have divert system

functionality Divert version 201 or higher requires DTR software version 412 or

higher Also the refractometer has to have the correct software parameters to be used

in a divert control system In order to convert a stand-alone refractometer into one

used on the Divert control system please contact K-Patents The easiest way to check

if a refractometer is con983405igured for DD-23 use is to look at the main display If the

aAbB letter is present (see Figure 52) the instrument may be used in the Divert

control system

If a DD-23 activated transmitter is used in another type of application the divert func-

tion has to be deactivated by K-Patents

55 Signal difference alarm

According to BLRBAC if a difference of 2 in solids (absolute value) or greater exists

between refractometer readings an alarm shall be activated

The alarm limit of 2 is the maximum difference The limit can be changed into a

smaller number through the remote interface see Chapter 8

19

56 Low alarms

561 Solids warning

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (60 by de-

fault) thewarning is activated The limit canbe changed through the remote interface

see Section 825

Minimum low warning level is 60 according to BLRBAC

562 Solids alarm

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (58 by de-

fault) the alarm is activated The limit can be changed through the remote interface

see Chapter 8

Minimum low alarm level is 58 according to BLRBAC

57 Refractometer malfunction alarm

The built-in intelligent diagnostics of a K-Patents Process refractometer provide a

tight control of the operation A full test cycle is completedwith an interval of less than

one second For details consult the Process refractometer PR-23 instruction manual

Not all malfunctions cause the instrument to be removed from the Divert control sys-

tem However all malfunction alarms need to be checked see Section 62 for more

information

58 Prism wash

Even though the sensors are equipped with a steam wash facility it is not necessarily

needed For K-Patents Process Refractometer the need of prism wash is reduced and

even in some cases eliminated

However an automatic regular prism wash provides an ef983405icient check that the re-

fractometer reacts A steam wash of 3 seconds every half hour should be suf983405icient

Only one instrument is washing at a time and during the wash the system acts in the

single-instrument mode

To change wash times or relay con983405igurations consult the PR-23 process refractome-

ter system manual sections 613 Con983410iguring relays and 631 Setting prism wash

parameters

20

The recommended wash pressures and times are given in the table below

Wash parameters for Safe-Drivetrade Isolation valve nozzle SDI

Minimum above

process pressure

Maximum above

process pressure

Wash

time

Reco-

very

Interval

Steam (SN) 5 bar (70 psi) 8 bar (115 psi) 3ndash5 s 20ndash30 s 20ndash30 min

Do not exceed the recommended wash times because some process media may burn

to the prism surface if steamed for longer time In case of coating shorten the wash

interval

It should be noted that if wash check is enabled on the instrument it can cause the

instrument to be taken out of divert use if during the set wash tolerance time nowash

cycles have been noted as successful This can cause a divert if both instruments fail

wash checks in sequence

21

6 Regular maintenance and troubleshooting

As theDivert control system is apuredigital system no specialmaintenance is needed

The LIGHT TEST button on the operator panel (Figure 21) sends a signal to the micro-

processor and the microprocessor switches all 12 LED lights on as long as the button

is pressed This way not only the lights but also the processing system is checked

To assist the identi983405ication of a faulty component the information 983405low is given in Sec-

tion 61 Also the logic diagrams of Chapter 7 may be of help

61 Information flow

The divert control unit is connected to the refractometers through an Ethernet con-

nection The Control system asks for the measurement data from the instruments

several times each second Based on the data received the divert operation decisions

are made

Each refractometer performs its measurement functions independently The instru-

ments also have their own internal diagnostics which are used in the divert decision

logic as well (see Section 62)

As the Divert Control System requests information several times a second all commu-

nication problems are found immediately In case one of the refractometers does not

respond to the control unit the non-responding instrument is dropped from opera-

tion and the malfunction alarm is set

An important information when troubleshooting communication problems is the let-

ter on the upper left corner of each refractometer (see Figure 52) If the instrument

has not received any data requests from theDivert Control Unit during the last second

the letter turns into a question mark () If the letter is aAbB then the communica-

tion link between the Divert control unit and the instrument is fully functional

62 Malfunctions

If the Divert Control Unit cannot communicate with a refractometer or if the inter-

nal diagnostics of a refractometer indicate a measurement problem the Malfunction

indicator (see Figure 21) is illuminated and the corresponding relay 8 or 9 (see Fig-

ure 33) is activated

The diagnostic message of the refractometer can be seen on the transmitter screen

(see Figure 51) Some of these messages eg PRISM WASH are only informative and

do not indicate a measurement problem Table 61 below summarizes all diagnostic

messages and their effect on the Divert control system operation

22

If themalfunction is severe enough tomake themeasurement result unreliable

the refractometer cannot be used in making the divert decision In that case the

instrument is dropped from the Divert Control System and cannot be taken on-line

manually until the problem is 983405ixed

Formore information on possible causes of each error see the PR-23 instructionman-

ual Chapter 8

Message Instrument will be

dropped from the

Divert Control System

EXTERNAL HOLD

EXTERNAL WASH STOP

HIGH SENSOR HUMIDITY

HIGH SENSOR TEMP

HIGH TRANSMITTER TEMP

LOW IMAGE QUALITY X

LOW TEMP WASH STOP

LOW TRANSMITTER VOLT

NO OPTICAL IMAGE X

NO SAMPLE X

NO SAMPLEWASH STOP

NO SENSOR X

NO SIGNAL X

NORMAL OPERATION

OUTSIDE LIGHT ERROR X

OUTSIDE LIGHT TO PRISM X

PRECONDITIONING

PRISM COATED X

PRISMWASH

PRISMWASH FAILURE X

PRISMWASH WARNING

RECOVERING

SHORT-CIRCUIT X

STARTING UP X

TEMP MEASUREMENT FAULT X

Table 61 Diagnostic messages and their effect on Divert operation

23

63 Diagnostic tools

In order to make troubleshooting easier there are several built-in diagnostic tools

An event log is built in the system A short log showing last 6 events can be accessed

from the transmitter main display by pressing the soft key DD23 A more complete

event log can be found in the web-based remote interface (see Section 824)

Figure 61 Transmitter log page for instrument A

The remote interface also provides a diagnostic page which gives full information on

the system state (concentrations relay state switch state indicator state) see Sec-

tion 823

64 Troubleshooting

641 A question mark () on the refractometer display

Cause The refractometer does not receive information request packets from the Di-

vert Control Unit This may be caused by a faulty cable faulty parameters or equip-

ment malfunction either in the refractometer or in the Divert Control Unit

Action If the instrument has never been functional or if it is possible someone has

changed the instrument parameters there may be a con983405iguration problem with the

IP addresses The IP address in the refractometer should be set as given in Section 54

If possible cross-check the addresses from the diagnostic web page

Aphysical problemcanbe ruledout by looking at a small LEDclose to the transmitterrsquos

Ethernet connector If the LED is green the cable is ok Oneway to isolate the problem

is to swap the cables between the refractometers A standard Ethernet cable can be

used as a troubleshooting aid (either straight-through or cross-over)

642 A refractometer refuses to come on-line

Cause Either there is no communication to the refractometer or there is a malfunc-

tionon the refractometer It is alsopossible the transmitter is not con983405igured forDivert

use

24

Action Check that there is aAbB on the refractometer display If there is a question

mark () instead see above

Check that there is a soft key DD23 on the refractometer main display (see Figure 62

below) If the soft key is not present in the main display the instrument is not con983405ig-

ured for Divert use If this is the case please contact K-Patents

In other cases check the diagnostic message on the refractometer screen (see Sec-

tion 62)

Figure 62 Transmitter main display instrument in Divert use

643 No lights come up in the Divert Control Unit

Cause There is no power on the instrument or there is a hardware fault

Action Check that the instrument receives power In normal operation several relays

have their associated LEDs lit If there are any LEDs lit in the Divert Control Unit the

unit receives power

644 All lights are blinking

Cause There is an unrecoverable hardware fault in the Divert Control Unit

Action Please contact K-Patents

65 Ethernet strain relief for transmitters

When transmitter door is opened the ethernet cable connecting the transmitter to

the Divert Unit may come off This can be 983405ixed bymounting a strain relief plate in the

transmitter

25

1 First screw on the strain relief plate

2 Fasten the ethernet cable to the relief plate with cable ties

3 Cut the ends of the cable ties

1

2

3

Figure 63 Mounting the strain relief

26

27

7 Divert control logics

A logical description of the system is provided to complement the operational descrip-

tion given in the previous chapters

71 Safety decision logic

The core of the Divert control system is the safety decision logic which makes the

ultimate decision whether the black liquor can be safely fed to the burner or not

The logic is described in the 983405low diagram in Figure 71 The factors affecting the de-

cision are the number of instruments in operation (none one or two) and their mea-

surement results Also the selected divert rule is taken into account when two instru-

ments are in operation For a description of different rules see Section 52

As a result of this logic the system is either in SAFE SOLIDS or UNSAFE SOLIDS state

When the system is in the SAFE SOLIDS state the SAFE SOLIDS light is illuminated

no

no no

no

yes

UNSAFE SOLIDSSAFE SOLIDS

NO INSTRU-MENTS

Rule 2-of-2

2 instrumentsavailable

1 instrumentavailable

Both ge 58

Either ge 58CONC ge58

yes

yesyes

yes

no

Rule 1-of-2yes

no

DIVERT

Figure 71 Safe solids decision logic

One instrument available maymean that only one instrument is in operation or that

both instruments are in operation but one of them is washing when queried

28

72 Divert decision logic

After the system has evaluated the solid contents to be either safe or unsafe (see Sec-

tion 71) it decides whether the the system should be in the DIVERT state This deci-

sion is made according to the 983405low diagram in Figure 72

Thedefault state of the system is theDIVERTstate It canbe changed to theNODIVERT

state only by manually pressing the DIVERT RESET push-button when the solid content

is suf983405icient (SAFE SOLIDS) If the solid content drops to UNSAFE the system drops

into the DIVERT state

The only exception to this is when the HEADERWASH is active In that case the solid

content checking is skipped The system may then be switched between the DIVERT

and NO DIVERT states by using the EMERGENCY DIVERT and DIVERT RESET push buttons

in the operator panel (or the equivalent external emergency divert and divert reset

buttons)

The system will drop to the DIVERT state in all cases when the EMERGENCY DIVERT

button (or its external counterpart) is pressed

NO DIVERT DIVERT

HEADER WASH active

Divert fromsafe solids logic

EMERGENCYDIVERTpressed

DIVERT RESET pressed

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

no

yes

Figure 72 The divert decision logics

29

73 In operation logic

IN OPERATIONbutton pressed

yes

yes

yes

yes

no

no

wash done

no

no

no

Onlyinstrument

Washing

IN OPER pressed

Critical malfunction

WAIT(LIGHT BLINKING)

IN OPERATION(LIGHT ON RELAYS

10 11 ACTIVE)

Criticalmalfunction

NOT IN OPERATION(LIGHT OFF)

yes

Figure 73 Operation logic

Whether an instrument is in op-

eration depends on the opera-

torrsquos commands and the instru-

mentrsquos diagnostics The decision

is carried out as outlined in Fig-

ure 73

An instrument can be in one of

three different states IN OPER-

ATION NOT IN OPERATION and

WAITWhen the instrument is IN

OPERATION it is used in decid-

ing whether the solid content is

in the safe level (see Section 71)

When the instrument is NOT IN

OPERATION or WAIT states it is

not used

The WAIT state occurs when the

operator has requested the in-

strument to come into operation

by pressing the button but the

instrument is in the wash cycle

and will come into operation af-

ter the wash cycle is completed

The actual state can be seen from

the INOPERATION light If the light

is on the instrument is IN OPER-

ATION If the light is off the in-

strument is NOT IN OPERATION

and if the light is blinking it is in

the WAIT state

The default state of an instru-

ment is to be NOT IN OPERA-

TION It can be taken into op-

eration by pressing the IN OP-

ERATION button unless there is

a critical malfunction (see Sec-

tion 62)

An instrument automatically drops

into NOT IN OPERATION if there is a critical malfunction It may also be dropped by

the IN OPERATION button unless it is the only instrument used

30

74 Malfunction logic

Timeout frominstrument

Malfunction ininstrument

no

yes

yes

yes

no

no

Critical malfunc-tion in instr

NO MALFUNCTION

Remove instr from Divert use

MALFUNCTION

Figure 74 Malfunction logic (repeated for each sensor)

The MALFUNCTION light is illumi-

nated when the internal diagnos-

tics of either of the two instru-

ments indicates a malfunction or

there is a communication timeout

to either of the instruments (Fig-

ure 74)

It should be noted that not all mal-

functions are critical malfunctions

which drop the instrument from

operation (see Section 73) For a

complete list of possible malfunc-

tions see Section 62

TheMALFUNCTION light re983405lects the

decision taken by this logic How-

ever as the MALFUNCTION light is

one of the resettable alarms it

may be blinking even when the

malfunction itself is cleared if the

ALARM RESET button has not been

pressed (see Section 75)

31

75 Resettable alarm logic

UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM

(Blinking Relay 6 active)

ALARM(Light on Relay 6 inactive)

Alarm source active

ALARM RESETpressed

Alarm source active

yes

no

no

no

yes

yes

NO ALARM(Light off Relay 6 inactive)

Figure 75 The resettable alarm logic

In order to identify new alarms there

is a resettable alarm logic in the Di-

vert control unit There are four pos-

sible alarm sources SOLIDS ALARM

SOLIDSWARNINGAampBDIFFERENCE

and MALFUNCTION All of these fol-

low the same alarm reset rules (see

Figure 75)

Whenanew (unacknowledged) alarm

activates the corresponding light starts

blinking in the operator panel and re-

lay 6 is activated When the ALARM RE-

SET button is pressed relay 6 is inacti-

vated

The state of the alarm indicator in the

operator panel depends on whether

the cause for the alarm is still present

If the cause has cleared (eg solids

content has risen above the warn-

ing limit) the light goes off when

the ALARM RESET is pressed If the

cause has not cleared the light will be

steadily illuminated

A non-illuminated light means there

is no alarm A steadily illuminated

alarm light means there is a problem

which persists but the problem has

been acknowledged by pressing the

ALARM RESET A blinking light means

the problem has not been acknowl-

edged but givesno informationwhether

the problem is still there or not

32

76 Refractometer difference logic

If there are two refractometers in operation (taken into operation not washing) the

Control unit monitors the difference in reading between the two instruments (983405ig-

ure 76) If the difference ismore than 2 a refractometer differencewarning is given

with the corresponding front panel indicator and relay

The divert decision logic (section 72) is not affected by the refractometer difference

but a signi983405icant difference between the two instruments indicates one of the instru-

ments is not measuring reliably In this case the instruments and wash systems have

to be checked immediately Ignoring to do this may result in an erroneous divert de-

cision

no REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

|A-B| gt 2

2 instruments available

yes

no

no

yes

REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

Figure 76 Refractometer difference logic

33

77 Wash arbitration logic

The Divert Control Unit takes care that if there are two instruments in operation they

wonrsquotwash at the same time (as thatwould trip the system) This is doneby the simple

logic described in Figure 77

Each instrument control their ownwash cycle Before the start washing they request

a wash permission from the Divert Control Unit If the other instrument is already

washing the unit does not grant this permission until the wash cycle is completed

noWAIT

WASH

IDLE

The otherinstrumentwashing

yes

wash interval elapsed

wash done

the other instrument done washing

Figure 77 Wash arbitration logic

34

78 Wash check logic

Wash check

Wash tolerancetime gt 0

no

yes

yes

off

yes

on

no

Prism washsuccesful

Drop fromDivert use

Malfunction

Succesful washwithin tolerance

time

Prism wash failurePrism wash

warning

no

Normal operation

One w

ash

cyc

le

Figure 78 Wash check logic

By default the wash tolerance time is 0

35

8 Remote control interface

The remote interface is based on a web server inside the Divert Control Unit It con-

sists of several web pages easily accessible through the links on the navigation bar in

the left (see Figure 81)

The remote interface is optimized for the Firefox browser version 20 or newer al-

though it may work with other browsers Firefox is free and exists for Windows Mac

OS X and Linux it can be downloaded through httpwwwmozillacom

81 Divert Control Unit IP address

The Divert Control Unit can be reached through two different IP addresses In non-

networked applications (only a DD-23 and a single computer) the IP address is

1692542323 This IP address is factory set and cannot be changed If the Divert

Control Unit is to be connected to a network the network settings can be changed

through the parameter page of the remote interface (see Section 825)

82 The remote interface

821 Main page

The remote indicator main page gives a quick overview over system status

Figure 81 DD-23 Remote control main page

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

17

Only one refractometer in operation

When only one instrument is in operation the divert action takes place if this instru-

ment reads 58 or below The rule selection has no in983405luence on the divert decision

in this case

A or B

under 58 unsafe

over 58 safe

Table 54 Operation logic when only one instrument operating

No refractometer in operation

If both instruments are out of operation (due to malfunction or maintenance) then

according to BLRBAC divert action must take place

Emergency divert

In all cases the systemmay be set to DIVERT by pressing the EMERGENCY DIVERT button

(or an external emergency divert button see Section 238)

53 Refractometer concentration measurement

For refractometer calibration consult also Chapter 6 in the separate Process refrac-

tometer PR-23 Instruction manual

The CONC displays of the two indicating transmitters have to show the same value

within 05 If there is a difference this can be eliminated by adjusting the bias for

one of the refractomers comparison with sample determination can decide which

one should be corrected

In the PR-23 refractometer system bias is the parameter F00 the third parameter in

the 983405ield adjustment parameter list To change it 983405irst press the MENU soft key then

5 CALIBRATION then 1 CHEMICALamp FIELD PARAMETERS and then 2 FIELD CALIBRATIONPARA-

METERS Choose 3 F00 (BIAS) to change the bias (see Section 625 in the PR-23manual)

If the Indicating transmitter A displays 682 and B displays 688 the difference can

be eliminated by lowering B by 06 This is done by setting the 983405ield calibration

parameter F00 to -06 in Indicating transmitter B

Due to its digital measurement principle the readings of the K-Patents Process refrac-

tometer do not drift by time Frequent recalibrations based on of983405linemoisture analy-

sis must be avoided as they will introduce random 983405luctuations to the refractometer

readings

18

54 Refractometer activation for divert control

When a refractometer is activated for Divert control the upper left corner of the trans-

mitter display shows alternatively A a B b or If the corner is blank the instrument

is not suitable for divert operation

Transmitter A in

Divert operation

Transmitter B not

in Divert operation

Ethernet connection failure

Figure 52 Indicating transmitters (STR) activated to Divert control

The decision to display A (a) or alternatively B (b) depends on the IP address settings

in the transmitter The IP address of instrument A is 17216232 and that of instru-

ment B is 17216233 These addresses have been set in the factory and should not be

changed (See Chapter 8 for information on system IP address and connecting to the

DD-23 system)

If a question mark appears on the transmitter display the reason is usually that the

Ethernet cable between the transmitter and the Control unit is not properly connected

or theDivert control unit is not powered on Reconnect (or replace cable if necessary)

to 983405ix

The refractometer program version has to be 300 or higher to have divert system

functionality Divert version 201 or higher requires DTR software version 412 or

higher Also the refractometer has to have the correct software parameters to be used

in a divert control system In order to convert a stand-alone refractometer into one

used on the Divert control system please contact K-Patents The easiest way to check

if a refractometer is con983405igured for DD-23 use is to look at the main display If the

aAbB letter is present (see Figure 52) the instrument may be used in the Divert

control system

If a DD-23 activated transmitter is used in another type of application the divert func-

tion has to be deactivated by K-Patents

55 Signal difference alarm

According to BLRBAC if a difference of 2 in solids (absolute value) or greater exists

between refractometer readings an alarm shall be activated

The alarm limit of 2 is the maximum difference The limit can be changed into a

smaller number through the remote interface see Chapter 8

19

56 Low alarms

561 Solids warning

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (60 by de-

fault) thewarning is activated The limit canbe changed through the remote interface

see Section 825

Minimum low warning level is 60 according to BLRBAC

562 Solids alarm

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (58 by de-

fault) the alarm is activated The limit can be changed through the remote interface

see Chapter 8

Minimum low alarm level is 58 according to BLRBAC

57 Refractometer malfunction alarm

The built-in intelligent diagnostics of a K-Patents Process refractometer provide a

tight control of the operation A full test cycle is completedwith an interval of less than

one second For details consult the Process refractometer PR-23 instruction manual

Not all malfunctions cause the instrument to be removed from the Divert control sys-

tem However all malfunction alarms need to be checked see Section 62 for more

information

58 Prism wash

Even though the sensors are equipped with a steam wash facility it is not necessarily

needed For K-Patents Process Refractometer the need of prism wash is reduced and

even in some cases eliminated

However an automatic regular prism wash provides an ef983405icient check that the re-

fractometer reacts A steam wash of 3 seconds every half hour should be suf983405icient

Only one instrument is washing at a time and during the wash the system acts in the

single-instrument mode

To change wash times or relay con983405igurations consult the PR-23 process refractome-

ter system manual sections 613 Con983410iguring relays and 631 Setting prism wash

parameters

20

The recommended wash pressures and times are given in the table below

Wash parameters for Safe-Drivetrade Isolation valve nozzle SDI

Minimum above

process pressure

Maximum above

process pressure

Wash

time

Reco-

very

Interval

Steam (SN) 5 bar (70 psi) 8 bar (115 psi) 3ndash5 s 20ndash30 s 20ndash30 min

Do not exceed the recommended wash times because some process media may burn

to the prism surface if steamed for longer time In case of coating shorten the wash

interval

It should be noted that if wash check is enabled on the instrument it can cause the

instrument to be taken out of divert use if during the set wash tolerance time nowash

cycles have been noted as successful This can cause a divert if both instruments fail

wash checks in sequence

21

6 Regular maintenance and troubleshooting

As theDivert control system is apuredigital system no specialmaintenance is needed

The LIGHT TEST button on the operator panel (Figure 21) sends a signal to the micro-

processor and the microprocessor switches all 12 LED lights on as long as the button

is pressed This way not only the lights but also the processing system is checked

To assist the identi983405ication of a faulty component the information 983405low is given in Sec-

tion 61 Also the logic diagrams of Chapter 7 may be of help

61 Information flow

The divert control unit is connected to the refractometers through an Ethernet con-

nection The Control system asks for the measurement data from the instruments

several times each second Based on the data received the divert operation decisions

are made

Each refractometer performs its measurement functions independently The instru-

ments also have their own internal diagnostics which are used in the divert decision

logic as well (see Section 62)

As the Divert Control System requests information several times a second all commu-

nication problems are found immediately In case one of the refractometers does not

respond to the control unit the non-responding instrument is dropped from opera-

tion and the malfunction alarm is set

An important information when troubleshooting communication problems is the let-

ter on the upper left corner of each refractometer (see Figure 52) If the instrument

has not received any data requests from theDivert Control Unit during the last second

the letter turns into a question mark () If the letter is aAbB then the communica-

tion link between the Divert control unit and the instrument is fully functional

62 Malfunctions

If the Divert Control Unit cannot communicate with a refractometer or if the inter-

nal diagnostics of a refractometer indicate a measurement problem the Malfunction

indicator (see Figure 21) is illuminated and the corresponding relay 8 or 9 (see Fig-

ure 33) is activated

The diagnostic message of the refractometer can be seen on the transmitter screen

(see Figure 51) Some of these messages eg PRISM WASH are only informative and

do not indicate a measurement problem Table 61 below summarizes all diagnostic

messages and their effect on the Divert control system operation

22

If themalfunction is severe enough tomake themeasurement result unreliable

the refractometer cannot be used in making the divert decision In that case the

instrument is dropped from the Divert Control System and cannot be taken on-line

manually until the problem is 983405ixed

Formore information on possible causes of each error see the PR-23 instructionman-

ual Chapter 8

Message Instrument will be

dropped from the

Divert Control System

EXTERNAL HOLD

EXTERNAL WASH STOP

HIGH SENSOR HUMIDITY

HIGH SENSOR TEMP

HIGH TRANSMITTER TEMP

LOW IMAGE QUALITY X

LOW TEMP WASH STOP

LOW TRANSMITTER VOLT

NO OPTICAL IMAGE X

NO SAMPLE X

NO SAMPLEWASH STOP

NO SENSOR X

NO SIGNAL X

NORMAL OPERATION

OUTSIDE LIGHT ERROR X

OUTSIDE LIGHT TO PRISM X

PRECONDITIONING

PRISM COATED X

PRISMWASH

PRISMWASH FAILURE X

PRISMWASH WARNING

RECOVERING

SHORT-CIRCUIT X

STARTING UP X

TEMP MEASUREMENT FAULT X

Table 61 Diagnostic messages and their effect on Divert operation

23

63 Diagnostic tools

In order to make troubleshooting easier there are several built-in diagnostic tools

An event log is built in the system A short log showing last 6 events can be accessed

from the transmitter main display by pressing the soft key DD23 A more complete

event log can be found in the web-based remote interface (see Section 824)

Figure 61 Transmitter log page for instrument A

The remote interface also provides a diagnostic page which gives full information on

the system state (concentrations relay state switch state indicator state) see Sec-

tion 823

64 Troubleshooting

641 A question mark () on the refractometer display

Cause The refractometer does not receive information request packets from the Di-

vert Control Unit This may be caused by a faulty cable faulty parameters or equip-

ment malfunction either in the refractometer or in the Divert Control Unit

Action If the instrument has never been functional or if it is possible someone has

changed the instrument parameters there may be a con983405iguration problem with the

IP addresses The IP address in the refractometer should be set as given in Section 54

If possible cross-check the addresses from the diagnostic web page

Aphysical problemcanbe ruledout by looking at a small LEDclose to the transmitterrsquos

Ethernet connector If the LED is green the cable is ok Oneway to isolate the problem

is to swap the cables between the refractometers A standard Ethernet cable can be

used as a troubleshooting aid (either straight-through or cross-over)

642 A refractometer refuses to come on-line

Cause Either there is no communication to the refractometer or there is a malfunc-

tionon the refractometer It is alsopossible the transmitter is not con983405igured forDivert

use

24

Action Check that there is aAbB on the refractometer display If there is a question

mark () instead see above

Check that there is a soft key DD23 on the refractometer main display (see Figure 62

below) If the soft key is not present in the main display the instrument is not con983405ig-

ured for Divert use If this is the case please contact K-Patents

In other cases check the diagnostic message on the refractometer screen (see Sec-

tion 62)

Figure 62 Transmitter main display instrument in Divert use

643 No lights come up in the Divert Control Unit

Cause There is no power on the instrument or there is a hardware fault

Action Check that the instrument receives power In normal operation several relays

have their associated LEDs lit If there are any LEDs lit in the Divert Control Unit the

unit receives power

644 All lights are blinking

Cause There is an unrecoverable hardware fault in the Divert Control Unit

Action Please contact K-Patents

65 Ethernet strain relief for transmitters

When transmitter door is opened the ethernet cable connecting the transmitter to

the Divert Unit may come off This can be 983405ixed bymounting a strain relief plate in the

transmitter

25

1 First screw on the strain relief plate

2 Fasten the ethernet cable to the relief plate with cable ties

3 Cut the ends of the cable ties

1

2

3

Figure 63 Mounting the strain relief

26

27

7 Divert control logics

A logical description of the system is provided to complement the operational descrip-

tion given in the previous chapters

71 Safety decision logic

The core of the Divert control system is the safety decision logic which makes the

ultimate decision whether the black liquor can be safely fed to the burner or not

The logic is described in the 983405low diagram in Figure 71 The factors affecting the de-

cision are the number of instruments in operation (none one or two) and their mea-

surement results Also the selected divert rule is taken into account when two instru-

ments are in operation For a description of different rules see Section 52

As a result of this logic the system is either in SAFE SOLIDS or UNSAFE SOLIDS state

When the system is in the SAFE SOLIDS state the SAFE SOLIDS light is illuminated

no

no no

no

yes

UNSAFE SOLIDSSAFE SOLIDS

NO INSTRU-MENTS

Rule 2-of-2

2 instrumentsavailable

1 instrumentavailable

Both ge 58

Either ge 58CONC ge58

yes

yesyes

yes

no

Rule 1-of-2yes

no

DIVERT

Figure 71 Safe solids decision logic

One instrument available maymean that only one instrument is in operation or that

both instruments are in operation but one of them is washing when queried

28

72 Divert decision logic

After the system has evaluated the solid contents to be either safe or unsafe (see Sec-

tion 71) it decides whether the the system should be in the DIVERT state This deci-

sion is made according to the 983405low diagram in Figure 72

Thedefault state of the system is theDIVERTstate It canbe changed to theNODIVERT

state only by manually pressing the DIVERT RESET push-button when the solid content

is suf983405icient (SAFE SOLIDS) If the solid content drops to UNSAFE the system drops

into the DIVERT state

The only exception to this is when the HEADERWASH is active In that case the solid

content checking is skipped The system may then be switched between the DIVERT

and NO DIVERT states by using the EMERGENCY DIVERT and DIVERT RESET push buttons

in the operator panel (or the equivalent external emergency divert and divert reset

buttons)

The system will drop to the DIVERT state in all cases when the EMERGENCY DIVERT

button (or its external counterpart) is pressed

NO DIVERT DIVERT

HEADER WASH active

Divert fromsafe solids logic

EMERGENCYDIVERTpressed

DIVERT RESET pressed

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

no

yes

Figure 72 The divert decision logics

29

73 In operation logic

IN OPERATIONbutton pressed

yes

yes

yes

yes

no

no

wash done

no

no

no

Onlyinstrument

Washing

IN OPER pressed

Critical malfunction

WAIT(LIGHT BLINKING)

IN OPERATION(LIGHT ON RELAYS

10 11 ACTIVE)

Criticalmalfunction

NOT IN OPERATION(LIGHT OFF)

yes

Figure 73 Operation logic

Whether an instrument is in op-

eration depends on the opera-

torrsquos commands and the instru-

mentrsquos diagnostics The decision

is carried out as outlined in Fig-

ure 73

An instrument can be in one of

three different states IN OPER-

ATION NOT IN OPERATION and

WAITWhen the instrument is IN

OPERATION it is used in decid-

ing whether the solid content is

in the safe level (see Section 71)

When the instrument is NOT IN

OPERATION or WAIT states it is

not used

The WAIT state occurs when the

operator has requested the in-

strument to come into operation

by pressing the button but the

instrument is in the wash cycle

and will come into operation af-

ter the wash cycle is completed

The actual state can be seen from

the INOPERATION light If the light

is on the instrument is IN OPER-

ATION If the light is off the in-

strument is NOT IN OPERATION

and if the light is blinking it is in

the WAIT state

The default state of an instru-

ment is to be NOT IN OPERA-

TION It can be taken into op-

eration by pressing the IN OP-

ERATION button unless there is

a critical malfunction (see Sec-

tion 62)

An instrument automatically drops

into NOT IN OPERATION if there is a critical malfunction It may also be dropped by

the IN OPERATION button unless it is the only instrument used

30

74 Malfunction logic

Timeout frominstrument

Malfunction ininstrument

no

yes

yes

yes

no

no

Critical malfunc-tion in instr

NO MALFUNCTION

Remove instr from Divert use

MALFUNCTION

Figure 74 Malfunction logic (repeated for each sensor)

The MALFUNCTION light is illumi-

nated when the internal diagnos-

tics of either of the two instru-

ments indicates a malfunction or

there is a communication timeout

to either of the instruments (Fig-

ure 74)

It should be noted that not all mal-

functions are critical malfunctions

which drop the instrument from

operation (see Section 73) For a

complete list of possible malfunc-

tions see Section 62

TheMALFUNCTION light re983405lects the

decision taken by this logic How-

ever as the MALFUNCTION light is

one of the resettable alarms it

may be blinking even when the

malfunction itself is cleared if the

ALARM RESET button has not been

pressed (see Section 75)

31

75 Resettable alarm logic

UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM

(Blinking Relay 6 active)

ALARM(Light on Relay 6 inactive)

Alarm source active

ALARM RESETpressed

Alarm source active

yes

no

no

no

yes

yes

NO ALARM(Light off Relay 6 inactive)

Figure 75 The resettable alarm logic

In order to identify new alarms there

is a resettable alarm logic in the Di-

vert control unit There are four pos-

sible alarm sources SOLIDS ALARM

SOLIDSWARNINGAampBDIFFERENCE

and MALFUNCTION All of these fol-

low the same alarm reset rules (see

Figure 75)

Whenanew (unacknowledged) alarm

activates the corresponding light starts

blinking in the operator panel and re-

lay 6 is activated When the ALARM RE-

SET button is pressed relay 6 is inacti-

vated

The state of the alarm indicator in the

operator panel depends on whether

the cause for the alarm is still present

If the cause has cleared (eg solids

content has risen above the warn-

ing limit) the light goes off when

the ALARM RESET is pressed If the

cause has not cleared the light will be

steadily illuminated

A non-illuminated light means there

is no alarm A steadily illuminated

alarm light means there is a problem

which persists but the problem has

been acknowledged by pressing the

ALARM RESET A blinking light means

the problem has not been acknowl-

edged but givesno informationwhether

the problem is still there or not

32

76 Refractometer difference logic

If there are two refractometers in operation (taken into operation not washing) the

Control unit monitors the difference in reading between the two instruments (983405ig-

ure 76) If the difference ismore than 2 a refractometer differencewarning is given

with the corresponding front panel indicator and relay

The divert decision logic (section 72) is not affected by the refractometer difference

but a signi983405icant difference between the two instruments indicates one of the instru-

ments is not measuring reliably In this case the instruments and wash systems have

to be checked immediately Ignoring to do this may result in an erroneous divert de-

cision

no REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

|A-B| gt 2

2 instruments available

yes

no

no

yes

REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

Figure 76 Refractometer difference logic

33

77 Wash arbitration logic

The Divert Control Unit takes care that if there are two instruments in operation they

wonrsquotwash at the same time (as thatwould trip the system) This is doneby the simple

logic described in Figure 77

Each instrument control their ownwash cycle Before the start washing they request

a wash permission from the Divert Control Unit If the other instrument is already

washing the unit does not grant this permission until the wash cycle is completed

noWAIT

WASH

IDLE

The otherinstrumentwashing

yes

wash interval elapsed

wash done

the other instrument done washing

Figure 77 Wash arbitration logic

34

78 Wash check logic

Wash check

Wash tolerancetime gt 0

no

yes

yes

off

yes

on

no

Prism washsuccesful

Drop fromDivert use

Malfunction

Succesful washwithin tolerance

time

Prism wash failurePrism wash

warning

no

Normal operation

One w

ash

cyc

le

Figure 78 Wash check logic

By default the wash tolerance time is 0

35

8 Remote control interface

The remote interface is based on a web server inside the Divert Control Unit It con-

sists of several web pages easily accessible through the links on the navigation bar in

the left (see Figure 81)

The remote interface is optimized for the Firefox browser version 20 or newer al-

though it may work with other browsers Firefox is free and exists for Windows Mac

OS X and Linux it can be downloaded through httpwwwmozillacom

81 Divert Control Unit IP address

The Divert Control Unit can be reached through two different IP addresses In non-

networked applications (only a DD-23 and a single computer) the IP address is

1692542323 This IP address is factory set and cannot be changed If the Divert

Control Unit is to be connected to a network the network settings can be changed

through the parameter page of the remote interface (see Section 825)

82 The remote interface

821 Main page

The remote indicator main page gives a quick overview over system status

Figure 81 DD-23 Remote control main page

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

18

54 Refractometer activation for divert control

When a refractometer is activated for Divert control the upper left corner of the trans-

mitter display shows alternatively A a B b or If the corner is blank the instrument

is not suitable for divert operation

Transmitter A in

Divert operation

Transmitter B not

in Divert operation

Ethernet connection failure

Figure 52 Indicating transmitters (STR) activated to Divert control

The decision to display A (a) or alternatively B (b) depends on the IP address settings

in the transmitter The IP address of instrument A is 17216232 and that of instru-

ment B is 17216233 These addresses have been set in the factory and should not be

changed (See Chapter 8 for information on system IP address and connecting to the

DD-23 system)

If a question mark appears on the transmitter display the reason is usually that the

Ethernet cable between the transmitter and the Control unit is not properly connected

or theDivert control unit is not powered on Reconnect (or replace cable if necessary)

to 983405ix

The refractometer program version has to be 300 or higher to have divert system

functionality Divert version 201 or higher requires DTR software version 412 or

higher Also the refractometer has to have the correct software parameters to be used

in a divert control system In order to convert a stand-alone refractometer into one

used on the Divert control system please contact K-Patents The easiest way to check

if a refractometer is con983405igured for DD-23 use is to look at the main display If the

aAbB letter is present (see Figure 52) the instrument may be used in the Divert

control system

If a DD-23 activated transmitter is used in another type of application the divert func-

tion has to be deactivated by K-Patents

55 Signal difference alarm

According to BLRBAC if a difference of 2 in solids (absolute value) or greater exists

between refractometer readings an alarm shall be activated

The alarm limit of 2 is the maximum difference The limit can be changed into a

smaller number through the remote interface see Chapter 8

19

56 Low alarms

561 Solids warning

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (60 by de-

fault) thewarning is activated The limit canbe changed through the remote interface

see Section 825

Minimum low warning level is 60 according to BLRBAC

562 Solids alarm

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (58 by de-

fault) the alarm is activated The limit can be changed through the remote interface

see Chapter 8

Minimum low alarm level is 58 according to BLRBAC

57 Refractometer malfunction alarm

The built-in intelligent diagnostics of a K-Patents Process refractometer provide a

tight control of the operation A full test cycle is completedwith an interval of less than

one second For details consult the Process refractometer PR-23 instruction manual

Not all malfunctions cause the instrument to be removed from the Divert control sys-

tem However all malfunction alarms need to be checked see Section 62 for more

information

58 Prism wash

Even though the sensors are equipped with a steam wash facility it is not necessarily

needed For K-Patents Process Refractometer the need of prism wash is reduced and

even in some cases eliminated

However an automatic regular prism wash provides an ef983405icient check that the re-

fractometer reacts A steam wash of 3 seconds every half hour should be suf983405icient

Only one instrument is washing at a time and during the wash the system acts in the

single-instrument mode

To change wash times or relay con983405igurations consult the PR-23 process refractome-

ter system manual sections 613 Con983410iguring relays and 631 Setting prism wash

parameters

20

The recommended wash pressures and times are given in the table below

Wash parameters for Safe-Drivetrade Isolation valve nozzle SDI

Minimum above

process pressure

Maximum above

process pressure

Wash

time

Reco-

very

Interval

Steam (SN) 5 bar (70 psi) 8 bar (115 psi) 3ndash5 s 20ndash30 s 20ndash30 min

Do not exceed the recommended wash times because some process media may burn

to the prism surface if steamed for longer time In case of coating shorten the wash

interval

It should be noted that if wash check is enabled on the instrument it can cause the

instrument to be taken out of divert use if during the set wash tolerance time nowash

cycles have been noted as successful This can cause a divert if both instruments fail

wash checks in sequence

21

6 Regular maintenance and troubleshooting

As theDivert control system is apuredigital system no specialmaintenance is needed

The LIGHT TEST button on the operator panel (Figure 21) sends a signal to the micro-

processor and the microprocessor switches all 12 LED lights on as long as the button

is pressed This way not only the lights but also the processing system is checked

To assist the identi983405ication of a faulty component the information 983405low is given in Sec-

tion 61 Also the logic diagrams of Chapter 7 may be of help

61 Information flow

The divert control unit is connected to the refractometers through an Ethernet con-

nection The Control system asks for the measurement data from the instruments

several times each second Based on the data received the divert operation decisions

are made

Each refractometer performs its measurement functions independently The instru-

ments also have their own internal diagnostics which are used in the divert decision

logic as well (see Section 62)

As the Divert Control System requests information several times a second all commu-

nication problems are found immediately In case one of the refractometers does not

respond to the control unit the non-responding instrument is dropped from opera-

tion and the malfunction alarm is set

An important information when troubleshooting communication problems is the let-

ter on the upper left corner of each refractometer (see Figure 52) If the instrument

has not received any data requests from theDivert Control Unit during the last second

the letter turns into a question mark () If the letter is aAbB then the communica-

tion link between the Divert control unit and the instrument is fully functional

62 Malfunctions

If the Divert Control Unit cannot communicate with a refractometer or if the inter-

nal diagnostics of a refractometer indicate a measurement problem the Malfunction

indicator (see Figure 21) is illuminated and the corresponding relay 8 or 9 (see Fig-

ure 33) is activated

The diagnostic message of the refractometer can be seen on the transmitter screen

(see Figure 51) Some of these messages eg PRISM WASH are only informative and

do not indicate a measurement problem Table 61 below summarizes all diagnostic

messages and their effect on the Divert control system operation

22

If themalfunction is severe enough tomake themeasurement result unreliable

the refractometer cannot be used in making the divert decision In that case the

instrument is dropped from the Divert Control System and cannot be taken on-line

manually until the problem is 983405ixed

Formore information on possible causes of each error see the PR-23 instructionman-

ual Chapter 8

Message Instrument will be

dropped from the

Divert Control System

EXTERNAL HOLD

EXTERNAL WASH STOP

HIGH SENSOR HUMIDITY

HIGH SENSOR TEMP

HIGH TRANSMITTER TEMP

LOW IMAGE QUALITY X

LOW TEMP WASH STOP

LOW TRANSMITTER VOLT

NO OPTICAL IMAGE X

NO SAMPLE X

NO SAMPLEWASH STOP

NO SENSOR X

NO SIGNAL X

NORMAL OPERATION

OUTSIDE LIGHT ERROR X

OUTSIDE LIGHT TO PRISM X

PRECONDITIONING

PRISM COATED X

PRISMWASH

PRISMWASH FAILURE X

PRISMWASH WARNING

RECOVERING

SHORT-CIRCUIT X

STARTING UP X

TEMP MEASUREMENT FAULT X

Table 61 Diagnostic messages and their effect on Divert operation

23

63 Diagnostic tools

In order to make troubleshooting easier there are several built-in diagnostic tools

An event log is built in the system A short log showing last 6 events can be accessed

from the transmitter main display by pressing the soft key DD23 A more complete

event log can be found in the web-based remote interface (see Section 824)

Figure 61 Transmitter log page for instrument A

The remote interface also provides a diagnostic page which gives full information on

the system state (concentrations relay state switch state indicator state) see Sec-

tion 823

64 Troubleshooting

641 A question mark () on the refractometer display

Cause The refractometer does not receive information request packets from the Di-

vert Control Unit This may be caused by a faulty cable faulty parameters or equip-

ment malfunction either in the refractometer or in the Divert Control Unit

Action If the instrument has never been functional or if it is possible someone has

changed the instrument parameters there may be a con983405iguration problem with the

IP addresses The IP address in the refractometer should be set as given in Section 54

If possible cross-check the addresses from the diagnostic web page

Aphysical problemcanbe ruledout by looking at a small LEDclose to the transmitterrsquos

Ethernet connector If the LED is green the cable is ok Oneway to isolate the problem

is to swap the cables between the refractometers A standard Ethernet cable can be

used as a troubleshooting aid (either straight-through or cross-over)

642 A refractometer refuses to come on-line

Cause Either there is no communication to the refractometer or there is a malfunc-

tionon the refractometer It is alsopossible the transmitter is not con983405igured forDivert

use

24

Action Check that there is aAbB on the refractometer display If there is a question

mark () instead see above

Check that there is a soft key DD23 on the refractometer main display (see Figure 62

below) If the soft key is not present in the main display the instrument is not con983405ig-

ured for Divert use If this is the case please contact K-Patents

In other cases check the diagnostic message on the refractometer screen (see Sec-

tion 62)

Figure 62 Transmitter main display instrument in Divert use

643 No lights come up in the Divert Control Unit

Cause There is no power on the instrument or there is a hardware fault

Action Check that the instrument receives power In normal operation several relays

have their associated LEDs lit If there are any LEDs lit in the Divert Control Unit the

unit receives power

644 All lights are blinking

Cause There is an unrecoverable hardware fault in the Divert Control Unit

Action Please contact K-Patents

65 Ethernet strain relief for transmitters

When transmitter door is opened the ethernet cable connecting the transmitter to

the Divert Unit may come off This can be 983405ixed bymounting a strain relief plate in the

transmitter

25

1 First screw on the strain relief plate

2 Fasten the ethernet cable to the relief plate with cable ties

3 Cut the ends of the cable ties

1

2

3

Figure 63 Mounting the strain relief

26

27

7 Divert control logics

A logical description of the system is provided to complement the operational descrip-

tion given in the previous chapters

71 Safety decision logic

The core of the Divert control system is the safety decision logic which makes the

ultimate decision whether the black liquor can be safely fed to the burner or not

The logic is described in the 983405low diagram in Figure 71 The factors affecting the de-

cision are the number of instruments in operation (none one or two) and their mea-

surement results Also the selected divert rule is taken into account when two instru-

ments are in operation For a description of different rules see Section 52

As a result of this logic the system is either in SAFE SOLIDS or UNSAFE SOLIDS state

When the system is in the SAFE SOLIDS state the SAFE SOLIDS light is illuminated

no

no no

no

yes

UNSAFE SOLIDSSAFE SOLIDS

NO INSTRU-MENTS

Rule 2-of-2

2 instrumentsavailable

1 instrumentavailable

Both ge 58

Either ge 58CONC ge58

yes

yesyes

yes

no

Rule 1-of-2yes

no

DIVERT

Figure 71 Safe solids decision logic

One instrument available maymean that only one instrument is in operation or that

both instruments are in operation but one of them is washing when queried

28

72 Divert decision logic

After the system has evaluated the solid contents to be either safe or unsafe (see Sec-

tion 71) it decides whether the the system should be in the DIVERT state This deci-

sion is made according to the 983405low diagram in Figure 72

Thedefault state of the system is theDIVERTstate It canbe changed to theNODIVERT

state only by manually pressing the DIVERT RESET push-button when the solid content

is suf983405icient (SAFE SOLIDS) If the solid content drops to UNSAFE the system drops

into the DIVERT state

The only exception to this is when the HEADERWASH is active In that case the solid

content checking is skipped The system may then be switched between the DIVERT

and NO DIVERT states by using the EMERGENCY DIVERT and DIVERT RESET push buttons

in the operator panel (or the equivalent external emergency divert and divert reset

buttons)

The system will drop to the DIVERT state in all cases when the EMERGENCY DIVERT

button (or its external counterpart) is pressed

NO DIVERT DIVERT

HEADER WASH active

Divert fromsafe solids logic

EMERGENCYDIVERTpressed

DIVERT RESET pressed

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

no

yes

Figure 72 The divert decision logics

29

73 In operation logic

IN OPERATIONbutton pressed

yes

yes

yes

yes

no

no

wash done

no

no

no

Onlyinstrument

Washing

IN OPER pressed

Critical malfunction

WAIT(LIGHT BLINKING)

IN OPERATION(LIGHT ON RELAYS

10 11 ACTIVE)

Criticalmalfunction

NOT IN OPERATION(LIGHT OFF)

yes

Figure 73 Operation logic

Whether an instrument is in op-

eration depends on the opera-

torrsquos commands and the instru-

mentrsquos diagnostics The decision

is carried out as outlined in Fig-

ure 73

An instrument can be in one of

three different states IN OPER-

ATION NOT IN OPERATION and

WAITWhen the instrument is IN

OPERATION it is used in decid-

ing whether the solid content is

in the safe level (see Section 71)

When the instrument is NOT IN

OPERATION or WAIT states it is

not used

The WAIT state occurs when the

operator has requested the in-

strument to come into operation

by pressing the button but the

instrument is in the wash cycle

and will come into operation af-

ter the wash cycle is completed

The actual state can be seen from

the INOPERATION light If the light

is on the instrument is IN OPER-

ATION If the light is off the in-

strument is NOT IN OPERATION

and if the light is blinking it is in

the WAIT state

The default state of an instru-

ment is to be NOT IN OPERA-

TION It can be taken into op-

eration by pressing the IN OP-

ERATION button unless there is

a critical malfunction (see Sec-

tion 62)

An instrument automatically drops

into NOT IN OPERATION if there is a critical malfunction It may also be dropped by

the IN OPERATION button unless it is the only instrument used

30

74 Malfunction logic

Timeout frominstrument

Malfunction ininstrument

no

yes

yes

yes

no

no

Critical malfunc-tion in instr

NO MALFUNCTION

Remove instr from Divert use

MALFUNCTION

Figure 74 Malfunction logic (repeated for each sensor)

The MALFUNCTION light is illumi-

nated when the internal diagnos-

tics of either of the two instru-

ments indicates a malfunction or

there is a communication timeout

to either of the instruments (Fig-

ure 74)

It should be noted that not all mal-

functions are critical malfunctions

which drop the instrument from

operation (see Section 73) For a

complete list of possible malfunc-

tions see Section 62

TheMALFUNCTION light re983405lects the

decision taken by this logic How-

ever as the MALFUNCTION light is

one of the resettable alarms it

may be blinking even when the

malfunction itself is cleared if the

ALARM RESET button has not been

pressed (see Section 75)

31

75 Resettable alarm logic

UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM

(Blinking Relay 6 active)

ALARM(Light on Relay 6 inactive)

Alarm source active

ALARM RESETpressed

Alarm source active

yes

no

no

no

yes

yes

NO ALARM(Light off Relay 6 inactive)

Figure 75 The resettable alarm logic

In order to identify new alarms there

is a resettable alarm logic in the Di-

vert control unit There are four pos-

sible alarm sources SOLIDS ALARM

SOLIDSWARNINGAampBDIFFERENCE

and MALFUNCTION All of these fol-

low the same alarm reset rules (see

Figure 75)

Whenanew (unacknowledged) alarm

activates the corresponding light starts

blinking in the operator panel and re-

lay 6 is activated When the ALARM RE-

SET button is pressed relay 6 is inacti-

vated

The state of the alarm indicator in the

operator panel depends on whether

the cause for the alarm is still present

If the cause has cleared (eg solids

content has risen above the warn-

ing limit) the light goes off when

the ALARM RESET is pressed If the

cause has not cleared the light will be

steadily illuminated

A non-illuminated light means there

is no alarm A steadily illuminated

alarm light means there is a problem

which persists but the problem has

been acknowledged by pressing the

ALARM RESET A blinking light means

the problem has not been acknowl-

edged but givesno informationwhether

the problem is still there or not

32

76 Refractometer difference logic

If there are two refractometers in operation (taken into operation not washing) the

Control unit monitors the difference in reading between the two instruments (983405ig-

ure 76) If the difference ismore than 2 a refractometer differencewarning is given

with the corresponding front panel indicator and relay

The divert decision logic (section 72) is not affected by the refractometer difference

but a signi983405icant difference between the two instruments indicates one of the instru-

ments is not measuring reliably In this case the instruments and wash systems have

to be checked immediately Ignoring to do this may result in an erroneous divert de-

cision

no REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

|A-B| gt 2

2 instruments available

yes

no

no

yes

REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

Figure 76 Refractometer difference logic

33

77 Wash arbitration logic

The Divert Control Unit takes care that if there are two instruments in operation they

wonrsquotwash at the same time (as thatwould trip the system) This is doneby the simple

logic described in Figure 77

Each instrument control their ownwash cycle Before the start washing they request

a wash permission from the Divert Control Unit If the other instrument is already

washing the unit does not grant this permission until the wash cycle is completed

noWAIT

WASH

IDLE

The otherinstrumentwashing

yes

wash interval elapsed

wash done

the other instrument done washing

Figure 77 Wash arbitration logic

34

78 Wash check logic

Wash check

Wash tolerancetime gt 0

no

yes

yes

off

yes

on

no

Prism washsuccesful

Drop fromDivert use

Malfunction

Succesful washwithin tolerance

time

Prism wash failurePrism wash

warning

no

Normal operation

One w

ash

cyc

le

Figure 78 Wash check logic

By default the wash tolerance time is 0

35

8 Remote control interface

The remote interface is based on a web server inside the Divert Control Unit It con-

sists of several web pages easily accessible through the links on the navigation bar in

the left (see Figure 81)

The remote interface is optimized for the Firefox browser version 20 or newer al-

though it may work with other browsers Firefox is free and exists for Windows Mac

OS X and Linux it can be downloaded through httpwwwmozillacom

81 Divert Control Unit IP address

The Divert Control Unit can be reached through two different IP addresses In non-

networked applications (only a DD-23 and a single computer) the IP address is

1692542323 This IP address is factory set and cannot be changed If the Divert

Control Unit is to be connected to a network the network settings can be changed

through the parameter page of the remote interface (see Section 825)

82 The remote interface

821 Main page

The remote indicator main page gives a quick overview over system status

Figure 81 DD-23 Remote control main page

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

19

56 Low alarms

561 Solids warning

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (60 by de-

fault) thewarning is activated The limit canbe changed through the remote interface

see Section 825

Minimum low warning level is 60 according to BLRBAC

562 Solids alarm

If the concentration reading of either refractometer falls below this limit (58 by de-

fault) the alarm is activated The limit can be changed through the remote interface

see Chapter 8

Minimum low alarm level is 58 according to BLRBAC

57 Refractometer malfunction alarm

The built-in intelligent diagnostics of a K-Patents Process refractometer provide a

tight control of the operation A full test cycle is completedwith an interval of less than

one second For details consult the Process refractometer PR-23 instruction manual

Not all malfunctions cause the instrument to be removed from the Divert control sys-

tem However all malfunction alarms need to be checked see Section 62 for more

information

58 Prism wash

Even though the sensors are equipped with a steam wash facility it is not necessarily

needed For K-Patents Process Refractometer the need of prism wash is reduced and

even in some cases eliminated

However an automatic regular prism wash provides an ef983405icient check that the re-

fractometer reacts A steam wash of 3 seconds every half hour should be suf983405icient

Only one instrument is washing at a time and during the wash the system acts in the

single-instrument mode

To change wash times or relay con983405igurations consult the PR-23 process refractome-

ter system manual sections 613 Con983410iguring relays and 631 Setting prism wash

parameters

20

The recommended wash pressures and times are given in the table below

Wash parameters for Safe-Drivetrade Isolation valve nozzle SDI

Minimum above

process pressure

Maximum above

process pressure

Wash

time

Reco-

very

Interval

Steam (SN) 5 bar (70 psi) 8 bar (115 psi) 3ndash5 s 20ndash30 s 20ndash30 min

Do not exceed the recommended wash times because some process media may burn

to the prism surface if steamed for longer time In case of coating shorten the wash

interval

It should be noted that if wash check is enabled on the instrument it can cause the

instrument to be taken out of divert use if during the set wash tolerance time nowash

cycles have been noted as successful This can cause a divert if both instruments fail

wash checks in sequence

21

6 Regular maintenance and troubleshooting

As theDivert control system is apuredigital system no specialmaintenance is needed

The LIGHT TEST button on the operator panel (Figure 21) sends a signal to the micro-

processor and the microprocessor switches all 12 LED lights on as long as the button

is pressed This way not only the lights but also the processing system is checked

To assist the identi983405ication of a faulty component the information 983405low is given in Sec-

tion 61 Also the logic diagrams of Chapter 7 may be of help

61 Information flow

The divert control unit is connected to the refractometers through an Ethernet con-

nection The Control system asks for the measurement data from the instruments

several times each second Based on the data received the divert operation decisions

are made

Each refractometer performs its measurement functions independently The instru-

ments also have their own internal diagnostics which are used in the divert decision

logic as well (see Section 62)

As the Divert Control System requests information several times a second all commu-

nication problems are found immediately In case one of the refractometers does not

respond to the control unit the non-responding instrument is dropped from opera-

tion and the malfunction alarm is set

An important information when troubleshooting communication problems is the let-

ter on the upper left corner of each refractometer (see Figure 52) If the instrument

has not received any data requests from theDivert Control Unit during the last second

the letter turns into a question mark () If the letter is aAbB then the communica-

tion link between the Divert control unit and the instrument is fully functional

62 Malfunctions

If the Divert Control Unit cannot communicate with a refractometer or if the inter-

nal diagnostics of a refractometer indicate a measurement problem the Malfunction

indicator (see Figure 21) is illuminated and the corresponding relay 8 or 9 (see Fig-

ure 33) is activated

The diagnostic message of the refractometer can be seen on the transmitter screen

(see Figure 51) Some of these messages eg PRISM WASH are only informative and

do not indicate a measurement problem Table 61 below summarizes all diagnostic

messages and their effect on the Divert control system operation

22

If themalfunction is severe enough tomake themeasurement result unreliable

the refractometer cannot be used in making the divert decision In that case the

instrument is dropped from the Divert Control System and cannot be taken on-line

manually until the problem is 983405ixed

Formore information on possible causes of each error see the PR-23 instructionman-

ual Chapter 8

Message Instrument will be

dropped from the

Divert Control System

EXTERNAL HOLD

EXTERNAL WASH STOP

HIGH SENSOR HUMIDITY

HIGH SENSOR TEMP

HIGH TRANSMITTER TEMP

LOW IMAGE QUALITY X

LOW TEMP WASH STOP

LOW TRANSMITTER VOLT

NO OPTICAL IMAGE X

NO SAMPLE X

NO SAMPLEWASH STOP

NO SENSOR X

NO SIGNAL X

NORMAL OPERATION

OUTSIDE LIGHT ERROR X

OUTSIDE LIGHT TO PRISM X

PRECONDITIONING

PRISM COATED X

PRISMWASH

PRISMWASH FAILURE X

PRISMWASH WARNING

RECOVERING

SHORT-CIRCUIT X

STARTING UP X

TEMP MEASUREMENT FAULT X

Table 61 Diagnostic messages and their effect on Divert operation

23

63 Diagnostic tools

In order to make troubleshooting easier there are several built-in diagnostic tools

An event log is built in the system A short log showing last 6 events can be accessed

from the transmitter main display by pressing the soft key DD23 A more complete

event log can be found in the web-based remote interface (see Section 824)

Figure 61 Transmitter log page for instrument A

The remote interface also provides a diagnostic page which gives full information on

the system state (concentrations relay state switch state indicator state) see Sec-

tion 823

64 Troubleshooting

641 A question mark () on the refractometer display

Cause The refractometer does not receive information request packets from the Di-

vert Control Unit This may be caused by a faulty cable faulty parameters or equip-

ment malfunction either in the refractometer or in the Divert Control Unit

Action If the instrument has never been functional or if it is possible someone has

changed the instrument parameters there may be a con983405iguration problem with the

IP addresses The IP address in the refractometer should be set as given in Section 54

If possible cross-check the addresses from the diagnostic web page

Aphysical problemcanbe ruledout by looking at a small LEDclose to the transmitterrsquos

Ethernet connector If the LED is green the cable is ok Oneway to isolate the problem

is to swap the cables between the refractometers A standard Ethernet cable can be

used as a troubleshooting aid (either straight-through or cross-over)

642 A refractometer refuses to come on-line

Cause Either there is no communication to the refractometer or there is a malfunc-

tionon the refractometer It is alsopossible the transmitter is not con983405igured forDivert

use

24

Action Check that there is aAbB on the refractometer display If there is a question

mark () instead see above

Check that there is a soft key DD23 on the refractometer main display (see Figure 62

below) If the soft key is not present in the main display the instrument is not con983405ig-

ured for Divert use If this is the case please contact K-Patents

In other cases check the diagnostic message on the refractometer screen (see Sec-

tion 62)

Figure 62 Transmitter main display instrument in Divert use

643 No lights come up in the Divert Control Unit

Cause There is no power on the instrument or there is a hardware fault

Action Check that the instrument receives power In normal operation several relays

have their associated LEDs lit If there are any LEDs lit in the Divert Control Unit the

unit receives power

644 All lights are blinking

Cause There is an unrecoverable hardware fault in the Divert Control Unit

Action Please contact K-Patents

65 Ethernet strain relief for transmitters

When transmitter door is opened the ethernet cable connecting the transmitter to

the Divert Unit may come off This can be 983405ixed bymounting a strain relief plate in the

transmitter

25

1 First screw on the strain relief plate

2 Fasten the ethernet cable to the relief plate with cable ties

3 Cut the ends of the cable ties

1

2

3

Figure 63 Mounting the strain relief

26

27

7 Divert control logics

A logical description of the system is provided to complement the operational descrip-

tion given in the previous chapters

71 Safety decision logic

The core of the Divert control system is the safety decision logic which makes the

ultimate decision whether the black liquor can be safely fed to the burner or not

The logic is described in the 983405low diagram in Figure 71 The factors affecting the de-

cision are the number of instruments in operation (none one or two) and their mea-

surement results Also the selected divert rule is taken into account when two instru-

ments are in operation For a description of different rules see Section 52

As a result of this logic the system is either in SAFE SOLIDS or UNSAFE SOLIDS state

When the system is in the SAFE SOLIDS state the SAFE SOLIDS light is illuminated

no

no no

no

yes

UNSAFE SOLIDSSAFE SOLIDS

NO INSTRU-MENTS

Rule 2-of-2

2 instrumentsavailable

1 instrumentavailable

Both ge 58

Either ge 58CONC ge58

yes

yesyes

yes

no

Rule 1-of-2yes

no

DIVERT

Figure 71 Safe solids decision logic

One instrument available maymean that only one instrument is in operation or that

both instruments are in operation but one of them is washing when queried

28

72 Divert decision logic

After the system has evaluated the solid contents to be either safe or unsafe (see Sec-

tion 71) it decides whether the the system should be in the DIVERT state This deci-

sion is made according to the 983405low diagram in Figure 72

Thedefault state of the system is theDIVERTstate It canbe changed to theNODIVERT

state only by manually pressing the DIVERT RESET push-button when the solid content

is suf983405icient (SAFE SOLIDS) If the solid content drops to UNSAFE the system drops

into the DIVERT state

The only exception to this is when the HEADERWASH is active In that case the solid

content checking is skipped The system may then be switched between the DIVERT

and NO DIVERT states by using the EMERGENCY DIVERT and DIVERT RESET push buttons

in the operator panel (or the equivalent external emergency divert and divert reset

buttons)

The system will drop to the DIVERT state in all cases when the EMERGENCY DIVERT

button (or its external counterpart) is pressed

NO DIVERT DIVERT

HEADER WASH active

Divert fromsafe solids logic

EMERGENCYDIVERTpressed

DIVERT RESET pressed

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

no

yes

Figure 72 The divert decision logics

29

73 In operation logic

IN OPERATIONbutton pressed

yes

yes

yes

yes

no

no

wash done

no

no

no

Onlyinstrument

Washing

IN OPER pressed

Critical malfunction

WAIT(LIGHT BLINKING)

IN OPERATION(LIGHT ON RELAYS

10 11 ACTIVE)

Criticalmalfunction

NOT IN OPERATION(LIGHT OFF)

yes

Figure 73 Operation logic

Whether an instrument is in op-

eration depends on the opera-

torrsquos commands and the instru-

mentrsquos diagnostics The decision

is carried out as outlined in Fig-

ure 73

An instrument can be in one of

three different states IN OPER-

ATION NOT IN OPERATION and

WAITWhen the instrument is IN

OPERATION it is used in decid-

ing whether the solid content is

in the safe level (see Section 71)

When the instrument is NOT IN

OPERATION or WAIT states it is

not used

The WAIT state occurs when the

operator has requested the in-

strument to come into operation

by pressing the button but the

instrument is in the wash cycle

and will come into operation af-

ter the wash cycle is completed

The actual state can be seen from

the INOPERATION light If the light

is on the instrument is IN OPER-

ATION If the light is off the in-

strument is NOT IN OPERATION

and if the light is blinking it is in

the WAIT state

The default state of an instru-

ment is to be NOT IN OPERA-

TION It can be taken into op-

eration by pressing the IN OP-

ERATION button unless there is

a critical malfunction (see Sec-

tion 62)

An instrument automatically drops

into NOT IN OPERATION if there is a critical malfunction It may also be dropped by

the IN OPERATION button unless it is the only instrument used

30

74 Malfunction logic

Timeout frominstrument

Malfunction ininstrument

no

yes

yes

yes

no

no

Critical malfunc-tion in instr

NO MALFUNCTION

Remove instr from Divert use

MALFUNCTION

Figure 74 Malfunction logic (repeated for each sensor)

The MALFUNCTION light is illumi-

nated when the internal diagnos-

tics of either of the two instru-

ments indicates a malfunction or

there is a communication timeout

to either of the instruments (Fig-

ure 74)

It should be noted that not all mal-

functions are critical malfunctions

which drop the instrument from

operation (see Section 73) For a

complete list of possible malfunc-

tions see Section 62

TheMALFUNCTION light re983405lects the

decision taken by this logic How-

ever as the MALFUNCTION light is

one of the resettable alarms it

may be blinking even when the

malfunction itself is cleared if the

ALARM RESET button has not been

pressed (see Section 75)

31

75 Resettable alarm logic

UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM

(Blinking Relay 6 active)

ALARM(Light on Relay 6 inactive)

Alarm source active

ALARM RESETpressed

Alarm source active

yes

no

no

no

yes

yes

NO ALARM(Light off Relay 6 inactive)

Figure 75 The resettable alarm logic

In order to identify new alarms there

is a resettable alarm logic in the Di-

vert control unit There are four pos-

sible alarm sources SOLIDS ALARM

SOLIDSWARNINGAampBDIFFERENCE

and MALFUNCTION All of these fol-

low the same alarm reset rules (see

Figure 75)

Whenanew (unacknowledged) alarm

activates the corresponding light starts

blinking in the operator panel and re-

lay 6 is activated When the ALARM RE-

SET button is pressed relay 6 is inacti-

vated

The state of the alarm indicator in the

operator panel depends on whether

the cause for the alarm is still present

If the cause has cleared (eg solids

content has risen above the warn-

ing limit) the light goes off when

the ALARM RESET is pressed If the

cause has not cleared the light will be

steadily illuminated

A non-illuminated light means there

is no alarm A steadily illuminated

alarm light means there is a problem

which persists but the problem has

been acknowledged by pressing the

ALARM RESET A blinking light means

the problem has not been acknowl-

edged but givesno informationwhether

the problem is still there or not

32

76 Refractometer difference logic

If there are two refractometers in operation (taken into operation not washing) the

Control unit monitors the difference in reading between the two instruments (983405ig-

ure 76) If the difference ismore than 2 a refractometer differencewarning is given

with the corresponding front panel indicator and relay

The divert decision logic (section 72) is not affected by the refractometer difference

but a signi983405icant difference between the two instruments indicates one of the instru-

ments is not measuring reliably In this case the instruments and wash systems have

to be checked immediately Ignoring to do this may result in an erroneous divert de-

cision

no REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

|A-B| gt 2

2 instruments available

yes

no

no

yes

REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

Figure 76 Refractometer difference logic

33

77 Wash arbitration logic

The Divert Control Unit takes care that if there are two instruments in operation they

wonrsquotwash at the same time (as thatwould trip the system) This is doneby the simple

logic described in Figure 77

Each instrument control their ownwash cycle Before the start washing they request

a wash permission from the Divert Control Unit If the other instrument is already

washing the unit does not grant this permission until the wash cycle is completed

noWAIT

WASH

IDLE

The otherinstrumentwashing

yes

wash interval elapsed

wash done

the other instrument done washing

Figure 77 Wash arbitration logic

34

78 Wash check logic

Wash check

Wash tolerancetime gt 0

no

yes

yes

off

yes

on

no

Prism washsuccesful

Drop fromDivert use

Malfunction

Succesful washwithin tolerance

time

Prism wash failurePrism wash

warning

no

Normal operation

One w

ash

cyc

le

Figure 78 Wash check logic

By default the wash tolerance time is 0

35

8 Remote control interface

The remote interface is based on a web server inside the Divert Control Unit It con-

sists of several web pages easily accessible through the links on the navigation bar in

the left (see Figure 81)

The remote interface is optimized for the Firefox browser version 20 or newer al-

though it may work with other browsers Firefox is free and exists for Windows Mac

OS X and Linux it can be downloaded through httpwwwmozillacom

81 Divert Control Unit IP address

The Divert Control Unit can be reached through two different IP addresses In non-

networked applications (only a DD-23 and a single computer) the IP address is

1692542323 This IP address is factory set and cannot be changed If the Divert

Control Unit is to be connected to a network the network settings can be changed

through the parameter page of the remote interface (see Section 825)

82 The remote interface

821 Main page

The remote indicator main page gives a quick overview over system status

Figure 81 DD-23 Remote control main page

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

20

The recommended wash pressures and times are given in the table below

Wash parameters for Safe-Drivetrade Isolation valve nozzle SDI

Minimum above

process pressure

Maximum above

process pressure

Wash

time

Reco-

very

Interval

Steam (SN) 5 bar (70 psi) 8 bar (115 psi) 3ndash5 s 20ndash30 s 20ndash30 min

Do not exceed the recommended wash times because some process media may burn

to the prism surface if steamed for longer time In case of coating shorten the wash

interval

It should be noted that if wash check is enabled on the instrument it can cause the

instrument to be taken out of divert use if during the set wash tolerance time nowash

cycles have been noted as successful This can cause a divert if both instruments fail

wash checks in sequence

21

6 Regular maintenance and troubleshooting

As theDivert control system is apuredigital system no specialmaintenance is needed

The LIGHT TEST button on the operator panel (Figure 21) sends a signal to the micro-

processor and the microprocessor switches all 12 LED lights on as long as the button

is pressed This way not only the lights but also the processing system is checked

To assist the identi983405ication of a faulty component the information 983405low is given in Sec-

tion 61 Also the logic diagrams of Chapter 7 may be of help

61 Information flow

The divert control unit is connected to the refractometers through an Ethernet con-

nection The Control system asks for the measurement data from the instruments

several times each second Based on the data received the divert operation decisions

are made

Each refractometer performs its measurement functions independently The instru-

ments also have their own internal diagnostics which are used in the divert decision

logic as well (see Section 62)

As the Divert Control System requests information several times a second all commu-

nication problems are found immediately In case one of the refractometers does not

respond to the control unit the non-responding instrument is dropped from opera-

tion and the malfunction alarm is set

An important information when troubleshooting communication problems is the let-

ter on the upper left corner of each refractometer (see Figure 52) If the instrument

has not received any data requests from theDivert Control Unit during the last second

the letter turns into a question mark () If the letter is aAbB then the communica-

tion link between the Divert control unit and the instrument is fully functional

62 Malfunctions

If the Divert Control Unit cannot communicate with a refractometer or if the inter-

nal diagnostics of a refractometer indicate a measurement problem the Malfunction

indicator (see Figure 21) is illuminated and the corresponding relay 8 or 9 (see Fig-

ure 33) is activated

The diagnostic message of the refractometer can be seen on the transmitter screen

(see Figure 51) Some of these messages eg PRISM WASH are only informative and

do not indicate a measurement problem Table 61 below summarizes all diagnostic

messages and their effect on the Divert control system operation

22

If themalfunction is severe enough tomake themeasurement result unreliable

the refractometer cannot be used in making the divert decision In that case the

instrument is dropped from the Divert Control System and cannot be taken on-line

manually until the problem is 983405ixed

Formore information on possible causes of each error see the PR-23 instructionman-

ual Chapter 8

Message Instrument will be

dropped from the

Divert Control System

EXTERNAL HOLD

EXTERNAL WASH STOP

HIGH SENSOR HUMIDITY

HIGH SENSOR TEMP

HIGH TRANSMITTER TEMP

LOW IMAGE QUALITY X

LOW TEMP WASH STOP

LOW TRANSMITTER VOLT

NO OPTICAL IMAGE X

NO SAMPLE X

NO SAMPLEWASH STOP

NO SENSOR X

NO SIGNAL X

NORMAL OPERATION

OUTSIDE LIGHT ERROR X

OUTSIDE LIGHT TO PRISM X

PRECONDITIONING

PRISM COATED X

PRISMWASH

PRISMWASH FAILURE X

PRISMWASH WARNING

RECOVERING

SHORT-CIRCUIT X

STARTING UP X

TEMP MEASUREMENT FAULT X

Table 61 Diagnostic messages and their effect on Divert operation

23

63 Diagnostic tools

In order to make troubleshooting easier there are several built-in diagnostic tools

An event log is built in the system A short log showing last 6 events can be accessed

from the transmitter main display by pressing the soft key DD23 A more complete

event log can be found in the web-based remote interface (see Section 824)

Figure 61 Transmitter log page for instrument A

The remote interface also provides a diagnostic page which gives full information on

the system state (concentrations relay state switch state indicator state) see Sec-

tion 823

64 Troubleshooting

641 A question mark () on the refractometer display

Cause The refractometer does not receive information request packets from the Di-

vert Control Unit This may be caused by a faulty cable faulty parameters or equip-

ment malfunction either in the refractometer or in the Divert Control Unit

Action If the instrument has never been functional or if it is possible someone has

changed the instrument parameters there may be a con983405iguration problem with the

IP addresses The IP address in the refractometer should be set as given in Section 54

If possible cross-check the addresses from the diagnostic web page

Aphysical problemcanbe ruledout by looking at a small LEDclose to the transmitterrsquos

Ethernet connector If the LED is green the cable is ok Oneway to isolate the problem

is to swap the cables between the refractometers A standard Ethernet cable can be

used as a troubleshooting aid (either straight-through or cross-over)

642 A refractometer refuses to come on-line

Cause Either there is no communication to the refractometer or there is a malfunc-

tionon the refractometer It is alsopossible the transmitter is not con983405igured forDivert

use

24

Action Check that there is aAbB on the refractometer display If there is a question

mark () instead see above

Check that there is a soft key DD23 on the refractometer main display (see Figure 62

below) If the soft key is not present in the main display the instrument is not con983405ig-

ured for Divert use If this is the case please contact K-Patents

In other cases check the diagnostic message on the refractometer screen (see Sec-

tion 62)

Figure 62 Transmitter main display instrument in Divert use

643 No lights come up in the Divert Control Unit

Cause There is no power on the instrument or there is a hardware fault

Action Check that the instrument receives power In normal operation several relays

have their associated LEDs lit If there are any LEDs lit in the Divert Control Unit the

unit receives power

644 All lights are blinking

Cause There is an unrecoverable hardware fault in the Divert Control Unit

Action Please contact K-Patents

65 Ethernet strain relief for transmitters

When transmitter door is opened the ethernet cable connecting the transmitter to

the Divert Unit may come off This can be 983405ixed bymounting a strain relief plate in the

transmitter

25

1 First screw on the strain relief plate

2 Fasten the ethernet cable to the relief plate with cable ties

3 Cut the ends of the cable ties

1

2

3

Figure 63 Mounting the strain relief

26

27

7 Divert control logics

A logical description of the system is provided to complement the operational descrip-

tion given in the previous chapters

71 Safety decision logic

The core of the Divert control system is the safety decision logic which makes the

ultimate decision whether the black liquor can be safely fed to the burner or not

The logic is described in the 983405low diagram in Figure 71 The factors affecting the de-

cision are the number of instruments in operation (none one or two) and their mea-

surement results Also the selected divert rule is taken into account when two instru-

ments are in operation For a description of different rules see Section 52

As a result of this logic the system is either in SAFE SOLIDS or UNSAFE SOLIDS state

When the system is in the SAFE SOLIDS state the SAFE SOLIDS light is illuminated

no

no no

no

yes

UNSAFE SOLIDSSAFE SOLIDS

NO INSTRU-MENTS

Rule 2-of-2

2 instrumentsavailable

1 instrumentavailable

Both ge 58

Either ge 58CONC ge58

yes

yesyes

yes

no

Rule 1-of-2yes

no

DIVERT

Figure 71 Safe solids decision logic

One instrument available maymean that only one instrument is in operation or that

both instruments are in operation but one of them is washing when queried

28

72 Divert decision logic

After the system has evaluated the solid contents to be either safe or unsafe (see Sec-

tion 71) it decides whether the the system should be in the DIVERT state This deci-

sion is made according to the 983405low diagram in Figure 72

Thedefault state of the system is theDIVERTstate It canbe changed to theNODIVERT

state only by manually pressing the DIVERT RESET push-button when the solid content

is suf983405icient (SAFE SOLIDS) If the solid content drops to UNSAFE the system drops

into the DIVERT state

The only exception to this is when the HEADERWASH is active In that case the solid

content checking is skipped The system may then be switched between the DIVERT

and NO DIVERT states by using the EMERGENCY DIVERT and DIVERT RESET push buttons

in the operator panel (or the equivalent external emergency divert and divert reset

buttons)

The system will drop to the DIVERT state in all cases when the EMERGENCY DIVERT

button (or its external counterpart) is pressed

NO DIVERT DIVERT

HEADER WASH active

Divert fromsafe solids logic

EMERGENCYDIVERTpressed

DIVERT RESET pressed

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

no

yes

Figure 72 The divert decision logics

29

73 In operation logic

IN OPERATIONbutton pressed

yes

yes

yes

yes

no

no

wash done

no

no

no

Onlyinstrument

Washing

IN OPER pressed

Critical malfunction

WAIT(LIGHT BLINKING)

IN OPERATION(LIGHT ON RELAYS

10 11 ACTIVE)

Criticalmalfunction

NOT IN OPERATION(LIGHT OFF)

yes

Figure 73 Operation logic

Whether an instrument is in op-

eration depends on the opera-

torrsquos commands and the instru-

mentrsquos diagnostics The decision

is carried out as outlined in Fig-

ure 73

An instrument can be in one of

three different states IN OPER-

ATION NOT IN OPERATION and

WAITWhen the instrument is IN

OPERATION it is used in decid-

ing whether the solid content is

in the safe level (see Section 71)

When the instrument is NOT IN

OPERATION or WAIT states it is

not used

The WAIT state occurs when the

operator has requested the in-

strument to come into operation

by pressing the button but the

instrument is in the wash cycle

and will come into operation af-

ter the wash cycle is completed

The actual state can be seen from

the INOPERATION light If the light

is on the instrument is IN OPER-

ATION If the light is off the in-

strument is NOT IN OPERATION

and if the light is blinking it is in

the WAIT state

The default state of an instru-

ment is to be NOT IN OPERA-

TION It can be taken into op-

eration by pressing the IN OP-

ERATION button unless there is

a critical malfunction (see Sec-

tion 62)

An instrument automatically drops

into NOT IN OPERATION if there is a critical malfunction It may also be dropped by

the IN OPERATION button unless it is the only instrument used

30

74 Malfunction logic

Timeout frominstrument

Malfunction ininstrument

no

yes

yes

yes

no

no

Critical malfunc-tion in instr

NO MALFUNCTION

Remove instr from Divert use

MALFUNCTION

Figure 74 Malfunction logic (repeated for each sensor)

The MALFUNCTION light is illumi-

nated when the internal diagnos-

tics of either of the two instru-

ments indicates a malfunction or

there is a communication timeout

to either of the instruments (Fig-

ure 74)

It should be noted that not all mal-

functions are critical malfunctions

which drop the instrument from

operation (see Section 73) For a

complete list of possible malfunc-

tions see Section 62

TheMALFUNCTION light re983405lects the

decision taken by this logic How-

ever as the MALFUNCTION light is

one of the resettable alarms it

may be blinking even when the

malfunction itself is cleared if the

ALARM RESET button has not been

pressed (see Section 75)

31

75 Resettable alarm logic

UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM

(Blinking Relay 6 active)

ALARM(Light on Relay 6 inactive)

Alarm source active

ALARM RESETpressed

Alarm source active

yes

no

no

no

yes

yes

NO ALARM(Light off Relay 6 inactive)

Figure 75 The resettable alarm logic

In order to identify new alarms there

is a resettable alarm logic in the Di-

vert control unit There are four pos-

sible alarm sources SOLIDS ALARM

SOLIDSWARNINGAampBDIFFERENCE

and MALFUNCTION All of these fol-

low the same alarm reset rules (see

Figure 75)

Whenanew (unacknowledged) alarm

activates the corresponding light starts

blinking in the operator panel and re-

lay 6 is activated When the ALARM RE-

SET button is pressed relay 6 is inacti-

vated

The state of the alarm indicator in the

operator panel depends on whether

the cause for the alarm is still present

If the cause has cleared (eg solids

content has risen above the warn-

ing limit) the light goes off when

the ALARM RESET is pressed If the

cause has not cleared the light will be

steadily illuminated

A non-illuminated light means there

is no alarm A steadily illuminated

alarm light means there is a problem

which persists but the problem has

been acknowledged by pressing the

ALARM RESET A blinking light means

the problem has not been acknowl-

edged but givesno informationwhether

the problem is still there or not

32

76 Refractometer difference logic

If there are two refractometers in operation (taken into operation not washing) the

Control unit monitors the difference in reading between the two instruments (983405ig-

ure 76) If the difference ismore than 2 a refractometer differencewarning is given

with the corresponding front panel indicator and relay

The divert decision logic (section 72) is not affected by the refractometer difference

but a signi983405icant difference between the two instruments indicates one of the instru-

ments is not measuring reliably In this case the instruments and wash systems have

to be checked immediately Ignoring to do this may result in an erroneous divert de-

cision

no REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

|A-B| gt 2

2 instruments available

yes

no

no

yes

REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

Figure 76 Refractometer difference logic

33

77 Wash arbitration logic

The Divert Control Unit takes care that if there are two instruments in operation they

wonrsquotwash at the same time (as thatwould trip the system) This is doneby the simple

logic described in Figure 77

Each instrument control their ownwash cycle Before the start washing they request

a wash permission from the Divert Control Unit If the other instrument is already

washing the unit does not grant this permission until the wash cycle is completed

noWAIT

WASH

IDLE

The otherinstrumentwashing

yes

wash interval elapsed

wash done

the other instrument done washing

Figure 77 Wash arbitration logic

34

78 Wash check logic

Wash check

Wash tolerancetime gt 0

no

yes

yes

off

yes

on

no

Prism washsuccesful

Drop fromDivert use

Malfunction

Succesful washwithin tolerance

time

Prism wash failurePrism wash

warning

no

Normal operation

One w

ash

cyc

le

Figure 78 Wash check logic

By default the wash tolerance time is 0

35

8 Remote control interface

The remote interface is based on a web server inside the Divert Control Unit It con-

sists of several web pages easily accessible through the links on the navigation bar in

the left (see Figure 81)

The remote interface is optimized for the Firefox browser version 20 or newer al-

though it may work with other browsers Firefox is free and exists for Windows Mac

OS X and Linux it can be downloaded through httpwwwmozillacom

81 Divert Control Unit IP address

The Divert Control Unit can be reached through two different IP addresses In non-

networked applications (only a DD-23 and a single computer) the IP address is

1692542323 This IP address is factory set and cannot be changed If the Divert

Control Unit is to be connected to a network the network settings can be changed

through the parameter page of the remote interface (see Section 825)

82 The remote interface

821 Main page

The remote indicator main page gives a quick overview over system status

Figure 81 DD-23 Remote control main page

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

21

6 Regular maintenance and troubleshooting

As theDivert control system is apuredigital system no specialmaintenance is needed

The LIGHT TEST button on the operator panel (Figure 21) sends a signal to the micro-

processor and the microprocessor switches all 12 LED lights on as long as the button

is pressed This way not only the lights but also the processing system is checked

To assist the identi983405ication of a faulty component the information 983405low is given in Sec-

tion 61 Also the logic diagrams of Chapter 7 may be of help

61 Information flow

The divert control unit is connected to the refractometers through an Ethernet con-

nection The Control system asks for the measurement data from the instruments

several times each second Based on the data received the divert operation decisions

are made

Each refractometer performs its measurement functions independently The instru-

ments also have their own internal diagnostics which are used in the divert decision

logic as well (see Section 62)

As the Divert Control System requests information several times a second all commu-

nication problems are found immediately In case one of the refractometers does not

respond to the control unit the non-responding instrument is dropped from opera-

tion and the malfunction alarm is set

An important information when troubleshooting communication problems is the let-

ter on the upper left corner of each refractometer (see Figure 52) If the instrument

has not received any data requests from theDivert Control Unit during the last second

the letter turns into a question mark () If the letter is aAbB then the communica-

tion link between the Divert control unit and the instrument is fully functional

62 Malfunctions

If the Divert Control Unit cannot communicate with a refractometer or if the inter-

nal diagnostics of a refractometer indicate a measurement problem the Malfunction

indicator (see Figure 21) is illuminated and the corresponding relay 8 or 9 (see Fig-

ure 33) is activated

The diagnostic message of the refractometer can be seen on the transmitter screen

(see Figure 51) Some of these messages eg PRISM WASH are only informative and

do not indicate a measurement problem Table 61 below summarizes all diagnostic

messages and their effect on the Divert control system operation

22

If themalfunction is severe enough tomake themeasurement result unreliable

the refractometer cannot be used in making the divert decision In that case the

instrument is dropped from the Divert Control System and cannot be taken on-line

manually until the problem is 983405ixed

Formore information on possible causes of each error see the PR-23 instructionman-

ual Chapter 8

Message Instrument will be

dropped from the

Divert Control System

EXTERNAL HOLD

EXTERNAL WASH STOP

HIGH SENSOR HUMIDITY

HIGH SENSOR TEMP

HIGH TRANSMITTER TEMP

LOW IMAGE QUALITY X

LOW TEMP WASH STOP

LOW TRANSMITTER VOLT

NO OPTICAL IMAGE X

NO SAMPLE X

NO SAMPLEWASH STOP

NO SENSOR X

NO SIGNAL X

NORMAL OPERATION

OUTSIDE LIGHT ERROR X

OUTSIDE LIGHT TO PRISM X

PRECONDITIONING

PRISM COATED X

PRISMWASH

PRISMWASH FAILURE X

PRISMWASH WARNING

RECOVERING

SHORT-CIRCUIT X

STARTING UP X

TEMP MEASUREMENT FAULT X

Table 61 Diagnostic messages and their effect on Divert operation

23

63 Diagnostic tools

In order to make troubleshooting easier there are several built-in diagnostic tools

An event log is built in the system A short log showing last 6 events can be accessed

from the transmitter main display by pressing the soft key DD23 A more complete

event log can be found in the web-based remote interface (see Section 824)

Figure 61 Transmitter log page for instrument A

The remote interface also provides a diagnostic page which gives full information on

the system state (concentrations relay state switch state indicator state) see Sec-

tion 823

64 Troubleshooting

641 A question mark () on the refractometer display

Cause The refractometer does not receive information request packets from the Di-

vert Control Unit This may be caused by a faulty cable faulty parameters or equip-

ment malfunction either in the refractometer or in the Divert Control Unit

Action If the instrument has never been functional or if it is possible someone has

changed the instrument parameters there may be a con983405iguration problem with the

IP addresses The IP address in the refractometer should be set as given in Section 54

If possible cross-check the addresses from the diagnostic web page

Aphysical problemcanbe ruledout by looking at a small LEDclose to the transmitterrsquos

Ethernet connector If the LED is green the cable is ok Oneway to isolate the problem

is to swap the cables between the refractometers A standard Ethernet cable can be

used as a troubleshooting aid (either straight-through or cross-over)

642 A refractometer refuses to come on-line

Cause Either there is no communication to the refractometer or there is a malfunc-

tionon the refractometer It is alsopossible the transmitter is not con983405igured forDivert

use

24

Action Check that there is aAbB on the refractometer display If there is a question

mark () instead see above

Check that there is a soft key DD23 on the refractometer main display (see Figure 62

below) If the soft key is not present in the main display the instrument is not con983405ig-

ured for Divert use If this is the case please contact K-Patents

In other cases check the diagnostic message on the refractometer screen (see Sec-

tion 62)

Figure 62 Transmitter main display instrument in Divert use

643 No lights come up in the Divert Control Unit

Cause There is no power on the instrument or there is a hardware fault

Action Check that the instrument receives power In normal operation several relays

have their associated LEDs lit If there are any LEDs lit in the Divert Control Unit the

unit receives power

644 All lights are blinking

Cause There is an unrecoverable hardware fault in the Divert Control Unit

Action Please contact K-Patents

65 Ethernet strain relief for transmitters

When transmitter door is opened the ethernet cable connecting the transmitter to

the Divert Unit may come off This can be 983405ixed bymounting a strain relief plate in the

transmitter

25

1 First screw on the strain relief plate

2 Fasten the ethernet cable to the relief plate with cable ties

3 Cut the ends of the cable ties

1

2

3

Figure 63 Mounting the strain relief

26

27

7 Divert control logics

A logical description of the system is provided to complement the operational descrip-

tion given in the previous chapters

71 Safety decision logic

The core of the Divert control system is the safety decision logic which makes the

ultimate decision whether the black liquor can be safely fed to the burner or not

The logic is described in the 983405low diagram in Figure 71 The factors affecting the de-

cision are the number of instruments in operation (none one or two) and their mea-

surement results Also the selected divert rule is taken into account when two instru-

ments are in operation For a description of different rules see Section 52

As a result of this logic the system is either in SAFE SOLIDS or UNSAFE SOLIDS state

When the system is in the SAFE SOLIDS state the SAFE SOLIDS light is illuminated

no

no no

no

yes

UNSAFE SOLIDSSAFE SOLIDS

NO INSTRU-MENTS

Rule 2-of-2

2 instrumentsavailable

1 instrumentavailable

Both ge 58

Either ge 58CONC ge58

yes

yesyes

yes

no

Rule 1-of-2yes

no

DIVERT

Figure 71 Safe solids decision logic

One instrument available maymean that only one instrument is in operation or that

both instruments are in operation but one of them is washing when queried

28

72 Divert decision logic

After the system has evaluated the solid contents to be either safe or unsafe (see Sec-

tion 71) it decides whether the the system should be in the DIVERT state This deci-

sion is made according to the 983405low diagram in Figure 72

Thedefault state of the system is theDIVERTstate It canbe changed to theNODIVERT

state only by manually pressing the DIVERT RESET push-button when the solid content

is suf983405icient (SAFE SOLIDS) If the solid content drops to UNSAFE the system drops

into the DIVERT state

The only exception to this is when the HEADERWASH is active In that case the solid

content checking is skipped The system may then be switched between the DIVERT

and NO DIVERT states by using the EMERGENCY DIVERT and DIVERT RESET push buttons

in the operator panel (or the equivalent external emergency divert and divert reset

buttons)

The system will drop to the DIVERT state in all cases when the EMERGENCY DIVERT

button (or its external counterpart) is pressed

NO DIVERT DIVERT

HEADER WASH active

Divert fromsafe solids logic

EMERGENCYDIVERTpressed

DIVERT RESET pressed

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

no

yes

Figure 72 The divert decision logics

29

73 In operation logic

IN OPERATIONbutton pressed

yes

yes

yes

yes

no

no

wash done

no

no

no

Onlyinstrument

Washing

IN OPER pressed

Critical malfunction

WAIT(LIGHT BLINKING)

IN OPERATION(LIGHT ON RELAYS

10 11 ACTIVE)

Criticalmalfunction

NOT IN OPERATION(LIGHT OFF)

yes

Figure 73 Operation logic

Whether an instrument is in op-

eration depends on the opera-

torrsquos commands and the instru-

mentrsquos diagnostics The decision

is carried out as outlined in Fig-

ure 73

An instrument can be in one of

three different states IN OPER-

ATION NOT IN OPERATION and

WAITWhen the instrument is IN

OPERATION it is used in decid-

ing whether the solid content is

in the safe level (see Section 71)

When the instrument is NOT IN

OPERATION or WAIT states it is

not used

The WAIT state occurs when the

operator has requested the in-

strument to come into operation

by pressing the button but the

instrument is in the wash cycle

and will come into operation af-

ter the wash cycle is completed

The actual state can be seen from

the INOPERATION light If the light

is on the instrument is IN OPER-

ATION If the light is off the in-

strument is NOT IN OPERATION

and if the light is blinking it is in

the WAIT state

The default state of an instru-

ment is to be NOT IN OPERA-

TION It can be taken into op-

eration by pressing the IN OP-

ERATION button unless there is

a critical malfunction (see Sec-

tion 62)

An instrument automatically drops

into NOT IN OPERATION if there is a critical malfunction It may also be dropped by

the IN OPERATION button unless it is the only instrument used

30

74 Malfunction logic

Timeout frominstrument

Malfunction ininstrument

no

yes

yes

yes

no

no

Critical malfunc-tion in instr

NO MALFUNCTION

Remove instr from Divert use

MALFUNCTION

Figure 74 Malfunction logic (repeated for each sensor)

The MALFUNCTION light is illumi-

nated when the internal diagnos-

tics of either of the two instru-

ments indicates a malfunction or

there is a communication timeout

to either of the instruments (Fig-

ure 74)

It should be noted that not all mal-

functions are critical malfunctions

which drop the instrument from

operation (see Section 73) For a

complete list of possible malfunc-

tions see Section 62

TheMALFUNCTION light re983405lects the

decision taken by this logic How-

ever as the MALFUNCTION light is

one of the resettable alarms it

may be blinking even when the

malfunction itself is cleared if the

ALARM RESET button has not been

pressed (see Section 75)

31

75 Resettable alarm logic

UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM

(Blinking Relay 6 active)

ALARM(Light on Relay 6 inactive)

Alarm source active

ALARM RESETpressed

Alarm source active

yes

no

no

no

yes

yes

NO ALARM(Light off Relay 6 inactive)

Figure 75 The resettable alarm logic

In order to identify new alarms there

is a resettable alarm logic in the Di-

vert control unit There are four pos-

sible alarm sources SOLIDS ALARM

SOLIDSWARNINGAampBDIFFERENCE

and MALFUNCTION All of these fol-

low the same alarm reset rules (see

Figure 75)

Whenanew (unacknowledged) alarm

activates the corresponding light starts

blinking in the operator panel and re-

lay 6 is activated When the ALARM RE-

SET button is pressed relay 6 is inacti-

vated

The state of the alarm indicator in the

operator panel depends on whether

the cause for the alarm is still present

If the cause has cleared (eg solids

content has risen above the warn-

ing limit) the light goes off when

the ALARM RESET is pressed If the

cause has not cleared the light will be

steadily illuminated

A non-illuminated light means there

is no alarm A steadily illuminated

alarm light means there is a problem

which persists but the problem has

been acknowledged by pressing the

ALARM RESET A blinking light means

the problem has not been acknowl-

edged but givesno informationwhether

the problem is still there or not

32

76 Refractometer difference logic

If there are two refractometers in operation (taken into operation not washing) the

Control unit monitors the difference in reading between the two instruments (983405ig-

ure 76) If the difference ismore than 2 a refractometer differencewarning is given

with the corresponding front panel indicator and relay

The divert decision logic (section 72) is not affected by the refractometer difference

but a signi983405icant difference between the two instruments indicates one of the instru-

ments is not measuring reliably In this case the instruments and wash systems have

to be checked immediately Ignoring to do this may result in an erroneous divert de-

cision

no REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

|A-B| gt 2

2 instruments available

yes

no

no

yes

REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

Figure 76 Refractometer difference logic

33

77 Wash arbitration logic

The Divert Control Unit takes care that if there are two instruments in operation they

wonrsquotwash at the same time (as thatwould trip the system) This is doneby the simple

logic described in Figure 77

Each instrument control their ownwash cycle Before the start washing they request

a wash permission from the Divert Control Unit If the other instrument is already

washing the unit does not grant this permission until the wash cycle is completed

noWAIT

WASH

IDLE

The otherinstrumentwashing

yes

wash interval elapsed

wash done

the other instrument done washing

Figure 77 Wash arbitration logic

34

78 Wash check logic

Wash check

Wash tolerancetime gt 0

no

yes

yes

off

yes

on

no

Prism washsuccesful

Drop fromDivert use

Malfunction

Succesful washwithin tolerance

time

Prism wash failurePrism wash

warning

no

Normal operation

One w

ash

cyc

le

Figure 78 Wash check logic

By default the wash tolerance time is 0

35

8 Remote control interface

The remote interface is based on a web server inside the Divert Control Unit It con-

sists of several web pages easily accessible through the links on the navigation bar in

the left (see Figure 81)

The remote interface is optimized for the Firefox browser version 20 or newer al-

though it may work with other browsers Firefox is free and exists for Windows Mac

OS X and Linux it can be downloaded through httpwwwmozillacom

81 Divert Control Unit IP address

The Divert Control Unit can be reached through two different IP addresses In non-

networked applications (only a DD-23 and a single computer) the IP address is

1692542323 This IP address is factory set and cannot be changed If the Divert

Control Unit is to be connected to a network the network settings can be changed

through the parameter page of the remote interface (see Section 825)

82 The remote interface

821 Main page

The remote indicator main page gives a quick overview over system status

Figure 81 DD-23 Remote control main page

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

22

If themalfunction is severe enough tomake themeasurement result unreliable

the refractometer cannot be used in making the divert decision In that case the

instrument is dropped from the Divert Control System and cannot be taken on-line

manually until the problem is 983405ixed

Formore information on possible causes of each error see the PR-23 instructionman-

ual Chapter 8

Message Instrument will be

dropped from the

Divert Control System

EXTERNAL HOLD

EXTERNAL WASH STOP

HIGH SENSOR HUMIDITY

HIGH SENSOR TEMP

HIGH TRANSMITTER TEMP

LOW IMAGE QUALITY X

LOW TEMP WASH STOP

LOW TRANSMITTER VOLT

NO OPTICAL IMAGE X

NO SAMPLE X

NO SAMPLEWASH STOP

NO SENSOR X

NO SIGNAL X

NORMAL OPERATION

OUTSIDE LIGHT ERROR X

OUTSIDE LIGHT TO PRISM X

PRECONDITIONING

PRISM COATED X

PRISMWASH

PRISMWASH FAILURE X

PRISMWASH WARNING

RECOVERING

SHORT-CIRCUIT X

STARTING UP X

TEMP MEASUREMENT FAULT X

Table 61 Diagnostic messages and their effect on Divert operation

23

63 Diagnostic tools

In order to make troubleshooting easier there are several built-in diagnostic tools

An event log is built in the system A short log showing last 6 events can be accessed

from the transmitter main display by pressing the soft key DD23 A more complete

event log can be found in the web-based remote interface (see Section 824)

Figure 61 Transmitter log page for instrument A

The remote interface also provides a diagnostic page which gives full information on

the system state (concentrations relay state switch state indicator state) see Sec-

tion 823

64 Troubleshooting

641 A question mark () on the refractometer display

Cause The refractometer does not receive information request packets from the Di-

vert Control Unit This may be caused by a faulty cable faulty parameters or equip-

ment malfunction either in the refractometer or in the Divert Control Unit

Action If the instrument has never been functional or if it is possible someone has

changed the instrument parameters there may be a con983405iguration problem with the

IP addresses The IP address in the refractometer should be set as given in Section 54

If possible cross-check the addresses from the diagnostic web page

Aphysical problemcanbe ruledout by looking at a small LEDclose to the transmitterrsquos

Ethernet connector If the LED is green the cable is ok Oneway to isolate the problem

is to swap the cables between the refractometers A standard Ethernet cable can be

used as a troubleshooting aid (either straight-through or cross-over)

642 A refractometer refuses to come on-line

Cause Either there is no communication to the refractometer or there is a malfunc-

tionon the refractometer It is alsopossible the transmitter is not con983405igured forDivert

use

24

Action Check that there is aAbB on the refractometer display If there is a question

mark () instead see above

Check that there is a soft key DD23 on the refractometer main display (see Figure 62

below) If the soft key is not present in the main display the instrument is not con983405ig-

ured for Divert use If this is the case please contact K-Patents

In other cases check the diagnostic message on the refractometer screen (see Sec-

tion 62)

Figure 62 Transmitter main display instrument in Divert use

643 No lights come up in the Divert Control Unit

Cause There is no power on the instrument or there is a hardware fault

Action Check that the instrument receives power In normal operation several relays

have their associated LEDs lit If there are any LEDs lit in the Divert Control Unit the

unit receives power

644 All lights are blinking

Cause There is an unrecoverable hardware fault in the Divert Control Unit

Action Please contact K-Patents

65 Ethernet strain relief for transmitters

When transmitter door is opened the ethernet cable connecting the transmitter to

the Divert Unit may come off This can be 983405ixed bymounting a strain relief plate in the

transmitter

25

1 First screw on the strain relief plate

2 Fasten the ethernet cable to the relief plate with cable ties

3 Cut the ends of the cable ties

1

2

3

Figure 63 Mounting the strain relief

26

27

7 Divert control logics

A logical description of the system is provided to complement the operational descrip-

tion given in the previous chapters

71 Safety decision logic

The core of the Divert control system is the safety decision logic which makes the

ultimate decision whether the black liquor can be safely fed to the burner or not

The logic is described in the 983405low diagram in Figure 71 The factors affecting the de-

cision are the number of instruments in operation (none one or two) and their mea-

surement results Also the selected divert rule is taken into account when two instru-

ments are in operation For a description of different rules see Section 52

As a result of this logic the system is either in SAFE SOLIDS or UNSAFE SOLIDS state

When the system is in the SAFE SOLIDS state the SAFE SOLIDS light is illuminated

no

no no

no

yes

UNSAFE SOLIDSSAFE SOLIDS

NO INSTRU-MENTS

Rule 2-of-2

2 instrumentsavailable

1 instrumentavailable

Both ge 58

Either ge 58CONC ge58

yes

yesyes

yes

no

Rule 1-of-2yes

no

DIVERT

Figure 71 Safe solids decision logic

One instrument available maymean that only one instrument is in operation or that

both instruments are in operation but one of them is washing when queried

28

72 Divert decision logic

After the system has evaluated the solid contents to be either safe or unsafe (see Sec-

tion 71) it decides whether the the system should be in the DIVERT state This deci-

sion is made according to the 983405low diagram in Figure 72

Thedefault state of the system is theDIVERTstate It canbe changed to theNODIVERT

state only by manually pressing the DIVERT RESET push-button when the solid content

is suf983405icient (SAFE SOLIDS) If the solid content drops to UNSAFE the system drops

into the DIVERT state

The only exception to this is when the HEADERWASH is active In that case the solid

content checking is skipped The system may then be switched between the DIVERT

and NO DIVERT states by using the EMERGENCY DIVERT and DIVERT RESET push buttons

in the operator panel (or the equivalent external emergency divert and divert reset

buttons)

The system will drop to the DIVERT state in all cases when the EMERGENCY DIVERT

button (or its external counterpart) is pressed

NO DIVERT DIVERT

HEADER WASH active

Divert fromsafe solids logic

EMERGENCYDIVERTpressed

DIVERT RESET pressed

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

no

yes

Figure 72 The divert decision logics

29

73 In operation logic

IN OPERATIONbutton pressed

yes

yes

yes

yes

no

no

wash done

no

no

no

Onlyinstrument

Washing

IN OPER pressed

Critical malfunction

WAIT(LIGHT BLINKING)

IN OPERATION(LIGHT ON RELAYS

10 11 ACTIVE)

Criticalmalfunction

NOT IN OPERATION(LIGHT OFF)

yes

Figure 73 Operation logic

Whether an instrument is in op-

eration depends on the opera-

torrsquos commands and the instru-

mentrsquos diagnostics The decision

is carried out as outlined in Fig-

ure 73

An instrument can be in one of

three different states IN OPER-

ATION NOT IN OPERATION and

WAITWhen the instrument is IN

OPERATION it is used in decid-

ing whether the solid content is

in the safe level (see Section 71)

When the instrument is NOT IN

OPERATION or WAIT states it is

not used

The WAIT state occurs when the

operator has requested the in-

strument to come into operation

by pressing the button but the

instrument is in the wash cycle

and will come into operation af-

ter the wash cycle is completed

The actual state can be seen from

the INOPERATION light If the light

is on the instrument is IN OPER-

ATION If the light is off the in-

strument is NOT IN OPERATION

and if the light is blinking it is in

the WAIT state

The default state of an instru-

ment is to be NOT IN OPERA-

TION It can be taken into op-

eration by pressing the IN OP-

ERATION button unless there is

a critical malfunction (see Sec-

tion 62)

An instrument automatically drops

into NOT IN OPERATION if there is a critical malfunction It may also be dropped by

the IN OPERATION button unless it is the only instrument used

30

74 Malfunction logic

Timeout frominstrument

Malfunction ininstrument

no

yes

yes

yes

no

no

Critical malfunc-tion in instr

NO MALFUNCTION

Remove instr from Divert use

MALFUNCTION

Figure 74 Malfunction logic (repeated for each sensor)

The MALFUNCTION light is illumi-

nated when the internal diagnos-

tics of either of the two instru-

ments indicates a malfunction or

there is a communication timeout

to either of the instruments (Fig-

ure 74)

It should be noted that not all mal-

functions are critical malfunctions

which drop the instrument from

operation (see Section 73) For a

complete list of possible malfunc-

tions see Section 62

TheMALFUNCTION light re983405lects the

decision taken by this logic How-

ever as the MALFUNCTION light is

one of the resettable alarms it

may be blinking even when the

malfunction itself is cleared if the

ALARM RESET button has not been

pressed (see Section 75)

31

75 Resettable alarm logic

UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM

(Blinking Relay 6 active)

ALARM(Light on Relay 6 inactive)

Alarm source active

ALARM RESETpressed

Alarm source active

yes

no

no

no

yes

yes

NO ALARM(Light off Relay 6 inactive)

Figure 75 The resettable alarm logic

In order to identify new alarms there

is a resettable alarm logic in the Di-

vert control unit There are four pos-

sible alarm sources SOLIDS ALARM

SOLIDSWARNINGAampBDIFFERENCE

and MALFUNCTION All of these fol-

low the same alarm reset rules (see

Figure 75)

Whenanew (unacknowledged) alarm

activates the corresponding light starts

blinking in the operator panel and re-

lay 6 is activated When the ALARM RE-

SET button is pressed relay 6 is inacti-

vated

The state of the alarm indicator in the

operator panel depends on whether

the cause for the alarm is still present

If the cause has cleared (eg solids

content has risen above the warn-

ing limit) the light goes off when

the ALARM RESET is pressed If the

cause has not cleared the light will be

steadily illuminated

A non-illuminated light means there

is no alarm A steadily illuminated

alarm light means there is a problem

which persists but the problem has

been acknowledged by pressing the

ALARM RESET A blinking light means

the problem has not been acknowl-

edged but givesno informationwhether

the problem is still there or not

32

76 Refractometer difference logic

If there are two refractometers in operation (taken into operation not washing) the

Control unit monitors the difference in reading between the two instruments (983405ig-

ure 76) If the difference ismore than 2 a refractometer differencewarning is given

with the corresponding front panel indicator and relay

The divert decision logic (section 72) is not affected by the refractometer difference

but a signi983405icant difference between the two instruments indicates one of the instru-

ments is not measuring reliably In this case the instruments and wash systems have

to be checked immediately Ignoring to do this may result in an erroneous divert de-

cision

no REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

|A-B| gt 2

2 instruments available

yes

no

no

yes

REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

Figure 76 Refractometer difference logic

33

77 Wash arbitration logic

The Divert Control Unit takes care that if there are two instruments in operation they

wonrsquotwash at the same time (as thatwould trip the system) This is doneby the simple

logic described in Figure 77

Each instrument control their ownwash cycle Before the start washing they request

a wash permission from the Divert Control Unit If the other instrument is already

washing the unit does not grant this permission until the wash cycle is completed

noWAIT

WASH

IDLE

The otherinstrumentwashing

yes

wash interval elapsed

wash done

the other instrument done washing

Figure 77 Wash arbitration logic

34

78 Wash check logic

Wash check

Wash tolerancetime gt 0

no

yes

yes

off

yes

on

no

Prism washsuccesful

Drop fromDivert use

Malfunction

Succesful washwithin tolerance

time

Prism wash failurePrism wash

warning

no

Normal operation

One w

ash

cyc

le

Figure 78 Wash check logic

By default the wash tolerance time is 0

35

8 Remote control interface

The remote interface is based on a web server inside the Divert Control Unit It con-

sists of several web pages easily accessible through the links on the navigation bar in

the left (see Figure 81)

The remote interface is optimized for the Firefox browser version 20 or newer al-

though it may work with other browsers Firefox is free and exists for Windows Mac

OS X and Linux it can be downloaded through httpwwwmozillacom

81 Divert Control Unit IP address

The Divert Control Unit can be reached through two different IP addresses In non-

networked applications (only a DD-23 and a single computer) the IP address is

1692542323 This IP address is factory set and cannot be changed If the Divert

Control Unit is to be connected to a network the network settings can be changed

through the parameter page of the remote interface (see Section 825)

82 The remote interface

821 Main page

The remote indicator main page gives a quick overview over system status

Figure 81 DD-23 Remote control main page

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

23

63 Diagnostic tools

In order to make troubleshooting easier there are several built-in diagnostic tools

An event log is built in the system A short log showing last 6 events can be accessed

from the transmitter main display by pressing the soft key DD23 A more complete

event log can be found in the web-based remote interface (see Section 824)

Figure 61 Transmitter log page for instrument A

The remote interface also provides a diagnostic page which gives full information on

the system state (concentrations relay state switch state indicator state) see Sec-

tion 823

64 Troubleshooting

641 A question mark () on the refractometer display

Cause The refractometer does not receive information request packets from the Di-

vert Control Unit This may be caused by a faulty cable faulty parameters or equip-

ment malfunction either in the refractometer or in the Divert Control Unit

Action If the instrument has never been functional or if it is possible someone has

changed the instrument parameters there may be a con983405iguration problem with the

IP addresses The IP address in the refractometer should be set as given in Section 54

If possible cross-check the addresses from the diagnostic web page

Aphysical problemcanbe ruledout by looking at a small LEDclose to the transmitterrsquos

Ethernet connector If the LED is green the cable is ok Oneway to isolate the problem

is to swap the cables between the refractometers A standard Ethernet cable can be

used as a troubleshooting aid (either straight-through or cross-over)

642 A refractometer refuses to come on-line

Cause Either there is no communication to the refractometer or there is a malfunc-

tionon the refractometer It is alsopossible the transmitter is not con983405igured forDivert

use

24

Action Check that there is aAbB on the refractometer display If there is a question

mark () instead see above

Check that there is a soft key DD23 on the refractometer main display (see Figure 62

below) If the soft key is not present in the main display the instrument is not con983405ig-

ured for Divert use If this is the case please contact K-Patents

In other cases check the diagnostic message on the refractometer screen (see Sec-

tion 62)

Figure 62 Transmitter main display instrument in Divert use

643 No lights come up in the Divert Control Unit

Cause There is no power on the instrument or there is a hardware fault

Action Check that the instrument receives power In normal operation several relays

have their associated LEDs lit If there are any LEDs lit in the Divert Control Unit the

unit receives power

644 All lights are blinking

Cause There is an unrecoverable hardware fault in the Divert Control Unit

Action Please contact K-Patents

65 Ethernet strain relief for transmitters

When transmitter door is opened the ethernet cable connecting the transmitter to

the Divert Unit may come off This can be 983405ixed bymounting a strain relief plate in the

transmitter

25

1 First screw on the strain relief plate

2 Fasten the ethernet cable to the relief plate with cable ties

3 Cut the ends of the cable ties

1

2

3

Figure 63 Mounting the strain relief

26

27

7 Divert control logics

A logical description of the system is provided to complement the operational descrip-

tion given in the previous chapters

71 Safety decision logic

The core of the Divert control system is the safety decision logic which makes the

ultimate decision whether the black liquor can be safely fed to the burner or not

The logic is described in the 983405low diagram in Figure 71 The factors affecting the de-

cision are the number of instruments in operation (none one or two) and their mea-

surement results Also the selected divert rule is taken into account when two instru-

ments are in operation For a description of different rules see Section 52

As a result of this logic the system is either in SAFE SOLIDS or UNSAFE SOLIDS state

When the system is in the SAFE SOLIDS state the SAFE SOLIDS light is illuminated

no

no no

no

yes

UNSAFE SOLIDSSAFE SOLIDS

NO INSTRU-MENTS

Rule 2-of-2

2 instrumentsavailable

1 instrumentavailable

Both ge 58

Either ge 58CONC ge58

yes

yesyes

yes

no

Rule 1-of-2yes

no

DIVERT

Figure 71 Safe solids decision logic

One instrument available maymean that only one instrument is in operation or that

both instruments are in operation but one of them is washing when queried

28

72 Divert decision logic

After the system has evaluated the solid contents to be either safe or unsafe (see Sec-

tion 71) it decides whether the the system should be in the DIVERT state This deci-

sion is made according to the 983405low diagram in Figure 72

Thedefault state of the system is theDIVERTstate It canbe changed to theNODIVERT

state only by manually pressing the DIVERT RESET push-button when the solid content

is suf983405icient (SAFE SOLIDS) If the solid content drops to UNSAFE the system drops

into the DIVERT state

The only exception to this is when the HEADERWASH is active In that case the solid

content checking is skipped The system may then be switched between the DIVERT

and NO DIVERT states by using the EMERGENCY DIVERT and DIVERT RESET push buttons

in the operator panel (or the equivalent external emergency divert and divert reset

buttons)

The system will drop to the DIVERT state in all cases when the EMERGENCY DIVERT

button (or its external counterpart) is pressed

NO DIVERT DIVERT

HEADER WASH active

Divert fromsafe solids logic

EMERGENCYDIVERTpressed

DIVERT RESET pressed

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

no

yes

Figure 72 The divert decision logics

29

73 In operation logic

IN OPERATIONbutton pressed

yes

yes

yes

yes

no

no

wash done

no

no

no

Onlyinstrument

Washing

IN OPER pressed

Critical malfunction

WAIT(LIGHT BLINKING)

IN OPERATION(LIGHT ON RELAYS

10 11 ACTIVE)

Criticalmalfunction

NOT IN OPERATION(LIGHT OFF)

yes

Figure 73 Operation logic

Whether an instrument is in op-

eration depends on the opera-

torrsquos commands and the instru-

mentrsquos diagnostics The decision

is carried out as outlined in Fig-

ure 73

An instrument can be in one of

three different states IN OPER-

ATION NOT IN OPERATION and

WAITWhen the instrument is IN

OPERATION it is used in decid-

ing whether the solid content is

in the safe level (see Section 71)

When the instrument is NOT IN

OPERATION or WAIT states it is

not used

The WAIT state occurs when the

operator has requested the in-

strument to come into operation

by pressing the button but the

instrument is in the wash cycle

and will come into operation af-

ter the wash cycle is completed

The actual state can be seen from

the INOPERATION light If the light

is on the instrument is IN OPER-

ATION If the light is off the in-

strument is NOT IN OPERATION

and if the light is blinking it is in

the WAIT state

The default state of an instru-

ment is to be NOT IN OPERA-

TION It can be taken into op-

eration by pressing the IN OP-

ERATION button unless there is

a critical malfunction (see Sec-

tion 62)

An instrument automatically drops

into NOT IN OPERATION if there is a critical malfunction It may also be dropped by

the IN OPERATION button unless it is the only instrument used

30

74 Malfunction logic

Timeout frominstrument

Malfunction ininstrument

no

yes

yes

yes

no

no

Critical malfunc-tion in instr

NO MALFUNCTION

Remove instr from Divert use

MALFUNCTION

Figure 74 Malfunction logic (repeated for each sensor)

The MALFUNCTION light is illumi-

nated when the internal diagnos-

tics of either of the two instru-

ments indicates a malfunction or

there is a communication timeout

to either of the instruments (Fig-

ure 74)

It should be noted that not all mal-

functions are critical malfunctions

which drop the instrument from

operation (see Section 73) For a

complete list of possible malfunc-

tions see Section 62

TheMALFUNCTION light re983405lects the

decision taken by this logic How-

ever as the MALFUNCTION light is

one of the resettable alarms it

may be blinking even when the

malfunction itself is cleared if the

ALARM RESET button has not been

pressed (see Section 75)

31

75 Resettable alarm logic

UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM

(Blinking Relay 6 active)

ALARM(Light on Relay 6 inactive)

Alarm source active

ALARM RESETpressed

Alarm source active

yes

no

no

no

yes

yes

NO ALARM(Light off Relay 6 inactive)

Figure 75 The resettable alarm logic

In order to identify new alarms there

is a resettable alarm logic in the Di-

vert control unit There are four pos-

sible alarm sources SOLIDS ALARM

SOLIDSWARNINGAampBDIFFERENCE

and MALFUNCTION All of these fol-

low the same alarm reset rules (see

Figure 75)

Whenanew (unacknowledged) alarm

activates the corresponding light starts

blinking in the operator panel and re-

lay 6 is activated When the ALARM RE-

SET button is pressed relay 6 is inacti-

vated

The state of the alarm indicator in the

operator panel depends on whether

the cause for the alarm is still present

If the cause has cleared (eg solids

content has risen above the warn-

ing limit) the light goes off when

the ALARM RESET is pressed If the

cause has not cleared the light will be

steadily illuminated

A non-illuminated light means there

is no alarm A steadily illuminated

alarm light means there is a problem

which persists but the problem has

been acknowledged by pressing the

ALARM RESET A blinking light means

the problem has not been acknowl-

edged but givesno informationwhether

the problem is still there or not

32

76 Refractometer difference logic

If there are two refractometers in operation (taken into operation not washing) the

Control unit monitors the difference in reading between the two instruments (983405ig-

ure 76) If the difference ismore than 2 a refractometer differencewarning is given

with the corresponding front panel indicator and relay

The divert decision logic (section 72) is not affected by the refractometer difference

but a signi983405icant difference between the two instruments indicates one of the instru-

ments is not measuring reliably In this case the instruments and wash systems have

to be checked immediately Ignoring to do this may result in an erroneous divert de-

cision

no REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

|A-B| gt 2

2 instruments available

yes

no

no

yes

REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

Figure 76 Refractometer difference logic

33

77 Wash arbitration logic

The Divert Control Unit takes care that if there are two instruments in operation they

wonrsquotwash at the same time (as thatwould trip the system) This is doneby the simple

logic described in Figure 77

Each instrument control their ownwash cycle Before the start washing they request

a wash permission from the Divert Control Unit If the other instrument is already

washing the unit does not grant this permission until the wash cycle is completed

noWAIT

WASH

IDLE

The otherinstrumentwashing

yes

wash interval elapsed

wash done

the other instrument done washing

Figure 77 Wash arbitration logic

34

78 Wash check logic

Wash check

Wash tolerancetime gt 0

no

yes

yes

off

yes

on

no

Prism washsuccesful

Drop fromDivert use

Malfunction

Succesful washwithin tolerance

time

Prism wash failurePrism wash

warning

no

Normal operation

One w

ash

cyc

le

Figure 78 Wash check logic

By default the wash tolerance time is 0

35

8 Remote control interface

The remote interface is based on a web server inside the Divert Control Unit It con-

sists of several web pages easily accessible through the links on the navigation bar in

the left (see Figure 81)

The remote interface is optimized for the Firefox browser version 20 or newer al-

though it may work with other browsers Firefox is free and exists for Windows Mac

OS X and Linux it can be downloaded through httpwwwmozillacom

81 Divert Control Unit IP address

The Divert Control Unit can be reached through two different IP addresses In non-

networked applications (only a DD-23 and a single computer) the IP address is

1692542323 This IP address is factory set and cannot be changed If the Divert

Control Unit is to be connected to a network the network settings can be changed

through the parameter page of the remote interface (see Section 825)

82 The remote interface

821 Main page

The remote indicator main page gives a quick overview over system status

Figure 81 DD-23 Remote control main page

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

24

Action Check that there is aAbB on the refractometer display If there is a question

mark () instead see above

Check that there is a soft key DD23 on the refractometer main display (see Figure 62

below) If the soft key is not present in the main display the instrument is not con983405ig-

ured for Divert use If this is the case please contact K-Patents

In other cases check the diagnostic message on the refractometer screen (see Sec-

tion 62)

Figure 62 Transmitter main display instrument in Divert use

643 No lights come up in the Divert Control Unit

Cause There is no power on the instrument or there is a hardware fault

Action Check that the instrument receives power In normal operation several relays

have their associated LEDs lit If there are any LEDs lit in the Divert Control Unit the

unit receives power

644 All lights are blinking

Cause There is an unrecoverable hardware fault in the Divert Control Unit

Action Please contact K-Patents

65 Ethernet strain relief for transmitters

When transmitter door is opened the ethernet cable connecting the transmitter to

the Divert Unit may come off This can be 983405ixed bymounting a strain relief plate in the

transmitter

25

1 First screw on the strain relief plate

2 Fasten the ethernet cable to the relief plate with cable ties

3 Cut the ends of the cable ties

1

2

3

Figure 63 Mounting the strain relief

26

27

7 Divert control logics

A logical description of the system is provided to complement the operational descrip-

tion given in the previous chapters

71 Safety decision logic

The core of the Divert control system is the safety decision logic which makes the

ultimate decision whether the black liquor can be safely fed to the burner or not

The logic is described in the 983405low diagram in Figure 71 The factors affecting the de-

cision are the number of instruments in operation (none one or two) and their mea-

surement results Also the selected divert rule is taken into account when two instru-

ments are in operation For a description of different rules see Section 52

As a result of this logic the system is either in SAFE SOLIDS or UNSAFE SOLIDS state

When the system is in the SAFE SOLIDS state the SAFE SOLIDS light is illuminated

no

no no

no

yes

UNSAFE SOLIDSSAFE SOLIDS

NO INSTRU-MENTS

Rule 2-of-2

2 instrumentsavailable

1 instrumentavailable

Both ge 58

Either ge 58CONC ge58

yes

yesyes

yes

no

Rule 1-of-2yes

no

DIVERT

Figure 71 Safe solids decision logic

One instrument available maymean that only one instrument is in operation or that

both instruments are in operation but one of them is washing when queried

28

72 Divert decision logic

After the system has evaluated the solid contents to be either safe or unsafe (see Sec-

tion 71) it decides whether the the system should be in the DIVERT state This deci-

sion is made according to the 983405low diagram in Figure 72

Thedefault state of the system is theDIVERTstate It canbe changed to theNODIVERT

state only by manually pressing the DIVERT RESET push-button when the solid content

is suf983405icient (SAFE SOLIDS) If the solid content drops to UNSAFE the system drops

into the DIVERT state

The only exception to this is when the HEADERWASH is active In that case the solid

content checking is skipped The system may then be switched between the DIVERT

and NO DIVERT states by using the EMERGENCY DIVERT and DIVERT RESET push buttons

in the operator panel (or the equivalent external emergency divert and divert reset

buttons)

The system will drop to the DIVERT state in all cases when the EMERGENCY DIVERT

button (or its external counterpart) is pressed

NO DIVERT DIVERT

HEADER WASH active

Divert fromsafe solids logic

EMERGENCYDIVERTpressed

DIVERT RESET pressed

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

no

yes

Figure 72 The divert decision logics

29

73 In operation logic

IN OPERATIONbutton pressed

yes

yes

yes

yes

no

no

wash done

no

no

no

Onlyinstrument

Washing

IN OPER pressed

Critical malfunction

WAIT(LIGHT BLINKING)

IN OPERATION(LIGHT ON RELAYS

10 11 ACTIVE)

Criticalmalfunction

NOT IN OPERATION(LIGHT OFF)

yes

Figure 73 Operation logic

Whether an instrument is in op-

eration depends on the opera-

torrsquos commands and the instru-

mentrsquos diagnostics The decision

is carried out as outlined in Fig-

ure 73

An instrument can be in one of

three different states IN OPER-

ATION NOT IN OPERATION and

WAITWhen the instrument is IN

OPERATION it is used in decid-

ing whether the solid content is

in the safe level (see Section 71)

When the instrument is NOT IN

OPERATION or WAIT states it is

not used

The WAIT state occurs when the

operator has requested the in-

strument to come into operation

by pressing the button but the

instrument is in the wash cycle

and will come into operation af-

ter the wash cycle is completed

The actual state can be seen from

the INOPERATION light If the light

is on the instrument is IN OPER-

ATION If the light is off the in-

strument is NOT IN OPERATION

and if the light is blinking it is in

the WAIT state

The default state of an instru-

ment is to be NOT IN OPERA-

TION It can be taken into op-

eration by pressing the IN OP-

ERATION button unless there is

a critical malfunction (see Sec-

tion 62)

An instrument automatically drops

into NOT IN OPERATION if there is a critical malfunction It may also be dropped by

the IN OPERATION button unless it is the only instrument used

30

74 Malfunction logic

Timeout frominstrument

Malfunction ininstrument

no

yes

yes

yes

no

no

Critical malfunc-tion in instr

NO MALFUNCTION

Remove instr from Divert use

MALFUNCTION

Figure 74 Malfunction logic (repeated for each sensor)

The MALFUNCTION light is illumi-

nated when the internal diagnos-

tics of either of the two instru-

ments indicates a malfunction or

there is a communication timeout

to either of the instruments (Fig-

ure 74)

It should be noted that not all mal-

functions are critical malfunctions

which drop the instrument from

operation (see Section 73) For a

complete list of possible malfunc-

tions see Section 62

TheMALFUNCTION light re983405lects the

decision taken by this logic How-

ever as the MALFUNCTION light is

one of the resettable alarms it

may be blinking even when the

malfunction itself is cleared if the

ALARM RESET button has not been

pressed (see Section 75)

31

75 Resettable alarm logic

UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM

(Blinking Relay 6 active)

ALARM(Light on Relay 6 inactive)

Alarm source active

ALARM RESETpressed

Alarm source active

yes

no

no

no

yes

yes

NO ALARM(Light off Relay 6 inactive)

Figure 75 The resettable alarm logic

In order to identify new alarms there

is a resettable alarm logic in the Di-

vert control unit There are four pos-

sible alarm sources SOLIDS ALARM

SOLIDSWARNINGAampBDIFFERENCE

and MALFUNCTION All of these fol-

low the same alarm reset rules (see

Figure 75)

Whenanew (unacknowledged) alarm

activates the corresponding light starts

blinking in the operator panel and re-

lay 6 is activated When the ALARM RE-

SET button is pressed relay 6 is inacti-

vated

The state of the alarm indicator in the

operator panel depends on whether

the cause for the alarm is still present

If the cause has cleared (eg solids

content has risen above the warn-

ing limit) the light goes off when

the ALARM RESET is pressed If the

cause has not cleared the light will be

steadily illuminated

A non-illuminated light means there

is no alarm A steadily illuminated

alarm light means there is a problem

which persists but the problem has

been acknowledged by pressing the

ALARM RESET A blinking light means

the problem has not been acknowl-

edged but givesno informationwhether

the problem is still there or not

32

76 Refractometer difference logic

If there are two refractometers in operation (taken into operation not washing) the

Control unit monitors the difference in reading between the two instruments (983405ig-

ure 76) If the difference ismore than 2 a refractometer differencewarning is given

with the corresponding front panel indicator and relay

The divert decision logic (section 72) is not affected by the refractometer difference

but a signi983405icant difference between the two instruments indicates one of the instru-

ments is not measuring reliably In this case the instruments and wash systems have

to be checked immediately Ignoring to do this may result in an erroneous divert de-

cision

no REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

|A-B| gt 2

2 instruments available

yes

no

no

yes

REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

Figure 76 Refractometer difference logic

33

77 Wash arbitration logic

The Divert Control Unit takes care that if there are two instruments in operation they

wonrsquotwash at the same time (as thatwould trip the system) This is doneby the simple

logic described in Figure 77

Each instrument control their ownwash cycle Before the start washing they request

a wash permission from the Divert Control Unit If the other instrument is already

washing the unit does not grant this permission until the wash cycle is completed

noWAIT

WASH

IDLE

The otherinstrumentwashing

yes

wash interval elapsed

wash done

the other instrument done washing

Figure 77 Wash arbitration logic

34

78 Wash check logic

Wash check

Wash tolerancetime gt 0

no

yes

yes

off

yes

on

no

Prism washsuccesful

Drop fromDivert use

Malfunction

Succesful washwithin tolerance

time

Prism wash failurePrism wash

warning

no

Normal operation

One w

ash

cyc

le

Figure 78 Wash check logic

By default the wash tolerance time is 0

35

8 Remote control interface

The remote interface is based on a web server inside the Divert Control Unit It con-

sists of several web pages easily accessible through the links on the navigation bar in

the left (see Figure 81)

The remote interface is optimized for the Firefox browser version 20 or newer al-

though it may work with other browsers Firefox is free and exists for Windows Mac

OS X and Linux it can be downloaded through httpwwwmozillacom

81 Divert Control Unit IP address

The Divert Control Unit can be reached through two different IP addresses In non-

networked applications (only a DD-23 and a single computer) the IP address is

1692542323 This IP address is factory set and cannot be changed If the Divert

Control Unit is to be connected to a network the network settings can be changed

through the parameter page of the remote interface (see Section 825)

82 The remote interface

821 Main page

The remote indicator main page gives a quick overview over system status

Figure 81 DD-23 Remote control main page

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

25

1 First screw on the strain relief plate

2 Fasten the ethernet cable to the relief plate with cable ties

3 Cut the ends of the cable ties

1

2

3

Figure 63 Mounting the strain relief

26

27

7 Divert control logics

A logical description of the system is provided to complement the operational descrip-

tion given in the previous chapters

71 Safety decision logic

The core of the Divert control system is the safety decision logic which makes the

ultimate decision whether the black liquor can be safely fed to the burner or not

The logic is described in the 983405low diagram in Figure 71 The factors affecting the de-

cision are the number of instruments in operation (none one or two) and their mea-

surement results Also the selected divert rule is taken into account when two instru-

ments are in operation For a description of different rules see Section 52

As a result of this logic the system is either in SAFE SOLIDS or UNSAFE SOLIDS state

When the system is in the SAFE SOLIDS state the SAFE SOLIDS light is illuminated

no

no no

no

yes

UNSAFE SOLIDSSAFE SOLIDS

NO INSTRU-MENTS

Rule 2-of-2

2 instrumentsavailable

1 instrumentavailable

Both ge 58

Either ge 58CONC ge58

yes

yesyes

yes

no

Rule 1-of-2yes

no

DIVERT

Figure 71 Safe solids decision logic

One instrument available maymean that only one instrument is in operation or that

both instruments are in operation but one of them is washing when queried

28

72 Divert decision logic

After the system has evaluated the solid contents to be either safe or unsafe (see Sec-

tion 71) it decides whether the the system should be in the DIVERT state This deci-

sion is made according to the 983405low diagram in Figure 72

Thedefault state of the system is theDIVERTstate It canbe changed to theNODIVERT

state only by manually pressing the DIVERT RESET push-button when the solid content

is suf983405icient (SAFE SOLIDS) If the solid content drops to UNSAFE the system drops

into the DIVERT state

The only exception to this is when the HEADERWASH is active In that case the solid

content checking is skipped The system may then be switched between the DIVERT

and NO DIVERT states by using the EMERGENCY DIVERT and DIVERT RESET push buttons

in the operator panel (or the equivalent external emergency divert and divert reset

buttons)

The system will drop to the DIVERT state in all cases when the EMERGENCY DIVERT

button (or its external counterpart) is pressed

NO DIVERT DIVERT

HEADER WASH active

Divert fromsafe solids logic

EMERGENCYDIVERTpressed

DIVERT RESET pressed

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

no

yes

Figure 72 The divert decision logics

29

73 In operation logic

IN OPERATIONbutton pressed

yes

yes

yes

yes

no

no

wash done

no

no

no

Onlyinstrument

Washing

IN OPER pressed

Critical malfunction

WAIT(LIGHT BLINKING)

IN OPERATION(LIGHT ON RELAYS

10 11 ACTIVE)

Criticalmalfunction

NOT IN OPERATION(LIGHT OFF)

yes

Figure 73 Operation logic

Whether an instrument is in op-

eration depends on the opera-

torrsquos commands and the instru-

mentrsquos diagnostics The decision

is carried out as outlined in Fig-

ure 73

An instrument can be in one of

three different states IN OPER-

ATION NOT IN OPERATION and

WAITWhen the instrument is IN

OPERATION it is used in decid-

ing whether the solid content is

in the safe level (see Section 71)

When the instrument is NOT IN

OPERATION or WAIT states it is

not used

The WAIT state occurs when the

operator has requested the in-

strument to come into operation

by pressing the button but the

instrument is in the wash cycle

and will come into operation af-

ter the wash cycle is completed

The actual state can be seen from

the INOPERATION light If the light

is on the instrument is IN OPER-

ATION If the light is off the in-

strument is NOT IN OPERATION

and if the light is blinking it is in

the WAIT state

The default state of an instru-

ment is to be NOT IN OPERA-

TION It can be taken into op-

eration by pressing the IN OP-

ERATION button unless there is

a critical malfunction (see Sec-

tion 62)

An instrument automatically drops

into NOT IN OPERATION if there is a critical malfunction It may also be dropped by

the IN OPERATION button unless it is the only instrument used

30

74 Malfunction logic

Timeout frominstrument

Malfunction ininstrument

no

yes

yes

yes

no

no

Critical malfunc-tion in instr

NO MALFUNCTION

Remove instr from Divert use

MALFUNCTION

Figure 74 Malfunction logic (repeated for each sensor)

The MALFUNCTION light is illumi-

nated when the internal diagnos-

tics of either of the two instru-

ments indicates a malfunction or

there is a communication timeout

to either of the instruments (Fig-

ure 74)

It should be noted that not all mal-

functions are critical malfunctions

which drop the instrument from

operation (see Section 73) For a

complete list of possible malfunc-

tions see Section 62

TheMALFUNCTION light re983405lects the

decision taken by this logic How-

ever as the MALFUNCTION light is

one of the resettable alarms it

may be blinking even when the

malfunction itself is cleared if the

ALARM RESET button has not been

pressed (see Section 75)

31

75 Resettable alarm logic

UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM

(Blinking Relay 6 active)

ALARM(Light on Relay 6 inactive)

Alarm source active

ALARM RESETpressed

Alarm source active

yes

no

no

no

yes

yes

NO ALARM(Light off Relay 6 inactive)

Figure 75 The resettable alarm logic

In order to identify new alarms there

is a resettable alarm logic in the Di-

vert control unit There are four pos-

sible alarm sources SOLIDS ALARM

SOLIDSWARNINGAampBDIFFERENCE

and MALFUNCTION All of these fol-

low the same alarm reset rules (see

Figure 75)

Whenanew (unacknowledged) alarm

activates the corresponding light starts

blinking in the operator panel and re-

lay 6 is activated When the ALARM RE-

SET button is pressed relay 6 is inacti-

vated

The state of the alarm indicator in the

operator panel depends on whether

the cause for the alarm is still present

If the cause has cleared (eg solids

content has risen above the warn-

ing limit) the light goes off when

the ALARM RESET is pressed If the

cause has not cleared the light will be

steadily illuminated

A non-illuminated light means there

is no alarm A steadily illuminated

alarm light means there is a problem

which persists but the problem has

been acknowledged by pressing the

ALARM RESET A blinking light means

the problem has not been acknowl-

edged but givesno informationwhether

the problem is still there or not

32

76 Refractometer difference logic

If there are two refractometers in operation (taken into operation not washing) the

Control unit monitors the difference in reading between the two instruments (983405ig-

ure 76) If the difference ismore than 2 a refractometer differencewarning is given

with the corresponding front panel indicator and relay

The divert decision logic (section 72) is not affected by the refractometer difference

but a signi983405icant difference between the two instruments indicates one of the instru-

ments is not measuring reliably In this case the instruments and wash systems have

to be checked immediately Ignoring to do this may result in an erroneous divert de-

cision

no REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

|A-B| gt 2

2 instruments available

yes

no

no

yes

REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

Figure 76 Refractometer difference logic

33

77 Wash arbitration logic

The Divert Control Unit takes care that if there are two instruments in operation they

wonrsquotwash at the same time (as thatwould trip the system) This is doneby the simple

logic described in Figure 77

Each instrument control their ownwash cycle Before the start washing they request

a wash permission from the Divert Control Unit If the other instrument is already

washing the unit does not grant this permission until the wash cycle is completed

noWAIT

WASH

IDLE

The otherinstrumentwashing

yes

wash interval elapsed

wash done

the other instrument done washing

Figure 77 Wash arbitration logic

34

78 Wash check logic

Wash check

Wash tolerancetime gt 0

no

yes

yes

off

yes

on

no

Prism washsuccesful

Drop fromDivert use

Malfunction

Succesful washwithin tolerance

time

Prism wash failurePrism wash

warning

no

Normal operation

One w

ash

cyc

le

Figure 78 Wash check logic

By default the wash tolerance time is 0

35

8 Remote control interface

The remote interface is based on a web server inside the Divert Control Unit It con-

sists of several web pages easily accessible through the links on the navigation bar in

the left (see Figure 81)

The remote interface is optimized for the Firefox browser version 20 or newer al-

though it may work with other browsers Firefox is free and exists for Windows Mac

OS X and Linux it can be downloaded through httpwwwmozillacom

81 Divert Control Unit IP address

The Divert Control Unit can be reached through two different IP addresses In non-

networked applications (only a DD-23 and a single computer) the IP address is

1692542323 This IP address is factory set and cannot be changed If the Divert

Control Unit is to be connected to a network the network settings can be changed

through the parameter page of the remote interface (see Section 825)

82 The remote interface

821 Main page

The remote indicator main page gives a quick overview over system status

Figure 81 DD-23 Remote control main page

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

26

27

7 Divert control logics

A logical description of the system is provided to complement the operational descrip-

tion given in the previous chapters

71 Safety decision logic

The core of the Divert control system is the safety decision logic which makes the

ultimate decision whether the black liquor can be safely fed to the burner or not

The logic is described in the 983405low diagram in Figure 71 The factors affecting the de-

cision are the number of instruments in operation (none one or two) and their mea-

surement results Also the selected divert rule is taken into account when two instru-

ments are in operation For a description of different rules see Section 52

As a result of this logic the system is either in SAFE SOLIDS or UNSAFE SOLIDS state

When the system is in the SAFE SOLIDS state the SAFE SOLIDS light is illuminated

no

no no

no

yes

UNSAFE SOLIDSSAFE SOLIDS

NO INSTRU-MENTS

Rule 2-of-2

2 instrumentsavailable

1 instrumentavailable

Both ge 58

Either ge 58CONC ge58

yes

yesyes

yes

no

Rule 1-of-2yes

no

DIVERT

Figure 71 Safe solids decision logic

One instrument available maymean that only one instrument is in operation or that

both instruments are in operation but one of them is washing when queried

28

72 Divert decision logic

After the system has evaluated the solid contents to be either safe or unsafe (see Sec-

tion 71) it decides whether the the system should be in the DIVERT state This deci-

sion is made according to the 983405low diagram in Figure 72

Thedefault state of the system is theDIVERTstate It canbe changed to theNODIVERT

state only by manually pressing the DIVERT RESET push-button when the solid content

is suf983405icient (SAFE SOLIDS) If the solid content drops to UNSAFE the system drops

into the DIVERT state

The only exception to this is when the HEADERWASH is active In that case the solid

content checking is skipped The system may then be switched between the DIVERT

and NO DIVERT states by using the EMERGENCY DIVERT and DIVERT RESET push buttons

in the operator panel (or the equivalent external emergency divert and divert reset

buttons)

The system will drop to the DIVERT state in all cases when the EMERGENCY DIVERT

button (or its external counterpart) is pressed

NO DIVERT DIVERT

HEADER WASH active

Divert fromsafe solids logic

EMERGENCYDIVERTpressed

DIVERT RESET pressed

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

no

yes

Figure 72 The divert decision logics

29

73 In operation logic

IN OPERATIONbutton pressed

yes

yes

yes

yes

no

no

wash done

no

no

no

Onlyinstrument

Washing

IN OPER pressed

Critical malfunction

WAIT(LIGHT BLINKING)

IN OPERATION(LIGHT ON RELAYS

10 11 ACTIVE)

Criticalmalfunction

NOT IN OPERATION(LIGHT OFF)

yes

Figure 73 Operation logic

Whether an instrument is in op-

eration depends on the opera-

torrsquos commands and the instru-

mentrsquos diagnostics The decision

is carried out as outlined in Fig-

ure 73

An instrument can be in one of

three different states IN OPER-

ATION NOT IN OPERATION and

WAITWhen the instrument is IN

OPERATION it is used in decid-

ing whether the solid content is

in the safe level (see Section 71)

When the instrument is NOT IN

OPERATION or WAIT states it is

not used

The WAIT state occurs when the

operator has requested the in-

strument to come into operation

by pressing the button but the

instrument is in the wash cycle

and will come into operation af-

ter the wash cycle is completed

The actual state can be seen from

the INOPERATION light If the light

is on the instrument is IN OPER-

ATION If the light is off the in-

strument is NOT IN OPERATION

and if the light is blinking it is in

the WAIT state

The default state of an instru-

ment is to be NOT IN OPERA-

TION It can be taken into op-

eration by pressing the IN OP-

ERATION button unless there is

a critical malfunction (see Sec-

tion 62)

An instrument automatically drops

into NOT IN OPERATION if there is a critical malfunction It may also be dropped by

the IN OPERATION button unless it is the only instrument used

30

74 Malfunction logic

Timeout frominstrument

Malfunction ininstrument

no

yes

yes

yes

no

no

Critical malfunc-tion in instr

NO MALFUNCTION

Remove instr from Divert use

MALFUNCTION

Figure 74 Malfunction logic (repeated for each sensor)

The MALFUNCTION light is illumi-

nated when the internal diagnos-

tics of either of the two instru-

ments indicates a malfunction or

there is a communication timeout

to either of the instruments (Fig-

ure 74)

It should be noted that not all mal-

functions are critical malfunctions

which drop the instrument from

operation (see Section 73) For a

complete list of possible malfunc-

tions see Section 62

TheMALFUNCTION light re983405lects the

decision taken by this logic How-

ever as the MALFUNCTION light is

one of the resettable alarms it

may be blinking even when the

malfunction itself is cleared if the

ALARM RESET button has not been

pressed (see Section 75)

31

75 Resettable alarm logic

UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM

(Blinking Relay 6 active)

ALARM(Light on Relay 6 inactive)

Alarm source active

ALARM RESETpressed

Alarm source active

yes

no

no

no

yes

yes

NO ALARM(Light off Relay 6 inactive)

Figure 75 The resettable alarm logic

In order to identify new alarms there

is a resettable alarm logic in the Di-

vert control unit There are four pos-

sible alarm sources SOLIDS ALARM

SOLIDSWARNINGAampBDIFFERENCE

and MALFUNCTION All of these fol-

low the same alarm reset rules (see

Figure 75)

Whenanew (unacknowledged) alarm

activates the corresponding light starts

blinking in the operator panel and re-

lay 6 is activated When the ALARM RE-

SET button is pressed relay 6 is inacti-

vated

The state of the alarm indicator in the

operator panel depends on whether

the cause for the alarm is still present

If the cause has cleared (eg solids

content has risen above the warn-

ing limit) the light goes off when

the ALARM RESET is pressed If the

cause has not cleared the light will be

steadily illuminated

A non-illuminated light means there

is no alarm A steadily illuminated

alarm light means there is a problem

which persists but the problem has

been acknowledged by pressing the

ALARM RESET A blinking light means

the problem has not been acknowl-

edged but givesno informationwhether

the problem is still there or not

32

76 Refractometer difference logic

If there are two refractometers in operation (taken into operation not washing) the

Control unit monitors the difference in reading between the two instruments (983405ig-

ure 76) If the difference ismore than 2 a refractometer differencewarning is given

with the corresponding front panel indicator and relay

The divert decision logic (section 72) is not affected by the refractometer difference

but a signi983405icant difference between the two instruments indicates one of the instru-

ments is not measuring reliably In this case the instruments and wash systems have

to be checked immediately Ignoring to do this may result in an erroneous divert de-

cision

no REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

|A-B| gt 2

2 instruments available

yes

no

no

yes

REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

Figure 76 Refractometer difference logic

33

77 Wash arbitration logic

The Divert Control Unit takes care that if there are two instruments in operation they

wonrsquotwash at the same time (as thatwould trip the system) This is doneby the simple

logic described in Figure 77

Each instrument control their ownwash cycle Before the start washing they request

a wash permission from the Divert Control Unit If the other instrument is already

washing the unit does not grant this permission until the wash cycle is completed

noWAIT

WASH

IDLE

The otherinstrumentwashing

yes

wash interval elapsed

wash done

the other instrument done washing

Figure 77 Wash arbitration logic

34

78 Wash check logic

Wash check

Wash tolerancetime gt 0

no

yes

yes

off

yes

on

no

Prism washsuccesful

Drop fromDivert use

Malfunction

Succesful washwithin tolerance

time

Prism wash failurePrism wash

warning

no

Normal operation

One w

ash

cyc

le

Figure 78 Wash check logic

By default the wash tolerance time is 0

35

8 Remote control interface

The remote interface is based on a web server inside the Divert Control Unit It con-

sists of several web pages easily accessible through the links on the navigation bar in

the left (see Figure 81)

The remote interface is optimized for the Firefox browser version 20 or newer al-

though it may work with other browsers Firefox is free and exists for Windows Mac

OS X and Linux it can be downloaded through httpwwwmozillacom

81 Divert Control Unit IP address

The Divert Control Unit can be reached through two different IP addresses In non-

networked applications (only a DD-23 and a single computer) the IP address is

1692542323 This IP address is factory set and cannot be changed If the Divert

Control Unit is to be connected to a network the network settings can be changed

through the parameter page of the remote interface (see Section 825)

82 The remote interface

821 Main page

The remote indicator main page gives a quick overview over system status

Figure 81 DD-23 Remote control main page

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

27

7 Divert control logics

A logical description of the system is provided to complement the operational descrip-

tion given in the previous chapters

71 Safety decision logic

The core of the Divert control system is the safety decision logic which makes the

ultimate decision whether the black liquor can be safely fed to the burner or not

The logic is described in the 983405low diagram in Figure 71 The factors affecting the de-

cision are the number of instruments in operation (none one or two) and their mea-

surement results Also the selected divert rule is taken into account when two instru-

ments are in operation For a description of different rules see Section 52

As a result of this logic the system is either in SAFE SOLIDS or UNSAFE SOLIDS state

When the system is in the SAFE SOLIDS state the SAFE SOLIDS light is illuminated

no

no no

no

yes

UNSAFE SOLIDSSAFE SOLIDS

NO INSTRU-MENTS

Rule 2-of-2

2 instrumentsavailable

1 instrumentavailable

Both ge 58

Either ge 58CONC ge58

yes

yesyes

yes

no

Rule 1-of-2yes

no

DIVERT

Figure 71 Safe solids decision logic

One instrument available maymean that only one instrument is in operation or that

both instruments are in operation but one of them is washing when queried

28

72 Divert decision logic

After the system has evaluated the solid contents to be either safe or unsafe (see Sec-

tion 71) it decides whether the the system should be in the DIVERT state This deci-

sion is made according to the 983405low diagram in Figure 72

Thedefault state of the system is theDIVERTstate It canbe changed to theNODIVERT

state only by manually pressing the DIVERT RESET push-button when the solid content

is suf983405icient (SAFE SOLIDS) If the solid content drops to UNSAFE the system drops

into the DIVERT state

The only exception to this is when the HEADERWASH is active In that case the solid

content checking is skipped The system may then be switched between the DIVERT

and NO DIVERT states by using the EMERGENCY DIVERT and DIVERT RESET push buttons

in the operator panel (or the equivalent external emergency divert and divert reset

buttons)

The system will drop to the DIVERT state in all cases when the EMERGENCY DIVERT

button (or its external counterpart) is pressed

NO DIVERT DIVERT

HEADER WASH active

Divert fromsafe solids logic

EMERGENCYDIVERTpressed

DIVERT RESET pressed

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

no

yes

Figure 72 The divert decision logics

29

73 In operation logic

IN OPERATIONbutton pressed

yes

yes

yes

yes

no

no

wash done

no

no

no

Onlyinstrument

Washing

IN OPER pressed

Critical malfunction

WAIT(LIGHT BLINKING)

IN OPERATION(LIGHT ON RELAYS

10 11 ACTIVE)

Criticalmalfunction

NOT IN OPERATION(LIGHT OFF)

yes

Figure 73 Operation logic

Whether an instrument is in op-

eration depends on the opera-

torrsquos commands and the instru-

mentrsquos diagnostics The decision

is carried out as outlined in Fig-

ure 73

An instrument can be in one of

three different states IN OPER-

ATION NOT IN OPERATION and

WAITWhen the instrument is IN

OPERATION it is used in decid-

ing whether the solid content is

in the safe level (see Section 71)

When the instrument is NOT IN

OPERATION or WAIT states it is

not used

The WAIT state occurs when the

operator has requested the in-

strument to come into operation

by pressing the button but the

instrument is in the wash cycle

and will come into operation af-

ter the wash cycle is completed

The actual state can be seen from

the INOPERATION light If the light

is on the instrument is IN OPER-

ATION If the light is off the in-

strument is NOT IN OPERATION

and if the light is blinking it is in

the WAIT state

The default state of an instru-

ment is to be NOT IN OPERA-

TION It can be taken into op-

eration by pressing the IN OP-

ERATION button unless there is

a critical malfunction (see Sec-

tion 62)

An instrument automatically drops

into NOT IN OPERATION if there is a critical malfunction It may also be dropped by

the IN OPERATION button unless it is the only instrument used

30

74 Malfunction logic

Timeout frominstrument

Malfunction ininstrument

no

yes

yes

yes

no

no

Critical malfunc-tion in instr

NO MALFUNCTION

Remove instr from Divert use

MALFUNCTION

Figure 74 Malfunction logic (repeated for each sensor)

The MALFUNCTION light is illumi-

nated when the internal diagnos-

tics of either of the two instru-

ments indicates a malfunction or

there is a communication timeout

to either of the instruments (Fig-

ure 74)

It should be noted that not all mal-

functions are critical malfunctions

which drop the instrument from

operation (see Section 73) For a

complete list of possible malfunc-

tions see Section 62

TheMALFUNCTION light re983405lects the

decision taken by this logic How-

ever as the MALFUNCTION light is

one of the resettable alarms it

may be blinking even when the

malfunction itself is cleared if the

ALARM RESET button has not been

pressed (see Section 75)

31

75 Resettable alarm logic

UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM

(Blinking Relay 6 active)

ALARM(Light on Relay 6 inactive)

Alarm source active

ALARM RESETpressed

Alarm source active

yes

no

no

no

yes

yes

NO ALARM(Light off Relay 6 inactive)

Figure 75 The resettable alarm logic

In order to identify new alarms there

is a resettable alarm logic in the Di-

vert control unit There are four pos-

sible alarm sources SOLIDS ALARM

SOLIDSWARNINGAampBDIFFERENCE

and MALFUNCTION All of these fol-

low the same alarm reset rules (see

Figure 75)

Whenanew (unacknowledged) alarm

activates the corresponding light starts

blinking in the operator panel and re-

lay 6 is activated When the ALARM RE-

SET button is pressed relay 6 is inacti-

vated

The state of the alarm indicator in the

operator panel depends on whether

the cause for the alarm is still present

If the cause has cleared (eg solids

content has risen above the warn-

ing limit) the light goes off when

the ALARM RESET is pressed If the

cause has not cleared the light will be

steadily illuminated

A non-illuminated light means there

is no alarm A steadily illuminated

alarm light means there is a problem

which persists but the problem has

been acknowledged by pressing the

ALARM RESET A blinking light means

the problem has not been acknowl-

edged but givesno informationwhether

the problem is still there or not

32

76 Refractometer difference logic

If there are two refractometers in operation (taken into operation not washing) the

Control unit monitors the difference in reading between the two instruments (983405ig-

ure 76) If the difference ismore than 2 a refractometer differencewarning is given

with the corresponding front panel indicator and relay

The divert decision logic (section 72) is not affected by the refractometer difference

but a signi983405icant difference between the two instruments indicates one of the instru-

ments is not measuring reliably In this case the instruments and wash systems have

to be checked immediately Ignoring to do this may result in an erroneous divert de-

cision

no REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

|A-B| gt 2

2 instruments available

yes

no

no

yes

REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

Figure 76 Refractometer difference logic

33

77 Wash arbitration logic

The Divert Control Unit takes care that if there are two instruments in operation they

wonrsquotwash at the same time (as thatwould trip the system) This is doneby the simple

logic described in Figure 77

Each instrument control their ownwash cycle Before the start washing they request

a wash permission from the Divert Control Unit If the other instrument is already

washing the unit does not grant this permission until the wash cycle is completed

noWAIT

WASH

IDLE

The otherinstrumentwashing

yes

wash interval elapsed

wash done

the other instrument done washing

Figure 77 Wash arbitration logic

34

78 Wash check logic

Wash check

Wash tolerancetime gt 0

no

yes

yes

off

yes

on

no

Prism washsuccesful

Drop fromDivert use

Malfunction

Succesful washwithin tolerance

time

Prism wash failurePrism wash

warning

no

Normal operation

One w

ash

cyc

le

Figure 78 Wash check logic

By default the wash tolerance time is 0

35

8 Remote control interface

The remote interface is based on a web server inside the Divert Control Unit It con-

sists of several web pages easily accessible through the links on the navigation bar in

the left (see Figure 81)

The remote interface is optimized for the Firefox browser version 20 or newer al-

though it may work with other browsers Firefox is free and exists for Windows Mac

OS X and Linux it can be downloaded through httpwwwmozillacom

81 Divert Control Unit IP address

The Divert Control Unit can be reached through two different IP addresses In non-

networked applications (only a DD-23 and a single computer) the IP address is

1692542323 This IP address is factory set and cannot be changed If the Divert

Control Unit is to be connected to a network the network settings can be changed

through the parameter page of the remote interface (see Section 825)

82 The remote interface

821 Main page

The remote indicator main page gives a quick overview over system status

Figure 81 DD-23 Remote control main page

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

28

72 Divert decision logic

After the system has evaluated the solid contents to be either safe or unsafe (see Sec-

tion 71) it decides whether the the system should be in the DIVERT state This deci-

sion is made according to the 983405low diagram in Figure 72

Thedefault state of the system is theDIVERTstate It canbe changed to theNODIVERT

state only by manually pressing the DIVERT RESET push-button when the solid content

is suf983405icient (SAFE SOLIDS) If the solid content drops to UNSAFE the system drops

into the DIVERT state

The only exception to this is when the HEADERWASH is active In that case the solid

content checking is skipped The system may then be switched between the DIVERT

and NO DIVERT states by using the EMERGENCY DIVERT and DIVERT RESET push buttons

in the operator panel (or the equivalent external emergency divert and divert reset

buttons)

The system will drop to the DIVERT state in all cases when the EMERGENCY DIVERT

button (or its external counterpart) is pressed

NO DIVERT DIVERT

HEADER WASH active

Divert fromsafe solids logic

EMERGENCYDIVERTpressed

DIVERT RESET pressed

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

no

yes

Figure 72 The divert decision logics

29

73 In operation logic

IN OPERATIONbutton pressed

yes

yes

yes

yes

no

no

wash done

no

no

no

Onlyinstrument

Washing

IN OPER pressed

Critical malfunction

WAIT(LIGHT BLINKING)

IN OPERATION(LIGHT ON RELAYS

10 11 ACTIVE)

Criticalmalfunction

NOT IN OPERATION(LIGHT OFF)

yes

Figure 73 Operation logic

Whether an instrument is in op-

eration depends on the opera-

torrsquos commands and the instru-

mentrsquos diagnostics The decision

is carried out as outlined in Fig-

ure 73

An instrument can be in one of

three different states IN OPER-

ATION NOT IN OPERATION and

WAITWhen the instrument is IN

OPERATION it is used in decid-

ing whether the solid content is

in the safe level (see Section 71)

When the instrument is NOT IN

OPERATION or WAIT states it is

not used

The WAIT state occurs when the

operator has requested the in-

strument to come into operation

by pressing the button but the

instrument is in the wash cycle

and will come into operation af-

ter the wash cycle is completed

The actual state can be seen from

the INOPERATION light If the light

is on the instrument is IN OPER-

ATION If the light is off the in-

strument is NOT IN OPERATION

and if the light is blinking it is in

the WAIT state

The default state of an instru-

ment is to be NOT IN OPERA-

TION It can be taken into op-

eration by pressing the IN OP-

ERATION button unless there is

a critical malfunction (see Sec-

tion 62)

An instrument automatically drops

into NOT IN OPERATION if there is a critical malfunction It may also be dropped by

the IN OPERATION button unless it is the only instrument used

30

74 Malfunction logic

Timeout frominstrument

Malfunction ininstrument

no

yes

yes

yes

no

no

Critical malfunc-tion in instr

NO MALFUNCTION

Remove instr from Divert use

MALFUNCTION

Figure 74 Malfunction logic (repeated for each sensor)

The MALFUNCTION light is illumi-

nated when the internal diagnos-

tics of either of the two instru-

ments indicates a malfunction or

there is a communication timeout

to either of the instruments (Fig-

ure 74)

It should be noted that not all mal-

functions are critical malfunctions

which drop the instrument from

operation (see Section 73) For a

complete list of possible malfunc-

tions see Section 62

TheMALFUNCTION light re983405lects the

decision taken by this logic How-

ever as the MALFUNCTION light is

one of the resettable alarms it

may be blinking even when the

malfunction itself is cleared if the

ALARM RESET button has not been

pressed (see Section 75)

31

75 Resettable alarm logic

UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM

(Blinking Relay 6 active)

ALARM(Light on Relay 6 inactive)

Alarm source active

ALARM RESETpressed

Alarm source active

yes

no

no

no

yes

yes

NO ALARM(Light off Relay 6 inactive)

Figure 75 The resettable alarm logic

In order to identify new alarms there

is a resettable alarm logic in the Di-

vert control unit There are four pos-

sible alarm sources SOLIDS ALARM

SOLIDSWARNINGAampBDIFFERENCE

and MALFUNCTION All of these fol-

low the same alarm reset rules (see

Figure 75)

Whenanew (unacknowledged) alarm

activates the corresponding light starts

blinking in the operator panel and re-

lay 6 is activated When the ALARM RE-

SET button is pressed relay 6 is inacti-

vated

The state of the alarm indicator in the

operator panel depends on whether

the cause for the alarm is still present

If the cause has cleared (eg solids

content has risen above the warn-

ing limit) the light goes off when

the ALARM RESET is pressed If the

cause has not cleared the light will be

steadily illuminated

A non-illuminated light means there

is no alarm A steadily illuminated

alarm light means there is a problem

which persists but the problem has

been acknowledged by pressing the

ALARM RESET A blinking light means

the problem has not been acknowl-

edged but givesno informationwhether

the problem is still there or not

32

76 Refractometer difference logic

If there are two refractometers in operation (taken into operation not washing) the

Control unit monitors the difference in reading between the two instruments (983405ig-

ure 76) If the difference ismore than 2 a refractometer differencewarning is given

with the corresponding front panel indicator and relay

The divert decision logic (section 72) is not affected by the refractometer difference

but a signi983405icant difference between the two instruments indicates one of the instru-

ments is not measuring reliably In this case the instruments and wash systems have

to be checked immediately Ignoring to do this may result in an erroneous divert de-

cision

no REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

|A-B| gt 2

2 instruments available

yes

no

no

yes

REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

Figure 76 Refractometer difference logic

33

77 Wash arbitration logic

The Divert Control Unit takes care that if there are two instruments in operation they

wonrsquotwash at the same time (as thatwould trip the system) This is doneby the simple

logic described in Figure 77

Each instrument control their ownwash cycle Before the start washing they request

a wash permission from the Divert Control Unit If the other instrument is already

washing the unit does not grant this permission until the wash cycle is completed

noWAIT

WASH

IDLE

The otherinstrumentwashing

yes

wash interval elapsed

wash done

the other instrument done washing

Figure 77 Wash arbitration logic

34

78 Wash check logic

Wash check

Wash tolerancetime gt 0

no

yes

yes

off

yes

on

no

Prism washsuccesful

Drop fromDivert use

Malfunction

Succesful washwithin tolerance

time

Prism wash failurePrism wash

warning

no

Normal operation

One w

ash

cyc

le

Figure 78 Wash check logic

By default the wash tolerance time is 0

35

8 Remote control interface

The remote interface is based on a web server inside the Divert Control Unit It con-

sists of several web pages easily accessible through the links on the navigation bar in

the left (see Figure 81)

The remote interface is optimized for the Firefox browser version 20 or newer al-

though it may work with other browsers Firefox is free and exists for Windows Mac

OS X and Linux it can be downloaded through httpwwwmozillacom

81 Divert Control Unit IP address

The Divert Control Unit can be reached through two different IP addresses In non-

networked applications (only a DD-23 and a single computer) the IP address is

1692542323 This IP address is factory set and cannot be changed If the Divert

Control Unit is to be connected to a network the network settings can be changed

through the parameter page of the remote interface (see Section 825)

82 The remote interface

821 Main page

The remote indicator main page gives a quick overview over system status

Figure 81 DD-23 Remote control main page

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

29

73 In operation logic

IN OPERATIONbutton pressed

yes

yes

yes

yes

no

no

wash done

no

no

no

Onlyinstrument

Washing

IN OPER pressed

Critical malfunction

WAIT(LIGHT BLINKING)

IN OPERATION(LIGHT ON RELAYS

10 11 ACTIVE)

Criticalmalfunction

NOT IN OPERATION(LIGHT OFF)

yes

Figure 73 Operation logic

Whether an instrument is in op-

eration depends on the opera-

torrsquos commands and the instru-

mentrsquos diagnostics The decision

is carried out as outlined in Fig-

ure 73

An instrument can be in one of

three different states IN OPER-

ATION NOT IN OPERATION and

WAITWhen the instrument is IN

OPERATION it is used in decid-

ing whether the solid content is

in the safe level (see Section 71)

When the instrument is NOT IN

OPERATION or WAIT states it is

not used

The WAIT state occurs when the

operator has requested the in-

strument to come into operation

by pressing the button but the

instrument is in the wash cycle

and will come into operation af-

ter the wash cycle is completed

The actual state can be seen from

the INOPERATION light If the light

is on the instrument is IN OPER-

ATION If the light is off the in-

strument is NOT IN OPERATION

and if the light is blinking it is in

the WAIT state

The default state of an instru-

ment is to be NOT IN OPERA-

TION It can be taken into op-

eration by pressing the IN OP-

ERATION button unless there is

a critical malfunction (see Sec-

tion 62)

An instrument automatically drops

into NOT IN OPERATION if there is a critical malfunction It may also be dropped by

the IN OPERATION button unless it is the only instrument used

30

74 Malfunction logic

Timeout frominstrument

Malfunction ininstrument

no

yes

yes

yes

no

no

Critical malfunc-tion in instr

NO MALFUNCTION

Remove instr from Divert use

MALFUNCTION

Figure 74 Malfunction logic (repeated for each sensor)

The MALFUNCTION light is illumi-

nated when the internal diagnos-

tics of either of the two instru-

ments indicates a malfunction or

there is a communication timeout

to either of the instruments (Fig-

ure 74)

It should be noted that not all mal-

functions are critical malfunctions

which drop the instrument from

operation (see Section 73) For a

complete list of possible malfunc-

tions see Section 62

TheMALFUNCTION light re983405lects the

decision taken by this logic How-

ever as the MALFUNCTION light is

one of the resettable alarms it

may be blinking even when the

malfunction itself is cleared if the

ALARM RESET button has not been

pressed (see Section 75)

31

75 Resettable alarm logic

UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM

(Blinking Relay 6 active)

ALARM(Light on Relay 6 inactive)

Alarm source active

ALARM RESETpressed

Alarm source active

yes

no

no

no

yes

yes

NO ALARM(Light off Relay 6 inactive)

Figure 75 The resettable alarm logic

In order to identify new alarms there

is a resettable alarm logic in the Di-

vert control unit There are four pos-

sible alarm sources SOLIDS ALARM

SOLIDSWARNINGAampBDIFFERENCE

and MALFUNCTION All of these fol-

low the same alarm reset rules (see

Figure 75)

Whenanew (unacknowledged) alarm

activates the corresponding light starts

blinking in the operator panel and re-

lay 6 is activated When the ALARM RE-

SET button is pressed relay 6 is inacti-

vated

The state of the alarm indicator in the

operator panel depends on whether

the cause for the alarm is still present

If the cause has cleared (eg solids

content has risen above the warn-

ing limit) the light goes off when

the ALARM RESET is pressed If the

cause has not cleared the light will be

steadily illuminated

A non-illuminated light means there

is no alarm A steadily illuminated

alarm light means there is a problem

which persists but the problem has

been acknowledged by pressing the

ALARM RESET A blinking light means

the problem has not been acknowl-

edged but givesno informationwhether

the problem is still there or not

32

76 Refractometer difference logic

If there are two refractometers in operation (taken into operation not washing) the

Control unit monitors the difference in reading between the two instruments (983405ig-

ure 76) If the difference ismore than 2 a refractometer differencewarning is given

with the corresponding front panel indicator and relay

The divert decision logic (section 72) is not affected by the refractometer difference

but a signi983405icant difference between the two instruments indicates one of the instru-

ments is not measuring reliably In this case the instruments and wash systems have

to be checked immediately Ignoring to do this may result in an erroneous divert de-

cision

no REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

|A-B| gt 2

2 instruments available

yes

no

no

yes

REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

Figure 76 Refractometer difference logic

33

77 Wash arbitration logic

The Divert Control Unit takes care that if there are two instruments in operation they

wonrsquotwash at the same time (as thatwould trip the system) This is doneby the simple

logic described in Figure 77

Each instrument control their ownwash cycle Before the start washing they request

a wash permission from the Divert Control Unit If the other instrument is already

washing the unit does not grant this permission until the wash cycle is completed

noWAIT

WASH

IDLE

The otherinstrumentwashing

yes

wash interval elapsed

wash done

the other instrument done washing

Figure 77 Wash arbitration logic

34

78 Wash check logic

Wash check

Wash tolerancetime gt 0

no

yes

yes

off

yes

on

no

Prism washsuccesful

Drop fromDivert use

Malfunction

Succesful washwithin tolerance

time

Prism wash failurePrism wash

warning

no

Normal operation

One w

ash

cyc

le

Figure 78 Wash check logic

By default the wash tolerance time is 0

35

8 Remote control interface

The remote interface is based on a web server inside the Divert Control Unit It con-

sists of several web pages easily accessible through the links on the navigation bar in

the left (see Figure 81)

The remote interface is optimized for the Firefox browser version 20 or newer al-

though it may work with other browsers Firefox is free and exists for Windows Mac

OS X and Linux it can be downloaded through httpwwwmozillacom

81 Divert Control Unit IP address

The Divert Control Unit can be reached through two different IP addresses In non-

networked applications (only a DD-23 and a single computer) the IP address is

1692542323 This IP address is factory set and cannot be changed If the Divert

Control Unit is to be connected to a network the network settings can be changed

through the parameter page of the remote interface (see Section 825)

82 The remote interface

821 Main page

The remote indicator main page gives a quick overview over system status

Figure 81 DD-23 Remote control main page

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

30

74 Malfunction logic

Timeout frominstrument

Malfunction ininstrument

no

yes

yes

yes

no

no

Critical malfunc-tion in instr

NO MALFUNCTION

Remove instr from Divert use

MALFUNCTION

Figure 74 Malfunction logic (repeated for each sensor)

The MALFUNCTION light is illumi-

nated when the internal diagnos-

tics of either of the two instru-

ments indicates a malfunction or

there is a communication timeout

to either of the instruments (Fig-

ure 74)

It should be noted that not all mal-

functions are critical malfunctions

which drop the instrument from

operation (see Section 73) For a

complete list of possible malfunc-

tions see Section 62

TheMALFUNCTION light re983405lects the

decision taken by this logic How-

ever as the MALFUNCTION light is

one of the resettable alarms it

may be blinking even when the

malfunction itself is cleared if the

ALARM RESET button has not been

pressed (see Section 75)

31

75 Resettable alarm logic

UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM

(Blinking Relay 6 active)

ALARM(Light on Relay 6 inactive)

Alarm source active

ALARM RESETpressed

Alarm source active

yes

no

no

no

yes

yes

NO ALARM(Light off Relay 6 inactive)

Figure 75 The resettable alarm logic

In order to identify new alarms there

is a resettable alarm logic in the Di-

vert control unit There are four pos-

sible alarm sources SOLIDS ALARM

SOLIDSWARNINGAampBDIFFERENCE

and MALFUNCTION All of these fol-

low the same alarm reset rules (see

Figure 75)

Whenanew (unacknowledged) alarm

activates the corresponding light starts

blinking in the operator panel and re-

lay 6 is activated When the ALARM RE-

SET button is pressed relay 6 is inacti-

vated

The state of the alarm indicator in the

operator panel depends on whether

the cause for the alarm is still present

If the cause has cleared (eg solids

content has risen above the warn-

ing limit) the light goes off when

the ALARM RESET is pressed If the

cause has not cleared the light will be

steadily illuminated

A non-illuminated light means there

is no alarm A steadily illuminated

alarm light means there is a problem

which persists but the problem has

been acknowledged by pressing the

ALARM RESET A blinking light means

the problem has not been acknowl-

edged but givesno informationwhether

the problem is still there or not

32

76 Refractometer difference logic

If there are two refractometers in operation (taken into operation not washing) the

Control unit monitors the difference in reading between the two instruments (983405ig-

ure 76) If the difference ismore than 2 a refractometer differencewarning is given

with the corresponding front panel indicator and relay

The divert decision logic (section 72) is not affected by the refractometer difference

but a signi983405icant difference between the two instruments indicates one of the instru-

ments is not measuring reliably In this case the instruments and wash systems have

to be checked immediately Ignoring to do this may result in an erroneous divert de-

cision

no REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

|A-B| gt 2

2 instruments available

yes

no

no

yes

REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

Figure 76 Refractometer difference logic

33

77 Wash arbitration logic

The Divert Control Unit takes care that if there are two instruments in operation they

wonrsquotwash at the same time (as thatwould trip the system) This is doneby the simple

logic described in Figure 77

Each instrument control their ownwash cycle Before the start washing they request

a wash permission from the Divert Control Unit If the other instrument is already

washing the unit does not grant this permission until the wash cycle is completed

noWAIT

WASH

IDLE

The otherinstrumentwashing

yes

wash interval elapsed

wash done

the other instrument done washing

Figure 77 Wash arbitration logic

34

78 Wash check logic

Wash check

Wash tolerancetime gt 0

no

yes

yes

off

yes

on

no

Prism washsuccesful

Drop fromDivert use

Malfunction

Succesful washwithin tolerance

time

Prism wash failurePrism wash

warning

no

Normal operation

One w

ash

cyc

le

Figure 78 Wash check logic

By default the wash tolerance time is 0

35

8 Remote control interface

The remote interface is based on a web server inside the Divert Control Unit It con-

sists of several web pages easily accessible through the links on the navigation bar in

the left (see Figure 81)

The remote interface is optimized for the Firefox browser version 20 or newer al-

though it may work with other browsers Firefox is free and exists for Windows Mac

OS X and Linux it can be downloaded through httpwwwmozillacom

81 Divert Control Unit IP address

The Divert Control Unit can be reached through two different IP addresses In non-

networked applications (only a DD-23 and a single computer) the IP address is

1692542323 This IP address is factory set and cannot be changed If the Divert

Control Unit is to be connected to a network the network settings can be changed

through the parameter page of the remote interface (see Section 825)

82 The remote interface

821 Main page

The remote indicator main page gives a quick overview over system status

Figure 81 DD-23 Remote control main page

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

31

75 Resettable alarm logic

UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM

(Blinking Relay 6 active)

ALARM(Light on Relay 6 inactive)

Alarm source active

ALARM RESETpressed

Alarm source active

yes

no

no

no

yes

yes

NO ALARM(Light off Relay 6 inactive)

Figure 75 The resettable alarm logic

In order to identify new alarms there

is a resettable alarm logic in the Di-

vert control unit There are four pos-

sible alarm sources SOLIDS ALARM

SOLIDSWARNINGAampBDIFFERENCE

and MALFUNCTION All of these fol-

low the same alarm reset rules (see

Figure 75)

Whenanew (unacknowledged) alarm

activates the corresponding light starts

blinking in the operator panel and re-

lay 6 is activated When the ALARM RE-

SET button is pressed relay 6 is inacti-

vated

The state of the alarm indicator in the

operator panel depends on whether

the cause for the alarm is still present

If the cause has cleared (eg solids

content has risen above the warn-

ing limit) the light goes off when

the ALARM RESET is pressed If the

cause has not cleared the light will be

steadily illuminated

A non-illuminated light means there

is no alarm A steadily illuminated

alarm light means there is a problem

which persists but the problem has

been acknowledged by pressing the

ALARM RESET A blinking light means

the problem has not been acknowl-

edged but givesno informationwhether

the problem is still there or not

32

76 Refractometer difference logic

If there are two refractometers in operation (taken into operation not washing) the

Control unit monitors the difference in reading between the two instruments (983405ig-

ure 76) If the difference ismore than 2 a refractometer differencewarning is given

with the corresponding front panel indicator and relay

The divert decision logic (section 72) is not affected by the refractometer difference

but a signi983405icant difference between the two instruments indicates one of the instru-

ments is not measuring reliably In this case the instruments and wash systems have

to be checked immediately Ignoring to do this may result in an erroneous divert de-

cision

no REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

|A-B| gt 2

2 instruments available

yes

no

no

yes

REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

Figure 76 Refractometer difference logic

33

77 Wash arbitration logic

The Divert Control Unit takes care that if there are two instruments in operation they

wonrsquotwash at the same time (as thatwould trip the system) This is doneby the simple

logic described in Figure 77

Each instrument control their ownwash cycle Before the start washing they request

a wash permission from the Divert Control Unit If the other instrument is already

washing the unit does not grant this permission until the wash cycle is completed

noWAIT

WASH

IDLE

The otherinstrumentwashing

yes

wash interval elapsed

wash done

the other instrument done washing

Figure 77 Wash arbitration logic

34

78 Wash check logic

Wash check

Wash tolerancetime gt 0

no

yes

yes

off

yes

on

no

Prism washsuccesful

Drop fromDivert use

Malfunction

Succesful washwithin tolerance

time

Prism wash failurePrism wash

warning

no

Normal operation

One w

ash

cyc

le

Figure 78 Wash check logic

By default the wash tolerance time is 0

35

8 Remote control interface

The remote interface is based on a web server inside the Divert Control Unit It con-

sists of several web pages easily accessible through the links on the navigation bar in

the left (see Figure 81)

The remote interface is optimized for the Firefox browser version 20 or newer al-

though it may work with other browsers Firefox is free and exists for Windows Mac

OS X and Linux it can be downloaded through httpwwwmozillacom

81 Divert Control Unit IP address

The Divert Control Unit can be reached through two different IP addresses In non-

networked applications (only a DD-23 and a single computer) the IP address is

1692542323 This IP address is factory set and cannot be changed If the Divert

Control Unit is to be connected to a network the network settings can be changed

through the parameter page of the remote interface (see Section 825)

82 The remote interface

821 Main page

The remote indicator main page gives a quick overview over system status

Figure 81 DD-23 Remote control main page

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

32

76 Refractometer difference logic

If there are two refractometers in operation (taken into operation not washing) the

Control unit monitors the difference in reading between the two instruments (983405ig-

ure 76) If the difference ismore than 2 a refractometer differencewarning is given

with the corresponding front panel indicator and relay

The divert decision logic (section 72) is not affected by the refractometer difference

but a signi983405icant difference between the two instruments indicates one of the instru-

ments is not measuring reliably In this case the instruments and wash systems have

to be checked immediately Ignoring to do this may result in an erroneous divert de-

cision

no REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

|A-B| gt 2

2 instruments available

yes

no

no

yes

REFRACTO-METER

DIFFERENCE

Figure 76 Refractometer difference logic

33

77 Wash arbitration logic

The Divert Control Unit takes care that if there are two instruments in operation they

wonrsquotwash at the same time (as thatwould trip the system) This is doneby the simple

logic described in Figure 77

Each instrument control their ownwash cycle Before the start washing they request

a wash permission from the Divert Control Unit If the other instrument is already

washing the unit does not grant this permission until the wash cycle is completed

noWAIT

WASH

IDLE

The otherinstrumentwashing

yes

wash interval elapsed

wash done

the other instrument done washing

Figure 77 Wash arbitration logic

34

78 Wash check logic

Wash check

Wash tolerancetime gt 0

no

yes

yes

off

yes

on

no

Prism washsuccesful

Drop fromDivert use

Malfunction

Succesful washwithin tolerance

time

Prism wash failurePrism wash

warning

no

Normal operation

One w

ash

cyc

le

Figure 78 Wash check logic

By default the wash tolerance time is 0

35

8 Remote control interface

The remote interface is based on a web server inside the Divert Control Unit It con-

sists of several web pages easily accessible through the links on the navigation bar in

the left (see Figure 81)

The remote interface is optimized for the Firefox browser version 20 or newer al-

though it may work with other browsers Firefox is free and exists for Windows Mac

OS X and Linux it can be downloaded through httpwwwmozillacom

81 Divert Control Unit IP address

The Divert Control Unit can be reached through two different IP addresses In non-

networked applications (only a DD-23 and a single computer) the IP address is

1692542323 This IP address is factory set and cannot be changed If the Divert

Control Unit is to be connected to a network the network settings can be changed

through the parameter page of the remote interface (see Section 825)

82 The remote interface

821 Main page

The remote indicator main page gives a quick overview over system status

Figure 81 DD-23 Remote control main page

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

33

77 Wash arbitration logic

The Divert Control Unit takes care that if there are two instruments in operation they

wonrsquotwash at the same time (as thatwould trip the system) This is doneby the simple

logic described in Figure 77

Each instrument control their ownwash cycle Before the start washing they request

a wash permission from the Divert Control Unit If the other instrument is already

washing the unit does not grant this permission until the wash cycle is completed

noWAIT

WASH

IDLE

The otherinstrumentwashing

yes

wash interval elapsed

wash done

the other instrument done washing

Figure 77 Wash arbitration logic

34

78 Wash check logic

Wash check

Wash tolerancetime gt 0

no

yes

yes

off

yes

on

no

Prism washsuccesful

Drop fromDivert use

Malfunction

Succesful washwithin tolerance

time

Prism wash failurePrism wash

warning

no

Normal operation

One w

ash

cyc

le

Figure 78 Wash check logic

By default the wash tolerance time is 0

35

8 Remote control interface

The remote interface is based on a web server inside the Divert Control Unit It con-

sists of several web pages easily accessible through the links on the navigation bar in

the left (see Figure 81)

The remote interface is optimized for the Firefox browser version 20 or newer al-

though it may work with other browsers Firefox is free and exists for Windows Mac

OS X and Linux it can be downloaded through httpwwwmozillacom

81 Divert Control Unit IP address

The Divert Control Unit can be reached through two different IP addresses In non-

networked applications (only a DD-23 and a single computer) the IP address is

1692542323 This IP address is factory set and cannot be changed If the Divert

Control Unit is to be connected to a network the network settings can be changed

through the parameter page of the remote interface (see Section 825)

82 The remote interface

821 Main page

The remote indicator main page gives a quick overview over system status

Figure 81 DD-23 Remote control main page

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

34

78 Wash check logic

Wash check

Wash tolerancetime gt 0

no

yes

yes

off

yes

on

no

Prism washsuccesful

Drop fromDivert use

Malfunction

Succesful washwithin tolerance

time

Prism wash failurePrism wash

warning

no

Normal operation

One w

ash

cyc

le

Figure 78 Wash check logic

By default the wash tolerance time is 0

35

8 Remote control interface

The remote interface is based on a web server inside the Divert Control Unit It con-

sists of several web pages easily accessible through the links on the navigation bar in

the left (see Figure 81)

The remote interface is optimized for the Firefox browser version 20 or newer al-

though it may work with other browsers Firefox is free and exists for Windows Mac

OS X and Linux it can be downloaded through httpwwwmozillacom

81 Divert Control Unit IP address

The Divert Control Unit can be reached through two different IP addresses In non-

networked applications (only a DD-23 and a single computer) the IP address is

1692542323 This IP address is factory set and cannot be changed If the Divert

Control Unit is to be connected to a network the network settings can be changed

through the parameter page of the remote interface (see Section 825)

82 The remote interface

821 Main page

The remote indicator main page gives a quick overview over system status

Figure 81 DD-23 Remote control main page

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

35

8 Remote control interface

The remote interface is based on a web server inside the Divert Control Unit It con-

sists of several web pages easily accessible through the links on the navigation bar in

the left (see Figure 81)

The remote interface is optimized for the Firefox browser version 20 or newer al-

though it may work with other browsers Firefox is free and exists for Windows Mac

OS X and Linux it can be downloaded through httpwwwmozillacom

81 Divert Control Unit IP address

The Divert Control Unit can be reached through two different IP addresses In non-

networked applications (only a DD-23 and a single computer) the IP address is

1692542323 This IP address is factory set and cannot be changed If the Divert

Control Unit is to be connected to a network the network settings can be changed

through the parameter page of the remote interface (see Section 825)

82 The remote interface

821 Main page

The remote indicator main page gives a quick overview over system status

Figure 81 DD-23 Remote control main page

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

36

822 Instrument pages

The pages for instrument A and instrument B are normal transmitter homepages See

the PR-23 instruction manual Chapter 12 for more information

By default the instrument pages open in a new tab in your browser the DD-23 page

you started from will stay open in the original tab

823 Diagnostics page

The diagnostics page gives a full account on instrument settings and the instrumentrsquos

status at the moment including information about relays switches pushbuttons etc

Figure 82 Remote diagnostics page

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

37

824 Log page

The log page gives a more extensive printable log of events

Figure 83 Remote log page

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

38

825 Parameters page

The Divert Control Unit parameters can only be changed through the parameter page

However note that the calibration lock (see Section 51) has to be open (off) before

parameters can be changed If calibration lock is on parameter changes are not pos-

sible The calibration lock status is given on top of the parameter page and if the lock

is on ie changes are not permitted the Submit button is missing

Figure 84 Parameter page

83 Data logging

K-Patents provides free of chargea data logging software called K-Patents Toolkit (or

PR-11111) Divert logging functionality was introduced in Toolkit version 220 If you

have an earlier version of the Toolkit please contact your K-Patents representative for

a version that is compatible with DD-23

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

39

9 DD-23 specifications

91 Divert Control Unit specifications

Model DD-23

Enclosure IP66 Nema 4X dimensions 226 x 267 mm (891 x 105 in)

Supply 86ndash240 V AC 20 VA 50-60 Hz

Ambient temperature max 45C(113F)Accessory Roofed stainless steel mounting plate for the Divert Control

Unit and 2 Indicating transmitters Figure 91

Material AISI 316 dimensions 916 x 488 mm x 250 mm

(36 x 192 x 10 in)

Relays 1-11 3A 250V NONC

Figure 91 Divert Control Unit mounting plate Dimensions (mmin)

Figure 92 Divert control unit and Indicating transmitter closures Dimensions (mmin)

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

40

92 Divert control unit spare parts

Figure 93 Divert Control Unit spare parts

No Part name Spare part no

1 DD-23 front panel PR-12100

2 Nikkai LB-15WK switch PR-12101

3 Nikkai SK-12AA key switch PR-12102

4 PR-12020 card PR-12020

5 Moxa switch EDS-205 PR-12103

6 Connector card PR-12010 PR-12010

7 Moxa US-7110-LX processor PR-12104

8 WRA24SX-U power supply PR-10810

9 Enclosure PR-7602

10 Enclosure Ethernet cable PR-8665

DD-23 motherboardndashkeyboard cable PR-12105

DD-23 motherboardndashMoxa cable PR-12106

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

41

A Index

A

A IN OPERATION 4

ALARM RESET 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

alarm see horn relay

logic 31

refractometer malfunction 19

reset 4

signal difference 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

B

B IN OPERATION 4

BLRBAC 3 6 16ndash19

button

ALARM RESET 4ndash5 14

DIVERT RESET 4 14

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 6

external emergency divert 6

LIGHT TEST 4ndash5

C

calibration lock 15 38

coating see prism coating

D

DIVERT 5

DIVERT RESET 4

Divert Control System 1

mounting 7

overview 3

parts 1

Divert Control Unit 3

IP address 35

mounting 39

spare parts 41

specifications 41

wiring 9

diagnostic

message 21

tools 23

web page 36

disposal 1

divert decision logic 28

divert reset

external 10

divert rule

decision 16

switch 15

E

EMERGENCY DIVERT 4 28

ethernet connection 12

event log 23

saving 38

web page 37

external

divert reset button 10

emergency divert button 6 10

H

HEADER WASH 4

header wash key 4 6

mounting 10

horn relay 8

I

Indicating transmitter 6

IP address 18

wiring 8

IP address

Divert Control Unit 35

Indicating transmitter 18

indicator light 4

input see switch input

instrument web page 36

J

J9 J10 J11 see switch input

K

key see header wash key

L

LIGHT TEST 4

light

A IN OPERATION 4

AampB DIFFERENCE 5

B IN OPERATION 4

blinking DIVERT 14

blinking SOLIDS ALARM 14

blinking all 24

DIVERT 5

green 5

MALFUNCTION 5

OVERRIDE 5

red 5

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

yellow 5

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

42

logic

alarms 31

divert decision 28

in divert operation 29

malfunction 30

prism wash 33

refractometer difference 32

safe solids 27

safety decision 16 27

M

MALFUNCTION 5

malfunction 21

light 5

logic 30

message

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

messages 22

mounting

Divert Control System 7

Divert Control Unit 39

external Divert reset button 10

external emergency divert 10

header wash key 10

prism wash 7

N

NO SAMPLE 14

NORMAL OPERATION 14

network settings 35

O

OVERRIDE 5

one-of-two 16

operator panel 4

P

panel see operator panel

parameters

Divert Control System 38

prism wash 19

web page 38

prism coating 20

prism wash 6 19

arbitration logic 33

mounting 7

steam pressure 20

times 20

push button 4

Q

question mark 23

R

refractometer

bias 17

difference logic 32

malfunction alarm 19

relay

wiring 10

remote

diagnostics page 36

ethernet connection 12

instrument page 36

interface 35

log page 37

parameters page 38

reset

alarm 4

divert 4

ring header wash see header wash key

rule

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

S

SAFE SOLIDS 5

SOLIDS ALARM 5

SOLIDS WARNING 5

safety decision logic 16 27

settings

network 35

signal difference alarm 18

solids alarm 19

solids warning 19

spare parts

Divert Control Unit 41

startup

Divert control unit 14

refractometer 14

steam trap 7

steam wash see prism wash

switch

divert decision rule 16

1-of-2 16

2-of-2 16

switch input 6 10

T

testing

Divert Control Unit 21

lights 21

transmitter see Indicating transmitter

two-of-two 16

W

warning see solids warning

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

43

warranty 1

wash see prism wash

web pages 35

web server 35

wiring

Divert control unit 9

Indicating transmitter 8

relay 10

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom

PROCESS INSTRUMENTS

K-Patents OyPO Box 77fi-01511 Vantaa Finlandtel +358 207 291 570fax +358 207 291 577infokpatentscom

K-Patents Inc1804 Centre Point Circle Suite 106Naperville IL 60653 USAtel (630) 955 1545fax (630) 955 1585infokpatents-usacom

K-Patents (Shanghai) Co LtdRoom 1509 Tomson Commercial BuildingNo710Dongfang RDPudong District Shanghai Chinatel +86 21 5087 05970598fax +86 21 5087 0598

wwwkpatentscom